.

m

i

JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

limited to lEntomnlagg in (general

VOLUME XLIX, 1941

Published Quarterly by the Society
North Queen St. and McGovern Ave. Lancaster, Pa.

New York, N. Y.

THE SCIENCE PRESS PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PENNSYLVANIA

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLIX

Page

Abbott, Cyril E.

Concerning the Musculature of the Male Genitalia in

Panorpa Nuptialis Gerst

The Sensory Basis of Courtship

43

217

Alexander, Charles P.

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies

Austin, Jean, and C. H. Richardson

Ability of the Firebrat to Damage Fabrics and Paper 357
Bell, E. L.

Two New Subspecies of Plilebodes Tiberius Moeschler 193

Bell, E. L., and W. P. Comstock

The Synonymy of Papilio Coridon Poda, Papilio Phocion

Fabricius and Others 371

Book Notices 76, 118, 119, 366

Burdette, Walter

See Mickey, George H.

Carpenter, John

See Mickey, George H.

Carver, C. W.

See McCoy, E. E.

Chamberlin, Ralph V., and Stanley Mulaik

On a Collection of Millipeds from Texas and New Mexico 57
Charles W. Leng

Notice of Death 100

Comstock, William Phillips

See Johnson, Frank; See Bell, E. L.

Cumley, R. W.

See Mickey, George H.

Curran, C. H.

Some New Species of Mallophora Macquart (Asilidae,
Diptera) 269

(Tipulidae; Diptera) XII

139

(Tipulidae; Diptera) XIII

345

in

Davis, William T.

New Cicadas from North America with Notes 85

Charles W. Leng and the New York Entomological

Society 189

Dobbins, T. N.

See Hawley, I. M.

Forbes, William T. M.

The Positon of Utetheisa Galapagensis (Lepidoptera ;

Arctiidse) 101

Fox, Henry

See Ludwig, Daniel
Gaul, Albro T.

Experiments on the Taste Sensitivity of Dolichovespula

Arenaria Fab. (Hymenoptera, Vespidse) 367

Haskins, Caryl P.

Note on the Method of Colony Foundation of the Poner-

ine Ant Bothroponera Soror Emery 211

Hatch, Melville H.

A Second Supplement to the Indices to the Keys to and

Local Lists of Nearctic Coleoptera 21

Hawley, I. M., and T. N. Dobbins

Mortality Among Hibernating Larvae of the Japanese
Beetle with Special Reference to Conditions in the

Winter of 1935-36 47

Johnson, Frank, and William Phillips Comstock

Anaea of the Antilles and Their Continental Relation-
ships with Descriptions of New Species, Subspecies
and Forms (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, Nymphalidae) ... 301
Lafleur, Laurence J.

Communal Disaffection in Ants 199

Civil Disturbances in Ant Communities 225

Ludwig, Daniel, and Henry Fox

Further Studies of Conditons Influencing the Survival

of Japanese Beetles Through Metamorphosis 65

Malkin, Borys

Additions to the New Jersey State List of Coleoptera 285

McCoy, E. E., and C. W. Carver

A Method for Obtaining Spores of the Fungus Beauveria
Bassiana (Bals.) Yuill. in Quantity 205

IV

McCoy, E. E.

See Weiss, Harry B.

Mickey, George H., John Carpenter, R. W. Cumley, and
Walter Burdette

Experiments on Culture Media in Regard to Oviposition

and Mass Production of Drosophila Melanogaster 77

Mulaik, Stanley

See Ludwig, Daniel
Nabokov, V.

On Some Asiatic Species of Carterocephalus 221

Lysandra Cormion, a New European Butterfly 265

Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 111, 293
Richardson, C. H.

See Austin, Jean
Sherman, John D., Jr.

Charles W. Leng 185

Soraci, Frank A.

Hibernation of Myllocerus Castaneus 138

See Weiss, Harry B.

Thomas, C. A.

The Elateridse of Pennsylvania 233

Timberlake, P. H.

Ten New Species of Stelis from California (Hymen-

optera ; Apoidea) 123

Tinkham, E. R.

Biological and Faunistic Notes on the Cicadidse of the

Big Bend Region of Trans-Pecos, Texas 165

Townsend, Charles H. T.

An Undescribed American Cephenemyia 161

Weiss, Harry B., Frank A. Soraci, and E. E. McCoy, Jr.

Notes on the Reaction of Certain Insects to Different

Wave-Leu gths of Light 1

Additonal Notes on the Behavior of Certain Insects to
Different Wave-Lengths of Light 149

Vol. XL1X

No. 1

MARCH, 1941

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B* WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS EDWIN W. TEALE

HERBERT F. SCHWARZ E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1941

CONTENTS

Notes on the Reaction of Certain Insects to Different
Wave-Lengths of Light

By Harry B. Weiss, Frank A. Soraci, and E. E.
McCoy, Jr. 1

A Second Supplement to the Indices to the Keys to and
Local Lists of Nearctic Coleoptera
By Melville H. Hatch 21

Concerning the Musculature of the Male Genitalia in
Panorpa Nuptialis Gerst

By Cyril E. Abbott 43

Mortality Among Hibernating Larvae of the Japanese
Beetle with Special Reference to Conditions in the
Winter of 1935-36

By I. M. Hawley and T. N. Dobbins 47

On a Collection of Millipeds from Texas and New Mexico

By Ralph V. Chamberlin and Stanley Mulaik 57

Further Studies of Conditions Influencing the Survival of
Japanese Beetles through Metamorphosis

By Daniel Ludwig and Henry Fox 65

Book Notice 76

Experiments on Culture Media in Regard to Oviposition
and Mass Production of Drosophila Melanogaster

By George H. Mickey, John Carpenter, R. W.
CuMLEY AND WALTER BURDETTE 77

New Cicadas from North America with Notes

By William T. Davis 85

Charles W. Leng 100

The Position of Utetheisa Galapagensis (Lepidoptera,
Arctiidae)

By Wm. T. M. Forbes 101

Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 111

Three Papers on Fleas 118

Book Notices 119

NOTICE: Volume XL VIII, Number 4, of the Journal of
The New York Entomological Society was published
on December 17, 1940.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XLIX March, 1941 No. 1

NOTES ON THE REACTIONS OF CERTAIN INSECTS
TO DIFFERENT WAVE-LENGTHS OF LIGHT

By Harry B. Weiss, Frank A. Soraci, and E. E. McCoy, Jr.

INTRODUCTION

In presenting these notes, on the responses of certain species
of insects to light of different wave-lengths, it is onr idea that
they should be interpreted as indicating the general behavior
of a majority of the organisms at a particular time. It is not
our thought that the degree of exactness represented by the
numbers responding to certain wave-lengths should be read into
the results. Experimental work by various investigators sup-
ports the idea that color perception exists in insects and that they
are especially responsive to the so-called shorter wave-lengths of
the spectrum. There is also evidence indicating that light in-
tensity is a factor that should by no means be neglected, as vary-
ing responses may be obtained by different intensities. We are
aware of the possibility of error in attempting to ascribe insect
behavior solely in terms of light responses when it is obvious that
other important and seemingly immeasurable factors are operat-
ing simultaneously.

It will not do to think of the behavior of the insects under
consideration as simple reflexes. Although their behavior on the
whole is automatic and conforms to Loeb’s physical interpreta-
tion of phototropism, their responses to certain wave-lengths do
not appear to be such inflexible or precise acts as the theory of

MAB l 4 194

2

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

tropisms would imply. Such responses probably depend upon
and are modified by a coordinated series of reflexes controlled or
initiated by the nervous system. We do not view responses to
light as completely tropic or as representing a complex of re-
sponses to such additional outer physical stimuli, as, for example,
moisture and temperature. In addition there are metabolic con-
ditions, reproductive and oviposition factors, etc., any one of
which might take precedence over, or modify the response to light.

It is difficult to draw conclusions about the color responses of
insects from experimental work in which lights of varying inten-
sities are used, side by side, and when such intensities are meas-
ured by incorrect methods. Light intensity is difficult to measure,
and unless some attempt is made to equalize the intensities, when
the insects are exposed to different wave-lengths of light, it is
impossible to determine whether the wave-length or the intensity
is responsible for the behavior. At the outset it was thought
that intensities might be measured by photographic means or by
photoelectric cells, but we soon discovered that such devices were
not equally sensitive to all wave-lengths, however suited they
might be to the type of work for which they were designed.

The purpose of these investigations was to determine the re-
sponse of the insects to color alone, uncomplicated by varying
intensities, and therefore it was decided to equalize the intensities
of the various colors to which the insects were exposed. We felt
that it was necessary to attempt such equalizations before the
comparative effects of different wave-lengths could be evaluated.

COLOR AND INTENSITY OF LIGHT USED IN THE EXPERIMENTS

The color, or wave-length, of the light entering the test appara-
tus was determined by passage of the light given by the source
lamps through the appropriate Corning monochromatic filter
glass combinations. The physical intensity (as distinct from the
human visual intensity) was regulated by the distance between
the lamp source and the filter combinations.

The monochromatic filter glass combinations used limited the
light transmitted to relatively narrow bands of the spectrum.
The data on the transmission characteristics of the respective
filter combinations appear in Table 1, and are also represented

P0/760/V0 0PA/7S/4/SS/0//

Mar., 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

3

graphically in Graph 1. Each filter combination is seen to trans-
mit light over a certain wave-length band, with the maximum
transmission of each combination occurring about midway of the
transmission range. Thus, light characterized by a definite color
is obtained.

G/7AP/7 i

K

738

1 1

740/70677/70/741/0 0/700/7 07 ASS

n

.V2

6 0/70/ 77. 'A T/O A/S

J?

7

l

036

368

ML

* 340

S3

S

\

Sr z &/-%str

f\

2

978 StT P4j

/

\

\

!

7

336

/

\

f

MR

r

V

1 J

J

T-

/

/

t

V

/

f

\

jn

\

430

/

s

V

\

/

7

\

r

A

7

<

)

\

j

s

\

0

\

j

'X

\

/

7~

3

J

L

v

s

±

2

*

2>k.

\

r

\ / iv / i v i >>a i i m i i i i i i

0.34 .36 .38 .40 .48 .44 .46 48 .JO .08 .04 .06 .08 .60 .68 .64 .66 .68 .70' .78 .74

P7A V0/0/VS0/7 - /4/C/70/ZS

Graph 1. Transmission characteristics of monochromatic filter glass com-
binations. Redrawn from blue print furnished by the Corning Glass Works.

The light emitted by an incandescent lamp has a definite
radiant intensity at any given point in the spectrum, but the
intensity is not uniform for all regions of the spectrum. The
spectral intensity for a 40-watt, 115 volt incandescent lamp is
given in graphical form in Graph 2.1 It is important to note
that these data are in the form of definite physical units, and
have no connection with human visual units. Since the filters
transmit only light of a specific wave-length range, the quantity
of such light, or radiant energy, emitted by the source lamp in
this wave-length range must be known, and this may be obtained
from Graph 2. The quantity of radiant energy of a given wave-
length range which falls upon the filter surface is likewise depen-
dent upon the distance from the lamp to the filter surface. Un-
fortunately, at small distances from such sources as incandescent
lamps, the inverse square distance law for light intensity cannot
be applied. The empirical relationship existent between the dis-
tance from the source for the 40- watt lamp used was obtained by
taking readings with these lamps on an optical bench, and using
a Weston photoelectric cell in making the measurements. The
distance measurements were taken between the axial tip of the
bulb, which was the proximal surface, and the Weston cell filter.

i Based on data of B. T. Barnes, Lamp Development Laboratory, General
Electric Company, Cleveland, Ohio.

4

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

GRAPH P

SPf CTPAl PAD/A/VT //VT£/VS/ry

Graph 2. Spectral radiant intensity for a 40 watt, 115 volt incandes-
cent lamp.

This same procedure was later followed in arranging the lamps
and measuring to the filter surface. The data obtained in these
measurements are presented in graphical form in Graph 3.

The quantity of light emitted at any wave-length by the 40- watt
Mazda lamp is now determinable from Graph 2. The manner in

Mar., 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

5

Graph 3. Distance-intensity relationship, 40 watt, 115 volt lamp.

which this quantity will change with various distances is deter-
minable from Graph 3. The quantity of incident light which
will be transmitted by the various filter combinations is determi-
nable from Graph 1.

It is' now possible to calculate the setting of the lamps with
respect to the filters so that the light transmitted by the various
combinations should be of an equal physical intensity, although
it will be impossible to assign any physical unit of measurement
to the quantity of transmitted light. Since the problem of this
investigation is solely to determine the relationship of phototropic
response to various portions of the spectrum, it is only necessary
to equalize the intensities, or know definitely their numerical
relationships one to another, and actual measurement in terms of
physical units is not required.

In calculating the setting of the lamps, it is evident that light
is transmitted over the entire wave-length band covered by the
filter, although the greater portion will be transmitted close to
the wave-length for which the filter combination has its maximum
transmission. Since some of the filter combinations transmit over

6

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

a relatively broad band, even though the maximum transmission
be relatively low, and others are much more selective, with a rela-
tively high transmission, it seemed desirable to consider all of the
light which would be transmitted by the filters rather than base
the calculations on maximum transmission alone. For each filter
combination a table was prepared giving the transmission of the
filter at the mid-point for each interval of 50 angstrom units over
the entire transmission band of the combination, using the data
from Graph 1 to obtain these values. Likewise, for each mid-
point of the 50 angstrom unit band, the spectral radiant intensity
of the lamp was tabulated using the data in Graph 2. The prod-
uct of the filter transmission and source intensity for each 50
angstrom unit band was then obtained. These products were
then summed for the filter combination. These calculations
were made for each of the filter combinations. The sum of the
products of transmission times source units yields, in effect, an
integrated value for the total light energy passed by each filter
when illuminated by each source lamp at a standard distance.
Thus, filters with a high transmission over a narrow band are
put on a comparative basis with filters having a low transmission
over a wider band, and at the same time the relative energy
distribution of the lamps at various wave-lengths is taken into
consideration. The procedure also acknowledges the fact that
the light transmitted is not strictly ‘ ‘ monochromatic, ’ ’ and makes
due allowance for that fact.

For the purpose of determining the relative positions of the
lamps and various filter combination, that combination for which
the sum of the products of emissivity times transmission was a
minimum (038-511 Std. T.) was taken as a point of departure,
and the distance from the nearest portion, or axial tip, of the
bulb surface to the filter surface was arbitrarily assumed at 2.50
centimeters. The distance from bulb surface to filter surface
was then determined for the other combinations, to yield an equal
physical intensity, by the following equation and procedure:

v (E' F') 750
(E"F")

Where X = a reading in candles per square foot on Graph 3.

(E' F') = summed products of spectral intensities times filter

Mar., 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

7

transmission for the filter combination 038-511
Std. T., this combination being set arbitrarily 2.50
cm. from the source, as above explained.

750 = the Weston Cell reading (Graph 3) for the 40- watt
lamp at a distance of 2.50 cm.

(E" F") - summed products of spectral intensities times filter
transmission for the filter combination being cal-
culated.

The value X, then, is in candles per square foot and is referred
back to Graph 3, from which the corresponding distance from
lamp to filter surface is read off and tabulated. This procedure
is followed for each of the filter combinations. Table 2 presents
the final results of these calculations in the 3rd column. It
should be emphasized that the lamps are used in a reclined posi-
tion, with the axis centered and normal to the filter surface, and
that the distance measurement is from the proximal, or tip, bulb
surface to the filter combination surface. This procedure is valid
because the distance-intensity data of Graph 3 were derived by
an identical procedure.

Using the calculated X value, a table of fractional intensities
for each filter combination may be calculated by multiplying X
successively by the fractional quantities desired, and obtaining
the corresponding distance measurements from Graph 3. These
settings for fractional intensities have been tabulated in the suc-
cessive columns of Table 2. A graph of these fractional intensity-
distance relationships may be drawn, resulting in a family of
more or less parallel curves, if it is considered convenient to do so.

It is necessary to repeat all measurements, calculations, and
graphs for any change in the lamps used as sources of illumina-
tions, since no simple numerical relationship exists between such
lamps. When mercury vapor lamps are used, still other con-
siderations are necessary in order to equalize the intensity of
illumination with that given by incandescent lamps.

Mercury vapor lamps are characterized by a discontinuous
spectral emissivity, with very little energy emitted between the
principal lines of emission. The mercury lamp, in its housing,
must first be standardized against the incandescent lamp. This
may be done by using the mercury line at 5461 angstrom units,
which is within the transmission range of the filter combination
350-430-512 and within the range of emission of the incandescent

8

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

lamp as well as the sensitivity of the Weston cell. The filter
combination mentioned above must be used in order to limit the
Weston cell readings with the incandescent lamp to the same
range as is emitted in this portion of the spectrum by the mercury
lamp. With this filter combination in place before the Weston
cell, readings were taken with both the incandescent and mercury
vapor lamp. Identical readings of 3.75 candles per square foot
were obtained with the 40- watt lamp at 4.0 cm., and the mercury
lamp at 37.8 cm. The manufacturer’s data on the emission of
the mercury lamp shows the ratio of emission at 5461 angstrom

D/STA/VCr- M£f?aS/?Yj'mPH0CSS/N6 TO W£Sr#W CfU.CMS

Graph 4. Distance-intensity relationship, H-4 Mercury vapor lamp in
special housing.

Mar., 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

H 125

S 6

Eh g

© *© -M
•m bJO

,o5 h ©

^ s

■+J 2

3-fl

© g

> a

*s ^

'■?_r2

©

rd +?

a-

g bD

2 .|H

• rt 03 03

^ © fH
O

£ a rt

a s «

bBO ,o

pH

© OD 5

22 rt £
Irt o

qiooooiNwwioqin

co od 05 h ci t> o ri oo

oooooooooo

OWOIO^ION^^IO

<M^Ot>^H05©W©

t^OCOlOlOlOr^rtHTjHcO

oooooooo

0©(Mt>©50«0

rt(OOrt<OS©(MO

t^COCOOlOlOiOiO

I I I I I I I I

OOOOOOOO
WOJOIOOHON
50 H 05 lO CO a l> Tj(
© © lO to 50 Tt< Ttl

o o
co o

t- 05
CO

I

o o

03 CO
1— I

^ CO

t

^ c§ !=S © © 0*

© 2 © jn © ©

^ o ks be © ^

be £ £ £ &jo33
p! £ £ ,5 © © ©
p3 "© ^ '© r3 r3 rS
OtH^hPQ WW

© ©

£ ©

S'?

© cS

-H>

G Q re!

lO +? <M C3

lO Hd GQ HO H]OI

lO 'W lo LO v~- '

I I I

ISOOWOOO^HH©

O5NNWWWWHHO0

C0C5O5^tHH!IOIOWIO

I I I I I I I I I I
■^cowooowooooxoo

TtH'rHHH'^lOlOCOOcOCO

NNNm«COCOCOOt>

be

•d

m c3
c3 c3

lO H

£ 2

I ©

05 H-
CO ,

I °<

rJH

tH O
03 O

O

(O,

©

r-

IS*

o

be

©

m

©f

o o

3 °
o3 1-1

~t» 1 1

CO

1 1
1 s

o3 o3

ri

0 1'I>100MOX

iHC0l>;t>;iHCqO>O
CO GO IO iH id rJH H CO
CO CM r- I N CQ r- 1 i — I i — I

O 00 rj 05 N © O N t>
© N O d t> 00 Cvi r H O
H <M <M iH r— I tH i — I i — I i — I

o o © o co o w i>

tH cm t—h io co O 05 00

^oiootJ(oo©©i>h o

in CO lo 05 CO 00 IS i> o"
CO i— I i— I i — I i — I O

i^co^cocdtHoqcoqo o

H N Til 00 CM* CO l> © lO CM*
MHH HH 05

CO I — xP O CO T|l 0_ (M_ t> O
OOCo"cOI>IrH<McdlOHH CO
CM rH iH rH iH 00

\a rH IO © t>- H rH CO 00 o

IO lo N © o' H © H N CO

CM r-l rH i — I i — I t>-

a be

Soil

03 o

■P W(B H

® S .9

o

aM^

© V. 03
>

o

a a
8.1
H o3

© a

fn

COCOI>(MOOt>CO©i — I

oiqqio

r-H CO
<M rH

^HOO©Ht|I(MOHO
. ©HHH001OCMO51O
<£rl H(MW(MC5©©N

©

©

Ph

m

©s

-pi

m

io

IO

IO s-—

I

I - oo

C5 r -
CO 05

I I

HI CO
H HH
<M CM

: E-H

GO rH O Hn
IO IO

OOOOOHHiHrHCO

NCOWMWHHOO

05HHIHIIOIOIOIO

I I I I I I I I

IOOOOCMOOOOOOOO
HHIOIOCOCOCOCO
CM CO CO CO CO CO o t>

Mar., 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

11

units to that at 3650-63 angstrom units as 1.37, which, multiplied
by 3.75 candles per sq. ft. equals 5.14 candles per sq. ft., and was
found to be equivalent to a distance of 31.5 cm. for the mercury
lamp, equivalent to 194 candles per square foot for the mercury
lamp without filter. See Graph 4 for distance-intensity relation-
ships of the mercury lamp without filter. The ratio of filter
transmissions for the filter combinations 350-430-512 and 738-
586 is as 1/1.65, which, multiplied by 194 equals 118 candles per
square foot, or equivalent to 42.5 cm. distance from mercury lamp
to 738-586 filter, to give equal intensity with the 40-watt lamp
and 350-430-512 filter combination at 4.0 cm. However, the
latter combination will be used at 9.25 cm., which gives only 0.475
times the light at 4.0 cm. Therefore, the mercury lamp must be
placed to give a similarly reduced light, or 0.475 x 118 candles
per square foot = 56 candles per square foot, which, from the mer-
cury lamp distance graph is found to be equivalent to 66 cm.
This, then, is the unit distance for the mercury lamp when used
with filters 738-586, which gives an illumination at 3650-63
angstrom units in the ultra-violet. The other intensity settings
for the ultra-violet are found in a manner identical with that
employed for the incandescent lamps.

APPARATUS

The testing equipment consisted of a low, cylindrical box made
of galvanized iron (24 gage), the inside measurements being
diameter 22 inches, height 4J inches (Fig. 1). The inside was
divided into eight wedge-shaped compartments and a central
octagonal compartment 11 inches in diameter. Each of the eight
compartments was separated from the adjoining ones by solid
walls, and from the central compartment by a gate hinged at the
top. The gates were raised in such order that the first rested
upon the second, the second upon the third, etc., and the eighth
was held up by a rod. At the end of a test, the rod was pulled
out and all the gates fell, closing each compartment. Each of
the eight compartments was covered with a wire screen, and each
contained a single side- window If x If inches opening to the
outside and cushioned with rubber. Glass filters were placed
against the rubber cushion and fastened by a metal frame held

12

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

in place by thumbscrews (Fig. 2). A lid lined with felt strips
to prevent light leakage, with a circular opening in the centre
(for the introduction of the insects) was held in place by four

Pig. 1. Upper: Photograph of apparatus with lid on. Lower: With lid
off and showing one hinged gate raised.

springs. During the tests, the circular opening in the lid was
tightly covered. The entire box was painted dull black inside
and out.

Mar., 1941]

Weiss et al.: Insects & Light

13

The testing box was placed in the centre of a flat board which
carried eight grooved wooden tracks on which the mountings
holding the lamps could be moved, thus bringing the lamps to
the required distances from the windows holding the filters
(Fig. 1).

Fig. 2. Diagrammatic top view of apparatus with lid off showing details
and also the peak of wave-length transmission for each chamber.

Forty- watt, frosted Westinghouse Mazda lamps were used and
the ultra-violet light was supplied by a General Electric Mazda
mercury lamp, type A-H4 (100 watts), in which the arc dis-
charge takes place within a small, capsule-like tube of quartz.

Corning filter glasses were used in order to isolate specific por-
tions of the spectrum. Each was 2" x 2", and every filter or

14

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

combination of filters, when in place, was equally distant from
the central compartment into which the insects were introduced.

The distance settings, from the 40- watt lamps to the filter com-
binations, were, in all experiments, the same as those shown in
column 3, Table 2.

METHODS

Eighteen species of insects were tested for their color reactions.
Nearly all were Coleoptera. These particular species were used
only because they could be collected in the field in numbers large
enough to permit testing. After being collected in the field the
insects were brought into the laboratory where the daylight was
weak and placed in cages containing food until it was convenient
to test them. Most of them were tested within three or four hours
after having been collected. Each species was tested three or
more times. The specimens were introduced into the central
compartment after all lights were turned on. As a rule, they
were exposed to the various wave-lengths for fifteen minutes,
after which the gates were closed, trapping them in the outer
compartments, where they could be counted, along with those
remaining in the centre, after the lid was removed. The results
of the three tests were added together, for each filter combina-
tion, and then converted into percentages of the total number
that reacted. The sexes were not separated and the specimens
were disturbed as little as possible. Usually the three tests were
successive as it was found that rest periods between the tests were
not necessary. Nothing was known about the ages, etc., of the
specimens, but care was taken to use what appeared to be healthy,
active adults.

Theoretically at least, when all compartments are dark, the
insects, after being introduced through the central opening,
should distribute themselves more or less equally in the compart-
ments. This was tried with the squash bug Anasa tristis and
with one or two other species and it was found that a fair degree
of distribution, approaching equal numbers, was obtained by
averaging three or four tests. The dates on which each species
was tested and the relative humidity and temperatures during
the tests are given in the following Table 3.

Mar., 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

15

TABLE 3

Rela-

tive

humid-

ity

dur-

ing

test

Tempera-
tures °C.

Name

Date

tested

At

start

of

test

At

end

of

test

Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus DeG.

Sept.

12

46

24

26

Epicauta pennsylvanica DeG.

Sept.

6

48

26

27

Epilachna corrupta Muls.

Aug.

8

52

29

30

Cyllene robinice Forst.

Sept.

12

46

24

25

Tetraopes canteriator Drap. \

Tetraopes tetraophthalmus Foer. J

July

17

70

27

28

Leptinotarsa decemlineata Say. -

July

1

50

25

26

Chalepus dorsalis (Thun.)

Aug.

12

58

29

30

Galerucella notata Fab.

Sept.

13

52

23

24

Chrysochus auratus (Fab.)

July

30

55

33

36

Rhyssematus lineaticollis Say.

Aug.

15

60

28

29

Myllocerus castaneus (Roelofs)

Aug.

7

67

28

28

Hylurgopinus rufipes (Eich.)

July

25

68

28

31

Scolytus multistriatus Marsham

July

25

98

26

28

Anasa tristis DeG.

Sept.

10

68

25

26

Corythucha ciliata Say.

Aug.

5

55

29

31

Popillia japonica Newm.

July

15

68

26

28

Autoserica castanea Arrow

Sept.

3

62

26

26

RESULTS

A summary of the results obtained in testing the various
species is given in Table 4 and graphically in Graph 5. It ap-
pears at once, from consideration of either Table 4 or Graph 5
that there was considerable variation in the reaction of the differ-
ent species, although by no means do these variations appear dis-
cordant. It should be kept in mind that the wave-length figures
given in microns in both table and graph represent the maxi-
mums of the filter transmissions. Actually, the insects reacted
to a wave-length band, and the relation between wave-length and
stimulation was not the same for all species, at the times they
were tested. We assumed that a positive reaction occurred when-
ever an insect went into one of the compartments containing a
light filter.

Of all specimens tested, a little over 72 per cent reacted posi-
tively to one wave-length band or another, while a little under
28 per cent remained in the central compartment. These per-
centages varied with individual species. Of those that reacted

16

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

GRAPH 5

70 ,60 Q0 100

M/C/?OA/S

CHAULI0GNATHU9

PENNSYLVANICUS

EPICAUTA

PENNSYLVANICA

EPILACHNA

CORRUPTA

CYLLENE

ROBINIAE

TETRAOPES

SPECIES

CHALEPU3

DORSALIS

GALERUCELLA

NOTATA

CHRYSOCHUS

AURATUS

RYSSEMATUS

UNEATICOLLIS

MYLLOCERUS

CASTANEUS

HYLURGOPINUS

RUFIPES

SCOLYTUS

M1UITISTRSATUS

ANASA

TRISTIS

CORYTHUCHA
CILIATA

POPSILSA
JAPONICA

AUTOSERICA
CASTANEA

LEPTINOTARSA
DECEMLINEATA

AVERAGE

for 17 Species

Graph 5. Graphic presentation of the behavior of certain species of in-
sects to various wave-lengths when the physical intensities are constant. Peak
of wave-length transmission indicated by the figures at top of graph, and also
by the types of shading below the figures. For example, 51.9 per cent of the
individuals of C. pennsylvanicus, reacted positively to a combination of filters
that transmitted a band from .470 to .528 microns but which had its trans-
mission peak at .492 microns. For Leptinotarsa decemlineata, the peaks of
wave-length transmission are shown above the bar for this species. The

mercury vapor lamp was not available when this species was tested. The
vertical guide lines in the graph enable one to roughly calculate the percent-
ages reacting positively to the bands.

Distribution in Percentages of Number Reacting Positively to Different Wave-Lengths

cd s:

‘ CD
3

co ko o

w i> q®

o co o ft

kq cm kq

CM* O ft

CM

tH

t-

CO

o

»q o 05 o

o t-

o h

13

CO

O cq

CO

ft 1

o’

CO

o

00

co’

31 o’ cm’ kd

o* cd

ft CM*

ft

rH

so’ id

rH

to

S- •)-»

o

CO

o

o

LOH|oq

o cq

O 05

kq

o o

o

so

ft £

ft*

tJH

kO

CO

rH

o

cm ft co kd

ft kd

cd ft

ft

oi oo

rH

-to

kq

co’

i— i

iq

ft §

kO

V -to

ft

kO

00

o

o

o o kq

31 cq

O GO

cq

ID

rH O

-

r-H

to

rH

rH

o’

kd

ft

cd co’ cd

ft 00

rH Gi

ft

ft cd

ft 3

rH

rH

rH

rH

i — i i — i i — i

CM 31

tH

1—1

rH

1 — 1 T— 1

CM

s- ft

05

CM

o

t-

o

i— i tH cq co

so iq

O L--

CM

GO

cq cq

05

3 Si

rH

l-

kd

io

O 05 oo cm’

ft cd

l>- rH

ft

cd

ft 05

ft ©

kO

CM

TH

rH

CM

COCOON

CO rH

CO CO

rH

CO

kO

ft

s> ft

05

05

CO

rt<

CM 31 05 t-

so cq

o cq

rH

o

cq kq

so

3 Si

o’

o’

kd

05

ft

ft o' d ft

kd o’

ud ft

CO

id

05 ft

ft 3

T — 1

rH

I— 1 rH rH

rH

rH i — 1

rH

rH

CO

S. +*

ft

oo

oo

T}H

iq

co <q o o

IH CD

o h

GO

(M

cq t-

CO

3 Si

ft £

GO

oo

o’

oi

kd

ft kd d ft

Oi CO

ft ft

cd

CD

cd ft

i— i

T— 1

CO

i— i

rH CM rH CM

rH rH

rH CM

l — 1

io

ft

rH

05

rH

tH

o o iq

tq CM

O 05

so

CM

rH t>-

so

cq

n cd

oo

to

o

tH

O

05 co" cm’

ft cm’

05 ft

05*

SO*

ft cd

Ph

rH

tH

rH

CM

rH

rH

1—1

kO

o

rH

CM

CM

O SO O 05

CO 05

t- O

o

t - 05

-4-i .

oo

00

00

l>-

oo so 05 t—

05 SO

so co

SO t-

reac

ing

©

lO

o

05

00

00

OHIOH

i— 1

co o

05

tH

CO rH 1

rH

CM

CM

tH

31

CM CO rH CM

CO

CO k'-

31

CO

CO CM

d '+J

• 1— 1 d
©

©

ft oo

®3

ft

tH

CM

kO

00

ID 00

O- S'-

O

CM

CO CM

rH

rij ^

kO

o

00

CO

rH

OOIOH

tH rft

CO CO

CM

GO CO

CM

r—l

0-1

k-H

1 — 1

CM

05 CM rH 31

t — 1 rH

rH ^

rH

t— CM

H

d fl

•H ,rH

ft1

GO

CO

CO

CO

CO

t— CO CO CO

CO CO

CO CO

CO

CM

CO

<D

© «H

P-l o

©

ft ©

o

£ ©
o3 w

-g.fi

ft

<3

SB l>

o

•gS SB

Sis

-H O

5 a

■2 ■e

SS ft

Kl

3 o

g 8

o |
3 ft

eJ?

r3 *© 3

© £>si

® ft CD

$ s$

©

o

.ft

3 2

s. 2
£ 3

si -js

<3 (D

3

m
e -

3

E o

2*3
£ ft

ft

»5

05 CO rrt
3 3ft

3^2
3 3 S

%» 5- ©
3 3 “

ftft S

v'-> •<-£> ft,

i^> S5

^ § o
3 £ S
2ft 3

5 2^

© Si 3
Si S5j 3

•<S> ft.

r^> <v>

f^> “2

3 <H
02 ,2
O

.2 O

-ft

i ^

3
3
Si

3

3 S3

§<3

S*

m

3

3

a £

© ^
£ ?

is rO
3 ft
o d

C15 o

S3 ft
jd 3
H3 ©

ft S

O

3 «0

o 8

3
S

3 _

2 3 ft

3*©

&H ^ otg CQ S
© ©
m o

„ 2
3 ft

: ft 3

* IS ^'|1

Eh °

U1

18

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

positively approximately 33 per cent went to the wave-length
band 4700-52802 (blue-blue-green), 14 per cent to 4940-5660
(yellow-green), 14 per cent to 4120-4760 (violet-blue), 11 per
cent to 4420-5000 (blue), and 11 per cent to a wave-length of
3650-3663 (ultra-violet). On the whole much smaller percent-
ages went to the longer wave-lengths 5900-7400 (yellow-orange,
orange-red, infra-red). It therefore may be concluded that
under the conditions described and at the time the particular
species were tested, the stimulating efficiency of wave-lengths
from 3650 to 5280 was much greater than that of wave-lengths
from 5900 to 7400+. If wave-lengths from 4120 to 5280 (violet-
blue, blue, blue-blue-green) are considered as one unit, it may
be noted that approximately 60 per cent of the total number re-
acted positively to that band, which apparently is a region of
maximum stimulation. It should be kept in mind that this is
simply a generalization, for convenience, of the behavior of the
species tested. The data for the potato beetle are not included
in these generalizations.

The behavior of the particular species took place when the
filter combinations were arranged in the order shown in Fig. 2.
Changing the order in which the filters were arranged with
respect to one another did not appear to influence the results.

At this time we have done little more than report the behavior
of the eighteen species as it took place under the conditions out-
lined. Some of the insects went to every choice that was open
to them, from infra-red to ultra-violet, however, certain wave-
lengths were more stimulating to them than others. All were
Coleopterous species, with the exception of two Hemipterous
ones and much work remains to be done with representatives
of additional orders.

It has been asserted by Mast that the reaction of animals with
image forming eyes to light is a very much complicated one;
that there is little evidence that any one color is much more at-
tractive than another, and that they may be positive to one, at
one time, and negative at another time. There is no doubt about

2 Wave-length bands are given in Angstrom units. One A =

micron.

Mar., 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

19

the behavior of insects to light being complicated. The types of
compound eyes and ocelli perhaps need to be considered. If
insect behavior, including the reaction to light, depends upon the
physiological state of the specimen and if all movements are
secondary to this state and the factors producing it, the problem
of explaining is indeed complicated. As the movements of our
experimental specimens took place in a closed box, we do not
know if their orientation was immediately direct or direct after
a series of preliminary movements. Neither do we have any
idea of the importance of photochemical reactions which may
have taken place in retinal cells or in photosensitive areas.
Neither do we know if the behavior can be explained entirely
on the basis of chemistry and physics. There may be a psychic
factor which regulates behavior with respect to time and
direction.

Mast in his work with unicellular and colonial forms, con-
cluded that his animals were devoid of true color vision. He
found that in the species studied, stimulation depended upon the
wave-length, but that the wave-length was not independent of
luminous intensity. His work demonstrated that although there
was a clear wave-length region of maximum stimulating effi-
ciency, it was possible to increase the stimulating effects of wave-
lengths on either side of the maximum, by increasing their
intensities.

Peterson and Haeussler in their work with the Oriental peach
moth, and the codling moth found that intensity is a factor that
should be considered as influencing the reactions of insects to
different wave-lengths. In our work as outlined in this paper, we
attempted to equalize the physical intensities within each cham-
ber, in order that the wave-length could be evaluated by itself.
We have no reason for believing that the behavior could not be
changed by varying the intensities.

Of our eighteen species of insects all except one are active in
daylight. The exception is Autoserica castanea which feeds at
night. For this species the least stimulating wave-length band
was the one most stimulating for the daylight species. On the
other hand this species is photonegative to daylight and its be-
havior as recorded may have been a dispersal in search of dark-

20

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

ness which it could not find in the apparatus. It is doubtful
if the experimental set-up was suitable for testing photonegative
insects. In considering the reactions of the other species there
is a faint idea that with the testing of many more additional
species, it might be possible to correlate their behavior to various
wave-lengths with some of their general habits in the field, at
particular times.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are greatly indebted to Mr. Robert J. Sim for collecting
in the field, many of the species mentioned herein, and also to
Mr. Lewis P. Hoagland, and Mr. C. W. Collins for supplying
certain species in numbers sufficient for testing. And we are
especially grateful to Mr. S. G. Hibben, Director of Applied
Lighting, Lamp Division, Westinghouse Electric & Manufac-
turing Company, for his advice and helpful criticisms.

REFERENCES3

Hallock, Harold C. 1936. Recent developments in the use of electric light
traps to catch the Asiatic garden beetle. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol.
44, p. 261-279.

Herms, W. B., and Joe K. Ellsworth. 1935. The use of colored light in
electrocuting traps for the control of the grape leafhopper. Agric.
Engineering, vol. 16, No. 5, May.

Loeb, J. 1918. Forced movements tropisms and animal conduct. J. B.
Lippincott Co., Philadelphia.

Lutz, F. E. 1924. Apparently non-selective characters and combinations
of characters including a study of ultra-violet in relation to flower-
visiting habits of insects. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 29, p.
181-283.

Mast, S. O. 1911. Light and the behavior of organisms. John Wiley &
Sons, 410 p.

Mast, S. O. 1917. The relation between spectral color and stimulation in
the lower organisms. Jour. Exp. Zool., vol. 22, p. 471-528.
Peterson, Alvah, and G. J. Haeussler. 1928. Response of the Oriental
peach moth and codling moth to colored lights. Annals Ent. Soc.
Amer., vol. 21, No. 3, p. 353-375.

Richmond, E. A. 1927. A new phototropic apparatus. Jour. Econ. Ent.,
vol. 20, p. 376-382.

Wigglesworth, V. B. 1934. The principles of insect physiology. E. P.
Dutton & Co., New York. 434 p.

3 In view of the availability of numerous references to the subject, this list
includes only such papers as were of immediate interest to us.

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

21

A SECOND SUPPLEMENT TO THE INDICES TO THE
KEYS TO AND LOCAL LISTS OF
NEARCTIC COLEOPTERA

By Melville H. Hatch

In its arrangement the present second supplement follows the
plan of the two indices and the first supplement by the author,
to which reference should be made for explanations.1 The author
is indebted to Mr. Henry Dietrich and Prof. W. P. Hayes for cor-
rections and additions to the present Index, and he will appreci-
ate having further errors and omissions called to his attention.

I. Index to Keys

COLEOPTERA Bradley, Man. Gen. Beetles Amer. n. of Mex.
1930, 360 p. (genera) ; Brues and Melander, Class. Ins. 1932,
p. 408 (fam.) ; Hatch, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXI, 1928, p. 575
(series) ; Wardle, Gen. Ent. 1936, p. 260 (superfam.) ; Chag-
non, Col. Prov. Queb. 1935-38, p. 1-3202 (common genera and
sp. of Quebec: Carabidae-Chrysomelidas) ; Wellhouse, How Ins.
Live 1926, p. 412 (19 fam.) ; Metcalf and Metcalf, Key to Princ.
Orders and Fam. Ins. 1928, p. 13 (32 fam.) ; Comstock and
Herrick, Man. Study Ins. 1930, p. 130 (40 fam.) ; Hatch, Ent.
Notes (mimeographed) 1937, p. 42 (33 fam.), p. 44 (60 larger
sp. of Wash.) ; Jaques, How to Know the Ins. 1938, p. 55 (54
fam.) ; Matheson, Lab. Guide in Ent. 1939, p. 67-69 (49 fam.) ;
Peterson, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. XXXII, 1939, p. 267-278 (orders
of immature insects) ; Townsend, Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXXVII,
1935, p. 26 (larvae of Coleoptera and Neuroptera) ; Rymer
Roberts, Bull. Ent. Res. XXI, 1930, p. 59 (fam. of larvae) ;
Boving and Craighead, Ent. Amer. XI, 1931, 80 p. (266 major

1 A Systematic Index to the Keys for the Determination of the Nearctic
Coleoptera, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXV, 1927, p. 279-306.

A Geographical Index to the Catalogues and Local Lists of Nearctic Cole-
optera, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI, 1928, p. 335-354.

A Supplement to the Indices to the Keys to and Local Lists of Nearctic
Coleoptera, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII, 1929, p. 135-143.

2 A reprinting of material originally published in Le Naturaliste Canadien.

22

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

groups of larvae) ; van Emden, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. LXXII,
1932, p. 204 (23 groups of larvae of Ostomidae-Malacodermata-
Sternoxia group) ; Wellhouse, How Ins. Live 1926, p. 427 (18
fam. larvae).

CICINDELIDZE Hatch, Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol. I, 1938, p. 225-
240 (Wash.) ; Eckhoff, Iowa St. Coll. Jr. Sci. XIII, 1939, p.
202-208 (Iowa). Cicindela Dawson, Univ. Minn. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Tech. Bull. 56, 1928, p. 7 (Minn.) ; Nicolay and Weiss,
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XL, 1932, p. 344 (purpurea-g roup) ;
Varas Arangua, Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat. XXXIII, 1929, p. 395
(oregona-g roup) ; Cazier, Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. XXXV, 1936,
p. 157 (fulgida-g roup).

CARABIDiE Sloane, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1923, p. 242
(tribes).

Carabinae: Cychrini-Carabini Lapouge, G. I., 192, 1929, p. 325-
362 (subg.) ; p. 4L-59 (subg. of larvae). Scaphinotus Van
Dyke, Ent. Amer. XVIII, 1938, p. 95 ( Scaphinotus s.str.) ;
Darlington, Psyche XXXVIII, 1931, p. 147 (viduus-g roup of
Irichroa) ; Valentine, Jr. E. Mitchell Soc. LI, 1935, p. 348
( Steniridia ) ; Van Dyke, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXI, 1936,
p. 39 (Nomaretus) .

Nebriini: Pelophila Banninger, Not. Ent. X, 1930, p. 97. Nebria
Hatch, Pan-P. Ent. XV, 1939, p. 117 (n.w. N. A.).

Scaritini: Scarites Banninger, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit. 1938, p. 137-
138, 148-152. Dyschirius Pall, Occ. Pap. Cal. Acad. Sci.
VIII, 1901, p. 209 (hcemorrhoidalis-group) .

Harpalinae bisetosae: Nomiini-Psydrini Hatch, Pan-P. Ent. XI,
1935, p. 118.

Pogonini Darlington, Ent. Am. XVIII, 1938, p. 143 (3 sub-
tribes). Patrobus-Platidius (Patrobini) Darlington, l.c., p.
145-173. Trechus-Anophthalmus (Trechini) Jeannel, Arch.
Zool. Exp. Gen. LXXI, 1931, p. 411-499. Pseudanophthalmus
Valentine, Jour. E. Mitchell Sci. Soc. XL VII, 1932, p. 261-279
(no keys).

Pterostichini : Platysma ( Pterostichus ) Nicolay and Weiss, Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLII, 1934, p. 197 ( Cylindrocharis ) ; Hatch,
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX, 1936, p. 701 (castaneus-g roup
of Hypherpes) , p. 703 ( Leptoferonia ) ; Darlington, Psyche

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

23

XXXVIII, 1931, p. 156 ( Gastrellarius part), p. 157 ( Mono -
feronia); Nicolay and Weiss, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVII,
1934, p. 199 (Euferonia) ; Poppius, Zur. Kennt. Pteros.-Unter-
gatt. Cryobius Chaud. 1906, p. 18 ( Cryobius ) ; Nicolay and
Weiss, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLII, 1934, p. 208 ( Melanius =
Omaseus), p. 210 (Dysidius) . Anilloferonia Hatch, Pan-P.
Ent. XI, 1935, p. 116.

Amarini: Amara Minsk and Hatch, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.

XXXIV, 1939, p. 4 ( Pseudotriama ).

Agonini (Platynini) : Agonum ( Platynus ) Hatch, Pan-P. Ent.
IX, 1933, p. 121 (4 subg. of Agonum and sp. of Oxypselaphus =
Anchus).

Anchonoderini : Lachnophorus Liebke, Rev. Ent. VI, 1936, p.
461.

Colliurini (Odacanthini) Liebke, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin XV,
1930, p. 656-678.

Driptini : Zuphium Liebke, Rev. Ent. Ill, 1933, p. 461. Pseuda-
ptinus Liebke, l.c. IV, 1934, p. 372.

Harpalinae unisetosae: Broscini: Miscodera Hatch, Pan-P. Ent.
IX, 1933, p. 8.

Harpalini : Harpalus Hatch, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXVII, 1932,
p. 173 (pennsylvanicus-g roup). Stenomorphus Darlington,
Pan-P. Ent. XII, 1936, p. 35.

HALIPLIDiE Scholz, Ent. Nachr. Ill, 1928, p. 28 (genera) ;
Hickman, Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci. Arts and L. XI, 1929 (1930),
p. 422-423 (eggs, larvae, and pupae of 6 sp.). Haliplus Guig-
not, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1930, p. 74 (subg.) ; Wallis, Trans. Roy.
Can. Inst. XIX, 1933, p. 1-76.

DYTISCIDiE : Ccelambus Leech, Pan-P. Ent. XIV, 1938, p. 85
(pedalis-g roup). Hydroporus Hatch, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.
XXVIII, 1933, p. 21 (subg.), p. 23 ( Oreodytes ). Ilybius
Wallis, Can. Ent. LXXI, 1939, p. 192. Graphoderus Wallis,
Can. Ent. LXV, 1933, p. 278 (Occident alis-g roup) ; LXXI,
1939, p. 130.

GYRINIDiE: Dineutus Hatch, Publ. Univ. Okla. Biol. Surv. II,
1930, p. 17. Gyretes Ochs, Kol. Rund. XV, 1929, p. 63.
HYDROPHILIDZE : Chaetarthria d’Orchymont, Bull. Mus. Ry.
Hist. Nat. Belg. XV, 7 p. (pallida-group) Sphaeridiinae

24

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Blackwelder, Pan-P. Ent. VII, 1931, p. 19-32 (Pacific Coast).
Sphaeridium Brown, Can. Ent. LXXII, 1940, p. 71.
SILPHIDiE : Silphinae Hatch and Rueter, Univ. Wash. Pnbl.
Biol. I, 1934, p. 151-161 (Wash.). Nicrophorini Semenov-
Tian-Shanskij, Tray. Inst. Zool. Acad. Sci. URSS, I, 1932, p.
151-154 (gen. and subg.). Silpha Dorsey, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am.
XXXIII, 1940, p. 131 (5 sp. larvae). Catopinae Hatch, Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLI, 1933, p. 189-227, 235 ; Jeannel, Mem. Mus.
Nat. Hist. Nat. 1, 1936, 433 p. Nemadus Fall, Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soc. XLV, 1937, p. 336-337. Colon Hatch, Lc., XLI, 1933, p.
229 (hubbardi-g roup). Leiodinae Brown, Can. Ent. LXIX,
1937, p. 160 (genera of Neocyrtusa-Isoplastus) . Hydnobius
Hatch, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIV, 1936, p. 34 ( substriatus -
group). Neocyrtusa Brown, Can. Ent. LXIX, 1937, p. 161.
Anisotoma ( Leiodes Leng) Brown, l.c., p. 195. Agathidium
Fall, Ent. Amer. XIV, 1934, p. 100; Hatch, Jour. N. Y. Ent,
Soc. XLIV, 1936, p. 38 (subg.).

STAPHYLINIDiE : Oxytelinas: Trigonurus Van Dyke, Bull.
Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIX, 1934, p. 178. Olophrum Scheerpeltz,
Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien LXXIX, 1929, p. 172. Orobanus
Mank, Pan-P. Ent. X, 1934, p. 123. Coprophilus Leech, Can.
Ent. LXXI, 1939, p. 261. Bledius Notman, Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist. XLII, 1920, p. 695 (armatus-g roup), p. 696 ( semi -
ferrugineus-g roup ) .

Euaesthetinae : Euaesthetus Bernhauer, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit. 1928,
p. 38-40.

Paederinae : Paederini Blackwelder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.

LXXXVII, 1939, p. 95 (genera).

Staphylininae : Staphylinini Voris, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXXII,
1939, p. 288 (3 genera of larvae). Philonthus Hatch and
Ortenburger, Publ. Univ. Okla. Biol. Surv. II, 1930, p. 12
(hepaticus-group) . Staphylinus Voris, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
XXXII, 1939, p. 288 (5 sp. of larvae). Quedius Voris, Ent.
News L, 1939, p. 151 (3 sp. of larvae).

Tachyporinae : Tachyporini Cooper, Can. Ent. LXIV, 1932, p.
236 (genera). Tachyporus Blackwelder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
LXXXIV, 1936, p. 42. Coproporus ( Erchomus ) Blackwelder,
l.c., LXXXVI, 1938, p. 2.

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

25

Aleocharinae : Myllaena Notman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
XLII, 1920, p. 707. Bolitocharae Notman, l.c., p. 713 (genera).
Silusae Notman, l.c., p. 711 (genera). Hoplandriini Notman,

I. c., p. 719 (genera). Acrotona Notman, l.c., p. 727. Fala-
griae Notman, l.c., p. 730 (genera).

PSELAPHIDiE Bowman, Pselaphidae of N. A. 1934, 149 p.

Rhexidius Fletcher, Can. Ent. LXIY, 1932, p. 31.
HISTERIDiE: Hololeptinae Dillon, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
XXVIII, 1935, p. 462 (genera). Hister Wenzel, l.c., LXVIII,
1936, p. 268 (Paralister) . Dendrophilus Hatch, Jonr. Kans.
Ent. Soc. XI, 1938, p. 19. Terapus Hinton, Ent. News XLV,
1934, p. 272. Pseudister Hinton, Can. Ent. LXVII, 1935, p.

II. Saprinus Ross, Pan-P. Ent. XV, 1939, p. 40 ( Eremosapri -
nus). Baeckmanniolus Hinton, Can. Ent. LXVII, 1935, p. 81.

CANTHARIDiE: Cantharis Fall, Pan-P. Ent. XII, 1936, p. 181
( imbecillis-gYOVLj) ) .

MELYRIDiE : Endeodes Blackwelder, l.c., VIII, 1932, p. 132.
Dasytini Blaisdell, Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. LXIV, 1938, p. 6 (gen-
era). Eschatocrepis Blaisdell, l.c., LVII, 1932, p. 331. Vec-
tura Blaisdell, Pan-P. Ent. X, 1934, p. 73.

CLERIDiE: Priocera Cazier, Pan-P. Ent. XV, 1939, p. 164.

Aulicus Linsley, Univ. Cal. Publ. Ent. VI, 1936, p. 250.
CEPHALOIDiE: Cephaloon Hopping, Pan-P. Ent. X, 1934,
p. 67.

CEDEMERIDZE : Nacerda Schatzmeyer, Col. Cent. I, 1926, p.
52.

MORDELLID^E: Mordellistena Ray, Can. Ent. LXVIII, 1936,
p. 124—125 (Sect. I).

RHIPIPHORIDiE Rivnay, Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 6, 1929, p.
14-63.

MELOIDiE: Pyrota Horn, Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. XII, 1885, p.
112-115 (no key). Epicauta Van Dyke, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.
XXIV, 1929, p. 129 (caviceps-g roup). Macrobasis Horn, Tr.
Amer. Ent. Soc. XII, 1885, p. 109. Meloini Denier, Rev. Chil.
Hist. Nat. XXXVII, 1933, p. 237-246 (genera). Nema-
tognathinae Parker and Boving, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LXIV
(23), 1924, p. 32 (genera of larvae).

PYTHIDZE : Cononotus Van Dyke, Pan-P. Ent. XV, 1939, p. 19.

26

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIN

Rhinosimus Blair, Ent. Mo. Mag. LXVIII, 1932, p. 254-255.
Mycterus Hopping, Pan-P. Ent. XI, 1935, p. 76.
PYROCHROIDiE : Ischalia Van Dyke, Ent. News XLIX, 1938,
p. 193.

PLASTOCERIDiE : Euthysanius Van Dyke, Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci. XX, 1932, p. 454 (males). Plastocerus Van Dyke, l.c., p.
458 (males) ; Sloop, Pan-P. Ent. 1935, p. 19 (schaumi-g roup).
Aplastus Van Dyke, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. XX, 1932, p. 459
(males).

RHIPICERIDiE (Sandalidse) van Emden, Ent. Blatt. XXVII,

1931, p. 49-53 (genera). Sandalus van Emden, l.c., p. 112.
ELATERID/E: Alaus Hatch, Publ. Univ. Okla. Biol. Snrv. II,

1930, p. 23. Conoderes Van Dyke, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. XX,

1932, p. 294. iEolus Brown, Can. Ent. LXV, 1933, p. 133
(var. of mellillus). Limonius Van Dyke, Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci. XX, 1932, p. 334. Leptoschema Van Dyke, l.c., p. 357.
Elathous Van Dyke, l.c., p. 358. Athous Van Dyke, l.c., p.
361. Ludius Van Dyke, l.c., p. 390; Brown, Can. Ent.
LXVIII, 1936, p. 213 (cribrosus-g roup), p. 218 ( volitans -
group), p. 178 (propola-g roup), p. 105 (triundulatus-g roup),
p. 100 ( fallax-group ) ; LXVII, 1935, p. 126 (ceripennis-g ronp) ;
LXVIII, 1936, p. 18 (nitidulus-g ronp), p. 134 ( inflatus -
group) ; LXVII, 1935, p. 2 (cruciatus-g roup), p. 4 ( edwardsi -
group) ; LXVIII, 1936, p. 12 (semivitattus-g roup). Eanus
Brown, l.c., LXII, 1930, p. 162 ; LXVIII, 1936, p. 249. Hyp-
noidini Van Dyke, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. XX, 1932, p. 326
(genera). Dalopius Brown, Can. Ent. LXVI, 1934, p. 35.
Agriotes Brown, l.c., LXVIII, 1936, p. 250 (isabellinus-group) .
Agriotella Brown, l.c., LXV, 1933, p. 180. Megapenthes Van
Dyke, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. XX, 1932, p. 311. Anchastus
Van Dyke, l.c., p. 319.

MELASIDiE: Hypocoelus Van Dyke, l.c., p. 292.
BUPRESTIDiE: Polycesta Chamberlin, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.
XLI, 1933, p. 43. Schizopini Obenberger, Arb. Morph. Taxon.
Ent. Berlin-Dahlem VI, 1939, p. 258. Schizopus Cazier,
Pan-P. Ent. XV, 1939, p. 86. Paratyndaris Knull, Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. XXX, 1937, p. 253. Buprestis Hopping, Pan-P.
Ent. IX, 1933, p. 85 (aurulenta-g roup), p. 86 ( rusticorum -

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

27

group), p. 87 (fasciata-g roup). Melanophila Sloop, Univ. Cal.
Publ. Ent. VII, 1937, p. 1-19. Chrysobothris Chamberlin,
Pan-P. Ent. XIY, 1938, p. 11 (4 groups) ; X, 1934, p. 35 (group
IV). Taphrocerus Obenberger, Sbornik Ent. Nar. Mus. Praze
XII, 1934, p. 7.

DRYOPOIDEA Hinton, Tr. Roy. Ent. Soc. London IXC, 1939,
p. 147, 151, 161, 167, 169 (fam. and subfam. of adults, pupae,
and larvae) ; West, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. XXII, 1929, p. 717
(larvae).

DRYOPIDiE Sanderson, U. Kans. Sci. Bull. XXV, 1938, p. 660
(genera). Lara Darlington, Psyche XXXVI, 1929, p. 328.
Helichus Musgrave, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXXVII, 1935,
p. 139.

HELMIDiE Sanderson, U. Kans. Sci. Bull. XXV, 1938, p. 660
(genera). Stenelmis Sanderson, l.c., p. 661, 663, 684. Neo-
elmis Musgrave, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXXVII, 1935, p. 35 ;
Hinton, Ent. Mo. Mag. LXXV, 1939, p. 234 (ccesa-g roup).
Macronychus Hinton, Tr. Roy. Ent. Soc. LXXXV, 1936, p.
433 ; Hatch, Ent. News XLIX, 1938, p. 183
DASCILLIDiE: Macropogon Brown, Can. Ent. LXI, 1929, p.
273 (Canada) ; Hopping, Pan-P. Ent. XII, 1936, p. 45.
Anorus Blaisdell, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LX, 1934, p. 324.
CHELONARIIDiE Mequignon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. CIII, 1934,
p. 199-256.

NITIDULID7E: Epuraea Dodge, Ent. News L, 1939, p. 287
(flavomaculata-group) . Lobiopa, Soronia, Phenolia, Ampho-
tis Parsons, Psyche XLV, 1938, p. 156-164. Amphicrossus
Parsons, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXIV, 1939, p. 59. Po-
cadius Parsons, Psyche XLIII, 1936, p. 114. Cryptarcha Par-
sons, l.c., XLV, 1938, p. 96-100. C^lischrochilus Brown, Can.
Ent. LXIV, 1932, p. 256 ; Siepmann, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.
XXVI, 1931, p. 27 (fasciatus-g roup).

CUCUJIDiE: Laemophloeus Park, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.
XXXVII, 1929, p. 433 (Ind.).

EROTYLIDiE Rymer Roberts, Tr. Roy. Ent. Soc. London
LXXXVIII, 1939, p. 92 (tribes of larvae).

3 Hinton, Ent. Mo. Mag. LXXY, 1939, p. 181, points out that the parvulus
Horn and tliermce Hatch of this key belong to Zaitzevia Champ, and are
probably synonymous.

28

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

CRYPTOPHAGIDiE Park, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII,
1929, p. 432 (genera of part).

MY CETOPHAGIDiE : Berginus Pierce, Bull. S. Cal. Acad.
Sci. XXXVIII, 1939, p. 53.

COLYDIIDiE van Emden, Zool. Anz. Cl, 1932, p. 8 (3 groups
of larvae ).

MYCETiEIDZE : Liesthini Blaisdell, Tr. Am. Ent. LVI, 1931,
p. 376, 390.

COCCINELLIDiE Stehr, Univ. Minn. Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech.
Bull. 75, 1930, p. 1-54 (Minn.) ; Longnecker, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci. XXXV, 1928, p. 307-111 (Iowa, except Hyperaspis and
Scymnini.). Coccinella Dobzhansky, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
LXXX (4), 1931, p. 30. Anatis McKenzie, Univ. Cal. Publ.
Ent. VI, 1936, p. 270 (male genitalia).

ALLECULIDiE : Hymenorus Fall, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. LVII,
1931, p. 165. Pseudocistela Hopping, Can. Ent. LXV, 1933,

p. 282.

TENEBRIONID/E Smith, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. XXXVIII,
1931, p. 259-265 (Iowa).

Tentyriinae: Auchmobius Blaisdell, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. LX, 1934,
p. 232-234. Stibia Blaisdell, l.c., LXII, 1936, p. 57-102.
Zopherodes Blaisdell, Pan-P. Ent. VII, 1931, p. 113 (Cal.).
Usechini Blaisdell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LXXV (19), 1929,

p. 12.

Scaurinae: Eulabris Blaisdell, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. LVIII, 1932,
p. 35-101.

Blaptinae: Eleodes Blaisdell, Can. Ent. LXVII, 1935, p. 29

(rout undip ennis-g roup of Blapylis) ; Pan-P. Ent. V, 1929, p.
163 (Metablapylis) .

Diaperinae: Diaperis Blaisdell, l.c., VI, 1929, p. 61. Tribolium
Good, U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 498, 1936, p. 4.
Tenebrioninae : Centronopus Blaisdell, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. LIX,
1933, p. 221. Alobates Cooper, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.
XXVIII, 1933, p. 106.

LAGRIIDiE Borchman, G. I., 204, 1936, 561 p. (sp. of world).

MELANDRYIDiE : Zilora Mank, Psyche XLV, 1938, p. 102.
Scotochroa Mank, Can. Ent. LXXI, 1939, p. 181. Ser-
ropalpus Mank, l.c., p. 237. Mycterus, see Pythidae.

Mar., 1941]

Hatch : Indices to Coleoptera

29

BOSTRICHIDiE Anderson, Jour. Wasli. Acad. Sci. XXIX,
1939, p. 388 (14 genera and 20 sp. of larvae). Hendecatomus
Lesne, Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1934, p. 174.

LYCTIDiE: Berginus, see Mycetophagidae.

SCARABiEID/E Paulian, Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. CVII, 1938, p.
228-234 (tribes of Scarabaeitae = Laprosticti) ; Hayes, 111. Biol.
Mon. XII (2), 1929, p. 73 (subfam. of larvae) ; Blatchley, Fla.
Ent. XI, 1927, p. 58-60; XII, 1928, p. 13, 28, 65; XIII, 1929, p.
33, 72; XIV, 1930, p. 14, 28 (Fla. tribes).

Coprinas Paulian, Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. CVII, 1938, p. 231-235
(genera). Deltochilum Paulian, l.c., p. 237-296. Ontho-
phagus Boucomont, l.c., Cl, 1932, p. 293-332.
iEgialiinae Brown, Can. Ent. LXIII, 1931, p. 9-19, 42-49.

iEgialia Saylor, Pan-P. Ent. X, 1934, p. 75 (Leptcegialia) .
Aphodiinae: Aphodius Brown, Can. Ent. LXI, 1929, p. 225
( Diapterna ) ; Fall, Jour. N. Y. Ent, Soc. XL, 1932, p. 187
(bidentatus-g roup). Dialytellus Brown, Can. Ent. LXI,

1929, p. 212. Euparixia Hinton, Univ. Cal. Publ. Ent. VI,
1936, p. 275. Ataenius Brown, Can. Ent. LXIV, 1932, p. 10
( abditus subspecies) ; Fall, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII,

1930, p. 94 (strigatus-g roup). Rhyssemus Hinton, Pan-P.
Ent. X, 1934, p. 30.

Geotrupinae Paulian, Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. CVII, 1938, p. 228-229
(genera).

Pleocominae : Pleocoma Davis, Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. XXXIII,
1935, p. 7.

Glaphyrinae Chapin, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. LI, 1938, p. 84
(genera).

Melolonthinae Hayes, 111. Biol. Mon. XII (2), 1929, p. 75 (genera
of larvae) ; Boving, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash, XXXVIII, 1936, p.
174—175 (4 genera of larvae). Oncerus-Nefoncerus Saylor,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XL, 1938, p. 101. Chnaunanthus
Saylor, Jr. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVII, 1937, p. 534. Phyllophaga
Travis, Iowa St. Coll. Jour. Sci. VIII, 1934, p. 315 (Iowa) ;
Hayes, 111. Biol. Mon. XII (2), p. 78 (34 sp. larvae) ; Ritcher,
Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc. XI, 1938, p. 24^27 (14 sp. larvae from
Kentucky) ; Sanderson, l.c. X, 1937, p. 256 ( heterodoxa -
group). Saylor, Proc. Ent, Soc. Wash. XLVI, 1939, p.

30

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

90 (sociatus-g roup) ; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LXXXVI,
1939, p. 160 ( Phytalus ). Chlaenobia Chapin, Smiths. Misc.
Coll. XCIY (9), 1935, p. 2-4. Dinacoma Blaisdell, Pan-P.
Ent. VI, 1930, p. 176. Pachydemini Barrett, Can. Ent.
LXVII, 1935, p. 52; Cazier, Jour. Ent. Zool. XXIX, 1937, p.
81. Hoplia Boyer, Microent. V (1), 1940, p. 1-31.

Rutelinae Ohaus, G. I., 199A, 1934, 172 p. (tribes; subtribes and
genera of Rutelini) ; Hayes, 111. Biol. Mon. XII (2), 1929, p.
75 (genera of larvae). Strigodermella Hatch, Publ. Univ.
Okla. Biol. Surv. II, 1930, p. 25.

Dynastinae Hayes, 111. Biol. Mon. XII (2), 1929, p. 76 (genera
of larvae). Cyclocephala Saylor, Jour. Ent. Zool. XXIX,
1937, p. 67-70 (5 Cal. sp.). Phileurini Cazier, Bull. S. Cal.
Acad. Sci. XXXVIII, 1939, p. 171.

Cetoniinae Hayes, 111. Biol. Mon. XII (2), 1929, p. 77 (genera of
larvae). Gymnetini Schurhoff, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit. 1937, p.
69 (genera). Gymnetis Schurhoff, l.c., p. 71. Cineretis
Schurhoff, l.c., p. 80. Cremastocheilini Cazier, Bull. S. Cal.
Acad. Sci. XXXVII, 1938, p. 86 (genera and subgenera).
Osmoderma Hoffmann, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXXII, 1939,
p. 516. Trichiotinus Hoffmann, Ent. Amer. XV, 1935, p. 153.
Valgus Cazier, Pan-P. Ent. XIII, 1937, p. 191.

LUCANIDiE Hayes, 111. Biol. Mon. XII (2), 1929, p. 77 (genera
of larvae). Diphyllostoma Linsley, Pan-P. Ent. VIII, 1932,
p. 109 ; Fall, l.c., p. 159.

CERAMBYCID7E van Emden, Ent. Mo. Mag. LXXV, 1939, p.
257-264 (genera of British larvae). Cerambycinae : CEmini
Linsley, l.c., p. 113 (genera). Haplidus Linsley, l.c., p. 113.
Methiini Linsley, l.c., p. 120 (genera). Phoracanthini Lins-
ley, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX, 1936, p. 462 (genera).
Aneflus Linsley, l.c., p. 468. Sphaerionini Linsley, l.c., p. 468
(genera). Lepturini Hopping, Can. Dept. Mines and Re-
sources Bull. 85 (Biol. Ser. 22), 1937, p. 1-27 (sp. of
Pyrotrichus-Euryptera) . Clytini G. Hopping, Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. XXV, 1932, 529-570 and XXX, 1937, p. 438-457.
Neoclytus Linsley, Pan-P. Ent. IX, 1933, p. 94 ( muricatulus -
group). Atimini Linsley Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. XXXVIII,
1939, p. 63-80. Atimia Linsley, Pan-P. Ent., X, 1934, p. 23.

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

31

Lamiinae: Moneilema Psota, Col. Contrib. I, 1930, p. 119
( Moneilema s. str.). Monochamus Linsley, Can. Ent. LXY,
1933, p. 118 (part). Pogonocherini Linsley, Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. XXVIII, 1935, p. 74 (4 genera of larvae), 76-103.
Pogonocherus-Ecyrus Linsley, Pan-P. Ent. VII, 1930, p. 78,
86

CHRYSOMELIDZE Beller and Hatch, Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol.
I, 1932, p. 65-144 (Wash.) ; Zia, Sinensis VII, 1936, p. 339
(male genitalia of snbfam.) ; Boving, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
XXXII, 1930, p. 57 (certain groups of larvae).

Donaciinae: Donacia Mead, Pan-P. Ent. XIV, 1938, p. 118
(Pacific Coast).

Criocerinae: Lema Schaeffer, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLI, 1933,
p. 305.

Clytrinae: Anomoea ( Antipus ) Schaeffer, l.c., p. 309-311; Hatch,
Publ. Univ. Okla. Biol. Surv. II, 1930, p. 26 (col. var. of
laticlavia). Bahia Schaeffer, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLI, 1933,
p. 319.

Chlamydinae (Fulcidacinae) van Emden, Zool. Anz. Cl, 1932, p.
14-16 (larvae of 5 related groups and 4 genera).

Eumolpinae: Myochrous Schaeffer, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLI,
1933, p. 473. Glyptoscelis Krauss, Univ. Cal. Publ. Ent. VII,
1937, p. 22.

Chrysomelinae Johnson, Proc. S. Dak. Acad. Sci. XIII, 1930,
p. 38-44 (S. Dak.). Chrysolina Van Dyke, Bull. Brook. Ent.
Soc. XXXIII, 1938, p. 46. Phaedon Fall, Pan-P. Ent. V, 1929,
p. 148.

Galerucinae Boving, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LXXV (2), 1929, p. 8
(certain genera and species of larvae). Erynephala Blake,
Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVI, 1936, p. 426. Monocesta-
Trirhabda Blake, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LXXIX (2), 1931, p. 9.
Galerucella Hatch, Can. Ent. LXV, 1933, p. 14 (col. var. of
decora). Monoxia Blake, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LXXXVII,
1939, p. 150.

Halicinae: Disonycha Blake, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LXXXII
(28), 1933, p. 9; Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXV, 1930, p. 210
(pensylvanica-group) . Altica Blake, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
XXXVIII, 1936, p. 15 (Mmarginata-g roup). Psylliodes

Fall, Can. Ent. LXV, 1933, p. 233.

32

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Hispinse: Chalepus-Xenochalepus Uhman, Festschr. E. Strand
I, 1936, p. 61 (genera). Chalepus Uhman, l.c., p. 624.
Xenochalepus Uliman, Rev. Ent. VIII, 1938, p. 420, 426.
Stenopodius Blaisdell, Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. LXIY, 1939, p.
427. Microrhopala McCauley, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXIII,

1938, p. 148.

MYLABRIDiE Bridwell, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXXIV,

1932, p. 103 (subfam.).

BRENTIDiE Kleine, Ent. Nachr. XI, 1937, p. 17-29, 91-103
(genera). Platystrophus ( Eupsalis ) Kleine, l.c., XII, (1938)

1939, p. 69. Paratrachelizus ( Trackelizus ) Kleine, l.c., XI,

1937, p. 154.

PLATYSTOMIDjE Pierce, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LXXVII
(17), 1930, p. 1-32 (genera; species except Eusphyrus,
Euparius, “ Brachy tarsini 9 ’ and “ Choragidae ’ ’ ) . Brachy-
tarsus Zimmerman, Pan-P. Ent. XII, 1936, p. 191 (3 Cal. sp.).
CURCULIONID/E Keifer, Ent. Am. XIII, 1933, p. 48 (4 major
groups of larvae) ; van Emden, Tr. Roy. Ent. Soc. London
LXXXVII, 1938, p. 7 (13 subfam. and tribes of larvae).
Rhinomacerinae Voss, Ent. Blatt. XXVII, 1931, p. 164 and
XXVIII, 1932, p. 11-18, 67-72.

Rhynchitinse : Auletobius ( Auletes ) Voss, Arch. f. Naturg.
LXXXVIII (A8), 1922, p. 29-95; Stett, Ent. Zeit. XCIV,

1933, p. 113-136. Rhynchitini van Emden, Tr. Roy. Ent. Soc.
London LXXXVII, 1938, p. 12 (genera of larvae).
Rhynchites Voss. Kol. Rund. XXIV, 1938, p. 129-171.

Attelabinae Voss, Stett. Ent. Zeit. LXXXV, 1925, p. 239-242
(genera) ; van Emden, Tr. Roy. Ent. Soc. London LXXXVII,

1938, p. 15 (genera of larvae). Attelabus Fall, Bull. Brook.
Ent. Soc. XXVI, 1931, p. 110; Voss, Stett. Ent. Zeit. LXXXV,
1925, p. 262-264 (Homoelabus) , p. 251-253 (Synolabus) , p.
242-243 (Himatolabus) .

Apioninae van Emden, Tr. Roy. Ent. Soc. London LXXXVII,
1938, p. 17 (genera of larvae).

Otiorhynchinae Keifer, Ent. Am. XIII, 1933, p. 50 (8 genera of
larvae) ; van Emden, Stett. Ent. Zeit, XCVII, 1936, p. 66-99,
211-239 (tribes and genera of “ Brachy derinae ”) ; Anderson,
U. S. Dept. Agric. Mimeo. Ser. E. 422, 1938, 3 pp. (4 sp. larvae

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

33

related to Pantomorus leucoloma). Cimbocera Van Dyke,
Pan-P. Ent. XI, 1935, p. 1. Crocidema Van Dyke, l.c.,
X, 1934, p. 186. Mimetes Van Dyke, l.c., XI, 1935, p.
83. Dyslobus Van Dyke, l.c., IX, 1933, p. 31; Keifer,
Ent. Amer. XIII, 1933, p. 61 (3 sp. of larvae). Panscopus
Buchanan, Smiths. Misc. Coll. XCIV (16), 1936, 18 p.
Tropiphorus Brown, Can. Ent. LXXII, 1940, p. 75. Pan-
tomorus (inch Artipus) Buchanan, U. S. Dept. Agric. Misc.
Publ. 341, 1939, 39 p. Brachyrhinus Keifer, Mo. Bull. Dept.
Agric. Calif. XX, 1931, p. 472 (Calif.) ; Ent. Am. XIII, 1933,
p. 64 (5 sp. larvae). Mesagroicus ( Lepidocricus ) Buchanan,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LXXVI (4), 1929, p. 5-12. Sciopithes
Van Dyke, Pan-P. Ent. XI, 1935, p. 88. Agronus Buchanan,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXXI, 1929, p. 103. Paraptochus
Van Dyke, Pan-P. Ent. XI, 1935, p. 93. Peritelinus Van
Dyke, l.c., XII, 1936, p. 20. Nemocestes ( Geoderces ) Van
Dyke, l.c., p. 24. Eucyllus Van Dyke, l.c., p. 31.
Curculioninae : Lepidophorus Van Dyke, l.c., VI, 1930, p. 149;
Buchanan, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXI, 1936, p. 2. Hylobius
Buchanan, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXXVI, 1934, p. 254.
Smichronychi Pierce, Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. XXXVIII, 1939,
p. 44 (genera and subgenera). Smicronyx Pierce, l.c. p. 45
( Synertha ), p. 47 (Pachyhanes) . Sthereus ( Trachodes )
Buchanan, l.c., XXXVII, 1935, p. 178. Mecini van Emden,
Tr. Roy. Ent. Soc. London LXXXVII, 1938, p. 20 (genera of
larvae). Gymnetron Buchanan, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.
XXVII, 1937, p. 313. Cosmobaris Hayes, Jr. Kans. Ent. Soc.
IX, 1936, p. 29. Anacentrinus-Oligolochus Buchanan, Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer. XXV, 1932, p. 328-336. Ceutorhynchus
Buchanan, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXII, 1937, p. 207
(ceratus-g roup). Perigaster Buchanan, Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci. XXI, 1931, p. 321. Eubrychiopsis (Phytolius) Brown,
Can. Ent. LXIV, 1932, p. 11. Chalcodermus Alsterlund,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXXIX, 1937, p. 219 (3 sp. larvae).
Cossinae: Cossonous Buchanan, Pan-P. Ent. XII, 1936, p. Ill
(pacificus- group ) .

Calendrinae: Calendra ( Sphenophorus ) Satterthwait, Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. XXIV, 1931, p. 159 (pupae).

34

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

SCOLYTIDiE Chamberlin, Bark and Timber Beetles of N. A.
n. of Mex. 1939, p. 107-469 ; Dodge, Univ. Minn. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Tech. Bull. 132, 1938, 60 pp. (Minn.). Scolytus Black-
man, U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 431, 1934, p. 6. Hylesinae
Brack, Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. XXXY, 1936, p. 38-51, 108-
126 (western N. A.). Carphoborus Brack, Can. Ent. LXY,
1933, p. 103. Chramesus Blackman, Jonr. Wash. Acad. Sci.
XXYIII, 1938, p. 536. Pseudothysanoes Brack, Bull. S. Cal.
Acad. Sci. XXXY, 1936, p. 30-37. Cactopinus Blackman,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XL, 1938, p. 151. Gnathotrichus
Blackman, Jonr. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXI, 1931, p. 266. Pseu-
dopithyophthorus Blackman, l.c., p. 225. Ips Hopping, Can.
Ent. LXXI, 1939, p. 169 (tridens-g roup).

STREPSIPTERA : Stylops Bohart, Pan-P. Ent, XII, 1936, p.
10 (males) ; XIII, 1937, p. 49 (Cal. females).

II. Index to Local Lists
GENERAL

Leng and Mutchler, II and III Suppl. 1926 to 1932 (incl.) to Cat.
Col. Amer. n. of Mex. 1933, 112 p. (22,050 sp.). Blackwelder,
IY Suppl. 1933 to 1938 (incl.) to Leng, Cat. Col. Amer. n. of
Mex. 1939, 146 p. Craighead and Middleton, U. S. Dept.
Agric. Misc. Publ. 74, 1930, 30 p. (83 sp. forest beetles; A).
Barrett, Univ. Cal. Publ. Ent. Y, 1932, p. 285-294 (128 sp. on
Jugulans including 13 not N. Amer.). Harris and Leng,
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Mon. Ser. 5, 1916, 20 p. (Cicindelidae).
Horn, Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. LYI, 1930, p. 76-86 (Cicindelidae).
Wickham and Wolcott, Bull. St. U. Iowa Lab. Nat. Hist. VI,
1912, p. 49-67 (119 sp. Cleridae-Corynetidae ; C, D). Easter-
ling, 0. Jour. Sci. XXXIY, 1934, p. 140-142 (e.N.A. ; 48 sp.
injurius to conifers; B, C). Wade, A Contrib. to a Bibliog. of
the Described Immature Stages of N. A. Col. (mimeographed)
1935, 114 p. (larvae).

ALASKA4

Scott, Pan-P. Ent. IX, 1933, p. 126 (5 sp. Coccinellidae ; A, B).
Hatch, Pan-P. Ent. XIY, 1938, p. 145-149 (Aleutian Is.; 27
4 See note on Alaskan beetle fauna by Hatch, Pan-P. Ent. XIII, 1937,
p. 63.

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

35

sp. ; A, B) ; (and Engelhardt) Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXIV,
1939, p. 45-50 (60 sp. ; A, B).

CANADA

Entomological Record,5 Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont. LIX, 1928, p.
111-120 (377 sp. ; A ; including 33 sp. Gyrinidse and 169 sp.
Scarabaeidae) ; LX, 1929, p. 149-155 (321 sp. ; A) ; LXI (1930),
1931, p. 88-91 (164 sp. ; A) ; 25th and 26th Rep. Queb. Soc.
Protec. Plants, 1934, p. 140-162 (262 sp. ; A). Brown, Can.
Ent. LXIX, 1937, p. 106-111 (eastern Arctic; 28 sp. ; A);
LXXII, 1940, p. 65-78 (47 sp. introduced from Europe; A,
B, D).

ALBERTA: Wallis, Contrib. Can. Biol, and Fish. IV, 1929, p.
223-225 (Jasper Park; 33 sp. ; A, B). Richmond, Can. Ent.
LXII, 1930, p. 184 (Grost R. ; 11 sp. from trout).

BRITISH COLUMBIA :6 Sherman, Harvey, and Taylor, Bull.

B. C. Ent. Soc. 2, 1906, p. 3 (11 sp. ; A, B). Harvey, l.c., 3,
1906, p. 2 (Vancouver; 4 sp. ; B). Brittain, Proc. Ent. Soc. B.

C. 4, 1914, p. 17-19 (Okanagan Dist. ; 73 sp.). Anderson, l.c.,
p. 57-58 (Okanagan Dist.; 26 sp.). Bush, l.c., p. 59-60 (106
sp. ; A, B). Dennys, l.c., 24, 1927, p. 19-25 (Salmon Arm;
15 sp. hibernating in dry trees). Smith, Mus. Art Notes
(Vancouver) IV, 1929, p. 69-74 (Copper Mt. ; 199 sp.).
Leech, Proc. Ent. Soc. B. C. 27, 1930, p. 11-12 (Salmon Arm;
15 sp. from smoking stumps) ; Pan-P. Ent. XI, 1935, p. 120-
123 (14 sp. Carabidse, 9 sp. Sphaeridiini ; A, B, C). Clark,
Rep. Prov. Mus. B. C. 1930, 1931, p. 14 (5 sp. ; A).
Dobzhansky, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIII, 1935, p. 331-336
(30 sp. Coccinellidaa ; A, B, C). Hatch, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.
XXXIV, 1939, p. 45-49 (Stikine R.; 9 sp. ; B).

ONTARIO : Brimley, Can. Field-Nat. XLIV, 1930, p. 135-140
(Rainy R. Dist. ; 540 sp. ; B). Brown, Can. Ent. LXVI, 1934,
p. 225-231 (Timagami; 114 sp. ; A, B, C).

5 All records of species published in the Entomological Record from its
inception in 1901 through 1930, when its publication in the Annual Report
of the Entomological Society of Ontario was discontinued, are indexed alpha-
betically by Petch, Gen. Index to the 38 Ann. Reports Ent. Soc. Ont. 1900—
1937, 1939, 267 p.

s Delete from p. 341 : “Tucker, Can. Ent. XLII, 1910, p. 229-237 (Plano ;
178 sp.; B, C).” Plano is in Texas!

36

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

QUEBEC : Brown, Can. Ent. LXII, 1930, p. 231-237, 239-246 ;
LXIV, 1932, p. 198-209 (n. shore Gulf of St. Lawrence ; 2 lists
of 192 and 115 sp. ; A, B, C). Blair, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(10) XII, 1933, p. 96 (Akpatok Is.; 9 sp. ; C, D). Chagnon,
Can. Ent. LXVII, 1935, p. 278 (Montreal; 16 sp. from Poly-
porus betulinus). Morley, Can. Ent. LXXI, 1939, p. 243-248
(Laniel; 18 sp. from coniferous logs; B, C). Beaulne, l.c.
LXXII, 1940, p. 61-62 (18 sp.; A, B, C).

GREENLAND

Henricksen and Lundbeck, Meddel. om Gronl. XXII, 1917, p.
484-517 (41 sp.; A, C, D). Blair, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10)
V, 1930, p. 394-400 (48 sp. ; D).7 Carpenter, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (11) I, 1938, p. 537-538 (w. Greenland; 7 sp. ; A, B, C).
Henricksen, Meddel. om Gronl. CXIX (10), 1939, p. 40-48 (44
sp. ; A, C).

LOWER CALIFORNIA

Linsley, Pan-P. Ent. X, 1934, p. 59-63 (22 sp. Cerambycidae ;
A, B).

NEWFOUNDLAND

Bruton, Ent. News XLI, 1930, p. 37 (23 sp.).

LABRADOR: Eidmann, Arb. Morph. Taxon. Ent. Berlin-
Dahlem II, 1935, p. 87-91 (S. Labrador; 61 sp.). Frost, Can.
Ent. LXVI, 1935, p. 19 (3 sp.).

UNITED STATES

Wickham, Ent. Amer. YI, 1890, p. 83-88 (89 sp. Tenebrionidae ;
A, C). Knull, Ent. News XLI, 1930, p. 82-86 (26 sp.).
Jeannel, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen. LXXI, 1931, p. 404-411 (Ky.,
Va., Ind. ; 17 sp. from caves), de Leon, Can. Ent. LXVI,

1934, p. 53-58 (Mont., Wash., Id.; 70 sp. ; A, B, C). Park,
Ent. News XLYI, 1935, p. 212-215 (111., Ind., Wise., Mich. ;
34 sp. myrmecophiles mostly from 111. ; A, B, C) ; Psyche XLII,

1935, p. 216-231 (15 sp. with Formica ulkei). Good, Jour.

7 Of these 48 species, one is endemic, 45 are found in northern Europe, 17
in North America, and only two in North America and not in Europe. The
fauna is thus Palsearctic and Greenland should not be included in future cata-
logues of Nearctic Coleoptera.

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

37

Kans. Ent. Soc. X, 1937, p. 135-148 (Mo., Kans., Okla. ; 18 sp.
in flour mills; A, B, C). Kaston, Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull.
408, 1938, p. 238-239 (82 sp. from elm). Seevers, Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. XXXI, 1938, p. 422-441 (14 sp. termitophiles).
Hoffmann, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXV, 1940, p. 54-61 (57
sp. from elm bark and wood including 38 sp. from N. J.).
ALABAMA : Loding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXVIII, 1933, p.
139-151 (486 sp.; A); XXIX, 1934, p. 43 (Mobile Bay; 9
sp.; C).

ARIZONA :8 Wickham, Ent. News. II, 1891, p. 130-132 (Pinal
Mts. ; 53 sp.; C) ; IX, 1898, p. 197-198 (Needles; 37 sp.; C).
McKinney, Jour. Econ. Ent. XXXII, 1939, p. 809 (Salt River
Valley; 10 sp. attacking vegetables; C).

ARKANSAS: Hatch, Publ. Univ. Okla. Biol. Surv. II, 1930,
p. 15-26 (w. Ark. ; 16 sp. ; A, B, C).

CALIFORNIA: Notman, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIV, 1929,
p. 222-223 (n. Cal.; 58 sp. Carabidae; A, B, C). Larson and
Fisher, Ent. News XLI, 1930, p. 75 (15 sp. from beans).
Simonds, Jour. Ent. Zool. XXIII, 1931, p. 61-63 (s. Cal.; 27
sp. of Curculionidae). Thorpe, Pan-P. Ent. VII, 1931, p.
145-153 (s. e. Cal.; 10 sp. from saline waters). Davis, Bull.
Brook. Ent. Soc. XXVI, 1931, p. 187-188 (12 sp.; A, C) ;
XXIX, 1934, p. 81-83 (Cypress; 21 sp. in ground squirrel bur-
rows; B, C) ; Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. XXXI, 1932, p. 75-87
(Fort Tejon; 272 sp.) ; XXXIII, 1934, p. 16-22 (53 sp. from
nests of wood rat; A, B, C). Fall, Can. Ent. LXVI, 1934, p.
143-144 (Santa Cruz Is.; 50 sp.). Ingram, Jour. Ent. Zool.
XXVI, 1934, p. 51-52 (Balboa Bay; 5 sp. Cicindela ; B, C).
Lange, Pan-P. Ent. XIII, 1937, p. 172-175 (Lassen Nat. For. ;
71 sp. from Jeffrey Pine). Moore, Occ. Pap. San Diego Soc.
Nat. Hist. II, 1937, 109 pp. (San Diego Co.; 1649 sp. ; A, B).
von Bloeker, Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. XXXVIII, 1939, p. 152-
156 (Channel Is.; 35 sp. Scarabseidse ; A, B, C). White,
Pan-P. Ent. XV, 1939, p. 69-75 (Santa Barbara Co.; 20 sp.
Acmceodera) . Donohoe, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XLI, 1939,
p. 154-162 (Fresno and Tulare Co.; 32 sp. in stored raisins).
Barnes and Kaloostian, Jour. Econ. Ent. XXXIII, 1940, p.

8 Cf . Torre-Bueno, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXII, 1937, p. 187-194, on
Arizona insect localities.

38

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

115-119 (Fresno; 9 sp. in stored raisins). Linsley and Ross,
Pan-P. Ent. XVI, 1940, p. 75-76 (San Jacinto Mts. ; 11 sp. ; C).
COLORADO: Wickham, Ent. News X, 1899, p. 5-8 (Colorado
Springs; 73 sp. ; C) ; XI, 1900, p. 597-600 (Breckenridge; 45
sp. ; C). Carter, Pan-P. Ent. VI, 1930, p. 4 (Rocky Ford;
4 sp.). Smith, Jonr. Colo-Wyom. Acad. Sci. II (5), 1939, p.
37 (Amphizoidse and Haliplidae).

CONNECTICUT: Britton, Conn. St. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv.

Bull. 60, 1938, p. 79-114 (suppl. list of 571 sp.).

FLORIDA: Wickham, Ent. News VI, 1895, p. 210-212 (Tortu-
gas Key; 24 sp.; C). Notman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
XLII, 1920, p. 693-732 (101 sp. Staphylinid^ ; A, B, C).
Blatchley, Fla. Ent. XI, 1927, p. 44-46, 55-62; XII, 1928, p.
9-14, 22-30, 44-46, 63-65 ; XIII, 1929, p. 33-37, 52-56, 69-77 ;
XIV, 1930, p. 13-17, 25-35 (196 sp. Scarabseidse ; A, B, C) ;
Can. Ent. LXII, 1930, p. 28-35 (54 sp. ; A, B, C). Young and
Goff, Fla. Ent. XXII, 1939, p. 59-61 (17 sp. in burrows of
Florida gopher tortoise; A, B, C).

GEORGIA: Fattig, Ent. News XLVI, 1935, p. 153-160 ; XLVII,
1936, p. 15-20, 233-238 ; XLVIII, 1937, p. 4-10, 250-255 (729
sp. ; Cicindelidse — Phalacridae).

IDAHO: Bedard, Can. Ent. LXX, 1938, p. 191-194 (Coeur
d’Alene; 59 sp. on Douglas Fir; C).

ILLINOIS: Park, Ecol. XII, 1931, p. 200 (Chicago; 37 sp. from
Hydnum septentrionale ; B), p. 204 (Chicago; 42 sp. from
fungi; C).

INDIANA: Montgomery, Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. XL, 1931, p.
357-359 (18 sp. Cicindelidae ; A, B, C). Wolcott and Mont-
gomery, Am. Midi. Nat. XIV, 1933, p. 113-169 (Mineral
Springs; 393 sp. ; B, C). Trippel, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.
XXIX, 1934, p. 74A76 (19 sp. Chrysomelidae ; A, B, C). Park
and Strohecker, O. Jour. Sci. XXXVI, 1936, p. 48-49 (n. Ind. ;
31 nocturnal sp. ; C). Summerland and Amos, Jour. Econ.
Ent. XXXIX, 1936, p. 1172 (Orleans; 32 sp. Cerambycidae in
bait traps; B).

IOWA: Wickham, Can. Ent. XXJV, 1892, p. 99-101 (28 sp.
winter beetles; C) ; Psyche VI, 1892, p. 321-323; VII, 1894, p.
79-81 (22 sp.), 1896, p. 370-372 (14 sp.) ; VIII, 1898, p. 219-221
(3 sp.) ; IX, 1900, p. 3-5 (30 sp.) (Iowa City; myrmecophiles ;

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

39

C). Jaques, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. XXXIII, 1926, p. 337-339
and XXXIV, 1927, p. 314-315 and XXXV, 1928, p. 303-304
(31 sp. Phyllophaga; A, C). Longnecker, l.e., XXXV, 1928,
p. 307 (39 sp. Coccinellidse). Ware, l.c., XXXVI, 1929, p.
368-369 (Henry Co.; 45 sp. Cerambycidae). Hendrickson,
Iowa St. Coll. Jour. Sci. IV, 1930, p. 91-120 (310 sp. from
prairies; A, B, C) ; Can. Ent. LXIII, 1931, p. 110 (Ames; 13
sp. from roots of marsh grass; B) ; Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.
XXVIII, 1933, p. 193 (7 sp. Mordellid^; A, B, C). Travis,
Iowa St. Coll. Jour. Sci. VII, 1933, p. 397 (21 sp. Phyllophaga;
C). Bleasdell, l.c., XI, 1937, p. 405-445 (462 sp. Rhynco-
phora; A). Hatch, Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc. XI, 1938, p. 17-20
(14 sp. Histeridae ; A) .

KANSAS: McColloch, Tr. Kans. Acad. Sci. XXX, 1922, p. 182-
183 (Riley Co.; 4 sp. Eleodes ; A, C). McColloch and Hayes,
l.c., p. 184-195 (Riley Co.; 29 sp. Phyllophaga ), p. 345-351
(59 sp. Scarabaeidae Pleurosticti ; A, B, C). Hayes, l.c., p. 205-
212 (169 sp. Rhyncophora ; A, C). Douglass, Jour. Kans.
Ent. Soc. II, 1929, p. 2-15, 26-38 (315 sp. Chrysomelidae ; A,
C). Knaus, Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc. I, 1928, p. 98-99 (Medora
Sand Hills; 17 sp. ; B, C) ; II, 1929, p. 66-69 and III, 1930, p.
79 (38 sp. Agrilus ; A, C). Smith, Jour. Econ. Ent. XXXII,
1939, p. 756 (6 sp. from castor bean plants).

LOUISIANA: Glick, U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 673, 1939,
p. 29-37 (Tallulah; 175 sp. in air; C).

MAINE: Procter, Biol. Surv. Mt. Desert Reg. VI, 1938, p. 87-
174 (Mt. Desert Is. ; 888 sp. ; A, B, C).

MASSACHUSETTS: Frost, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXV, 1930,
p. 46 (7 sp. Acton). Johnson, Ins. Fauna Nantucket, Mass.,
Publ. Nantucket Maria Mitchell Assoc. Ill (2), 1930, p. 38-69
(Nantucket; 535 sp. ; A, B).

MICHIGAN: Jewell and Brown, Ecol. X, 1929, p. 434-443
(Cheboygan Co. ; 5 lists of 13, 12, 4, 14, and 22 sp. aquatic sp. ;
A, C) . Cole, Ent. News XLII, 1931, p. 36 (Monroe ; 4 sp. from
Typha).

MINNESOTA: Fletcher, Can. Ent. LXI, 1929, p. 256-260 (59
sp.; A, B, C).

MONTANA: Hatch, Can. Ent. LXV, 1933, p. 5-15 (252 sp. of 9

40

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

fain.; A). Mank, l.c., LXVI, 1934, p. 73-81 (Glacier Nat.
Park; 318 sp. ; B).

NEBRASKA: Powell, Ent. News XLIII, 1932, p. 92-97 (24 sp.
Chrysomelinae; A, B, C). Meserve, l.c., XL VII, 1936, p. 132-
134 (21 sp. Silphidae ; A, B, C) ; p. 270-275 (30 sp. and 29 var.
Cicindelidae ; A, B, C). Whelan, Jonr. Kans. Ent. Soc. IX,
1936, p. 111-115 (prairie near Lincoln; 102 sp. ; B, C) ; XII,
1939, p. 118-120 (Lincoln; 13 sp. Meloidas and Coccinellidag
from light traps).

NEW JERSEY : Sim, Jour. N. Y. Ent, Soc. XXXVIII, 1930, p.
139-147 (20 sp. Scarabaeidas ; A, B, C). Wilson, l.c., XL, 1932,
p. 77-83 (Princeton; 43 sp. from sheep dung; B). Metzger
and Sim, Jour. Econ. Ent. XXVI, 1933, p. 296-297 (Woods-
town; 36 sp. at light). Moennich, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.
XXXIV, 1939, p. 155-157 (14 sp. from fungi; A, B, C).
Whitten and Baker, Jour. Econ. Ent. XXXII, 1939, p. 631
(Morristown; 11 sp. in elm bark and wood; C). Hoffmann,
Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXV, 1940, p. 54-61 (38 sp. from elm
bark and wood).

NEW YORK: Ochs, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, 1930, p.
135-137 (25 sp. Gyrinidae; A, B). Cooper, Bull. Brook Ent.
Soc. XXV, 1930, p. 21-24 (Flushing; 65 sp. ; B, C) ; XXVII,
1932, p. 189-195 (Long Is.; 142 sp. ; A) ; XXX, 1935, p. 142-
159 (157 sp. suppl. N. Y. St. list). Belkin, l.c., XXVIII, 1933,
p. 220-222 (Roslyn; 55 sp.). Wolcott, Ecol. Mon. VII, 1937,
p. 43-55 (Oneida Co.; 80 sp. in two pastures and a meadow;

A, B, C). Pechuman, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXII, 1937,
p. 9-14 (53 sp. from bark and wood of Ulmus americana ; A).
Moennich, l.c., p. 169-170 (21 sp. from Pleurotus fungi) ;
XXXIV, 1939, p. 155-157 (Little Neck; 15 sp. from fungi;

B, C).

NORTH CAROLINA: Manee, Ent. News XXIV, 1913, p. 167-
171 (Southern Pines; 36 sp. Buprestidae; B, C). Sherman,
l.c., p. 245-247 (21 sp. Meloidae; A, B, C). Brimley, Ins. N.
Car. 1938, p. 113-248 (2959 sp. ; A, B). Savely, Ecol. Mon.
IX, 1939, p. 378-379, 382-383 (Durham; 60 sp. from pine logs;
68 sp. from oak logs; C).

OHIO : Bomberger and Hill, Ohio Acad. Sci. II, 1893, p. 41-45
(Columbiana Co.). Easterling, Ohio Jour. Sci. XXXIV, 1934,

Mar., 1941]

Hatch: Indices to Coleoptera

41

p. 131, 135 (York Forest; 9 sp. in coniferous association).
Everley, l.c., XXXVIII, 1938, p. 140-148 (Toledo; 130 sp. in
sweet corn ; B, C).

OKLAHOMA: Shackleford (with Davidson), Proc. Okla. Acad.
Sci. IX, 1929, p. 54-59 (Chickasha; 12 sp. ; C) ; XV, 1935, p.
68-72 (Chickasha; 13 sp. ; A, B, C). Hatch and Ortenburger,
Publ. Univ. Okla. Biol. Surv. II, 1930, p. 7-26 (3 lists of 94, 59,
and 76 sp. ; A, B, C). Fenton, Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. XVII,
1937, p. 31 (26 sp. Phyllophaga) . Hefley, Ecol. Mon. VII,
1937, p. 389 (Canadian E. floodplain; 12 sp. ; A, B, C).
OREGON : Larson and Hinman, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
XXXIV, 1932, p. 43-44 (Corvallis; 38 sp. in moss and lichens
on oak). Hatch and Beller, Pan-P. Ent. VIII, 1932, p. 102-
107 (91 sp. Chrysomelkhe ; A). Canova, l.c., XII, 1936, p.
126-132 (80 sp. Lepturini ; A). Beer, l.c., XVI, 1940, p. 13-16
s.w. Ore.; 11 sp. Buprestidae; A, C).

PENNSYLVANIA: Frost and Dietrich, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
XXII, 1929, p. 427-437 ( Arendtsville ; 138 sp. ; B, C). Knull,
Ent. News XLI, 1930, p. 82-86, 101-102 (56 sp. ; A, B, C) ;
XLIII, 1932, p. 42-45, 62-67 (74 sp. ; A, B, C), (with Cham-
plain) p. 253-257 (84 sp. in 5 fam. ; A, B, C) ; XLV, 1934, p.
207-212 (53 sp.; A, B, C). Gamble, l.c., XLIII, 1932, p. 123
and Univ. Pitts, Bull. XXVIII (4), 1931, p. 2 (Presque Isle;
91 aquatic sp.). Hallock, Ent. News L, 1939, p. 121-124, 156-
159 (Lancaster Co.; 11 sp. Halticinas; C).

RHODE ISLAND : Davis, Check List Col. R. I., 1st ed., 1901
(755 sp.) ; 2nd ed., 1902, p. 10-47 (948 sp. ; B).

SOUTH CAROLINA: Cartwright, Ent. News XLII, 1931, p.
269-270 (Jacassee; 20 sp. Buprestidae caught by wasps) ; XLV,
1934, p. 237-240, 268-269 (Clemson College; 147 sp. Scara-
bseidse; B, C) ; Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXX, 1935, p. 69-77 (22
sp. Cicindelidae) ; Ent. News L, 1939, p. 284-286 (46 sp. Scara-
baeidae; A, B, C).

SOUTH DAKOTA : Gilbertson, Proc. S. Dak. Acad. Sci. XI,
1927, p. 22-26 (17 sp. and 10 var. Cicindelidae; A, B).
TENNESSEE: Meyer, Ecol. Mon. VII, 1937, p. 437-439 (Nash-
ville; 51 sp. from cedar glades; B, C).

TEXAS : Wickham, Ent. News IX, 1898, p. 22-24, 39-41, 81-84
(Brownsville; 133 sp. ; C). Tucker, Can. Ent. XLII, 1910, p.

42

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

229-237 (Plano; 178 sp. ; B, C) ; Tr. Kans. Acad. Sci. XXX,
1922, p. 150-154 (14 sp. from mistletoe; A, B, C). Gaines,
Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXVIII, 1933, p. 50-52 (Burleson Co. ;
89 sp. in cotton fields), p. 211-215 (55 sp. Coccinellidae ; A, B
C). Linsley and Martin, Ent. News XLIV, 1933, p. 178-183
(Brownsville; 65 sp. ; C).

UTAH: Tanner, Pan-P. Ent. VI, 1929, p. 78-87 (24 sp. and 16
var. Cicindelidae) ; Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXVII, 1934, p. 43-
49 (Zion. Nat. Park; 81 sp. ; C) ; (and Hayward) Ut. Acad.
Sci. Arts & L. XI, 1934, p. 216-221 (La Sal Mts. ; 88 sp. ; A, C).
Pack, Ent. News XLI, 1930, p. 219-222 (48 sp. Cerambycidae,
(Edemeridae, Elateridae; A, B). Knowlton, Fla. Ent. XIV,
1930, p. 36-37, 53-56, 75-77; XV, 1931, p. 10 (112 sp. ; A, B,
C) ; (and Cutler) Ut. Acad. Sci. Arts and L. IX, 1933, p. 11
(Snowville; 14 sp.) ; (and Thomas) XI, 1934, p. 245-246
(Logan; 105 sp.) ; (and Thatcher) XIII, 1936, p. 277-281 (92
sp. Buprestidse, Cerambycidae; A, B, C).; Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc.
VII, 1934, p. 79-86 (124 sp. ; A, B, C) ; IX, 1936, p. 107-111
(69 sp. in 8 f am. ; A, B, C) ; (and Smith) Ent. News XLVI,
1935,. p. 241-244 (63 sp. Scarabaeidae and Chrysomelidae ; A, B,
C) ; (and Nye) Utah Agric. Exper. Sta. Mimeograph Ser. 200
(Tech.), part 3, 1939, 25 p. (660 sp. ; A, B, C). Thatcher, Ut.
Acad. Sci. Arts and L. XII, 1935, p. 261 (15 sp. Scolytidae; A,
B, C).

VIRGINIA: Jones, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXXVII, 1935, p. 151
(Virginia Beach; 19 sp. along seashore).

WASHINGTON : Hatch, Pan-P. Ent. VIII, 1931, p. 78 (9 sp.
Sphaeridiinae ; A) ; (with Exline) Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLII,
1934, p. 450 (San Juan Is.; 20 sp. from black widow spider
nests); Ent. Notes (mimeographed) 1937, p. 48-52 (Seattle;
379 common sp.) ; (with Pratt) Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVI,
1938, p. 191-193 (Whidby Is. ; 24 sp. from black widow spider
nests) ; Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol. I, 1938, p. 183-194 (201 injuri-
ous sp.) ; Prelim. List Col. Wash, (mimeographed) 1939, 41 p.
(2070 sp. plus 130 unnamed sp. ; A) ; Pan-P. Ent. XVI, 1940,
p. 34-35 (Seattle; 12 sp. in flour mill; B). Scheffer, Ecol.
XIV, 1933, p. 29-30 (Echo L. ; 36 aquatic sp.). Gray, Univ.
Wash. Theses Ser. II, 1937, p. 309-313 (38 sp. Agonini). Beer,
l.c., IV, 1939, p. 277-278 (56 sp. Buprestidae; A).

Mar., 1941]

Abbott: Musculature

43

CONCERNING THE MUSCULATURE OF THE MALE
GENITALIA IN PANORPA NUPTIALIS GERST.

By Cyril E. Abbott

The Mecoptera are insects of ancient origin, combining with
certain generalized and probably primitive characters, certain
specializations peculiar to the group.

The male genitalia of Panorpa nuptialis Gerst. are typical of
the group, in that they exhibit a primitive forcipate condition;
but also like others of the group, they include accessory structures
which are extremely elaborate and therefore specialized. This is
true, not only of the chitinous parts, but of those muscles which
activate them, so that a complete analysis of both is necessary in
order to homologize them with the corresponding parts of related
insects.

Since, furthermore, a description of the chitinous ’ structures

Pi £ • 1

44

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. NLIX

is essential to and indeed inseparably bound up with the muscles,
I am taking the liberty of describing in detail parts which doubt-
less have been described before.

The abdomen of the male Panorpa terminates in a bulbous en-
largement consisting of four, articulated, exoskeletal parts. The
most distal of these are the dorso-ventrally articulated (and hence
laterally moveable) forceps. These are simply extensions of the
bases of the bifurcation ; bases which constitute an immovable part
of the bulbous portion. This bulbous portion is in turn articu-
lated with and partially inclosed in a strap-shaped segment which
circles it dorso-ventraDy (Fig. 1). This piece is in turn articu-
lated with the last, generalized segment of the abdomen.

Caudally, between the bifurcation of the bulbous portion, and
more or less retracted into an investing pocket, is the copulatory
apparatus proper. It consists of : (1) a median furca, the exposed
tines of which are twisted laterally and are ventrally concave.
(Figs. 1 and 3, I) ; (2) a minute, intermediate piece (Fig. 2), by

means of which the median furca articulates with a dorsal in-
vagination of the external cuticula; and (3) two lateral furcae
(Figs. 1 and 3, IV), each of which terminates dorsally in a
spatulate tine, its ventral counterpart ending in a “ ruffle.” The
trilobed base of each lateral furca is attached by means of muscles
shortly to be described. The entire copulatory apparatus is not
more than 2 mm. in length.

The musculature of these parts produces an interesting com-
plex of movements. To each lateral furca three sets of muscles are

Mar., 1941]

Abbott: Musculature

45

attached. One of these (Figs. 1 and 3, e) has its origin on the ven-
tral margin of the median furca, and extends for some distance
into the hollow interior of that organ. A fan-shaped sheet of

muscle (Figs. 1 and 3, f) extends from the lateral furca to the
ventral body wall anteriorly, while a third muscle (g) originates
on the body wall ventro-medially and posterior to the base of the
furca. Two other pairs of muscles are attached, not to the lateral
furcae, but to the middle piece illustrated in detail in Fig. 2 (in
Fig. 1, II). One of these (d) has its insertion in the expanded
ventro-lateral extension of the piece, and extends dorsally to the
body wall; the other (c) extending anteriorly, is inserted on a
tendon continuous with the anterior of the middle piece.

Let us consider the action of the muscles thus far described.
It is evident that the contraction of g extrudes the lateral furca,
while / is definitely a retractor of that part. The contraction of e,
by proximating the bases of the lateral and median furcae, sepa-
rates their distally exposed tines. The contraction of d, by forc-
ing the middle piece (II) down, has the corresponding effect;
while c, though producing a similar effect, also acts as a retractor
of the median furca.

In Fig. 3 the interior of one side of the forceps is illustrated.
The base of the tine is articulated dorsally and ventrally on
pivots, its extension and flexion depending upon paired muscles
attached to flattened tendons which penetrate the immovable base.
Of these tendons, the median is by far the larger ; its musculature
(h) is correspondingly heavy, and, occupies a considerable portion
of the space within the basal bifurcation, on the lateral wall of

46

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

which it has its origin. Consequently it is capable of flexing the
tine with considerable force. But j, which is the extensor of the
tine is not large. Curiously enough, it has its origin very close
to that of the flexor of the tine. Extension of the tine is, there-
fore, relatively feeble as compared with its flexion: this may be
corroborated by observing the action of the forceps in the living
insect. This is doubtless accounted for by the force necessary to
hold the female during copulation.

In closing, I want to thank Mr. A. B. Gurney of the Bureau of
Entomology and Plant Quarantine for the identification of the
species used in this study.

Mar., 1941]

Hawley & Dobbins: Japanese Beetle

47

MORTALITY AMONG HIBERNATING LARViE OF
THE JAPANESE BEETLE WITH SPECIAL
REFERENCE TO CONDITIONS IN
THE WINTER OF 1935-36

By I. M. Hawley and T. N. Dobbins

United States Department of Agriculture
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine

In 1916 a few Japanese beetles ( Popillia japonica Newman)
were found in this country near Riverton, N. J. Each year the
insect has moved outward in all directions until the area covered
by its natural spread in 1938, commonly spoken of as the area
of general distribution, embraced 15,100 square miles, with a
northern limit in southeastern New York, a western limit near
Harrisburg, Pa., and a southern limit in northeastern Maryland.
This area of general distribution is still so small that climatic
conditions near its outer limits vary but little from those near the
point of introduction. Beyond this generally infested area are
many isolated colonies, in some of which beetles are present
locally in moderate numbers. The most northern infestation of
this type is at Brewer, Maine, and the most southern is at Atlanta,
Ga. At some of the isolated colony sites to the north the insect has
encountered climatic conditions that have brought about marked
differences in the seasonal cycle from that found in central New
Jersey, but even at the more widely separated points the insect
has now been established for several years. This indicates that,
if climatic factors of any kind are to limit or retard the ultimate
spread and establishment of the insect in this country, their
influence has not, as yet, become operative.

Extensive studies dealing with the biology of the Japanese
beetle in the earliest infested area and its reactions to climatic
conditions were carried on by Fox ( 1 , 3).1 Data obtained in this
investigation led him to believe that the major climatic factors
limiting the establishment of the pest in parts of this country
now uninfested would be a deficiency of summer rainfall when

1 Italic numbers in parentheses refer to Literature Cited.

48

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

eggs and small larvae are dominant in the soil, low summer tem-
peratures at certain northern points which might prevent the
insect from completing its summer cycle, and, lastly, low soil
temperatures in winter which might destroy hibernating larvae.
In the older infested area there have been several seasons in
which a deficiency in summer rainfall has been definitely corre-
lated with a decrease in infestation the following year. Because
of the restricted spread of the insect, no field data on the influence
of summer temperatures are available. As to the influence of
low winter temperatures on survival, certain data have been
obtained, and this subject will be treated in some detail.

As Fox (3) points out, the Japanese beetle in its spread to the
north will probably encounter climatic conditions where winter
mortality will be an important factor affecting its establishment.
However, in the area then generally inhabited by this pest there
was no evidence prior to 1936 that larvae were ever killed in
appreciable numbers during the winter months. In another
paper Fox ( 2 ) presented data to show that the reduction in the
soil population during the winter months in a 7-year period aver-
aged only 3 per cent, based on the maximum population for the
year, which occurs normally early in September.

The winter of 1933-34 was unusually severe throughout most
of the East, and the general public, largely as a result of reports
circulated in the press, was led to believe that a high mortality
among overwintering larvae of the Japanese beetle would occur.
As pointed out by Fox ( 1 ), the mortality that year was not
appreciably higher than in winters featured by milder weather.
It came to be assumed, therefore, that, within the present limits
of general distribution, extended periods of severe winter were of
negligible importance in destroying this pest. In 1936, however,
a heavy mortality among overwintering larvae was associated with
a cold period in January and February involving unusual
meteorological conditions. It is of this mortality in 1936 and
the circumstances accompanying it that this paper will deal.

Tolerance to cold in larvae of the Japanese beetle has been the
subject of investigation by various workers. Fox ( 1 , 3) reviewed
papers by these authors and reassembled unpublished data ob-
tained at the Moorestown laboratory dealing with the lethal tern-

Mar., 1941]

Hawley & Dobbins: Japanese Beetle

49

peratures required to destroy larvae in balled nursery plants. As
a result of these studies, supplemented by observations of his
own, he came to the conclusion that a soil temperature of 15° F.
(-9.4° C.) was the lowest temperature that could be withstood
by hibernating larvae of the Japanese beetle under natural con-
ditions, and that a few might succumb at temperatures as high
as 22° F. (-5.6° C.).

Most larvae of the Japanese beetle winter in the ground at
depths between 2 and 6 inches. Soil-temperature records taken
at the 3-inch depth at Moorestown, N. J., have shown that in most
years, the temperatures at this depth do not fall below 30° F. In
fact, in only four years since 1925, namely, 1926, 1927, 1934, and
1936, have soil temperatures at 3 inches been recorded below this
temperature. As noted by Fox (7), a snow cover of only 1 to 2
inches will act as an insulating blanket for the ground beneath
and serves to keep soil temperatures at or near the freezing point
of water even when air temperatures fall far below freezing. In
years with adequate snow cover, therefore, there is little mortality
among larvae.

The existence of heavy winter mortality in 1936 was acciden-
tally discovered by one of the members of the laboratory staff,
when the ground was still partially frozen. As soon as this
unusual situation was confirmed at several widely separated
points, surveys were begun to determine the extent and degree
of mortality. Soil surveys or diggings were made at as many
points in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, and Maryland
as time would permit. The time available for this work was
limited to about four weeks, since, as soil temperatures rose, dead
larvae decomposed and disappeared and counts of the living and
dead could no longer be made.

On the map, Figure 1, is shown the mortality found in surveys,
expressed as the percentages of the total number of larvae recov-
ered. At least 10 surveys, each in a plot 1 foot square, were
made at each point, and at some sites 50 or more were made. It
is evident that the mortality varied greatly in different parts of
the area surveyed, and in many cases there was considerable
variation even at closely associated stations. From the map it is
apparent that the highest mortality occurred in south-central

50

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Fig. 1. The mortality among hibernating larvae of the Japanese beetle,
following the cold period of January-February, 1936, as found in soil surveys
at selected points. Mortalities are expressed as the percentages of the actual
numbers of larvae recovered. The broken line indicates the limit of the area
of general distribution of the beetle in 1935.

Mar., 1941]

Hawley & Dobbins: Japanese Beetle

51

New Jersey, southeastern Pennsylvania, northern Delaware, and
northeastern Maryland.

Some features in the succession of meteorological events pre-
ceding the cold period of 1936 were in marked contrast to those
recorded in previous years. Thus, in the three weeks preceding
the cold period in 1936 the precipitation throughout the general
area of infestation was roughly 4.8 inches, while in 1934, the
most severe winter since 1917, it was approximately only 0.9
inch.2 Probably of greater significance was the fact that through-
out most of the area of general infestation a rain immediately
preceded the cold period of 1936. As this storm developed it
was characterized by a marked drop in air temperatures which
altered radically the form of precipitation in different localities.
At the conclusion of the storm and the beginning of the cold
period the covering ranged from approximately 1.5 inches of
glaze, sleet, and some snow in northern Delaware and Maryland
to roughly 7.0 inches in north-central New Jersey, the latter con-
sisting largely of snow but also of varying amounts of sleet.

The history of the snow and sleet covering throughout the area
generally infested was quite similar to that indicated for Moores-
town in table 1, decreasing generally to less than an inch in most
of southern New Jersey, as well as the adjacent sections of Penn-
sylvania, Delaware, and Maryland, while, on the other hand, in
north-central New Jersey the covering never fell below approxi-
mately 4 inches. A subsequent general snow occurring at the
beginning of the latter half of the cold period provided a cover-
ing of from 10 to 14 inches in southeastern Pennsylvania and
north-central New Jersey and from 2 to 7 inches in different
localities of southern New Jersey.

The area experiencing the unusually heavy mortality corre-
sponded quite closely with the area in which the covering during
the first two weeks was limited principally to glaze and sleet. It
also must be emphasized that this was the area in which the
greatest amount of rain appears to have fallen immediately pre-
ceding the sleet and snow.

2 The writers wish to acknowledge the kind cooperation of the regular sta-
tions of the U. S. Weather Bureau located in Baltimore, Philadelphia, and
Trenton in supplying meteorological data for the periods concerned.

52

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

TABLE 1

Comparison of Air and Soil Temperature Trends at Moorestown, N. J.,
During Two Cold Periods in the Winters of 1933-34
and 1935-36

Mean temperatures (°P.) for 3 -day periods

after
start
of cold
period

Air

Soil

Snow and
sleet cover

3" depth

6 " depth

9" depth

1934

1936

1934

1936

1934

1936

1934

1936

1934

1936

1

13.5

27.0

31.9

36.1

32.9

37.1

34.3

38.0

0

1.6a

1-

- 3

21.8

25.5

31.6

34.6

32.4

35.5

33.6

36.5

0

1.8a

2-

- 4

23.9

26.3

31.3

33.5

32.1

34.3

33.2

35.2

0.8

1.6a

3-

- 5

21.7

21.8

31.3

32.9

32.0

33.8

33.1

34.3

4.2

1.4a

4-

- 6

15.3

16.2

31.2

32.3

31.9

33.3

33.0

33.8

7.4

1.2a

5-

- 7

15.8

10.7

31.2

31.9

31.9

33.0

32.9

33.7

9.8

1.1a

6-

- 8

17.2

13.3

31.0

31.6

31.8

32.6

32.8

32.9

8.8

1.3a

7-

- 9

18.7

14.3

30.9

31.6

31.7

32.4

32.7

32.8

7.3

1.4a

8-

-10

14.7

14.8

30.6

31.5

31.4

32.3

32.5

32.7

5.6

1.4a

9-

-11

8.2

15.5

29.8

31.5

30.8

32.3

32.2

32.6

4.5

1.2a

10-

-12

5.2

17.0

28.8

31.4

29.8

32.3

31.7

32.5

4.2

0.9a

11-

-13

7.9

17.5

28.2

31.3

29.3

32.2

31.3

32.4

4.0

0.8a

12-

-14

19.5

16.2

28.7

30.5

29.6

32.0

31.2

32.3

3.9

0.6a

13-

-15

23.3

15.5

29.5

30.3

30.3

31.8

31.3

32.2

3.5

0.6a

14-

-16

21.5

15.8

29.3

29.7

30.2

31.6

31.3

32.0

3.4

0.5a

15-

-17

20.2

21.5

29.2

30.1

29.9

31.6

31.1

32.0

3.3

0.4a

16-

-18

20.3

21.7

28.7

30.7

29.6

31.7

31.0

32.0

3.0

0.3a

17-

-19

22.2

26.8

28.2

31.4

29.1

31.8

30.6

32.0

2.8

0.5a

18-

-20

20.7

23.0

27.6

31.2

28.7

31.8

30.3

31.9

2.4

1.0

19-

-21

23.0

23.3

28.2

30.9

29.0

31.6

30.3

31.9

2.2

3.2

20-

-22

23.0

19.8

29.5

30.6

29.9

31.3

30.9

31.8

2.5

4.5

21-

-23

22.0

18.2

30.0

30.6

30.3

31.3

31.2

31.7

4.2

4.7

22-

-24

23.2

16.7

29.9

29.8

30.3

30.8

31.2

31.5

5.5

4.5

23-

-25

25.0

14.8

29.6

28.7

30.2

30.1

31.2

31.0

5.7

4.5

24-

-26

23.2

17.5

28.6

27.9

29.6

29.2

30.9

30.4

3.0

4.1

25-

-27

18.0

23.5

27.9

28.8

28.9

29.5

30.5

30.3

1.5

4.0

26-

-28

16.3

29.8

27.5

30.2

28.4

30.4

30.1

30.8

0.7

3.8

27-

-29

15.3

32.3

28.3

31.3 •

28.8

31.3

30.1

31.4

3.0

3.3

28-

-30

13.8

34.3

28.4

31.7

28.7

31.6

30.2

31.7

4.7

2.5

29-

-31

15.0

30.0

28.5

31.8

28.9

31.7

30.3

31.8

5.7

2.4

30-

-32

21.2

23.8

28.9

31.7

29.3

31.8

30.5

31.9

5.1

3.6

31-

-33

32.7

15.7

30.0

31.2

30.3

31.6

30.9

31.8

4.2

3.1

32-

-34

42.2

14.3

31.1

30.3

31.1

31.1

31.4

31.6

2.5

2.9

33-

-35

49.8

17.7

32.8

29.6

31.5

30.6

31.6

31.4

1.0

2.6

34-

-36

47.5

21.5

33.8

29.3

32.1

30.2

31.8

31.0

Tb

2.4

35-

-37

42.7

27.8

33.7

29.9

32.2

30.5

31.9

31.0

Tb

1.5

36-

-38

34.8

34.5

32.5

30.1

32.2

30.0

32.0

30.9

Tb

1.0

a Largely glaze and sleet,
b Trace.

Mar., 1941]

Hawley & Dobbins: Japanese Beetle

53

The surveys yielded considerable indirect evidence to the effect
that additional snow covering over surprisingly small areas in
all probability markedly influenced soil temperatures beneath
such tracts. Minor local differences in topography undoubtedly
played an important role in such phenomena. It was often noted
that a slight depression in a field was usually associated with less
mortality than occurred in the higher ground in the immediate
vicinity. In one unusual observation it was revealed that the
mortality beneath a cow trail in a pasture was decidedly less than
that on either side of the depression. Surprising as it may seem,
mortality was generally less in cultivated fields than in closely
associated pastures. A possible explanation of this phenomenon
is that the irregularities of the ground surface as well as the
residual vegetation from the previous year’s crop reduced snow
drifting to a minimum. As the few surveys in cultivated fields
generally indicated a much lighter mortality in such situations
than in pastures and golf courses, the difficulty of arriving at a
correct estimate of the mortality in any area based upon a few
widely separated surveys made largely in pastures and golf
courses is at once apparent. It follows then that the mortalities
shown in Figure 1 probably represent the extremes in the various
sections rather than the average mortality.

Paradoxical as it might seem, soil temperatures were higher at
Moorestown, N. J. (situated in the area with the covering limited
principally to sleet), during the cold period of 1936 than in that
of 1934. This is quite evident from an examination of the tem-
perature trends in Table 1. Thus, at the 3-inch level in 1936 the
lowest temperature recorded was 26.4° F., a temperature 2.4°
above the extreme minimum at that level in 1934, while at the
6-inch level the extreme minimum recorded was 28.4° F. and at
the 9-inch level 29.6° F. These relatively high minimum tem-
peratures at the 6- and 9-inch levels are of unusual interest in
view of the fact that in many surveys a surprisingly large pro-
portion of the larvaa found at 6 inches or below were dead.

Taking into consideration all the foregoing facts, it seems fairly
evident that the mortality experienced in 1936 was occasioned by
a complex of factors, which probably involved moisture as well
as temperature. Although no soil-temperature records are avail-

54

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

able from northern New Jersey for comparison with those taken
at Moorestown, it is the opinion of the writers that the ample
snow covering in the former region effectively prevented soil tem-
peratures at the upper levels from dropping appreciably below
32.0° F.

That soil moisture may have been an important factor in the
mortality of 1936 is suggested by the work of Salt (4). In study-
ing the freezing process in insects he made the interesting obser-
vation that in the presence of what he termed ‘ ‘ contact moisture ’ ’
the undercooling process, in some insects, is eliminated or greatly
lessened and freezing begins at or slightly below the highest
freezing point of the insect tissues. Salt noted a wide range in
the degree of susceptibility to inoculations by contact moisture
among the various insects studied. In insects susceptible to this
phenomenon, it appears that the amount of contact moisture in
the form of ice which is necessary to eliminate effectively the
undercooling point is a variable quantity, governed, presumably,
by the physiological peculiarities of the insect in question. It is
not possible at present to state to what extent Japanese beetle
larvae are susceptible to the action of contact moisture, as no
fundamental work along this line has been carried on with larvae
of this insect.

Since the areas in which heavy mortalities occurred were
largely those associated with a heavy coating of sleet or glaze,
it is possible that such coatings, by restricting the ventilation of
the soil, may have been a factor in bringing about killing. It is
conceivable also that the high pressure exerted by water freezing
in the soil may have had an influence on mortality. With the
limited knowledge of the influence of such factors on soil-inhabit-
ing insects, it is impossible to attribute killing to any one factor
alone.

Larval surveys made later in the spring in the Philadelphia
area in general confirmed the marked reduction among hibernat-
ing larvae. Quite a number of partially discolored live larvae
were observed during the earlier surveys. These discolorations
probably were associated with physiological changes accompany-
ing the initial stages of freezing. It is possible that a consider-
able portion of these larvae were injured to the extent that they

Mar., 1941]

Hawley & Dobbins: Japanese Beetle

55

were unable to complete their development, so that, locally at
least, the mortality was higher than the early surveys indicated.

In July, when beetles are normally at their peak abundance
for the season, it was evident to entomologists working with the
insect, and even to the public at large, that the number of Japa-
nese beetles present in the greater portion of the area experienc-
ing winter mortality was decidedly less than in the preceding
year. This was more generally noticeable in the Philadelphia
area than in some of the other sections in which surveys indicated
that high mortality had occurred. At a golf course near West
Chester, Pa., 1,050 larvae out of 1,260 recovered in 50 surveys
were dead. However, the residual infestation was high enough
to result in rather severe tree injury at some points in that region
during the season of beetle flight.

It is interesting to note that in 1937 an example of local winter
mortality, under conditions somewhat similar to the one de-
scribed, was found in New England. During a spell of warm
weather in February the snow melted and water collected in a
low area, which was covered with a sheet of ice when tempera-
tures again fell below freezing. Dead larvae were found at this
point when surveys were made later in the spring.

It is realized that a mortality such as that experienced in 1936
is unusual and that a complex of weather conditions, such as the
one that brought it about, may not occur again for many years.
The experience this year indicates, however, that in evaluating
the factors governing winter killing consideration should be given
to the possible influence of soil moisture and the type of precipi-
tation, as well as to the action of low temperatures.

summary

Data from larval surveys indicated that prior to 1936 the
mortality among hibernating larvae of the Japanese beetle was
negligible in the area then infested. The available information
pointed to 15° F. (-9.4° C.) as the lowest temperature which
could be withstood by hibernating larvae under natural condi-
tions. Continuous soil-temperature records at Moorestown, N. J.,
since 1925 indicate that only occasionally, during periods of
severe weather, have temperatures at the 3-inch level fallen

56

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

appreciably below 30.0° F. This has been due largely to the
insulation afforded by snow cover during such periods.

A heavy mortality among overwintering Japanese beetle larvae
was evident in 1936 after a severe cold period, although soil tem-
peratures at Moorestown, N. J., were not as low as in 1934, a
year with no unusual amount of mortality. A critical compari-
son of meteorological data for 1934 and 1936 indicates that in the
latter year, in all probability, mortality was occasioned by a
complex of factors, which probably involved moisture as well as
low temperature.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Fox, Henry. 1935. Some misconceptions regarding the effects of the

cold of February 1934 on the larvae of the Japanese beetle, Popillia
japonica Newman. Jour. Econ. Ent. 28: 154-159.

2. . 1937. Seasonal trends in the relative abundance of Japanese

beetle populations in the soil during the annual life cycle. Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc. 45: 115-126.

3. . 1939. The probable future distribution of the Japanese beetle

in North America. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 47 : 105-123.

4. Salt, R. W. 1936. Studies on the freezing process in insects. Minn.

Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bui. 116, 41 pp.

Mar., 1941 ]

Chamberlin & Mulaik: Millipeds

57

ON A COLLECTION OF MILLIPEDS FROM
TEXAS AND NEW MEXICO

By Ralph V. Chamberlin and Stanley Mulaik

University of Utah

This article is a report upon a collection of millipeds made by
Mr. and Mrs. Stanley Mulaik chiefly in Texas, but it also lists a
smaller number of forms taken in Bear Canyon, southeast of
Cloudcroft, New Mexico. In Texas the major portion of the
collecting was done in Hidalgo Co., at Edinburg and in Kerr Co.,
at Raven Ranch, but adjacent counties also supplied considerable
material. The lot includes twenty-one species, distributed in ten
families. Of these species nine are regarded as new, and two as
representing new genera.

POLYXENID^E

Polyxenus fasciculatus Say

Jour. Phil. Acad. Sci., 1821, II, p. 108.

Localities. — Texas : Hidalgo Co., Edinburg, one specimen,
December, 1939 ; Kerr Co., Raven Ranch, one specimen in August
and one in December, 1939. The specimens are badly rubbed but
seem to conform fully to this species.

FONTARIID^E

Nannaria ursa Chamberlin
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1938, vol. 51, p. 207.

Locality. — New Mexico : Bear Canyon, Camp Mary White.
Male and female, Aug., 1934.

Aporiaria texicolens Chamberlin

Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1938, vol. 51, p. 207.

Locality. — Texas : Edinburg, May, 1937 ; Feb., December,
1939, etc. Many specimens.

Aporiaria anamesa Chamberlin and Mulaik, new species

In general appearance resembling A. texicolens but a much smaller and
darker, more blackish form with less strongly depressed keels.

58

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Dorsum dull brown to nearly black with a narrow yellow band across caudal
borders of tergite and along lateral borders of keels. Antennae, venter and
sides, except for a dark area just below keels, yellow. Legs with two or
three distal joints yellow, the others dark, especially those over middle of
length. Head yellow, with a network of darker lines above and in front.

Body rather slender, the sides parallel except toward ends. Keels moder-
ately narrow, somewhat less depressed than in texicolens ; caudal angles
slightly produced on fourth and fifth keels, becoming more strongly so on
posterior segments, the processes of the nineteenth keels widely rounded.

Length, about 30 mm. ; width, 4 mm.

Locality. — New Mexico, Camp Mary White. Three females
taken in August, 1934.

C Y CLODESMIDiE

Genus ETHOCYCLUS Chamberlin and Mulaik, new

Resembling Cyclodesmus in general body form. Surface nearly smooth,
shining, but bearing well separated, seriated setae. Keels flaring outward a
little from bases.

Third segment with keels narrowly margined both in front and behind, not
ridged.

Fourth segment with keels rounded at lower end, presenting no corners.

Keels not notched above caudodistal angle as they are in Cyclodesmus, but
smoothly continuous to base where weakly incurved at junction with dorsum.

Genotype. — E. atophus, sp. nov.

Ethocyclus atophus Chamberlin and Mulaik, new species

General color pale brown, the legs whitish.

Vertex of head with a few erect setae, crossed by a fine median longitudinal
sulcus.

First tergite with anterior margin weakly convex, the posterior essentially
straight, and the lateral margins converging caudad as in species of Cyclo-
desmus; margins raised; corners well rounded; apparently a transverse
series of six setae back of anterior border, and also a submarginal seta at
middle of each end and four across caudal border. (The setae rubbed off in
type but small basal tubercles seem to indicate their position.)

Second tergite with keels bent forward to level of anterior margin of first
tergite, their distal ends rounded; all margins raised.

Third tergite with keels of relative size and general form found in
Cyclodesmus, narrowly margined, surface smooth.

Fourth keels with lower end narrowly rounded, decidedly less acute than
those of fifth tergite.

On typical segments the posterior portion of tergite elevated above level
of anterior portion and divided into low tubercular swellings which appear
to have born setae forming a transverse series.

Width of maximum specimen, the holotype, 1.8 mm.

Mar., 1941]

Chamberlin & Mulaik: Millipeds

59

Locality. — Texas: Kerr Co., two specimens taken in August,
1939, and one, the holotype, in December, 1939.

This record is the first for the Cyclodesmidae in this country,
other species being known only from Mexico and the West Indies.

LEPTODESMID^E

Eurymerodesmus melacis Chamberlin and Mulaik, new species

Characterized in color by having the lateral borders of the keels and the
posterior border of tergites brick red, this brick red posterior area extending
broadly forward in middle region and anteriorly divided by the extension
backward of a tongue from the blackish area covering the dorsum outside
the red portions. Collum black bordered all around with brick red. Head
black above, a median pale area in front, and also pale below and on sides.
Antennae pale except for most of last article and the distal half of penult
article which are black. Venter, sides and legs yellow.

Head smooth. A distinct median sulcus over vertex and ending between
antennae. A seta each side of middle in frontal region. A transverse series
of about 16 setae above the labial margin. Antennae filiform; the seventh
article subconical, truncate at apex.

Collum with keels narrowed downward as usual, their anterior margin a
little incurved and the posterior convex; middle part of anterior margin
widely convex, the posterior straight except at ends where convex and con-
tinuing outline of the keels.

In the keels of anterior portion of body both anterior and posterior corners
rounded, the posterior becoming more rectangular in going caudad, and from
about the twelfth on produced in increasing degree, those of last five segments
more distinctly and acutely extended.

Last tergite narrowed caudad, the sides incurved and the apex narrowly
truncate; bearing above several pairs of long setae. Anal valves with mesal
borders elevated as usual. Anal scale broadly subtriangular with sides con-
vex and caudal angle very obtuse.

Telopodite of male gonopods in general form very much resembling that of
E. mundus of Oklahoma but the distal series of long setae on vertical portion
much closer to the bend. It differs clearly from mundus in lacking the char-
acteristic columnar sternal process behind the gonopods.

Length of female, about 23 mm.; width, 3.5 mm. Width of male, 3 mm.

Localities. — Texas : Kerr Co., Raven Ranch, many of both sexes
taken in August and December, 1939 ; Boerne ; Edinburg, many
in December ; Kendall Co., numerous ; Bandera Co. ; Concho Co.,
10 miles west of Eden; all taken in December, 1939, except for
some taken in August at the Raven Ranch.

Related to E. mundus Chamberlin of Oklahoma but a clearly

60

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

smaller form differing in the male in lacking the columnar sternal
processes behind the gonopods, etc.

CRASPEDOSOMimE

Genus RHABDARONA Chamberlin and Mulaik, new

Body composed of 30 segments with carinae and tubercles obsolete. Ocelli
numerous and well developed. Antennae long and filiform, with the third
joint longest and the fifth next longest; sixth and seventh joints about equal
in length, the seventh slenderly subfusiform, the sixth abruptly thicker,
clavate. First joint of ninth legs of male with a conspicuous chitinous
process from mesal side extending ventrad between anterior gonopods, and
at side of a median chitinous, laminate process; the joint beyond this process
cylindrical, a little thicker than the slender and cylindrical second joint;
third joint very short, narrower than second in end of which it is more or
less telescoped, the fourth joint also very short and narrow; a narrow ter-
minal process. First joint of tenth legs also with a long process from inner
side, similar processes on eleventh and twelfth legs shorter.

Genotype. — B. bacillipus, sp. nov.

Rhabdarona bacillipus Chamberlin and Mulaik, new species

General color brown, with a series of yellow spots along sides below which
the color becomes lighter from a mottling of yellow. Legs proximally pale,
becoming brown distally.

Ocelli black, convex, in a large triangular patch, the arrangement from
above appearing to be 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2.

First two legs of male more slender than those that follow. Ninth legs
of male with the process of first joint and process of tenth legs characteristic.
Processes of twelfth legs reduced, subconical.

Gonopods bent strongly caudad, relatively large, of form shown in the
figure.

Length, about 14 mm.

Locality. — Texas : Kerr Co., Kaven Ranch. One male taken on
15 July, 1939, by D. and S. Mulaik.

L Y SIOPET ALIDiE

Spirostrephon texensis Loomis

Localities. — -Texas : Kerr Co., Raven Ranch, and 17 miles south
of Kerrville; McCulloch Co., south of Brady; Bandera Co., 7
miles south of Medina ; and Kendall Co. Many specimens taken
in December, and some at Raven Ranch in July and August, 1939.

This species was previously known from Dallas, Smith, Tarrant
and Wharton Counties, the last named being the type locality.

Mar., 1941]

Chamberlin & Mulaik: Millipeds

61

PARAlULIDiE

Aniulus adelphus Chamberlin

Localities. — Texas : Kendall Co., a number of males and
females, December, 1939; 11 miles southwest of Boerne, several
specimens; Kendall Co., many specimens.

Aniulus craterus Chamberlin

Locality. — Texas: Kerr Co., Raven Ranch, many specimens
taken in December, 1939.

Aniulus dorophor Chamberlin

Locality. — Texas : Many specimens taken in December, 1939.

Aniulus prosoicus Chamberlin

Locality. — Texas : Hidalgo Co., Edinburg. Three adult males
and three adult females taken in 1938, and many, mostly imma-
ture, specimens taken in December, 1939.

Gosiulus conformatus Chamberlin

Localities. — Texas: Live Oak Co., south of Three Rivers, one
male taken in December, 1939 ; Big Springs, many males and
females; McCulloch Co., south of Brady, several; Brooks Co., 17
miles north of Alice, several.

Hakiulus amophor Chamberlin

Localities. — Texas: Kerr Co., Turtle Creek, several mature
males and females taken in December, 1939 ; Live Oak Co., south
of Three Rivers, many specimens.

Ziniulus medicolens Chamberlin

Localities. — Texas: Kerr Co., Raven Ranch. Many specimens
taken in December, 1939 ; 11 miles southwest of Boerne.

AT0PETH0LID2E

Eurelus kerrensis Chamberlin and Mulaik, new species

Apparently resembling E. soleatus Cook, the genotype, in general color and
appearance but a smaller form, 6 mm. in diameter as against 8 mm.; and
composed of a larger number of segments, 53, or in one female 51, as against

62

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

47 or 48. Judging from the published description of the male gonopods of
soleatus, the present species is distinct in details of these organs.

The general color is from dark brown to nearly black, in preserved speci-
mens at least showing a narrow light band or line along caudal margin of the
segments; prozonites somewhat lighter than the metazonites.

Metazonites subdensely finely punctate and marked with some fine im-
pressed lines, the prozonites smoother.

Clypeal foveolae normally 5 + 5.

Ocelli, e.g., 6, 6, 7, 6, 5, 3, the rows as given subvertical and recorded from
behind forward; the ocelli decrease in size from below upward. Thus there
are 33 ocelli in six rows as against 43 or 44 in seven series in soleatus. Lower
angle of collum narrow but rounded at apex, the posterior edge obtusely
indented near point where anterior sulcus meets it. The anterior margining
sulcus deeply impressed up nearly to level of middle of eye patch. Three
short longitudinal sulci over caudal border just above lower margin.

The claws of the first three pairs of legs enlarged as in soleatus, those of
the next four pairs abruptly smaller and of the same size as those on legs of
the post-genital segments, not smaller as given for soleatus.

The coxal process of the third legs laminate and directed caudad as in
soleatus and proximus but much shorter, extending only over the processes
of the following segment. Processes from coxae of fifth, sixth and seventh
legs laminate but short, blunt and erect.

Locality. — Texas : Kerr Co., Raven Ranch. One adult male,
holotype, and two adult females, together with partly grown
individuals taken in July, 1939, by D. and S. Mulaik.

Eurelus proximus Chamberlin and Mulaik, new species

A species undoubtedly close to E. soleatus, the genotype, but somewhat
smaller, the diameter of the male being 7 mm. as against 8 mm., and the body
has 45 segments as against 48, apparently the normal and nearly constant
number in soleatus.

In the present species the claws of the three anterior pairs of legs are but
slightly larger than those of post-genital region, while those of the four
pairs following are greatly reduced and almost abortive. The processes of
the third coxae are as described for soleatus but the coxal processes of the
sixth legs are erect and not covered by the processes of the third legs, the
processes of the seventh also erect, much thicker and larger, and distally
rounded.

Above the lower angle of the collum only two striae and these incomplete.
The raised ventral flange of the second segment prominent.

The gonopods of the male close in general form to those of soleatus as
nearly as can be told from the description, but the posterior gonopod con-
spicuously exposed in anterior view.

Ocelli in eight series, thus, proceeding from above, 2, 5, 6, 8, 8, 8, 7, 7.
Clypeal foveolae 5 + 5.

Mar., 1941]

Chamberlin & Mulaik: Millipeds

63

The general color is dark, almost black, excepting for the narrow pale
ring about caudal border of each segment. Legs also blackish. The first
segment and the middle part of the last segment not paler as they are said
always to be in soleatus.

Locality. — Texas : Hidalgo Co., Edinburg. One male taken in
the spring of 1938.

SPIROSTREPTIDJ3

Orthoporus texicolens Chamberlin
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1938, vol. 51, p. 207.

Locality. — Texas : Edinburg. One male taken in March, 1936,
and two females in the spring of 1938. The larger female has a
maximum diameter of about 9 mm.

Orthoporus entomacis Chamberlin and Mulaik, new species

General color chestnut brown, the metazonites with caudal border darkest,
and the prozonites lighter than the metazonites. Legs brown.

Collum with three sharply impressed striae above and caudad of the lower
and anterior margining sulcus extending from level of middle of eye ventrad
and caudad to posterior margin; the uppermost stria curving evenly ventro-
caudad, the two others angular below where turning from subvertical position
to the horizontal.

Repugnatorial pores beginning on sixth segment; each pore located behind
sulcus at one-fourth or less the distance from sulcus to posterior margin;
sulcus smooth, sharply impressed, widely curved opposite the pore.

Segments nearly smooth above; distinct strise beginning a little below
level of pore and deeply impressed below.

Last tergite much exceeded by the valves which are compressed and elevated
as usual. Anal scale relatively very broad, the posterior margin very obtusely
angular with angle widely rounded.

The gonopods of the male are of the type of 0. punctilliger and 0. texico-
lens but the spine of the anterior gonopod extending directly ectad and pre-
senting a characteristic notch at its apex.

Number of segments in male holotype and female allotype, 70.

Diameter of male holotype, 7 mm. ; of female allotype, 5 mm.

Locality. — Arizona : Dnncan. Male (holotype) and female
taken September 7, 1939, by Dorothea and Stanley Mulaik.

Orthoporus flavior Chamberlin and Mulaik, new species

At once distinguishable from other known species of the Southwest in its
bright coloration. Prozonites and anterior border of metazonites with nar-

64

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

row caudal borders of the latter yellow, narrower annulus of brown over
posterior and major portion of metazonites in front of the narrow caudal
annulus. Anal valves and tergite light yellow. Collum yellowish, bordered
within a broader band of brown by a narrower marginal stripe of yellow.
Head light brown. Legs and antennae brown.

Eyes with ocelli arranged in five or six oblique and curved series, e.g.,
8, 8, 6, 4, 1.

Collum narrowed below as usual with both corners rounded and the inferior
margin weakly concave; narrowly margined below and up anterior side to
level of eye; two long, oblique sulci curving from caudal margin up to level
of eye, with a very short one between the posterior ends of these two.

Segmental sutures smooth, light, only very slightly curved opposite the
pore which is situated at about one-third the distance from suture to caudal
margin. Metazonites striate beneath but not on sides toward pores.

Last tergite with caudal portion broadly subtriangular, the caudal angle
obtusely rounded, set off by a deep transverse sulcus, the middle somewhat
darker region conspicuously compressed and elevated. Anal scale with caudal
margin over middle region weakly convex, truncate or weakly concave at
middle.

Number of segments, 66.

Diameter, 4.2 mm.

Locality. — Texas : 4 miles east of Dryden. 4 Sept., 1939. One
not fully mature male.

SIPHON OPHORID/E

Siphonophora texascolens Chamberlin and Mulaik, new species

After preservation in alcohol, the general color is fulvous to light brown,
commonly showing a whitish band or a series of white spots along each side,
the head and several anterior segments also sometimes whitish, as may also
be some of the posterior segments.

Head and antennae and the collum as in pseustes or nearly so.

Separated primarily on the basis of the form of the gonopods which are
typically erect, not geniculate at base, with the posterior pair extending well
beyond tips of the anterior pair.

Number of segments in male holotype, 96; of other adults, from 90 to 101.

Length, up to about 23 mm.

Localities. — Texas: Kerr Co., Raven Ranch; nine specimens
taken in August and three in December, 1939 ; Bandera Co.,
fifteen specimens taken in December, 1939 ; Kendall Co., four
specimens, December.

Mar., 1941]

Ludwig & Fox: Japanese Beetle

65

FURTHER STUDIES OF CONDITIONS INFLUENCING
THE SURVIVAL OF JAPANESE BEETLES
THROUGH METAMORPHOSIS

By Daniel Ludwig and Henry Fox

Department of Biology, University College, New York University

INTRODUCTION

In a previous publication, Ludwig and Fox (1938) suggested
that wheat grains are beneficial to Japanese beetle larvae in early
developmental stages, but are toxic if allowed to remain in the
medium until the approach of metamorphosis. It was shown,
however, that with soil as a component of the medium, this toxic
effect of the wheat is partially counteracted. Thus, when wheat
was present throughout larval life in a medium composed exclu-
sively of Andropogon mold, only 33.4 per cent of the larvae which
had survived 70 days of the third instar pupated, whereas, when
soil was present with the Andropogon , 54.5 per cent pupated. No
data were obtained from these studies to show the effect of soil in
counteracting the toxic action of wheat in media other than An-
dropogon mold, and even in the latter, the only results considered
were those obtained at a single temperature, namely 25° C.

The present paper reports the results of three later series of ex-
periments ; the first two, on larvae reared at 25° C., in a medium
composed either exclusively or in part of Car ex mold ; the third,
on others kept at 27.5° C., in a mixture of soil and Andropogon
mold. In the former series, where Car ex mold formed the basic
material of the medium, the conditions under which the various
tests were carried out are indicated in Tables I and II. In these
experiments, Car ex mold was selected because earlier unreported
experiments had shown that Japanese beetles cannot be reared
to the pupal stage in this medium unless other sources of food are
present, such as wheat grains or a suspension of yeast. Hence,
the use of Car ex mold makes it possible to determine (1) the
length of time during which the larvae require this extra food to
enable them to reach the pupal stage, (2) the precise period dur-
ing larval life when the use of additional food produces optimal

66

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

effects, (3) the effects of the presence or absence of soil in the
medium, and (4) the results on survival of retaining or removing
the products of food decomposition.

In the third series, where larvae were reared at 27.5° C., in a
mixture of soil and Andropogon mold, the object was (1) to com-
pare the survival of larvae fed wheat during a limited portion of
larval life with that of others given this additional food through-
out, and (2) to test the effect of the replacement of wheat by
yeast during all or a part of the same period. Earlier attempts
to rear Japanese beetle larvae from hatching to pupation at this
temperature had yielded very unsatisfactory results, only a very
small proportion reaching the pupal stage. In these instances,
the larvae had been kept in Andropogon mold without any admix-
ture of soil and had been fed wheat grains throughout larval life.
In view of the results previously reported (Ludwig and Fox,
1938), it was thought that modification of the procedure as out-
lined might result in an improved survival at the higher tem-
perature.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

The procedure used in these experiments is essentially the
same as that reported by Ludwig and Fox (1938). The larvae
were hatched from eggs obtained from beetles collected in the field
or reared in the laboratory. On hatching, each larva was placed
in a 1-ounce metal salve box containing the selected medium.
Wheat grains or yeast were added for different periods of time
during larval development as indicated in Tables I, II, and III.
The yeast consisted of a suspension of one-half cake of baker’s
yeast in approximately 100 cc., of tap water. This suspension
was used both to moisten the medium and to supply the larva
with food. In other cases, the basic medium was kept moderately
moist by the addition of tap water. The soil was obtained just
beneath the sod on the New York University campus and con-
tained a trace of organic material, but not enough to darken it
perceptibly. The plant molds used were collected beneath tus-
socks of Car ex strict a and Andropogon glomeratus. The salve
boxes and the basic media were always sterilized before use by
heating in a hot air sterilizer for approximately two hours at
150-200° C. Throughout the experiments, the larvse were kept

Mar., 1941]

Ludwig & Fox: Japanese Beetle

67

in incubators at the desired temperatures. On the approach of
molting they were examined daily and at other times twice weekly.

OBSERVATIONS

A. Tests with larvce in Carex mold at 25° C. The first series
of tests, the results of which are summarized in Table I, was made
with six lots of larvae, all kept in Carex mold but with wheat added
during a period of five consecutive days. The precise time at
which this occurred varied progressively in the different lots as
shown in the table. The object of this procedure was to deter-

TABLE I

Effects of Wheat, Present for Different Periods of Five Days Each,
On the Survival of Japanese Beetle Larwe Kept in
Carex Mold at 25° C.

First-instar

larvae

Second-instar

larvae

Food

No. of larvae

Per cent complet-
ing instar

Average duration
in days

Per cent complet-
ing instar

Average duration
in days

No. of larvae meta-
morphosing

Carex + wheat first 5
days after hatching,
then Carex only

50

84.0

18.8 ±0.50

16.7

43.1

2

Carex only first 5 days,
then Carex -f wheat
5 days, then Carex
only

50

80.0

20.3 ±0.66

37.5

43.6 ±2.13

2

Carex only first 10
days, then Carex +
wheat 5 days, then
Carex only

50

54.0

22.2 ±0.57

51.9

39.9 ± 2.05

3

Carex only first 15
days, then Carex +
wheat 5 days, then
Carex only

50

58.0

24.3 ± 0.42

51.7

40.3 ±3.43

4

Carex only first 20
days, then Carex +
wheat 5 days, then
Carex only

25

72.0

27.4 ±0.36

77.8

32.1 ±1.70

2

Carex only throughout
first instar, then Ca-
rex + wheat first five
days of second in-
star, then Carex only

25

56.0

27.0 ±0.65

78.6

23.3 ±1.32

4

68

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

mine the effect of the addition of wheat at different times upon
(1) the degree of survival, and (2) the duration of each of the
first two instars. Since earlier tests had repeatedly shown that
larvae rarely live through the second instar if Car ex mold is the
sole source of food, it was considered unnecessary in the present
series to include any special experiments in which the larvae were
deprived of wheat at all times.

Effect on survival. Comparison of the results given in Table I
indicates that neither the temporary presence or the total absence
of wheat during the first instar ; or the precise time at which it is
available, makes any obvious difference in the proportion of larvae
completing the instar. The last lot listed, which consisted of
larvae subsisting exclusively upon Car ex throughout the entire
stadium, shows a survival as high as 56 per cent, which is essen-
tially equal to that obtained in two other lots, one of which was
given wheat from 10 to 15, the other from 15 to 20 days after
hatching. The highest survival for the first instar characterized
the first two lots, which were supplied with wheat within the first
ten days after hatching, but the significance of these results is
rendered rather questionable by the high survival obtained in the
experiment where wheat was not added until 20 days after
hatching.

For the second instar, the results given in Table I are more
definitely suggestive. In general, they favor the view that sur-
vival through this instar is conditioned by the time elapsing since
the larvae had last eaten wheat. Where this interval was longest,
as in the first lot of larvae listed in the table, which had not eaten
wheat since the fifth day after hatching, survival was lowest
(16.7 per cent) ; while at the other extreme, where wheat was
present early in the second instar or immediately preceding it,
maximum survival was shown (77.8 per cent).

Effect on metamorphosis. From the data given in Table I, it
is evident that only a very small number of the larvae of each lot
passed through metamorphosis. This result is not surprising
when it is considered that, with the exception of five consecutive
days, the larvae throughout their lives were forced to subsist ex-
clusively upon Carex mold, a highly deficient form of food. The
number of survivors in the different lots is obviously too small to

Mar., 1941]

Ludwig & Fox: Japanese Beetle

69

warrant the drawing of any conclusions regarding the effects of
variations in treatment upon survival of fully grown larvae. Ap-
parently, if such larvae are able to subsist upon Carex mold for all
except a very brief period, the precise time at which they are
given wheat makes no difference in their ability to pass through
the last larval instar and to undergo metamorphosis.

Effect upon the duration of the larval instars. It was earlier
shown (Ludwig and Fox, 1938) that the presence of wheat in
Carex mold accelerates larval growth and development. The
results here reported show that in the first instar this acceleration
is greater the earlier the wheat is given and that, in general, it
decreases steadily the longer the wheat is withheld. It is perhaps
noteworthy that the duration of the first instar in the case of
larvae given wheat during the first five days after hatching (18.8
days) is almost identical with that previously recorded for larvae
in Carex mold given wheat throughout the instar (18.1 days).
However, at the opposite extreme, the length of the instar in
larvae deprived of wheat is in the present instance given as 27.0
days, whereas that previously reported was 34.2 days.

The time required for the development of the second instar
larva in Carex mold, as shown in Table I, is clearly shortened
when wheat is present early in the instar and to a less extent if
available at the close of the preceding instar. In the former case,
it averages 23.3 days; in the latter, 32.1 days. Both averages are
considerably higher than that (16.8 days) previously recorded
(op. cit., Table I) for larvae supplied wheat in Carex mold
throughout the larval period. When wheat is added earlier than
the close of the first instar, the precise time at which it is present
appears to have little, if any, effect upon the length of the second
instar, the average time required for the development of this
stage in such cases ranging from 39.9 to 43.6 days. However,
that the presence of wheat under these circumstances had some
accelerative effect upon development is indicated by the fact that
in larvse wholly deprived of wheat and reared solely upon Carex
mold, the average length of the second instar, as previously
recorded (op. cit., Table I), was 66.8 days.

The second series of tests was devised primarily to determine
the toxic effects of wheat on metamorphosing larvae (Ludwig and

70

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Fox, 1938) as affected by (1) the length of the period during
which third-instar larvae were supplied with wheat, (2) the pres-
ence or absence of soil, (3) the regular removal of all old wheat
and its decomposition products, and (4) the alternation of equal
periods of presence of wheat with its absence.

Since previous work had shown that metamorphosis is rarely
indicated before 70 days after larvas had entered the third instar
and had further shown that mortality up to this time is normally
slight, the results on survival through metamorphosis are com-
puted on the basis of the number of larvae alive after 70 days in
the third instar.

Effect of variations in the duration of the period of wheat
supply upon survival through metamorphosis. The results under
this head are summarized in Table II opposite the first seven lots
listed. The highest survivals (32.0-37.3 per cent) occurred in
larvae deprived of wheat for periods of time extending from 10
to 30 days after the molt to the third instar until the end of this
stage. It was slightly reduced in a lot (No. 5) where wheat was
retained for 50 days of the third instar, and very decidedly re-
duced in one (No. 1) where no wheat was given after the larvae
had molted to this stage. The greatest mortality, however, oc-
curred in two lots (Nos. 6 and 7) where wheat was retained 70
or more days of the third instar. These results are quite in ac-
cord with those previously reported (Ludwig and Fox, 1938)
which indicated that wheat either contains or gives rise to some
material which is toxic to the larvas on the approach of meta-
morphosis.

The limited survival (14.2 per cent) through metamorphosis
of individuals given no wheat after the molt to the third instar
(lot No. 1) was doubtless due not to any toxic action of the wheat,
but to deficient nutrition, most larvae presumably failing to obtain
from the Carex mold a sufficient store of reserve food to carry
them through metamorphosis.

Effect of the presence or absence of soil upon survival through
metamorphosis. Comparison of the results recorded in Table II
for lots 7 and 8 shows that when soil is mixed with the Carex
mold survival through metamorphosis is greatly increased, the
proportion (50.8 per cent) pupating even exceeding that in cases

Mar., 1941]

Ludwig & Fox: Japanese Beetle

71

TABLE II

Toxic Effect of Wheat, Fed for Different Periods of Time During
Larval Life, on the Metamorphosis of Japanese Beetles

Food

No.

surviving
70 days of
3rd instar

No.

pupating

Per cent
pupating

All larvas fed Carex through-
out life cycle + wheat and
soil as indicated.

1. Wheat until end of 2nd
instar

48

7

14.2

2. Wheat removed 10 days
after molt to 3rd instar

47

15

32.0

3. Wheat removed 20 days
after molt to 3rd instar

59

22

37.3

4. Wheat removed 30 days
after molt to 3rd instar

58

19

32.7

5. Wheat removed 50 days
after molt to 3rd instar

43

11

25.6

6. Wheat removed 70 days
after molt to 3rd instar

37

1

2.7

7. Wheat present through-
out life cycle

54

2

3.7

8. Wheat and soil present
throughout life cycle

87

44

50.8

9. Wheat throughout life
cycle but all old wheat re-
moved before new wheat
was added

49

22

44.9

10. Wheat present for five
day periods alternating
with five day periods
without wheat

51

19

36.9

where wheat was removed long before the approach of metamor-
phosis. The presence of soil in the medium thus serves to coun-
teract in large measure the toxic effects of wheat upon metamor-
phosing larvae, as noted in an earlier paper (op. cit., p. 452).

Effect of removal of old and disintegrated wheat upon survival
through metamorphosis. Acting upon the possibility that the
toxic action of wheat upon metamorphosing larvae might result
from their previously feeding upon the products of decay of the
grain, the procedure was adopted in one lot (No. 9) of larvae of
removing from the medium all visible fragments of old wheat
whenever fresh wheat was added. This change was made at in-
tervals of approximately five days. Comparison of the results

72

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

obtained in this lot with those in another comparable lot (No. 7)
where the old wheat was retained, shows in the former a greatly
improved survival (44.9 per cent), suggesting that the toxic
effects of wheat on metamorphosing larvae arise from the accumu-
lation in the medium of the decomposition products of the wheat.

Effect of alternating periods of presence and absence of wheat
upon survival through metamorphosis. In lot No. 10 of Table II,
the larvae were supplied with wheat until metamorphosis during
periods, each of five consecutive days, alternating with periods
of equal length without wheat. In all cases when the change was
made, all visible remains of the old wheat were removed. The
result was a survival of 36.9 per cent as compared with 44.9 per
cent obtained in lot No. 9 where old wheat was removed each time
new wheat was added, and of 3.7 per cent in lot No. 7 where
wheat was given throughout larval life. The procedure adopted
in lot 10 probably effected the removal of much of the decompo-
sition products of the wheat, which presumably form the chief
agent responsible for the apparent toxicity of wheat on meta-
morphosing individuals.

B. Experiments with Andropogon mold and soil at 27.5 ° C.
Earlier experiments had indicated that exposure to this tempera-
ture was in itself highly detrimental to larvge immediately pre-
ceding metamorphosis. In the present series, as shown in Table
III, when Japanese beetle larvae were kept at 27.5° C., in a mix-

TABLE III

The Toxic Effects of Wheat on the Metamorphosis of Japanese
Beetle Larv^ Reared at 27.5° C.

Food

No.

surviving
70 days of
3rd instar

No.

pupating

Per cent
pupating

Andropogon mold 4- soil + wheat
throughout larval life

36

0

0.0

Andropogon mold + soil + wheat
to 30 days of 3rd instar,
then wheat removed

38

9

23.7

Andropogon mold + soil + yeast

45

16

35.6

Andropogon mold + soil + wheat
to 30 days of 3rd instar,
then wheat replaced by yeast

44

1

2.3

Mar., 1941]

Ludwig & Fox: Japanese Beetle

73

ture of Andropogon mold and soil and supplied with wheat grains
throughout the larval period, none survived through metamor-
phosis.1 However, when wheat was present throughout the first
two instars, but during only the first 30 days of the third, 23.7
per cent of the larvse surviving 70 days of the latter instar
pupated successfully. The replacement of wheat by yeast
throughout larval life resulted in the highest survival, 35.6 per
cent of the 70-day-old third-instar larvae forming pupae in this
instance. Thus at 27.5° C., the use of wheat to a late period in
larval development is indicated as definitely toxic to metamor-
phosing individuals, while the use of yeast under like circum-
stances appears to be less detrimental. However, when the larvae
were started on a diet of Andropogon mold, soil and wheat, with
the replacement of wheat by yeast at the end of 30 days of the
third instar, only one individual pupated. This possibly indi-
cates that a medium cumulatively rich in organic content is likely
to be detrimental to metamorphosing larvae at a temperature as
high as 27.5° C.

DISCUSSION

Ludwig and Fox (1938) stated that, “The acceleration in
developmental rate, and the larger size of larvae grown in media
to which wheat grains or yeast were added, may be considered
evidence that Japanese beetles need, or at least are able to use,
accessory food substances of the nature of the vitamin B com-
plex. ” The present experiments with Carex mold indicate that
the addition of wheat for only five days of early larval life im-
proves the medium to such an extent that from 14 to 56 per cent
survived the second instar, and of these, a few individuals com-
pleted growth and metamorphosis; whereas, in the earlier experi-
ments, only 12.3 per cent of the larvae fed Carex mold alone sur-
vived the second instar and all of these died early in the third
i In some earlier experiments, hitherto unreported, where larvae were kept
in Andropogon mold, without soil, and given wheat throughout life, a small
number survived to the pupal stage. Under these conditions, the senior
author in 1927 obtained 4 pupae from a lot of 32 larvae which had survived
through 70 days of the third instar, while in 1936, the junior author obtained
6 pupae from a lot of 70 similar larvae. Since more recent work indicates
that the presence of soil favors survival of larvae feeding on wheat, it seems
strange that in the instance cited in the text the results were negative.

74

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

instar. If this improvement is due to the addition of vitamins,
it is evident that the Japanese beetle larva needs only a limited
quantity of these accessory food substances. Furthermore, since
wheat grains were given only during early larval life, either the
need for vitamins is limited to this period or it must be possible
for the larva to store and utilize the supply for at least four
months, since complete larval development requires 139.1 days
at 25° C. (Ludwig 1928). Sweetman and Palmer (1928) ob-
tained evidence to indicate that insect larvas may be able to store
vitamins of the B complex. They found that the larva of the
flour beetle, Tribolium confusum , was very sensitive to the pres-
ence of vitamin B, as little as 0.5 per cent of a source being suffi-
cient to produce some pupge. Furthermore, they reported that
the vitamin was present in the larvas in sufficient amount to pro-
duce a fair rate of growth in rats to which 0.5 gram of larva was
fed daily.

The high mortality recorded for the late larval and early meta-
morphic stages when individuals were grown in media containing
wheat grains substantiates the suggestion made by Ludwig and
Fox (1938) that wheat grains are toxic to metamorphosing indi-
viduals. The present experiments show, however, that this effect
is less marked if decomposing grains are removed from the
medium and suggest that the decomposition products may be the
actual toxic agent.

It is interesting to note that soil did not show as beneficial an
effect on survival with larvae reared at 27.5° C. that it had with
those reared at 25° C. It seems likely that exposure to this higher
temperature is itself detrimental to larvae ready to metamorphose
and that consequently they are more sensitive to accumulated
organic materials than at the lower temperature. As indicated
in the earlier publication, the reactions of the larva to a food
combination appear to be definitely conditioned by temperature.

SUMMARY

1. Japanese beetle larvge were reared at 25° C., in Carex mold
to which grains of wheat were added for different periods of time
during larval development. The addition of wheat for only a
five-day period during early larval life improved the medium to

Mar., 1941]

Ludwig & Fox: Japanese Beetle

75

such an extent that a few individuals were able to complete de-
velopment and metamorphosis; whereas, in Car ex alone, all
larvae died during the first, second, or early part of the third
instar. The maximal beneficial effects of wheat were obtained
when it was fed throughout the first two instars, and during 10 to
50 days of the third instar. If continued beyond this time, there
was a high mortality amongst larvae approaching metamorphosis.

2. These toxic effects of wheat are partially counteracted at
25° C., by the presence of soil in the basic medium.

3. It is suggested that these toxic effects are due to the decom-
position products of wheat grains since they are not evident when
wheat is fed throughout larval life but all old wheat removed
each time fresh wheat is added, or when presence of wheat alter-
nates with its absence.

4. Larvae reared at 27.5° C., in Andropogon mold and soil to
which wheat grains were added throughout the larval period did
not survive pupation. However, when the wheat was removed
after the larvae had passed 30 days of the third instar, 23.7 per
cent of those surviving 70 days of this stage metamorphosed. At
this temperature, which in itself is apparently detrimental to
metamorphosing larvae, the toxic effects of wheat were not coun-
teracted by the presence of soil. Hence, the reactions of the
larvae to a food combination appear to be conditioned by tem-
perature.

LITERATURE CITED

Ludwig, D. 1928. The effect of temperature on the development of an in-
sect ( Popillia japonica Newman). Physiol. Zool., 1: 358-389.
Ludwig, D., and H. Fox. 1938. Growth and survival of Japanese beetle
larvse reared in different media. Ann. Ent. Soc. of Amer., 31 :
445-456.

Sweetman, M. D., and L. S. Palmer. 1928. Insects as test animals in
vitamin research. I. Vitamin requirements of the flour beetle,
Tribolium confusum Duval. Jour. Biol. Chem., 77: 33-52.

76

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

BOOK NOTICE

The Problems of Insect Study. By Paul Knight. Edwards
Brothers, Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1939. Second Edi-
tion. 10| x 85 inches, x + 132 p. 22 pis., 31 Figs. Litho-
printed. Stiff paper covers. $2.50. For sale by Student
Supply Store, University of Maryland, College Park, Md.

This book, which deals with the science and problems of ento-
mology and which is the outgrowth of a course along these lines
for students, with diverse interests, at the University of Mary-
land, is a good example of the interesting way in which an intro-
ductory course in entomology can be handled. There are six
chapters entitled, “The Insect Problem,” “Man Surveys the
Damage,” “Man Counts the Gains,” “Man Appraises a Com-
petitor,” “Man Classifies the Hexapods,” and “Tentative Solu-
tions, ’ ’ but in themselves these titles give few clues to the varied
subjects which the author has brought together and to the expert
manner in which he has woven them to form patterns which leave
definite impressions in the minds of the readers.

Professor Knight’s book emphasizes the relationship of ento-
mology with the social activities of man in their various ramifi-
cations and although his treatment does not conform to that fol-
lowed in elementary texts, his departure is justified and has
resulted in an interesting and well-written account from angles
that are seldom covered in other works. In it one finds a sensi-
ble, well-balanced and accurate entomological philosophy that is
tied up with many of our present-day activities, and I can think
of no more interesting introduction, not only to entomology, but
to economic entomology as well. The illustrations add to its
merit. — H. B. W.

Mar., 1941]

Mickey, Carpenter & Cumley: Drosophila

77

EXPERIMENTS ON CULTURE MEDIA IN REGARD TO
OVIPOSITION AND MASS PRODUCTION OF
DROSOPHILA MELANOGASTER

By George H. Mickey, John Carpenter, R. W. Cumley
and Walter Burdette
The University of Texas

INTRODUCTION

In certain genetic studies of Drosophila melanogaster, particu-
larly with reference to inversions and lethals, the method known
as “egg-counts” has been very useful (Stone & Thomas, 1935).
The value of this method is dependent upon the procuring of
large numbers of eggs, which will hatch under favorable condi-
tions. Therefore, it is desirable to ascertain the factors influenc-
ing oviposition. Certain factors concerning the condition and
content of food as related to oviposition are reported herein.
The factors studied were : the concentration of agar in the food,
concentration of sugar, presence of wheat germ, and the presence
of a roughened food surface. The results were measured in
terms of the number of eggs laid by a single female during suc-
cessive twenty-four hour periods. In the last experiment data
are presented concerning the number of imagos produced on two
foods differing only in that one contained paper toweling and
the other contained “ cellucotton. ”

EXPERIMENT 1 : SUGAR CONCENTRATION AND EGG-PRODUCTION

Procedure

A particular carnation strain of Drosophila melanogaster was
chosen for the experiment because it was found to be more viable
than the wild stock (D. R. Parker, unpublished). After re-
moval from the cultures, virgin females were retained in 3-inch
shell vials, containing regular banana food, for two days before
mating. One female was then placed with 3 or 4 males in a
regular food vial and left for one day, after which both the
female and the males were transferred to a vial containing only

TABLE 1

Food Formulae Used in the Various Experiments

-In computing percentage of agar, the Karo syrup was considered as water.

Mar., 1941]

Mickey, Carpenter & Cumley: Drosophila

79

a spoon of food. The males remained with the females during
the entire egg laying period.

The spoon and the spraying methods were of the types de-
scribed by Mickey (D. I. S. No. 6, p. 19, April, 1936). The
spoons were removed, and the eggs were counted every 24 hours
for a period of 4 to 7 days. The flies were provided then with
fresh food spoons. The food which was in the spoons, and which
retained the eggs, was transferred to vials that contained about
10 cc. of food, so that hatching of the eggs could proceed. The
same procedure was used in the first four experiments.

Results

Four foods, varying in sugar and agar content, were tested
for their effect upon egg production. Synthetic food No. 12
(2 per cent agar) was of the same composition as synthetic food
No. 13, except that No. 12 contained 10 per cent sugar, whereas
No. 13 contained 20 per cent. The number of eggs per female
per day on food 13 was found to be 26.1, as compared with 18.45
for food No. 12. Hence, with the low agar concentration, the
greater concentration of sugar favors the production of a larger
number of eggs per female per day.

Likewise, synthetic food No. 14 (4 per cent agar) was of the
same composition as synthetic food No. 15, except that No. 14
contained 10 per cent sugar, whereas No. 15 contained 20 per
cent. The number of eggs per female per day on food 14 was
13.7 and that on food 15 was 11.4. With the higher agar con-
centration, then, the lower concentration of sugar favors deposi-
tion of a greater number of eggs. These data are shown in
Table 2.

More than 12,000 eggs were counted. Hence, the results
should indicate roughly the effects of sugar concentration. It
appears that sugar concentration is not a single limiting factor
in egg production ; but rather it is important in that it influences
the combination of food constituents as a whole. The optimum
amount of sugar may be available to the fly at low concentrations.
Any further addition of sugar may produce its effect by adding
bulk to the food, or by some other means, rather than by making
possible a higher consumption of sugar by the fly.

80

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

TABLE 2

Showing Effect of Sugar Concentration on the Number of Eggs
Laid by a Single Female per Day

Food

number

Per cent
sugar

No. flies

No. eggs

No. days

Eggs/ $ /day

12

10

33

3046

5

18.45

13

20

36

4695

5

26.10

14

10

38

2602

5

13.70

15

20

33

1884

5

11.40

EXPERIMENT 2 : AGAR CONCENTRATION AND EGG-PRODUCTION

A series of tests was made to determine the influence that the
percentage of agar in the fly food had upon the number of eggs
laid. Foods containing 2 per cent, 2.66 per cent, 3.33 per cent,
and 4 per cent agar were used. Two foods, prepared with the
regular banana formula, were the same, except that No. 6 con-
tained 3.33 per cent agar and No. 7 contained 2.66 per cent agar.
Foods No. 12 and No. 14 were synthetic, both containing approxi-
mately 10 per cent sugar, but differing in that they contained 2
per cent and 4 per cent agar respectively. The 2 per cent and
4 per cent agar concentrations were tested in another pair of
synthetic foods, 13, and 15, which contained 20 per cent of sugar.
The results are presented in Table 3.

The data in Table 3 indicate that Drosophila lay considerably
more eggs on foods of low agar concentration, regardless of the
type of food or sugar concentration. For example, with the 10
per cent sugar foods (Nos. 12 and 14) the one containing 2 per
cent of agar yielded 4.75 more eggs per § per day than did the
one containing 4 per cent of agar. Likewise, the 2 per cent agar
concentration in the 20 per cent sugar foods (No. 13 and No.
15) influenced the production of 14.7 more eggs per female per
day than were laid on food with 4 per cent agar concentration.
Although the eggs obtained on foods No. 6 and No. 7 were rela-
tively few, the variation in regard to agar concentration was in
the same direction and similar to that obtained on the other
foods. Consequently, 2 per cent agar concentration in the syn-
thetic food is superior to 4 per cent and 2.66 per cent in banana
food is better than 3.33 per cent agar in obtaining large egg
production.

Mar., 1941]

Mickey, Carpenter & Cumley: Drosophila

81

A possible explanation of this observation may be the relative
humidity in the vials produced by the different concentrations
of agar. Spencer (D. I. S. No. 8, p. 87-88) has suggested that
there is a direct relation of humidity to oviposition.

TABLE 3

Showing Effect of Agar Concentration on Number of Eggs
Laid by a Single Female per Day

Food

number

Type of
food

Per cent
sugar

Per

cent

agar

No.

flies

No.

eggs

No.

days

Eggs/
$ / day

7

Regular

banana

5% Karo

2.66

31

2491

4

20.1

6

Regular

banana

5% Karo

3.33

19

542

4

7.14

12

Synthetic

10% Karo

2.0

33

3046

5

18.45

13

Synthetic

20% Karo

2.0

36

4695

5

26.1

14

Synthetic

10% Karo

4.0

38

2602

5

13.7

15

Synthetic

20% Karo

4.0

33

1884

5

11.4

EXPERIMENT 3 : FOODS WITH AND WITHOUT WHEAT GERM

The effect of wheat germ upon oviposition in Drosophila was
studied using two pairs of foods. The foods used included regu-
lar banana food (No. 7 and No. 8) and a synthetic formula (No.
9 and No. 3). The components of each pair were the same ex-
cept that one contained wheat germ and the other did not. Table
4 shows the results of this study. Approximately 6,000 eggs
were laid on the regular banana foods. The number of eggs per
day was 20.1 on No. 7 (without wheat germ) and 25.92 on No. 8
(with wheat germ). On the synthetic foods, Nos. 9 and 3, more
than 3,000 eggs were laid, and the number of eggs per female
per day was 14.61 and 8.7 on the foods containing and lacking
wheat germ, respectively. Consequently, one may assume that
the addition of wheat germ to the food may be influential in
obtaining a higher egg production, although no data have been
accumulated to indicate the cause of this influence.

EXPERIMENT 4: EFFECTS OF SCRATCHING THE FOOD SURFACE

A brief test was performed to determine the effect of rough-
ening the food surface upon egg production. Foods 24a and
24b were identical as to composition, differing only in that the

82

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

TABLE 4

Showing the Effect of Wheat Germ on the Production of Eggs

Food

num-

ber

Type of
food

Per cent
sugar

Per

cent

agar

Wheat
germ
+ or -

No.

flies

No.

eggs

No.

days

Eggs/
$ /day

7

Begular

banana

5% Karo

2.66

31

2491

4

20.1

8

Regular

banana

5% Karo

2.66

+

35

3629

4

25.92

9

Synthetic

10% Karo

4.0

+

39

2279

4

14.61

3

Synthetic

10% Karo

4.0

—

22

765

4

8.7

surface of the former was roughened by scratching with a piece
of fine mesh screen wire before spraying. In spite of a relatively
small number of eggs the results were so striking that their sig-
nificance seemed apparent. The number of eggs per female per
day on the scratched food was found to be approximately 4 times
that on the unscratched. Table 5 shows these results. Hence,
scratching of the food surface may be said to aid considerably in
causing the flies to lay more eggs.

Spencer suggests (D. I. S. No. 8, p. 88) that “the scraping and
roughening of the food surface described by a number of work-
ers supplies tiny humid valleys where the oviposition meets an
environment sufficiently moist to induce the reaction.” Our
data tend to substantiate this view.

EXPERIMENT 5 : COMPARISON OF CELLUCOTTON AND
PAPER TOWELING

Procedure

A wild stock of Drosophila melanogaster used in this labora-
tory was selected for these experiments. The parent flies were
taken from young, healthy stocks in which copulation had taken
place and oviposition was in progress. Ten pairs of flies were
placed in each half pint milk bottle which contained the food
and base to be tested. Parent flies were discarded after having
remained in the bottles for periods ranging from 24 to 144 hours.
At the end of each period the flies in two bottles of each type of
food were discarded. The productivity of the parent females
during the various periods was measured by counting the off-
spring every twelve hours after emergence began. The count

Mar., 1941]

Mickey, Carpenter & Cumley: Drosophila

83

TABLE 5

Showing Besults Obtained by Scratching Surface of Food

Food

num-

ber

Type of
food

Per

cent

agar

Per

cent

sugar

Scratched
+ or —

No.

flies

No.

eggs

No.

days

Eggs/
$ / day

24a

Begular
banana
food +

3%

15%

+

18

489

7

3.88

24b

Synthetic

spray

3%

15%

-

46

393

7

0.92

was continued until all Fi individuals had emerged. Particular
pains were taken not to include any F2 flies in the counts.

This experiment compares a new commercial product, ‘ ‘ cellu-
cotton, ’ ’ to the usual paper toweling as a base for the food. This
test involved twenty bottles of the regular banana-Karo-agar
food (No. 26) which was prepared according to directions set
forth by Parker in D. I. S. No. 6, p. 65. Ten of the bottles con-
tained cellucotton, the other ten contained paper toweling.
When cellucotton was used, it was introduced into the bottles
before food was poured. These pads of cellucotton, which did
not exceed 2.5 grams in weight, were placed in the bottles in such
a way that a portion protruded above the food so as to provide
a suitable surface for pupation of larvae. When paper toweling
was used, it was punched down into the previously poured and
cooled food, a portion of the paper likewise protruding for
pupation.

Besults

Data comparing the effects of cellucotton and paper toweling
on Fi progeny produced during the different periods are shown
in Table No. 6. In all cases the hatch from bottles containing
cellucotton was greater than that from bottles containing paper
toweling. The hatch during the first period, i.e., from flies
allowed to remain in the bottles for 24 hours, showed a greater
differential in favor of the cellucotton than that during other
periods. The ratios exhibited during the latter are fairly con-
sistent and average about one and one-half for cellucotton to one
for paper toweling. The total number of progeny in the cellu-
cotton bottles was 6,474 as compared to 4,350 in the paper towel-
ing bottles, giving a ratio of 1.48 : 1. These data indicate that

84

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

cellucotton in the food may favor a production of a larger num-
ber of flies than does paper toweling.

TABLE 6

Showing the Relative Values of Paper Toweling and
Cellucotton in the Food Bottle

Hatch from 100
$ flies left in
bottle

Banana agar food
(#26) using
cellucotton

Banana agar food
(#26) using
paper toweling

Ratio

24 hrs

209

48

4.30: 1

84 hrs

862

819

1.05: 1

96 hrs

1017

964

1.05: 1

120 hrs

2297

1323

1.73: 1

144 hrs

2089

1196

1.74: 1

Total hatch

6474

4350

1.49 : 1

SUMMARY

1. In foods of low (2 per cent) agar content a 20 per cent con-
centration of sugar (in contrast with 10 per cent sugar concen-
tration) favors production of a larger number of eggs per female
per day. Conversely, in foods with a higher percentage of agar
(4 per cent), the lower concentration of sugar (10 per cent)
favors deposition of a greater number of eggs.

2. Drosophila tend to lay more eggs on foods of low agar con-
centration, possibly because of the relationship of agar content
and humidity.

3. The presence of wheat germ in the food formulas tested was
influential in bringing about the production of a larger number
of eggs than that with foods not containing wheat germ.

4. Scratching of the food surface aids in causing the flies to
lay more eggs.

5. The limited data of experiment 5 indicate that cellucotton
in the food may favor a production of a larger number of flies
than does paper toweling.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mickey, G. H. 1936. Drosophila Information Service, No. 6, p. 19.
Parker, D. R. 1936. Drosophila Information Service, No. 6, p. 65.
Spencer, W. P. 1937. Drosophila Information Service, No. 8, p. 87.

Stone, W., & Thomas, I. 1935. Genetica, XVII, pp. 170-184.

Mar., 1941]

Davis: Cicadas

85

NEW CICADAS FROM NORTH AMERICA
WITH NOTES1

By William T. Davis
Staten Island, N. Y.

A TENDENCY AMONG CICADAS TO VARY IN WING VENATION
ACCORDING TO SPECIES

In this Journal for June, 1936, and September, 1938, atten-
tion was called to the interesting and predominate localization of
variation in wing venation in Okanagana magnified and Okana-
gana rimosa. In magnifica the usual variation consisted in a
supernumerary vein extending from Cu 1 into the 8th marginal
area of the fore wing in seventy-seven of the three hundred and
four specimens examined, while twelve of the sixty Okanagana
rimosa collected by Dr. A. E. Brower in the blueberry barrens at
Aurora, Maine, had the first cross veins in the fore wings either
forked or double, while the 8th marginal area remained normal.

Lately Dr. Richard Dow sent for examination thirty-one rimosa
collected in the blueberry barrens, Washington County, Maine,
five of which had extra cross veins in the fore wings. An
examination of one hundred and thirty-six specimens of the
closely related Okanagana canadensis in the writer’s collection,
from Canada, Maine, Michigan, New York and Pennsylvania,
resulted in the discovery of but one female with extra cross veins
in each of the fore wings, and one male with an extra cross vein
in one fore wing (Plate II, Figs. 1 and 3).

In Fidicina Compostela from Mexico, variation in wing vena-
tion may be of a somewhat different character, or differently
located, from that observed in magnifica and rimosa , already men-
tioned. There may be a development of supernumerary cells
between the median areas and the row of marginal areas, as
shown in the cicada on the accompanying plate. Mr. Albert E.
Maas has sent fifty-nine examples of Compostela taken in October,

1 1 am indebted to Mrs. Muriel Mattocks Cleaves for drawing the text
figures, and to Edwin Way Teale, Edward E. Hannigan and Warren Condit
for taking photographs.

86

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

1939, at Zapotan near Compostela, Nayarit, Mexico. In this
lot eleven either have additional areas as illustrated, or the first
or second cross veins in the fore wings are doubled. In two hun-
dred and eleven additional specimens examined from the same
part of Mexico, only eleven examples show variation in wing vena-
tion (Plate II, Pig. 2).

It appears that while the three species mentioned follow some-
what different lines of variation, it is probable that among the
different broods of the same species, as in Compostela , there is also
some difference in the tendency to vary.

Two hundred and forty-nine spread specimens of Fidicina de-
terminata Walker, collected in July, 1940, at Compostela, Nayarit,
Mexico, were lately examined, and found wonderfully free from
variation both as to color and wing venation. Slight variation
in wing venation in but two individuals was found. The cele-
brated loud songster, Quesada gigas Olivier, found from Texas
southward to Argentina, is another species in which the mark-
ings are surprisingly alike over its wide range, whereas Tibicen
chloromera Walker, and Tibicen lyricen DeGeer, from small areas
in the eastern United States, are subject to considerable variation
in maculation and general color.

TIBICEN BIFIDA AND NEW VARIETY

The species was described and figured in the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society for March, 1916, as Cicada
bifida , the type locality being Clear Creek, Colorado. The allo-
type came from Washington County, Utah, and paratypes from
Colorado, Utah, Arizona and Kansas. All the males of this series
had the uncus bifid at the extremity as shown in the accompany-
ing illustration drawn from the type. Additional specimens of
typical bifida have been examined from the above-named states,
as well as from New Mexico and Texas. The opercula in bifida
are longer and more pointed than in Tibicen inauditus, which has
the opercula rounded at the extremities.

On June 21, 1932, Dr. Elmer D. Ball wrote : “I got tired mount-
ing cicadas and am shipping the rest to you. They came from
the Tombstone area, June 14, 1932, part of them from the slopes
of the Tombstone Mountains to the west and part of them from

Mar., 1941]

Davis: Cicadas

87

the slopes of the Dragoon Mountains to the east. I found 17 on
one yucca but my technique is a little bad and I got only 11 of
them. I thought you might be interested in the variation in
opercula length and shape. ’ ’

Thirty-seven of the males sent to me in 1932 by Dr. Ball, to-
gether with seventeen bifida also collected by him on June 14,
1932, and now in the collection of the U. S. National Museum,
have recently been examined. In this considerable series of 54,
none has the uncus of the typical bifid form, but instead it is of
a more simple shape.

On June 30, 1932, Mr. Douglas K. Duncan of Globe, Arizona,
sent 22 males of bifida collected June 21, 1932, between the Whet-
stone and Dragoon Mountains. He reported them: “hard to
catch on anything but the yucca where they crawled in between
the long grass-like leaves and apparently went to sleep. . . . Also
took some on the tips of bear grass, which was mixed in all over
with the yucca, by using a net. ’ ’

While the above mentioned specimens came from about the
same part of Cochise County as those collected a few days earlier
by Dr. Ball, an examination of the uncus shows six with the ex-
tremity bifid and broadened, nine with it not bifid, and seven that
may be classed as intermediate.

Dr. Raymond H. Beamer has sent two males of bifida collected
at Bisbee, June 10, 1933, in which the uncus is nearly simple
and not of the bifid form. Also in the Huachuca Mountains
specimens having the uncus simple and not broadened at the
extremity, have been collected.

The form of Tibicen bifida mentioned above in which the uncus
is not bifid or broadened at the extremity has so far been found

Tibicen bifida,
end var. simplex

88

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

in Cochise County, Arizona, and apparently does not occur over
the entire range of the species. For this structural variety as
here characterized and illustrated, the following name is pro-
posed: Tibicen bifida , variety simplex, new variety (Plate II,
Fig. 4). Type male, Tombstone area, Arizona, June 14, 1932
(Dr. Elmer D. Ball), Davis collection.

It would appear that in variety simplex we have in process of
evolution a closely allied species to bifida, exemplifying the same
sort of relationship and association as now exists in some of
the large green and black species of Tibicen in the eastern United
States. As mentioned by Dr. Ball the opercula vary consider-
ably in length and shape.

Tibicen hidalgoensis, new species (Plate II, Fig. 5).

Type male, Agua Fria, south of Jacala, Hidalgo, Mexico, July 3, 1939
(Ralph Haag), Davis collection.

Resembles in size and general appearance Tibicen inauditus described and
figured in the Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., December, 1917, and now known from

Texas, Oklahoma and New Mexico. As in that species the rostrum barely
reaches the hind coxae. The uncus though similar is differently shaped, hav-
ing the upper line suddenly bent and not gradually rounded; the first and
second cross veins of the fore wings are rather heavily infuscated, the veins
about the basal cell are green and the cell contains a conspicuous black spot
somewhat triangular in shape.

Head above black with the following marks dark olive green: a spot on
the rather prominent front; a triangular one just behind this; two small
ones (one larger than the other) above each antenna, and an irregular one
each side of the ocelli at the back of the head. Pronotum dark olive green
with the grooves irregularly black; hind margin of the collar greenish, fore
margin with an interrupted black band which is continuous or solid in the
three paratypes. Mesonotum black with an irregular pale stripe each side
containing numerous silvery hairs, especially near the X where they assume
the character of a spot. The hind margin is greenish orange including the

Mar., 1941]

Davis: Cicadas

89

ridges of the X. The central portion is occupied by two light spots at the
extremities of the X, and anterior to the depressions there are four others,
the two central spots being curved on the inner side of the obconical marks
and the outer short and irregularly oblong. Tergum black with two small
pruinose spots at the base; one large one each side bordering the tympanum,
and the eighth segment also conspicuously pruinose. The black abdomen
irregularly covered with appressed rufus hairs, and on each side there is
a band of appressed silvery hairs with rufus hairs intermixed. The uncus
is black. Fore wings with the costal margin pale to the end of the radial
cell, beyond darkened; subcostal vein black. The veins about the radial and
basal cell are green, and the triangularly shaped black spot, included in the
latter, is conspicuous. The anal membranes are gray in the fore wings, and
slightly straw colored in the hind wings. Beneath, pale, the front femora
darker on the under side, with the head, pronotum and mesonotum pruinose.
The rounded opercula touch on the inner edges and are pruinose at the
sides. The abdomen is pruinose at the sides, with a pale central area ex-
tending from the opercula to and including the pale valve.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type

Length of body 27

Width of head across eyes 9

Expanse of fore wings 72

Greatest width of fore wing 11

Greatest length of operculum 5.5

In addition to the type, 3 paratypes were collected at the same
place and time. All four agree, and have the noticeable feature
of the short, black spot in the basal cell, which, with the shape of
the uncus will separate it from inauditus. The allied Tibicen
montezuma Distant, has the anal membranes of all of the wings
orange.

Tibicen sugdeni, new species (Plate III, Fig. 1).

Type male, Montemorelos, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, August 11, 1940 (Dr.
John W. Sugden), Davis collection, and allotype female, Monterey, Nuevo

90

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Leon, Mexico, August 1, 1940, Dr. John W. Sugden collection.

Resembles in size and general appearance Tibicen inauditus and Tibicen
hidalgoensis but differs in the shape of the more slender uncus; in having
the rostrum longer, and more than reaching the posterior coxae; in being
more orange in color, and in having each abdominal segment in all of the
males examined, edged posteriorly with orange instead of being all black.
The first and second cross veins of the fore wings are rather heavily infus-
cated; the veins about the basal cell are yellowish green and the oblong
black spot contained therein is not as triangular in shape as in hidalgoensis.

Head above orange with a black band connecting the eyes and the area
about the ocelli black. Front with converging black lines, leaving an orange
spot centrally. Black above each antenna. Pronotum orange, the grooves
irregularly black; front margin of the collar black, hind margin rather
broadly greenish orange. Mesonotum black; an oblong orange spot each
side centrally above the elevated X which is orange. Orange each side at
the base of the wings partly overlaid with an attenuated band of silvery
hairs, which do not assume the spotted condition as in hidalgoensis. Ter-
gum black with two small pruinose spots at the base; one large one each
side bordering the tympanum and the eighth segment also conspicuously
pruinose. In the type and ten male paratypes, each abdominal segment is
narrowly edged posteriorly with orange; in the allotype the tergum is darker.
The silvery hairs are not as conspicuous as in hidalgoensis. Uncus orange,
black at the sides. Fore wings with the costal margin pale to the end of
the radial cell, beyond darkened; subcostal vein black. The veins about the
radial and basal cell are green, and the black spot in the latter is conspicu-
ous. The anal membranes are pale gray in all of the wings. Beneath, pale
orange ; legs orange, claws darker. The rounded opercula touch on the inner
edges, and are pruinose at the sides. Abdomen pale centrally and pruinose
at sides; valve orange.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type Female Allotype

Length of body 27 27

Width of head across eyes 10 10

Expanse of fore wings 75 76

Greatest width of fore wing 11 11

Greatest length of operculum 5.5

In addition to the type and allotype five males collected at Montemorelos
by Dr. Sugden, and five others from Monterey, have been examined.

DICEROPROCTA TEXANA AND RELATED SPECIES

It has been thought by some collectors, based on their field
observations, that several species have sometimes been included
under the name Diceroprocta texana. The most easily separated
of these forms are here described as a new species and a new

Mar., 1941]

Davis: Cicadas

91

variety. The type of texana came from Cameron County, Texas,
and was described and figured in the Journal New York Ento-
mological Society, March, 1916. Among the characters given
for the species was: “first and second cross veins of the fore
wings clouded,” as shown in the figure of the type. This char-
acter is present in 237 specimens from Texas now in the writer’s
collection, and a great many more have been examined, all col-
lected in 23 counties in central and southern Texas, as well as
others from Grant, Chaves and Eddy counties in southern New
Mexico. Specimens from the last named county, collected near
Carlsbad, are straw colored as a result of their environment, and
differ considerably from the much larger and darker variety or
race, here described from Mexico.

On July 2, 1940, Mr. Paul C. Avery of Mission, Texas, wrote :
“On June 18 about 11 miles west of Roma, Starr County, Texas,
I heard a cicada song new to me. I stopped the car and located
a tree in which I heard the new sound; all around I heard the
song of the Diceroprocta texana I have caught for several years.
When I located one of the new cicadas, it looked just like D.
texana, but its song was very different. This new species had
only one tune or note. Last week in Jim Hogg County, some 65
miles northwest of Mission, I heard another cicada new to me.
Again I stopped and caught two specimens. These specimens
looked like the typical D. texana to me, but again the song was
different from the kind I find here. In Starr County this new
species is not heard over 10 miles along U. S. Highway 83. To-
day I heard what I took to be the same species I discovered in
Starr County in Jim Hogg County.”

Tibicen robinsoniana, now well recognized as a species, was
first definitely separated from its allies by its very different
song, so it is not remarkable that a similar condition should be
detected in the Diceroprocta texana group.

Diceroprocta texana var. lata, new variety (Plate III, Fig. 2).

Type male, Linares to Villagran, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, August 1, 1940
(Dr. John W. Sugden), Davis collection.

A large dark form with the colors more sharply contrasted than is usual
in texana. First and second cross veins in the fore wings often deeply
clouded. Head black with a greenish spot near the base of each antenna

92

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Diceroprocta texana lata

and an oblong greenish spot near each eye. Transverse rugae black; a pale
spot centrally on the front. A large spot each side on the hind margin
between the ocelli and the eyes. Pronotum brownish, with a rather large
wedge-shaped greenish spot centrally extending backward to the black band
on the front margin of the collar. The hind margin or collar greenish with
a dark spot at the extremities each side before the humeral angle. Meso-
notum with two short, obconical black spots centrally at the fore margin
edged with pale, on each side of which there is a dark, reticulated band
broadest anteriorly and extending backward to the extremities of the ele-
vated X. There is also a black stripe extending along each side from the
X to the base of the fore wings. Between the X and the two central ob-
conical spots there is an irregular cross-shaped spot. The X, the lighter
lines on the mesonotum, and the posterior margin of the metanotum are
brownish or brownish-green. The tergum is blackish brown with the hind
margin of the segments of a paler brown. The dorsal surface with much
short, silken pubescence, especially along the hind margins of the segments.
A pruinose spot each side on segment eight. The fore wings have the costal
margin greenish brown, and the subcostal veins are dark brown. The first
and second cross veins of the fore wings are conspicuously clouded, and
the basal membranes of the fore wings are darker gray than is usual in
typical texana. The basal membranes of the hind wings are much paler.
Beneath lighter colored and pruinose; the legs pale streaked and spotted
with testaceous. Abdomen conspicuously pruinose with the hind margin of
each segment less so; valve nearly black. The opercula pale, rounded at
the extremities, with the inner edges overlapping. Uncus when viewed in
profile with the extremities prolonged into a sharp hook.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type

Length of body 27

Width of head across eyes ?. 11

Expanse of fore wings 77

Greatest width of fore wing 13

Width of operculum at base 6

Greatest length of operculum 6

In addition to the type, there are two slightly smaller male

Mar., 1941]

Davis: Cicadas

93

paratypes collected by Dr. Sugden, July 31, 1940, at Cienega
de Flores, Mexico. Also in the writer’s collection there are
specimens smaller than those from Mexico, collected by Mr. P. C.
Avery in Starr and Jim Hogg counties, Texas, in June and July,
1940, that approach variety lata, especially in their dark color
and markings.

Diceroprocta averyi, new species (Plate III, Fig. 3).

Type male and allotype female, Starr County, Texas, June, 1940 (Paul
C. Avery), Davis collection.

First and second cross veins in the fore wings not clouded as in texana.
Head black, with two pale spots near the base of each antenna and a third
near each eye. Hind margin with two pale spots, one each side near the
eyes. Transverse rugae streaked with black, and an oblong pale spot cen-
trally on the front, which is paler in the paratype. Pronotum dark reddish
brown with a central, longitudinal pale stripe irregularly margined each
side with black. Hind margin or collar pale with a slightly greenish tinge

and a dark spot at the extremities each side before the humeral angle.
Mesonotum with two short, obconical black spots at the fore margin edged
with pale, on each side of which there is a dark band broadest anteriorly
and extending backward to the extremities of the elevated X. Also a dark
stripe extending along each side from the X to the base of the fore wings.
An irregular cross-shaped spot between the X and the two central obconical
spots, and the two depressed black points common to many species, and
near the anterior extremities of the X, are also present. The X, the lighter
lines on the mesonotum and the posterior margin of the metanotum are
yellowish. The tergum is almost black; the tympanal areas lighter with the
terminal segments lighter in color along their posterior margins. The dorsal
surface is more or less covered with a light colored, short silken pubescence.
A pruinose spot each side on segment eight. The fore wings have the costal
margins greenish yellow and the subcostal veins are dark brown. The first
and second cross veins of the fore wings not clouded, and the basal mem-
branes of both fore and hind wings are grayish. Beneath lighter colored
and pruinose, blackened about the eyes; the legs yellowish, streaked and
spotted with testaceous. Abdomen nearly of a uniform color with a linear

94

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

dark spot on the valve. In the allotype there is a dark spot each side of
the shallow, terminal notch. The opercula pale, rounded at the extremities,
with the inner edges overlapping, except in one of the paratypes where
they almost touch. Uncus when viewed in profile with an almost right angle
notch near the extremity.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type Female Allotype

Length of body ;; 24 21

Width of head across eyes 10 9

Expanse of fore wings 67 63

Greatest width of fore wing 11 10

Width of operculum at base 6

Greatest length of operculum 5.5

In addition to the type and allotype, the following specimens
have been examined : five males, Starr County, Texas, June, 1940
(P. C. Avery), and two males, Roma, Starr County, Texas, June
2, 1933 (P. W. and M. J. Oman). Some are larger than the type.

Mr. Avery has also collected in Jim Hogg County, which ad-
joins Starr County to the north, two males and one female, June
2, 1940, and three males, August, 1940, that are like typical averyi
except that they are not as darkly colored.

In 4 ‘ Cicadas Belonging to the Genus Diceroprocta with Descrip-
tions of New Species,’’ published in this Journal for 1928, is
the statement that on September 11, 1928, F. F. Bibby and J. F.
Cooper had collected nine specimens in Winkler County, Texas,
in which the first and second cross veins in the fore wings were
not clouded or infuscated as in typical texana. These speci-
mens closely resemble averyi, and are probably but a lighter
colored and smaller form.

Diceroprocta albomaculata Davis

This species was described and figured in the Journal New
York Entomological Society, December, 1928, from a male
type, now in the U. S. National Museum, and a male paratype in
the writer’s collection. Both came from Vera Cruz, Mexico.
Another male in the National Museum, is from Vera Cruz,
Mexico, June, 1937. Lately I received from Mr. Harry Hoog-
straal of the University of Illinois, five males collected by Ralph
Haag from July 17 to 20, 1939, at El Pojul, San Luis Potosi,
which adjoins the state of Vera Cruz on the northwest.

Mar., 1941]

Davis: Cicadas

95

Okanagana villosa, new species (Plate III, Figs. 4 and 7).

Type male, Cloud’s Rest, 9,924 feet, Yosemite National Park, California,
June 9, 1931, University of California collection.

Resembles Okanagana, oregona and Okanagana wymori in size and gen-
eral appearance, or a small Okanagana Itella, but may be told by its being
extremely hairy both below and above. The thick growth of hairs extends
all over the dorsal surface from the front of the head to the uncus, which
also has some hairs both above and below. Uncus when viewed in profile
sinuated, but not hooked at the extremity. Wings transparent, costal mar-
gin of the fore pair yellowish, the basal area clouded, and the anal mem-
branes of all of the wings orange.

Head black with the supra-antennal plates and a short line in the depres-
sion before the front ocellus, yellowish. Pronotum black margined all
around, but narrowly in front, with yellowish. Mesonotum black with the
posterior margin pale, except where reached by the hind limbs of the X

which are black. Metanotum with the posterior margin nearly pale. Dor-
sum of the abdomen black, the segments edged posteriorly with orange.
Uncus all black. Beneath, head black with a pale line each side of the
transverse rugae. Legs with the femora largely black except beneath; the
tibiae with the basal parts black, except beneath. Abdomen black with each
segment sharply margined posteriorly with orange. Valve long, black, ex-
cept the upper edge near the base, which is orange.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type

Length of body 20

Width of head across eyes 6

Expanse of fore wings 50

Greatest width of fore wing 8

Length of valve 3.5

Although this species is described from a single male, the re-
markable development of hairs on all parts of the bod}^ should
serve to identify it. It is possibly confined to high altitudes.

Platypedia australis, new species (Plate III, Figs. 5 and 6).

Type female, Galeana, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, July 31, 1939 (Ralph Haag),
Davis collection.

96

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

Front of the head not prominent, and not as hairy as in many Platypedia.
Abdomen stout and broad almost to the extremity, with the terminal notch
on the underside U shaped. The front margin of each fore wing sud-
denly bent at the end of the radial cell about as in the species of Neoplaty-
pedia, but each wing has 8 marginal areas as in Platypedia ; in Neoplaty-
pedia there are seven. The median vein in the fore wing is considerably
bent downward near its central portion, more so than observed in any other
species of Platypedia or Neoplatypedia. The 6 marginal areas in each hind
wing are distinctive in form, as shown on the plate, and differ from that
usual in both Platypedia and Neoplatypedia.

Head black with a pale spot above each antenna. Pronotum black with
the grooves pale, edged all around with a greenish margin; a dark spot at
the hind angles, on the collar. Mesonotum black, including the X, with an
irregular pale stripe on each side of the obconical areas, and an irregular
spot at the base of each fore wing. Hind margin pale. Abdomen with the
segments, except the terminal one, black at base and pale on the posterior
margins. The terminal segment is black above; on the sides pale with black
spots. Under side of the head black, legs greenish, margined with black;
abdomen green except at the notch where there is a small black spot each
side of the ovipositor. The terminal spine is small. Wings with the front
margin mostly pale; the remainder of the venation black; basal cell slightly
clouded, with the membranes at the base of all of the wings red or reddish
in color.

Measurements in Millimeters

Female Type

Length of body , 14

Width of head across eyes 4

Expanse of fore wings 34

Greatest width of fore wing 6.5

Pending the examination of the much desired male the peculiar
venation of this species will distinguish it from other Platypedia.

The type locality is nearly 150 miles south of the Rio Grande
and a like distance from the Gulf of Mexico.

Plate II

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.

OTcanagana magnifica, wing venation.
Fidicina compostela, wing venation.
OTcanagana rimosa, wing venation.
Tibicen bifida variety simplex, type.
Tibicen Mdalgoensis, type.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

(Plate II)

98

Journal New York Entomological Society

[ Atol. XLIX

Plate III

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.

Tibicen sugdeni, type.

Diceroprocta texana variety lata, type.

Diceroprocta averyi, type.

OTcanagana villosa, type.

Platypedia australis, type, enlarged.

Platypedia australis, type.

Olcanagana villosa, type. Much enlarged and showing hairs on
top of abdomen.

(Plate III)

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

100

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

CHARLES W. LENG

We regret to announce the death of Charles W. Leng on Janu-
ary 24, 1941, at the age of 81 years. Mr. Leng joined the New
York Entomological Society in 1902 and was closely identified
with it for many years afterward. From 1903 to 1906 he served
as Vice-President, from 1907 to 1911, as President, and from 1912
to 1930 as Secretary. At the time of his death, he was director
of the Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences. A complete
account of Mr. Leng’s life will be published in a forthcoming
issue of the Journal.

Mar., 1941]

Forbes: Arctikle

101

THE POSITION OF UTETHEISA GALAPAGENSIS
(LEPIDOPTERA, ARCTIIDiE)

By Wm. T. M. Forbes, Cornell University
Ithaca, New York

In a recent paper (Nov. Zool. xli : 251, 1939) Dr. Jordan has
discussed the relationships of the Old World species of Utetheisa
with a somewhat full analysis of their characters. The present
note supplements this with reference to the two New World
species, ornatrix and galapagensis, and makes suggestions as to
the geographical history of the group. I have also added some
purely personal opinions, not capable of proof but as I believe
worth evaluation.

The genus Utetheisa is wholly of Old World affinity, and there
is no other genus extremely close to it, in itself a hint that it may
be a relict type, against which is the fact that several of the species
are wide-spread and extremely abundant, notably ornatrix in the
New World, pulchella in Africa and southern Europe and pul-
chelloides in the Indo-australian. A parallel case is Libythea,
also a very ancient type with a few species which are abundant in
the same warm-temperate and tropical areas. The closest rela-
tives are Bhodogastria and Argina, both limited to the Old World ;
and a few other Old World genera, such as Baroa, Digama and
S 'oloe, may also be related but have not yet been studied. At
present these are divided between the two families Arctiidae and
Hypsidae, on account of some fluctuation in the degree of fusion
of Sc and R, but all other features, and especially the almost
identical larvae of Utetheisa and Argina, show this is an arbitrary
division. In fact Argina genitalically could be a direct descen-
dant of the original Utetheisa.

Habitus figures of almost all the species may be found in Seitz’s
“Maerolepidoptera of the World,” vol. ii, pi. 13, line k ( pidchella
forms) vi, 38 : h ( ornatrix , o. bella and an unrecognizable figure
labelled galapagensis) , x, 24: g ( semara , lotrix, marshallarum —
i.e., pulchelloides, sumatrana and salomonis ) and xiv, 12: a, b
( elata , pulchella kallima and p. dilutior, cruentata, lactea and

102

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

pulchelloides) . The rarer of these species are also figured in
Hampson’s Cat. Lep. Phal. iii, pi. 50, and supplement ii, pi. 68,
including figures of pectinata, typical pulchelloides , elata fatua
and a more recognizable figure of galapagensis. Utetheisa amhara
Jord. and several subspecies of pulchelloides, described in Nov.
Zool., l.c., have not been figured, but will not be superficially
separable from pulchella and pulchelloides. I have published
male genitalic figures of U. pulchella, lotrix (as semara in error)
and ornatrix in Bull. Am. Mus. N. H., xxxvii, 342, 1917 ; and
Jordan publishes figures of pulchella, pulchelloides, lotrix, semara,
amhara and salomonis in Nov. Zool., but the very significant U.
lactea has never been figured, and the external figure of semara
does not show the homologies of the structures, nor any indication
of the “clasper” complex. In the present paper I figure U.
galapagensis (Fig. 3), and refigure TJ. pulchella (Fig. 2), both
for comparison and to bring out some additional features of the
inner face of the valve.

In order not to prejudice my opinion too much I made a survey
of all the tangible structural characters I could find. Besides
the external features of antenna, wing-tuft and hind tibia, al-
ready fully reported by Jordan, the six species at hand show the
following points capable of sharp characterization in their male
genitalia :

Uncus : normal, somewhat compressed ( pulchella , pidchelloides)
or hatchet-shaped {lotrix).

Sides of tegumen dorsally: divergent {ornatrix), fused for
half their length {lotrix) or more shortly fused.

Basal part of costa : varies much in its length proportionally to
the rest of the valve, and especially in the length of the fully
.chitinized portion just below the base of the 4 ‘ampulla,” — the
articular membrane being extended almost up to the base of the
ampulla in galapagensis and nearly as far in ornatrix.

Outer part of costa (P2 of Jordan, including his P3 in pul-
chella, but not in lotrix) : breadth and form, whether straight
{lotrix and ornatrix ), angulate {pulchelloides) or arched (the
residue, including galapagensis!) . In ornatrix alone the extreme
tip is tessellated; there is a different, more diagonal type of
sculpture in the basic pulchella group, and pulchelloides (also

Mar., 1941]

Forbes : Arctiid^e

103

Argina, Fig. A), but I believe of a different type, while lotrix is
plain.

“Ampulla” (so-called on superficial resemblance, without any
guarantee that it is homologous with the true ampulla of the
Noctuidas) (Px of Jordan) : large ( ornatrix , elata) small and
conical ( pulchelloides ) or medium with rounded hairy apex.

“Clasper” (a vestigial structure in the form of a hook sur-
rounding a pointed process of the sacculus; I believe this is
morphologically the clasper, since the clasper-muscle is attached
to it (Fig. 1), though it has no free portion in Utetheisa and is
entirely lost in Argina ; — it is the middle part of the complex
“n” in Jordan’s Figs. 238, 241, 243; everted to project beyond
costa in ornatrix, otherwise on inner face of valve.

Hairy area of sacculus: Not strong and mostly basad of clasper,
or heavily extended distally ( ornatrix ) or divided into two pads
(the outer one P3 of Jordan) in lotrix.

Process of ampulla, extending up to clasper : simple and flat,
or set diagonally in surface of valve and dished ( pulchella and
elata) ; — also the ampulla-hair at its base may be overdeveloped
{ornatrix) or the punctate area extended up its basal edge {pul-
chelloides). It is lost in Argina (Fig. 4) but the punctate area
survives, showing it has been retracted into the general mass of
the sacculus.

Punctate base of ampulla: lost in TJ.. pulchelloides. This is
also well marked in Argina, and shows that the ‘ ‘ ampulla ’ ’ mate-
rial has been incorporated into the outer segment of the costa.

The armature of the penis exhibits more complicated relation-
ships, but it may be noted that only pulchella and pulchelloides
have free cornuti like Argina (few in pulchella ), the external
chitinization is heavily dentate only in galapagensis and lotrix,
though pulchella shows less striking scobination, and on the
other hand elata and ornatrix have pretty well lost their armature.

Passing these features in review we find that three of the
species have each so many absolutely unique features and so
few common ones that we must think them independently derived
from the common ancestor, while pulchelloides and idee may well
come from the common ancestor of pulchella and elata.

In galapagensis, the male antennas are strongly pectinate (as
suspected by Jordan) and female serrate. The base of costa (Fig.

104

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

3) is shortest of any species, its fully chitinized portion a mere
bridge; punctate area below ampulla lost, and internal nodules
of penis blunt and rounded. The two surviving rose thorns
(a likeness to pulchella and lotrix) are partly fused. The com-
plete loss of pattern is unique though typical lactea has taken a
long step in this direction. The only character shared by another
species is the dentate outer plate of the penis (like lotrix ), while
all other features are either primitive or shared by all the normal
species of the genus. Obviously galapagensis has had a separate
descent from the common ancestor.

In lotrix (Fig. 1) the hind tibia shows reduced spurs and special
scaling ; the uncus is cleaver-shaped, attached to a specially mas-
sive tegumen; base of the valves longer and outer part much
shorter and smaller than in any other species ; the sacculus has a
separate and very heavy distal hairy pad (which is the best recog-
nition character without dissection). Lotrix, then, also has cer-
tainly a separate ancestry ; the narrowed outer costa being unlike
that of ornatrix in details; and the dentate penis-plate of gala-
pagensis cancelled by the complete lack of other resemblances.

In ornatrix (therein including bella and the various West
Indian forms which are absolutely identical in structure), the
two halves of the tegumen are divergent almost from their apex,
the tip of the costa is scobinate, the whole inner face of the valve
everted, throwing the, clasper up to the costal edge, and the
hairy patch of the sacculus is extended up its process more than
half way to the clasper. Outside connections are few and do
not point in any one direction, — the weakly armed penis to elata,
the large ampulla and narrow outer costa to lotrix, the very short
base of costa to galapagensis. I may also note that the pattern of
TJ. o. st ret chi, which I consider the most primitive subspecies, is
practically identical with TJ. pulchella hallima and dilutior, while
the other species diverge, most of them following p. pulchella.

TJ. pulchelloides is perhaps not quite so isolated. It also has
its absolutely unique features, — the angulate outer costa, tri-
angular ampulla, extension of the punctation up the basal side of
the saccular process and numerous free cornuti (like Argina
cribraria ), but it also shows a special tendency to have the
characters of pulchella and elata, especially the hair-pencil of

Mar., 1941]

Forbes: Arctiid^e

105

elata and the cornnti of pulchella; and in all three against the
three preceding species, the base of the costa has a long fully
chitinized portion, though less in my specimen from Formosa
than the one from New Guinea, which is almost like lotrix.

This leaves pulchella and elata, of the species at hand. Their
differences are of a lower order, though plentiful enough : the
hair-pencil, much heavier ampulla and distal part of costa, and
loss of armature of the penis, as well as the striking pattern, —
elata being in each case more specialized. The only unique fea-
ture in common is the curved and obliquely placed process of the
sacculus, but they share a long list of primitive or generic fea-
tures lost by one or more of the others. We may then see in
pulchella the nearest survivor of the original generic type. In
pattern, also, the identity of the West Indian races of ornatrix
and the African races of pulchella is highly suggestive. If so
the differentiation of the pink hind wing of the Cuban race and
the yellow fore wing of bella are successive advancing mutations.
In general the yellow and red pigments of the Arctiidae are evi-
dently closely connected, and readily change into each other, even
within a species, so that there is no reason in a given case to think
one is original and the other derived. If we were to take Argina
cribraria as the immediate ancestor of Utetheisa it would give a
bias in favor of yellow, but in fact the genitalia of Argina are
definitely more degenerate, having lost even the base of the
clasper, and having costa and sacculus fused distally, — and both
colors also occur in Argina, so the evidence is an illusion. The
presence of red in all but one species of the group, and the limita-
tion of the yellow to subspecies of only two ( ornatrix and lactea),
each of which also has red, seems strongly to point to the red as
original.

Z7. lactea, which in its structure, and the pattern of fully
marked specimens, falls between pulchella and elata, is the
only species which (in other specimens) shows a general loss
of pattern approaching galapagensis. As may be seen by
Figures 2 and 3, the general appearance of galapagensis is almost
like pulchella, and if such points as the process of sacculus were
overlooked it might well be put in the pulchella group. If on
examination lactea should also turn out to be a member of the

106

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

group only in having preserved primitive features, and otherwise
approaching galapagensis, we would have the same odd grouping
as in the case of the Giant Tortoises, which have also survived
only on the Galapagos and on the islands olf Madagascar. To
judge only by its appearance and the external figure in Nov.
Zool., U. semara will make still another species standing on a line
by itself.

In brief. Utetheisa is an ancient genus in spite of its present
dominance in individuals, and like other ancient types it is repre-
sented by a few sharply distinguished species, not forming any
geographical pattern. The most primitive form, pulchella, lies
at the center with a few derivatives. The three New World
species have no connection with each other, and little with Old
World species, any common features being merely primitive.
Doubtless they are accidental survivors from a more extensive
lost fauna.

To supplement Figure 3, the chief characters of Utetheisa
galapagensis Wallengren may be summed up as follows: Male
antennae pectinate, the pectinations slender and much longer
than segments, female serrate ; fore wing with a small trapezoidal
accessory cell (only one specimen examined) with R2 arising
separately from it; pattern cryptic, the usual red and black
markings lost; hind wing without pencil or pocket and (in
slightly rubbed condition) without even long loose hairs. Hind
tibiae normal. Male tegumen as in pulchella and most other
species, the uncus hardly compressed. Yalve with chitinized
part of base of costa minimum, ampulla separated by the usual
membranous gap from it, masked by the wide arched outer part
of costa, without a punctate area at base ; outer costa arched and
widened as in pulchella, but only § as wide and less ridged ( pul-
chella group of Jordan!) ; basal part of sacculus with the usual
dense hair on inner face, but outer part with only scattered setae,
the dense hair just invading the base of its process which is nearly
an isosceles triangle and cut off from rest of sacculus by a com-
plete band of granulation (Fig. 3, upper left). Penis with a
heavy dentate outer plate on one side, internally with a twice-
humped plate, two partly fused rose thorns, and three large
semi-ellipsoidal cornuti, besides the usual fine shagreening inside
and out.

Mae., 1941]

Forbes: Arctiidje

107

Argina cribraria may be described in similar terms (Fig. 4).
Tegnmen flaring as in ornatrix, bnt with a single strengthening
middorsal ridge to base of uncus instead of the two divergent
ones of Utetheisa; uncus not compressed, as in TJtetheisa ; basal
costa short as in TJtetheisa, with a membranous break on costal
edge, and the articular membrane reaching almost up to it in
•middle ; outer costa enormously inflated, scobinate on inner face,
except baso-ventrally where it is smooth and sparsely bristled;
no intervening ampulla or clasp er-like structures, the usual
granulated patch at base on ampulla strong and lying along
distal edge of the membranous break. Sacculus slender, nearly
straight, and ending in a chitinized spine homologous with P3 of
TJ. lotrix, but perhaps also incorporating the tip of the costa ; no
saccular process, but a long straight band of membrane separat-
ing the costal and saccular areas, to which the clasper muscle
seems to be attached ; the granulated area forming a partial break
in the sacculus itself.

I may add the following as pure matters of opinion in which I
differ from Dr. Jordan ; they can be considered to have no greater
validity than opinion.

1. I believe that the primitive pattern of the Lepidoptera, of
transverse bands, etc., has been modified too long to have validity
in the Arctiidae. Our knowledge of the direct ancestry of the
genus is zero, and we can assume only details based on the usual
macrolepidopterous ground plan (as shown in Comstock’s Intro-
duction to Entomology, p. 575, Fig. 712). There is no evidence
that vein-stripes persisted as such, as high as the Arctiidae, but
they could always be recreated on the basis of the underlying
veins.

2. I consider the red and white coloring of TJ. o. stretchi and
TJ. p. kallima primitive rather than the yellow and red of bella
(see above).

3. I consider the form with trapezoidal acc. cell primitive, with
R2 arising from it separately, this being directly derivable from
the original plan with R2 stalked with 3, and 4 with 5 (as in
Ilemodes, Hampson, Fig. 229, and early members of most other
families of higher moths). In terms of Jordan’s paper I take
his Fig. 226 E as primitive for Utetheisa, and derive two lines of

108

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

specialization, a, through atrophy of a sector of R3, freeing R2
(E, F, G) and b, through the reduction of the acc. cell, leaving R2
stalked (E. B, C, D).

4. I consider the basic pigment of Lepidoptera (and all in-
sects) to be the melanin series (cream-buff-brown-black). In the
different and later yellow-red series of colors we have no reason
to believe yellow is older than red, and I do not believe that'
brown in general involves either the red or the yellow, though it
may in the special case where the brown of Utetheisa replaces a
normal red {TJ . pulchelloides) .

5. I consider the various main-land American forms merely
subspecies of TJ . ornatrix (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., xxxvii, 342;
Sci. Surv. Porto Rico xii, 38 and Supplement, 343), since there
is no difference whatever in structure and they inter grade per-
fectly in the Antilles, — forming mixed colonies in characters that
mendelize; though they have attained enough distinction to re-
main separate in a narrow zone from Kansas to Texas.

Postscript. Since this article went to press I have had the
opportunity to study three more species at the U. S. National
Museum. TJ. lactea and U . sumatrana were found in undeter-
mined material, and I can confirm Jordan’s placing of them. Of
extraordinary interest, however, were the types of U. idee Clarke
(Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash, xlii, 42, 1940). They show pure Old
World affinity, having no resemblance either to ornatrix or
galapagensis. Besides the characters given by Clarke, it may be
noted that they have very much the pattern of a fully marked
specimen of U. lactea, though a little different habitus, and also
show the serrate antennas and hair-pencil on the hind wing of TJ.
pulchelloides. As Clarke’s figures show, the genitalia are quite
distinct from any other species, the oddly widened costa giving a
faint suggestion of TJ. pidchelloides and Argina.

Mar., 1941]

Forbes : Arctiid.®

109

Plate I

Figure 1. Nomenclature of parts of male genitalia of Utetheisa, based on
U. lotrioc, (slightly diagrammatic).

Px, P2, P3 processes of valve so labelled by Jordan.
n Clasper complex (so labelled by Jordan).

A. Punctate area of ampulla.

B. Punctate area of process to sacculus.

Figure 2. Utetheisa pulchella, male genitalia with left valve omitted and
penis figured separately.

Figure 3. U. galapagensis, male genitalia with penis figured separately, and
process of ampulla more enlarged, showing punctate area.
Argina cribraria, distal part of valve.

(All figures by Dr. May Gyger)

Figure 4.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XLIX (Plate I)

Mar., 1941]

Proceedings of the Society

111

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of January 2, 1940

The annual meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
January 2, 1940, in the American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Curran
in the chair with thirty-two members and visitors present.

The following officers were elected for the year 1940 :

President ! Dr. A. B. Klots

Vice-President Max Kisliuk

Treasurer Dr. H. T. Spieth

Secretary Lucy W. Clausen

Librarian Dr. R. E. Blackwelder

Curator Chris. E. Olsen

Executive Committee Publication Committee

Dr. F. E. Lutz H. B. Weiss

Dr. Wm. Procter J. D. Sherman, Jr.

H. F. Schwarz Dr. Wm. Moore

Henry Bird E. L. Bell

Dr. H. Ruckes

Delegate to the New York Academy of Sciences
William T. Davis

In recognition of Mr. Davis’ long association with the Society and his
many scientific contributions to entomology in general, he was elected to
the permanent office of Honorary President.

Several members, including Dr. Horsfall, Dr. Forbes and Mr. Kisliuk,
reported on the Christmas meetings in Columbus, Ohio.

Dr. Ruckes suggested that help be given the program committee by mem-
bers offering to give papers.

A vote of thanks was extended to all officers of the Society for 1939.

Mr. Engelhardt spoke of the financial security that the Brooklyn Ento-
mological Society has achieved through hard work.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of January 16, 1940

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
January 16, 1940, in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Klots in the chair with forty-three members and visitors present.

Dr. Klots appointed the following committees:

Program — Dr. W. J. Gertsch
Frank Soraci
Edwin W. Teale

112

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Field — J. W. Angell

A. S. Nicolay
G. Rau

Auditing — Dr. J. L. Horsfall
E. L. Bell
G. B. Engelhardt

Dr. Gertsch, the speaker of the evening, then addressed the Society on
“ Comparison of the Burrowing Wol^ Spiders and Burrowing Tarantulas,”
an abstract of which follows.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

A Comparison of the Burrowing Wolf Spiders and
Burrowing Tarantulas

Some spiders have gone to great lengths to establish a permanent site of
residence which offers shelter from the sun and the rain. One of the most
interesting practices is that of digging a tunnel into the earth. Within the
confines of this burrow retreat the spider is assured some immunity from
the extremes of inclement weather and a measure of security from many
of its enemies. The burrowing habit, which is seemingly a most satisfactory
and advantageous one, is shared by species of widely separated families.
Within the limits of the United States the most notorious burrowers are
some of the wolf spiders or lycosids and the trap-door spiders and their
relatives.

The typical burrow is a cylindrical tunnel in the earth which may be lined
with silk for all or only part of its length. The diameter of the tube is
determined by the size and age of the burrower. The opening to the typical
burrow is the spider ’s only contact with the outside, except in very rare cases
where more than one exit is known to have been constructed. One of the
advantages of the burrow is that it is the property of a single, unsocial indi-
vidual, and can become, with the passage of time, more and more adequately
coated with silk, more and more familiar in every part, and thus increasingly
acceptable to the spider as something which is his personal property. It is
his retreat from the sun’s rays, the extreme heat of which is shunned even
by diurnal forfns. A collar, a turret, or lid at the entrance prevents much
rain and surface water from entering, thus keeping it dryer than situations
on the ground. All the burrowing spiders live more than a single year, some
of them several years.

Some of our wolf spiders are accomplished burrowers. As a general rule,
it can be said that the true trap-door spiders are finer artisans, but the
excellence of the building of some of the lycosids is in many respects com-
parable with them. We can see a definite series in point of habits from the
vagrant wanderer to the confirmed burrower. Some of them are just begin-
ning to avail themselves of this interesting habit, accepting any likely space,
enlarging it and lining it with silk. Others are digging characteristic tun-
nels into sand or soil.

For a digging instrument the true trap-door spiders have developed comb-
like rakes or rastellums on the margins of the chelicerae. With the aid of
this rake they are able to cut and scrape away small particles of earth which
are molded into balls and carried outside the burrow. The walls of the tube
are waterproofed by applying a firm coating of saliva and earth, so that the
surface becomes smooth and firm. The silken lining of the tube varies in
thickness and extent, in some cases not completely lining the burrow.

Finally, in summarizing what has been said about burrowing lycosids and
the burrowing tarantulas, we can conclude that these animals, so widely
separated in their respective heritages and so differently endowed from the

Mar., 1941]

Proceedings of the Society

113

viewpoint of structural and sensory qualities, have responded in much the
same way to a subterranean life. The notable achievement in each line has
been identical, the development' of a distinctive, hinged cover for the bur-
row, a trap-door. — W. J. Gertsch.

Meeting of February 6, 1940

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
February 6, 1940, in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Klots in the chair with about 250 members and visitors present.

Dr. Melander, the speaker of the evening, then showed his 1939 edition
of colored motion pictures of insect life.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of February 20, 1940

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
February 20, 1940, in the American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Klots
in the chair with twenty-three members and visitors present.

The Secretary read a letter from Mr. Davis conveying his deep apprecia-
tion for the highly prized honor of being Honorary President of the Society.

The resignations of Mr. DeGhika and Mr. W. Bennett were accepted with
regret.

A motion was made and carried that the Society suspend sending the
Journal to countries now beset with difficulties until such time as they
become straightened out.

The paper of the evening was then presented by Dr. Ruckes on “Brochy-
mena, ” an abstract of which follows.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Abstract of Paper on Brochymena A. and S.

The genus Brochymena is the New World representative of the tribe
Halyini of the family Pentatomidae. There are altogether some twenty-three
species known to date. They are all plant feeders, provided with a long,
thin beak too weak and pliable to be used in predatory feeding. The food
plants are very varied, though trees of various kinds are most frequented.
The species are widely distributed in North America, Mexico and Central
America. Some species are distinctly local and sparse, others are wide-
spread and common.

The genus lends itself readily to division into two major groups, (1) those
with pronotal shoulders which are quadrangular, in which the metasternal
pore is without a canal or evaporating area and in which the males have
claspers with prominent ventrally projecting hooks and in which the females
have prominent tumid basal valves in the genital plates; (2) those with
pronotal shoulders which are triangular and usually without dentition; in
which the metasternal pore is provided with a laterally extending canal and
a triangular evaporating area about it and in which the males have claspers
devoid of the ventral hooks and in which the females have basal valvular
plates that are not tumid and not particularly prominent.

Of the first group there are the following species: arborea (Say), florida
Rks., poeyi (Guer.), hcedula Stal, aculeata Dist., barberi Rks., apiculata Yan
D., and barberi var. diluta Rks.

Of the second group there are the following species: quadripustulata

114

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

(Fabr.), sulcata Van D., pilatei Van D., cuspidata Dist., cariosa Stal, lineata
Rks., dilata Rks., carolinensis West., marginella Stal, myops Stal, usingeri
Rks., humeralis Rks., affinis Van D., hoppingi Van D., punctata Van D., and
tenebrosa Walk. (?).

The paper was illustrated with chalk drawings and lantern slides of photo-
graphs of as many types and paratypes as have been available for study.
Details of each species were remarked upon. — H. Ruckes.

Meeting of March 5, 1940

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
March 5, 1940, in the American Museum of Natural History; President Klots
in the chair with twenty-nine members and visitors present.

The speaker of the evening, Dr. Ernst Mayr, then spoke on 1 1 Geographical
Distribution of Species/’ an abstract of which follows.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Abstract of “Geographical Distribution of Species”

The principles and techniques of ornithological taxonomy are applicable
to insects as well as to birds. In the present discussion, birds are employed
because of our relatively complete knowledge of the group. During the last
fifty years, no new species of birds has been discovered in North America
or in Europe, and only about three new species are discovered per year the
world over. In 1910, there were 18,000 species of birds known. This num-
ber has been reduced to about 8,000 species because of the introduction
around 1900 of trinominals. There is every reason to believe that insect
taxonomy will follow the same path. In some better known families, a
similar trend is already discernible.

At present a species can be defined as a group of populations which re-
place each other geographically or ecologically and of which the neighboring
ones intergrade or hybridize wherever they are in contact, or which are poten-
tially capable of doing so (with one or more of the populations) in those
cases where contact is prevented by geographical or ecological barriers.

Intensive study of the characters within the populations often shows regu-
lar spatial variations, i.e., the dines of Huxley. Rensch and others have
worked out for birds rather complete sets of ecological rules affecting such
characters as size, pigmentation, proportions, number of eggs, etc. Gold-
schmidt has done similar work on Lymantria.

Wherever these replacing populations are in geographical contact and
where isolation is lacking, there is inevitably a gliding intergradation. If
they are isolated then there is a discontinuity and the question arises whether
to call them species or subspecies. There also arises the major question of
how species come into existence. Darwin in his “Origin of Species” really
discussed macro-evolution and not micro-evolution. Our ideas on species
formation are relatively new and not until the advent of genetics were they
really brought to the fore.

Goldschmidt thinks that geographical subspecies do not give rise to species.
He, however, has been dealing with continental species that range over a
large area without potent geographical barriers. Study of insular and espe-
cially oceanic birds indicates that species formation' may take place through
geographical subspecies and isolation. The isolation mechanisms may be of
various sorts, i.e., geographical, ecological or psychological. — Ernst Mayr.

Meeting of March 19, 1940

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on

Mar., 1941]

Proceedings of the Society

115

March 19, 1940, in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Klots in the chair with thirty-three members and visitors present.

Mr. Filmer, the speaker of the evening, then addressed the members.

In the old days of bee breeding a man would start with 10 hives and by
the end of the season would have 40 or 50. The modern apiary uses movable
frame hives in 2 or 3 stories.

Mr. Filmer pointed out that modern practices show that the healthier the
bees in a hive the more honey is produced. Honey yields of the state of
New Jersey average 30 pounds per colony. The work of late is directed
toward finding a way of combating American foul brood by producing a
disease-resistant strain of bees. Federal workers have developed some
strains that are 95—99 per cent resistant. Apparently this resistance to foul
brood is to be found in the gland secretion that is fed to the young bees
during the first two days of their lives, and in certain colonies this glandular
secretion proves toxic to the disease organism.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of April 2, 1940

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
April 2, 1940, in the American Museum of Natural History; President Klots
in the chair with sixty-four members and visitors present.

Dr. Blackwelder announced that the last general auction of the Society’s
books was now being held.

Dr. Klots welcomed several distinguished visitors — Dr. Hoffman from
China, Dr. William Beebe and Dr. Palm of Ithaca.

Mr. Samuel Harriet of 200 W. 58th Street, New York City, was proposed
for membership.

Dr. Emerson spoke on the “Phylogeny of the Termites” with special
reference to Nasutitermes and related genera of that group. From his
studies it seemed evident that the various genera, formerly regarded as
representing a single line, could be grouped into two series which had trav-
eled much the same road in their development.

The mandibles of termites may be considered as a fundamental stable
character since they hark back to the ancient heritage of the cockroach and
stay essentially the same over many millions of years.

From the most primitive types, those in which the mandibles are still
functional and the frontal protuberance is weakly developed, the progression
to the most highly developed genera was outlined. The group culminated
in specialized genera such as Nasutitermes, which is the most successful type
of termite that exists. Dr. Emerson’s talk was illustrated with charts and
lantern slides.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of April 21, 1940

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
April 21, 1940, in the American Museum of Natural History; President Klots
in the chair with thirty-eight members and visitors present.

116

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Dr. Blackwelder announced that the auction would close at the end of the
meeting.

Dr. Klots announced that the last meeting on May 21 would be in the
nature of a social gathering.

Mr. Samuel Harriet was elected to membership.

The speaker of the evening. Dr. Sally Hughes-Schrader of Columbia Uni-
versity and Sarah Lawrence College, addressed the members on “Studies
on the Biology of Primitive Coccidse, ” an abstract of which follows.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Studies on the Biology of Primitive Coccids

The insect family Coccidse poses a wide range of problems for the biolo-
gist. Here are species in which no males are known, species in which the
males seem to be in process of elimination, others in which an obligatory
parthenogenesis produces females only, still others in which a facultative
parthenogenesis gives rise to haploid males, and at least one species with
functional hermaphroditism. It was in the hope that the more generalized
members of the group, quite unknown in life cycle and general biology,
might shed some light on these and related problems that the search for the
primitive coccids was begun in 1928.

Thus far we can report on two tribes of the most generalized subfamily —
the Monophlebinse — of the taxonomically most primitive division of the coc-
cids— Morrison’s family Margarodidae. In the tribe Iceryini — to which the
functional hermaphrodite Icerya purchasi belongs — I have studied four
species of Icerya, one of Crypticerya, one of Ecinicerya, and one of Steato-
coccus. With the exception of I. purchasi none shows any trace of her-
maphroditism; all have a facultative parthenogenesis resulting in haploid
males. The chromosomes in all are identical in size and number, and on
cytological criteria the Tribe emerges as a very real unit.

More successful from the point of view of discovering ancestral condi-
tions has been the study of the Tribe Llaveini. In this group the life cycle
and biology of Protortonia primitiva have been reported by Schrader. The
present report summarized the life cycles and general cytological features
of four other forms, Llaveia bouvari, Llaveia oaxacoensis, Llaveiella
taenechina, and N autococcus schraderi. Habitat, host plants, number of
generations annually, mating habits, egg laying, and hibernation habit were
given for each. This tribe emerges as genuinely primitive in many features.
Thus there is no trace of hermaphroditism, no parthenogenesis, and a normal
XX-XO sex determining mechanism is present in all the forms studied.
Asynapsis of one pair of autosomes is incipiently developed in Llaveia; it
affects more cells and both pairs of autosomes in Llaveiella ; and suggests
the kind of changes that may have brought about the complete absence of
synapsis in Protortonia and possibly in the Pseudococcinse of the higher
coccids. — Sally Hughes-Schrader, Dept. Zoology, Columbia University.

Meeting of May 7, 1940

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
May 7, 1940, in the American Museum of Natural History; President Klots
in the chair with forty-nine members and visitors present.

Mr. Kisliuk, the speaker of the evening, then addressed the Society on
“Scientific Contributions Made by the Staff of the Division of Eoreign
Plant Quarantine at the Port of New York.”

Mar., 1941]

Proceedings of the Society

117

The Division of Plant Quarantine of the Port of New York covers the
water front, airports and surrounding territory and is staffed by 37 inspec-
tors. Foreign mails are inspected and returned to their country of origin
if dangerous. There is also inspection of American grown produce to meet
foreign requirements. Mr. Kisliuk discussed the interception of certain in-
sects at the Port of New York and passed around for inspection various
papers published by the staff.

The talk was illustrated by lantern slides and supplemented by photo-
graphs.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of May 21, 1940

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
May 21 in the American Museum of Natural History; Vice-President
Kisliuk in the chair with fifty-five members and visitors present.

The meeting was held at 6.00 p.m. and was in the nature of a social gath-
ering following the custom of previous years in conducting the closing meet-
ing of the season. Refreshments were served.

The business of the reading of the minutes of the previous meeting was
therefore suspended.

Dr. F. Martin Brown from Colorado showed kodachromes of his recent
trip to South America. He accompanied each with explanatory comments.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

118

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

THREE PAPERS ON FLEAS

A Check List of the Fleas of the Pacific Northwest ; A Review of
the Fleas of the Genus Meringis with Two New Species ; A
Review of the Western Fleas of the Genus Malar ceus with
One New Species and the Description of a New Thrassis from
Nevada. By C. Andresen Hubbard. Pacific University
Bulletin, vol. 37, Nos. 4, 5, 6, Nov., Dec. 1940. 4 p. each.

The titles of these three papers are descriptive of their con-
tents. The check list includes 90 species from Washington, Ore-
gon, Northern California and Northwestern Nevada, together
with a list of 27 species described from California south of San
Francisco Bay. In the second paper, Dr. Hubbard reviews the
genus Meringis and describes two new species, M. walkeri , and
M. jewetti. In the third paper he reviews the western fleas of
the genus Malaraeus, and describes Malar ceus dobbsi, and Thrassis
jellisoni. Dr. Hubbard, whose papers on fleas have been noted
previously in this Journal, is head of the Department of Biol-
ogy in Pacific University, Oregon. — H. B. W.

Mar., 1941]

Book Notices

119

BOOK NOTICE

Plant Galls and Gall Makers. By Ephraim Porter Felt, D.Sc.
Ithaca, New York, Comstock Publishing Company, Inc.,
1940. 9x6 inches, viii + 364 p., 41 pi., 344 text illus.

$4.00.

On October 27, 1732, Mr. Richard Lewis of Annapolis, Md.,
wrote to Mr. Collinson, F.R.S., of London, a letter which appeared
in the “ Philosophical Transactions” (London) in 1735 (vol. 38,
p. 119-21), entitled, “A Letter Containing the Account of a
remarkable Generation of Insects; of an Earthquake and of an
Explosion in the Air. ’ ’

The “ remarkable generation of insects” involved “ little bags
as large as filberts” on the leaves of a “fly-tree,” which, upon
being cut open, yielded “red grubs and flies,” much to the
astonishment of Mr. Lewis, who was at a complete loss for an ex-
planation of the phenomenon. Gall insects and plant galls are
still remarkable, but after the passage of 200 years, much more is
known of them and the literature about them has become exten-
sive.

Dr. Felt’s book is a totaling of the literature on the subject,
and although it is a revision of his previous work, ‘ ‘ Key to Ameri-
can Insect Galls” (N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 200, 1917), it, as a com-
parison of the two will show, has been rewritten and greatly ex-
tended by the addition of new material.

Part I (p. 4^-35) deals with gall types, gall producers, the
biology of gall producers, the distribution of gall insects, gall in-
sect preferences, natural checks, the rearing of gall insects, and
related subjects, the whole being an excellent introduction to the
subject.

Part II (p. 39-338) is a key to the galls of various plant fam-
ilies, grouped first by their hosts, and later by arrangements best
suited to facilitate identification. For example, the oak galls are
divided into those on roots, twigs, leaves, etc., and these divisions
are broken down still finer, thus making identification easier.
Almost 150 pages of the book are devoted to oak galls, showing
the importance of the oaks as hosts to a large and interesting gall
insect fauna.

120

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Part II is illustrated by over 700 figures, all of uniform excel-
lence, and these in themselves frequently make identification
painless.

Entomologists and teachers of nature study will find Dr. Felt’s
book invaluable, because it is a thorough summary of the subject
into which he has incorporated the results of his own extensive
studies and mature knowledge. — H. B. Weiss.

Entomophagous Insects. By Curtis P. Clausen. McGraw-Hill
Book Company, Inc., New York and London, 1940. 9x6 in.,

X + 688 p., 257 figs. $7.00.

In Brooklyn, N. Y., in 1860 there was an outbreak of the mea-
suring worm Ennomos subsignarius and the Common Council
passed a resolution “to free the city from the perpetually increas-
ing measure worm nuisance” even by the removal of all infested
trees from the streets. In 1862 H. A. Graef and Edward Wiebe
submitted to a large committee appointed by the Brooklyn Horti-
cultural Society, a report upon the insect, which was published
during the same year. This report recommended a mapping of
the infested area, scraping egg masses off the trees in winter,
application of tar bands, etc. It would not be necessary to men-
tion this report, which was received flatteringly by many persons
except for the fact that Dr. Isaac P. Trimble of Newark, N. J.,
a member of the committee published a minority report in which
he dissented from the recommendations as given. He said that it
was useless to spend money because a “little fly” was destined
to do the controlling. However, the rest of the committee did not
believe that a parasite would be able to combat an enemy so strong
and as practical men they preferred to rely upon their own exer-
tions and refused any help from ‘ ‘ a fanciful agency. ’ ’

Approximately eighty years later or at the present time we now
have a large volume on these “fanciful agencies,” by Dr. Curtis
P. Clausen, Principal Entomologist in Charge of the Division of
Foreign Parasite Introduction of the Bureau of Entomology and
Plant Quarantine of the United States Department of Agricul-
ture. And Dr. Clausen, by experience and knowledge is partic-
ularly fitted to write conclusively upon entomophagous insects.

At one time the utilization of parasites in the control of crop
pests was principally a federal activity, but now various states are

Mar., 1941]

Book Notices

121

embarking upon programs of biological control, and numerous
workers are engaged in the field of insect parasitology. In Doc-
tor Clausen’s book, these workers and other students will find a
complete survey of the extensive literature of the world, dealing
with entomophagous insects especially those which disclose a
high degree of specialization in their host relationships. The
entomophagous groups in all orders are covered, but the Hymen-
optera being predominant in this respect occupy 50 per cent of
the book, followed by the Diptera to the extent of 20 per cent.
The balance is devoted to the remaining 15 orders, which contain
many interesting cases of entomophagous feeding. Doctor
Clausen’s treatment throughout is such that it furnishes exactly
the type of information needed by the worker in biological con-
trol. In the Hymenoptera, for example there is a preliminary
discussion of various topics with reference to the entire order.
This is followed by discussions of the various superfamilies and
families, broken down under such topics as host preferences;
biology and habits which include the development of all stages, the
life cycle, reproductive capacity and sex ratio ; effect of parasitism
upon the host ; description of immature stages. This method of
presentation is followed throughout, for each family, except where
it is not permitted because of the unavailability of certain types of
information, and except where additional topics are interpolated.
In this way the discussions centre about the various parasitic and
predaceous species within the families.

Dr. Clausen’s book is difficult to review, even in general terms,
because it is packed from cover to cover with specific facts relative
to the insects used in biological control, and because the author
plunges immediately into his subject matter and wastes no time
upon broad generalizations, except in a few instances where such
treatments are desirable. The bibliography of over a thousand
references, in various languages, representing only those cited in
the text will give one an idea of the enormous and sustained
effort that went into the writing of this book. However, the users
of books seldom give a thought to the efforts that go into their
making, and are interested only in the result. In this particular
case the result is an excellent, and all-embracing summary of our
knowledge of entomophagous species, long needed by those inter-
ested in the biological control of insects. — H. B. Weiss.

122

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Embryology of Insects and Myriapods. By Oskar A. Johannsen
and Ferdinand H. Butt. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.,
New York and London, 1941. 9x6 in., xi + 462 p., 370 Figs.

$5.00.

Many entomologists, exclusive of those engaged in teaching,
think of the embryology of insects only as something in which
they took a course during their college years. And in later years
when they have become specialists in some phase or another, em-
bryology to most of them remains an unknown field, of which
their general knowledge is vague. This condition is probably
due to the comparatively few American students of insect em-
bryology and to the unfamiliarity of American entomologists
with foreign languages.

There is no longer any excuse for such incomprehension, be-
cause the present work is a reliable text in English devoted to
the development of insects, centipedes and millepedes from egg
deposition to hatching. It is the outgrowth of over twenty years
of study, revision and critical evaluation of the literature of
Europe and America. In the bibliography of approximately 875
titles, sixty-five per cent are in languages other than English.

The first twelve chapters of Part I cover the cell, embryonic
development in insects, fertilization, maturation and cleavage of
the egg, early development, embryonic envelopes, gastrulation,
the alimentary canal, ectodermal and mesodermal derivatives,
polyembryony and parthenogenesis, symbionts in the eggs and
experimental embryology, in which are also presented the impor-
tant opinions on debatable points.

The remaining nine chapters of Part II describe the embryonic
history of various insects, representing most of the orders, and
reflect the opinions of the different investigators.

Three hundred and seventy text figures add to the complete-
ness of this authoritative and excellent book which should meet
the needs of all teachers and which should stimulate interest in
a subject in which it is possible to make fascinating and important
discoveries, if one is equipped for a delicate, precise and high
type of investigation. — H. B. W.

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Certificate of Incorporation expires June 7, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 77th Street and Columbus Avenue.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Honorary President , WILLIAM T. DAVIS

Officers for the Year 1941

President, MAX KISLIUK ... J Federal Bldg., New York, N. Y.

Vice-President, HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J.

Secretary, ANNETTE L. BACON American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DR. HERMAN T. SPIETH College of the City of New York, N. Y.

Librarian, L. JAMES SANFORD American Museum of Natural History

Curator, DR. WILLIS J. GERTSCH American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

W. T. Davis Dr. Albert Hartzell Dr. Wm. Procter

Dr. A. B. Klots Frank A. Soraci

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Harry B. Weiss

Edwin W. Teale
E. L. Bell

Herbert F. Schwarz

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

J. W. Angell

M. H. Sartor

Harold Hagan

Dr. Wm. Moore

A UD1TING COMMITTEE
Dr. W. J. Gertsch

F. S. Blanton

Dr. A. B. Klots

FIELD COMMITTEE
A. S. Nicolay

Wm. P. Comstock

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Dr. Herman T. Spieth, American Museum
of Natural History, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Librarian, L. James Sanford, American
Museum of Natural History, 77th St. and Columbus Ave., New
York, N. Y. The society has a complete file of back issues in stock.
The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not noti-
fied immediately of change of address. We do not exchange
publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money-orders, or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additionals 100 >s .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.00 ; additional 100’s, $1.50.

Half-tone prints 1% cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

No. 2

r

Vol. XLIX

JUNE, 1941

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

l (fa MAY 8 1941 M

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS EDWIN W. TEALE

HERBERT R SCHWARZ E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1941

CONTENTS

Ten New Species of Stelis from California (Hymenoptera :
Apoidea)

By P. H. Timberlake 123

Hibernation of Myllocerus castaneus 138

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies
(Tipulidae, Diptera), XII

By Charles P. Alexander 139

Additional Notes on the Behavior of Certain Insects to
Different Wave-Lengths of Light

By Harry B. Weiss, Frank A. Soraci and E. E.
McCoy, Jr 149

An Undescribed American Cephenemyia

By Charles H. T. Townsend 161

Biological and Faunistic Notes on the Cicadidae of the Big
Bend Region of Trans-Pecos, Texas
By E. R. Tinkiiam 165

Charles W. Leng

By John D. Sherman, Jr 185

Charles W. Leng and the New York Entomological Society

By Wm. T. Davis 189

Two New Subspecies of Phlebodes Tiberius Moeschler

By E. L. Bell 193

Communal Disaffection in Ants

By Laurence J. Lafleur 199

A Method for Obtaining Spores of the Fungus Beauveria
Bassiana (Bals.) Vuill. in Quantity

By E. E. McCoy and C. W. Carver 205

Note on the Method of Colony Foundation of the Ponerine
Ant Bothroponera Soror Emery

By Caryl P. Haskins 211

NOTICE: Volume XLIX, Number 1, of the Journal of
the New York Entomological Society was published
on March 12, 1941.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XLIX June, 1941 No. 2

TEN NEW SPECIES OF STELIS FROM CALIFORNIA
(HYMENOPTERA, APOIDEA)

By P. H. Timberlake

Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside, California

It is becoming evident that onr species of Stelis, especially in
the Southwest, are rather numerous, but their study is hampered
by the difficulty of obtaining adequate material. In this connec-
tion it is interesting to note that five of the species described here
are known only from uniques.

The new species of Stelis made known in this paper are all
from southern California. The types, except of Stelis linsleyi,
are in the collection of the Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside,
California.

Stelis (Heterostelis) anthidioides new species.

A large robust bee, with extensive yellow markings, its nearest ally prob-
ably being S. manni Cwfd. from Arizona. It differs from that species in
having the clypeus and sixth segment of abdomen yellow, and yellow bands
of other segments very broad and entire.

Female. — Black with light markings as follows: Mandibles, except apical
margin, labrum and clypeus; supraclypeal mark much broadened in middle;
lateral face marks extending almost to summit of eyes and widened below
to occupy the space between antennal socket and eye; broad band on vertex
and behind eyes, slightly notched in middle and broadened laterally, with
a slender extension downward on cheeks to anterior end of eye, but separated
from the eyes and lateral face marks by a narrow dark orbital streak; broad
band on lateral and anterior margins of mesoscutum, broadly interrupted
medially; axillae and broad band on margins of scutellum, interrupted medi-
ally; tegulae except reddish central area posteriorly; tubercles, large mark

MAY 8 - 1941

124

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

beneath tubercles and another small one below base of hind wings; apex of
coxae, most prominent on front and hind pair, and spot on trochanters; apex
of femora broadly, the mark extending to middle or slightly beyond on dor-
sal margin, and nearly to the base on ventral edge, except on hind pair;
tibiae and tarsi entirely, except a somewhat ruf escent color on inner side ;
broad bands on tergites 1 to 6, those on 5 and 6 covering almost entire sur-
face, those on 2 to 4 slightly notched medially in front; and venter almost
entirely, all yellow. Basal declivity of tergite 1 black, and base of follow-
ing segments narrowly black, but almost entirely concealed on tergites 5 and
6. Apical border of tergites 1 to 5 blackish, with the narrow apical depres-
sion somewhat reddened. This apical border broadest on tergites 1 and 2
and becoming very narrow on 5. Venter slightly stained with rufous on
second segment, and the impunctate, normally concealed (but very broad)
portion of segments 3 and 4 largely suffused with fuscous. Antennae brown-
ish black, the apex of scape on outer side slightly suffused with dull yellow.
Wings dark reddish fuscous, the hind pair clearer. Nervures nearly black,
the stigma reddish. Head and thorax closely, moderately coarsely punc-
tured. Inner orbits of eyes narrowly impunctate and polished. Propodeum
finely and densely punctured. Punctures of tergites a little finer than those
of head and notum and nearly as close, except on 3 and 4 where they are
sparser, and becoming very dense and rather obscure on 6. Apical dark
band of tergites finely and densely punctured except the larger part of api-
cal depression. Tubercles sharply carinate anteriorly, the margin broadly
arcuate. Mandibles gently bisinuate on the very broad cutting edge, with
faint indication of a median tooth. Labrum dull, minutely and densely
punctured, and hairy. Clypeus broadly truncate in front, the margin finely
crenulate. Axillae roundly protuberant laterad. Scutellum with a shallow
median groove, the apex subtruncate, the margin subcarinate. Metanotum
and propodeum almost vertically declivous beneath the slightly protruding
edge of scutellum. Base of propodeum without a transverse, pitted groove.
Tergite 6 broadly rounded at apex, the margin erose with blunt little teeth
and a much broader short tooth or lobe on each side of middle. Ventrite 6
not at all produced, triangular, the subacute apex thickened, opaquely sculp-
tured and with a very narrow smooth lip. Pubescence ochreous, rather thin
and moderately long, most abundant on cheeks, pleura, sternum and base of
legs. A dense tuft of hair behind base of hind wings. Hair of mesonotum
short and subappressed. Ventrites 2 to 5 with a long apical fringe. Hair
on inner side of tarsi ferruginous. Length, 12 mm.; anterior wing, 9 mm.;
width of abdomen, about 4.2 mm.

One female (holotype), Riverside, California, on Uemizonia Tcelloggii,
June 9, 1927 (Timberlake).

The time of flight and mimetic resemblance of this bee to
Heteranthidium timberlakei Schwarz suggests that the latter is
possibly the host.

June, 1941]

Timberlake: Stelis

125

For this fine bee I propose a new subgenus of Stelis, to be
called Hetero stelis. From typical Stelis it differs in having the
axillse not toothed, although they are roundly produced outward
beyond margin of scutellum; mandibles very broad on apical
edge, with the usual teeth very feebly indicated; anterior edge
of mesopleura very abruptly reflexed into a broad, perpendicular
face, with the margin between the two surfaces carinate; basal
pitted groove of propodeum obliterated, etc. From Pavostelis it
differs in color and in having the anterior face of mesopleura
broad and sharply reflexed, mandibles peculiar, axillge roundly
produced laterad, etc. From Microstelis it differs in the mandi-
bles, axillse, anterior face of mesopleura, and lack of a narrow
pitted groove at base of propodeum. From Protostelis ( Stelis
costalis Cress, and allies) it differs in the mandibles, axillse, lack
of a broad pitted groove at base of propodeum and in having the
sharp anterior edge of tubercles not continued inward beyond
the anterior corners of mesoscutum, but it agrees closely in the
sharply reflexed anterior face of mesopleura. From Chelynia,
Melanostelis and Stelidium it differs in venation and other char-
acters, the second recurrent nervure being received on the
cubitus well beyond the apex of second cubital cell.

Other peculiar features showm by the type species are the dull,
finely and densely punctate and hairy labrum, erose apical margin
of the sixth tergite and the comparatively elongate maxillary
palpi. These palpi have two (or possibly three) joints, the apical
joint being elongate spindle-shaped, with the thinner apical por-
tion possibly forming another segment, although this can not be
verified without a slide preparation.

Other species probably belonging to Hetero stelis are Stelis
australis Cresson and S. manni Crawford.

Genotype. — Stelis anthidioides Timb.

Stelis (Pavostelis) anthracina new species.

This is a rather small, entirely black bee, with whitish pubescence. From
S. diversicolor Cwfd. it differs in being rather dull black, with no indication
of hair-bands on abdomen.

Male. — Robust, somewhat dull black, without ornamentation. Mandibles
with a red band before the apex. Small joints of tarsi rufescent, but spurs,
tegulae, and antennae black. Wings a little dusky, with a darker stain at
apex and on outer half of marginal cell. Nervures and stigma almost black.

126

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Head distinctly narrower than thorax, about as broad as long. Inner orbits
of eyes slightly converging below. Mandibles with three subequal acute
teeth. Maxillary palpi one- jointed, the joint about four times as long as
thick. Clypeus gently convex, broadly truncate in front, the margin with
a fine median notch and sometimes with minute notches on each side. Tuber-
cles rather small, with the front margin somewhat arcuate and sharply cari-
nate, but the carina not extending mesad farther than the corners of scutum.
Margins of axillae and scutellum continuous, the apex of scutellum rounded.
Disk of scutellum without median furrow, but basal margin foveately im-
pressed as usual. Pitted groove at base of propodeum very narrow and
shallow, distinct only at sides, and more or less obliterated in middle.
Punctures of head and thorax close and moderately coarse, becoming sparser
on mesopleura. Clypeus dull, finely and densely punctured. Labrum pol-
ished, almost impunctate. Metapleura and propodeum finely and closely
punctured, but bowl-shaped enclosure of propodeum impunctate, except that
it is variably more or less punctured above. Punctures of abdomen close,
considerably finer than those of mesonotum, and becoming slightly coarser
caudad. Second ventrite closely punctured, but exposed parts of following
segments almost impunctate. Pubescence dull whitish, moderately dense and
erect on head and thorax, that of the abdomen shorter, mostly sub-appressed,
inconspicuous in most aspects, and without indication of apical bands. Ven-
trites 3 and 4 with a dense apical fringe of ochreous hair, that of 4 broadly
interrupted in middle. Yentrite 4 also with an apical comb of short, black,
very close set, minute teeth, covering a little more than the middle half and
overlapping the inner ends of the hair fringe. Length, about 7 mm. ; ante-
rior wing, 5.6 mm.; width of abdomen, about 2.8 mm.

Four males (holotype and paratypes) collected at Andreas Canyon, near
Palm Springs, California, on Encelia farinosa, three including the holotype
on March 24, 1933, and one on April 11, 1936 (Timberlake). Also one
male (paratype) in Michener’s collection, taken by him at the same place
and on the date last mentioned.

A male Stelis from Raleigh, North Carolina, on Bubus, May 5,
1934 (T. B. Mitchell) in Michener’s collection, must he referred
to S. diversicolor Cwfd. This specimen differs from anthracina
in being a little more shiny and less closely punctured, the punc-
tures of mesoscutum mostly about a puncture width apart (mostly
less than half a puncture width in anthracina), and in having the
hair of abdomen considerably longer and a little sparser, the hair
forming a thin fringe at apex of tergites, but not a distinct band.
These North Carolina and California bees are so similar that it is
easy to suppose that they are races of one species, which indeed
may be the case, unless the females, when discovered, exhibit more
distinctive characters.

June, 1941]

Timberlake : Stelis

127

These bees agree structurally with the subgenus Pavostelis
Sladen and it is necessary to conclude that the blue color of the
type species is not of especial importance in distinguishing the
group. Except in venation, Pavostelis is similar to Chelynia in
many ways.

Stelis (Chelynia) semirubra new species.

Black, without ornamentation, the abdomen mainly red. There is no
other species of this group known with a red abdomen.

Female. — Moderately slender. Head and thorax black, the abdomen red.
Triangular mark at base of first tergite, sixth tergite except the base nar-
rowly on each side, and sixth ventrite, black. Fifth ventrite suffused with
black except at apex. Antennae, tegulae and legs black. Spurs pale brown-
ish. Mandibles black, stained with red before the apex. Wings dusky, the
outer half of marginal cell more deeply stained. Nervures and stigma black.
Head somewhat wider than long and a little narrower than thorax. Inner
orbits of eyes converging below. Mandibles with subequal acute teeth.
Maxillary palpi one- jointed, the joint small and spindle shaped. Clypeus
broadly truncate anteriorly, the margin denticulate. Tubercles not enlarged
nor sharply margined in front. Outer margin of axillae and scutellum con-
tinuous, the latter rounded at apex. Metanotum and propodeum strongly
declivous, the base of the latter with traces of a pitted groove laterally.
Tergites 1 to 4 moderately impressed at base. Tergite 6 broadly rounded
at apex, with a very narrow, smooth, marginal lip. Ventrite 6 barely exceed-
ing the tergite, rounded at apex and without an obvious lip. Head and
thorax moderately finely, closely punctured, and shining between the punc-
tures. Clypeus dull, very finely and densely punctured. Labrum closely
punctured except at base. Punctures of mesoscutum mostly about one-half
to one puncture width apart. Punctures of posterior face of propodeum
nearly as coarse as those of mesonotum, but those on the sides and on meta-
pleura much finer. A shallow bowl-shaped area on propodeum polished and
impunctate. Punctures of abdomen close, finer than those of mesonotum,
and becoming finer and dense on the apical tergite. Venter very finely and
densely punctured, the apical segment opaque. Pubescence white, rather
short and moderately dense, most abundant on the face. Hair of abdomen
short, fine and inconspicuous in most aspects. Tergite 6 and ventrites 2 to

5 with a very short, dense, pale, apical fringe. Disk and apex of ventrite

6 with dense short pubescence. Length, 7 mm.; anterior wing, 4.4 mm.;
width of abdomen, 2.3 mm.

One female (holotype), trail above Glen Ivy, Riverside County, California,
on Eriophyllum confertiflorum, var. trifidum, May 13, 1928 (Timberlake).

Stelis (Chelynia) depressa new species.

An entirely black species, except for a creamy white fascia on tergites 1
to 5, similar to S. interrupta Cresson, but a little larger, with wings uni-

128

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

formly dusky and hair of vertex and notum white, intermixed with long
black hairs (hair on these parts black and sparse in interrupta). S. inter-
rupta was very briefly described and a comparison with the type will be
necessary to show whether depressa has other and more substantial differ-
ences.

Female. — Form robust. Black, but tergites 1 to 5 each with a narrow,
creamy white fascia, not quite reaching the lateral margins. Each fascia
moderately widely interrupted medially and those on 3 and 4 interrupted
sublaterally. Fascia on 1 and 2 emarginate behind on each side, the width
of the emargination about equaling the width of the medial interruptions
and also the lateral interruptions on following segments. Median pair of
white marks on tergites 3 to 5 becoming shorter on each successive segment,
those on the fifth being the sole remnants of the fascia of that segment.
Wings strongly dusky, the nervures black. Head barely wider than long and
not quite equaling width of thorax. Clypeus depressed, the apex broadly
truncate, the margin finely toothed. Mandibles tridentate, the two inner
teeth equal, well separated and much smaller than apical tooth. Labrum
about one and one-half times longer than wide and broadly truncate at apex.
Tubercles obscurely carinate on anterior margin. Propodeum sharply de-
clivous, the pitted basal groove obliterated except far to the sides, as usual
in Chelynia. Abdomen ovate, convex at base and strongly depressed toward
apex. Tergite 6 much broader than long, rounded at apex, but not evenly,
as there is a slight inward curve on each side. Ventrite 6 distinctly but
not greatly exceeding the tergum, subangular at apex, the angle distinctly
greater than a right angle. Exposed dorsal lip of ventrite 6 narrow, finely
and densely pubescent except on inner margin. Head and thorax closely
and moderately finely punctured, the punctures dense on frons, and finer and
dense on clypeus. Punctures of mesoscutum mostly less than a puncture
width apart, those of the mesopleura no sparser except just above the middle
coxae. Upper portion of metapleura and sides of propodeum with finer,
shallow, crowded punctures. Propodeum with a large polished bowl-shaped
area, otherwise closely punctured, and finely punctured and dull across the
base between the lateral pits. Abdomen more shining, closely and consid-
erably more finely punctured than mesoscutum. Venter dullish, finely and
densely punctured. Pubescence white, long and rather dense on face, cheeks
and pleura, and much shorter and thinner on mesonotum except around the
margins. Face, vertex and mesonotum with numerous long erect fuscous or
black hairs intermixed, the cheeks with a few similar hairs. Abdomen with
very fine appressed pale pubescence and short erect black hairs, which are
numerous on apical tergite and become gradually sparser on successive seg-
ments toward the base. Venter with rather dense, fine pubescence, forming
a very short fringe at apex of segments. Length, 7 mm.; anterior wing,
5.5 mm.; width of abdomen, 2.6 mm.

Male. — Similar to female. Fascia on tergites 2 to 5 usually interrupted
sublaterally as well as medially, tergite 5 having a small spot on each side,
that is always absent in the female. Venter shining, the second segment

June, 1941]

Timberlake: Stelis

129

with minute, not very close punctures. Disk of ventrite 3 with a broad
concave depression in the middle, the apical protuberance in the form of a
small tooth. Apical comb on ventrite 4 narrow, with a raised margin on
the disk just above and before it. Ventrite 5 with a broad angular emargi-
nation and a deep broad impression medially. Ventrite 6 with a much nar-
rower median impression or furrow. Pubescence whitish, intermixed with
fuscous hairs on frons, vertex and mesonotum, and a few dark hairs along
inner orbits. Hair of abdomen sparse and mainly black, except on first
tergite. Second ventrite without an apical fringe. Apical fringe of ven-
trites 3 and 4 dense but abbreviated, pale fulvous and interrupted on 4 by
the comb. Length, 6.5 mm.; anterior wing, 5 mm.; width of abdomen, 2.7
mm.

The female varies from 6.5 to 7.5 mm. and the male from 6 to 7 mm. in
length. The fasciae on tergites 2 and 3 may be emarginate behind or broken
sublaterally in the female. In the male the fascia on tergite 1 is emarginate
behind on each side, that on 2 either broken or emarginate sublaterally,
and those on following segments interrupted sublaterally, except on one side
of 3 in one specimen.

Holotype female, allotype, three male and three female paratypes, on
flowers of Cryptantha micrantha, var. lepida, Santa Rosa Peak, 7500 feet,
Santa Rosa Mountains, California, June 8, 1940 (Timberlake and Michener) ;
and one female (paratype), 2 miles north of Palm Springs, on Hyptis
emoryi, March 7, 1936 (Timberlake). Four paratypes have been returned
to Mr. Michener.

Stelis (Chelynia) linsleyi new species.

Allied to S. subemarginata and S. monticola of Cresson. It differs from
subemarginata in having thorax and abdomen shining, with punctures well
separated, the abdominal bands pale yellow, rather broad, strongly and mod-
erately broadly emarginate behind on each side. From monticola it differs
in the elongate, somewhat tapering abdomen and in the broad abdominal
fasciae.

Female. — Thorax robust, appearing unusually broad through the meso-
pleura, on account of the much narrower head and abdomen. Black, except
for a broad, pale yellow band on tergites 1 to 5. Band on tergites 1 and 2
constricted at the middle, those on 3 to 5 narrowly interrupted medially,
and all moderately broadly and distinctly emarginate on each side behind.
Band on tergite 1 and 2 distinctly broadened at outer ends, and the inner
ends of the halves on 5 much broader 'than the outer ends. Claws red, and
a small red area on mandibles just before the apex. Tibial spurs, tegulae
and antennae dark. Wings strongly and nearly uniformly dusky, the vena-
tion blackish. Clypeus convex, finely and densely punctured, its margin
broadly truncate, finely crenulated. Frons, vertex and cheeks finely and
very closely punctured. Punctures of mesoscutum slightly coarser than those
of frons and much sparser, mostly about one to tAvo puncture widths apart.
Punctures of scutellum distinctly coarser and closer than those of scutum.

130

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Mesopleura closely punctured like cheeks. Propodeum finely and closely
punctured except enclosure, which is more shiny and in the form of a short-
stemmed Y, with flaring arms. Tegulae large, shining, finely and moder-
ately closely punctured. Abdomen elongate, rather slender and tapering,
much longer than head and thorax together, broadest across the first seg-
ment and strongly convex above toward base. Tergites shining, finely
punctured, the punctures mostly about one to two puncture widths apart,
and considerably sparser on the pale fasciae. Apical tergite large, almost
as long as broad, rounded at apex, its disk gently convex, becoming depressed
at apex, its puncturation similar to that of preceding segments, but becom-
ing finer, obscure and crowded on apical border. Venter finely, very closely
and uniformly punctured. Apical ventrite subangular at apex, slightly pro-
duced beyond tergum, so that the apical lip is exposed, which is densely
covered with fine pile. Pubescence whitish, rather dense on face, cheeks and
pleura, and short, sparser and mostly appressed on vertex and mesonotum.
Hair of legs very short and whitish, becoming pale ferruginous brown on
inner side of tarsi. Hair of abdomen mostly pale brownish, fine, short,
mostly appressed, with a few somewhat longer erect hairs along the sides
and at apex. Venter with fine appressed very short pubescence, which is
much denser than that of tergum. Length, 10 mm.; anterior wing, 6.5
mm.; length of abdomen, 6.5 mm.; width of abdomen at base, 2.5 mm.

One female (liolotype), Idyllwild, San Jacinto Mts., California, June 4,
1939 (E. G. Linsley), in the collection of Hr. Linsley.

Stelis (Stelidina) trichopyga new species.

Allied to S. hemirhoda Linsley but larger, the abdomen much less red, the
apical ventrite broadly rounded at apex, with a little nipple-like median
lobe, the disk of apical tergites with coarse erect reddish hairs, apical mar-
gin of last segment with a short dense fringe, and maculations of abdomen
more yellowish.

Female.— Head and thorax black, without maculations, except that the
tubercles are rufo-testaceous. Tegulae bright ferruginous. Labrum reddish
on lateral margins. Mandibles black at base, rufo-testaceous in middle and
piceous at apex. Antennae black, the flagellum slightly brownish. Legs
black, the knees, apex of tibiae, apex of tarsal joints and claws red, the base
of tibiae with a small yellowish spot. Spurs testaceous. Abdomen black,
considerably reddened on margins of tergites, especially on basal segments.
Depressed apical margin of tergites rufo-testaceous, becoming red on each
side. Apex of tergite 6 narrowly red. Tergites 1 to 3 each with a narrow
pale yellow subapical fascia, slightly narrowed medially in front on 2 and
3, subinterrupted far to each side by red on 1 and interrupted by red and
black on 2 and 3. Tergites 4 and 5 with only the median portion of the
fascia, which is much abbreviated on 5 and more broadly constricted medi-
ally in front on 4 than on the preceding segments. Ventral segments broadly
rufo-testaceous at apex, becoming more reddish at sides, the black band at
base of ventrites 2 and 3 not reaching the lateral margins. Ventrite 1 en-

June, 1941]

Timberlake: Stelis

131

tirely red and ventrite 6 entirely black. On the tergum the margins between
the black and yellow markings suffused with red. Wings strongly and
almost uniformly infuscated. Nervures blackish. Head broader than long
and as broad as thorax. Inner orbits strongly converging below. Mandi-
bles tridentate, the outer tooth largest. Tubercles flattened at apex, but not
especially sharp-edged anteriorly. Margins of axillae and scutellum continu-
ous, the scutellum slightly angulated at apex. Metanotum and face of
propodeum sharply declivous, the propodeum without a pitted impression at
base. Abdomen broad, subdepressed. Tergite 6 broader than long and
broadly rounded at apex. Apical ventrite slightly exceeding the tergum,
broadly rounded at apex and with a small nipple-like lobe in the middle.
Head and thorax moderately shiny, finely and closely punctured. Punctures
of frons and vertex dense, those of clypeus finer and slightly separated.
Punctures of mesoscutum less than a puncture width apart, those of meso-
pleura a little coarser and sparser. Sides of propodeum more obscurely
punctured, the punctures very fine and dense. Bowl-shaped area of pro-
podeum shining, impunctate, except that it is finely, shallowly punctured on
the basal margin. Tegulse minutely and sparsely punctured. Abdomen
closely punctured, the punctures slightly finer than those of mesoscutum.
Apical ventrite minutely and densely punctured. Pubescence of head and
thorax white, subappressed, moderately long, thinner than in hemirhoda, but
moderately dense on face. Hair of vertex and mesonotum much shorter,
slightly tinged with dull ochraceous. Pubescence of abdomen fine and short,
the hairs becoming more plumose and whiter on apical segments. Apical
margin of segments 1 to 5, both dorsally and ventrally, with a short, rather
dense fringe of white plumose hair, very broadly interrupted in middle on
tergites 1 and 2 and also more or less on 3. Disk of tergites 3 to 6 with
many long coarse suberect reddish hairs, most abundant apically, and becom-
ing shorter and sparser on the more basal segments. Apex of tergite 6 and
ventrite 6 densely fringed with fine, simple, pale brownish ochraceous hair,
which is about twice as long as the small median lobe of the ventrite.
Length, 5 mm.; anterior wing, 3.9 mm.; width of abdomen, about 1.9 mm.

One female (holotype), flying over ground, Riverside, California, May 7,
1937 (Timberlake), and one female (paratype), flying over ground, the
Gavilan, Riverside County, April 18, 1940 (Timberlake).

This species and the one following belong to the group recently
treated by Linsley (1939, Ent. News, 50, p. 250-255). This group
I propose to treat as new subgenus of Stelis under the name Steli-
dina, with Stelis hemirhoda Linsley as the genotype. Stelidina
differs from Stelidium Robertson in having no pale maculations
on the head and thorax, except that the tubercles may be rufo-
testaceous, and in having the tegulas bright ferruginous, without
a white spot, and base of propodeum with only a trace of a pitted
transverse impression. Prom Chelynia Provancher the species

132

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

of Stelidina differ in their small size, although the form is robust,
and in having the hind basitarsi not much thickened. Chelynia
always has the head and thorax immaculate, but the tegulae are
never ferruginous. Although Stelidina has not much structural
basis to distinguish it from Clielynia and Stelidium, it forms,
however, a compact, easily recognizable group, and probably has
had a somewhat different phylogeny.

Stelis (Stelidina) nigriventris new species.

f

This is even more similar to S. hemirhoda than is S. trichopyga, but dif-
fers in having the abdomen black, with apical margin of tergites testaceous,
the white fasciae thrice interrupted on tergites 2 to 5 and interrupted on
middle of 1. Tergite 6 also has two apical white spots. The apical white
fringe of the tergites is lacking except laterally on the basal segments, al-
though possibly worn off in the type, and ventrite 6 is more broadly and
evenly rounded at apex.

Female. — Black. Mandibles broadly rufo-testaceous in middle. Flagel-
lum brown beneath. Tegulae clear pale ferruginous. Extreme apex of
femora and tibiae on outer side, and apex of tarsal joints, rufous. Spurs
pale yellow-testaceous. Depressed apical border of tergites 1 to 5 and a
corresponding apical band on ventrites 1 to 5, testaceous, becoming rufo-
testaceous on lateral margins of abdomen. Tergites 1 to 5 with a subapical
yellowish-white fascia, interrupted medially (rather broadly on 2 and 3) and
also laterally on 2 to 5. Fascia on 1 broadened toward the sides and deeply
emarginate behind sublaterally. The four white marks on tergites 2 and 3
subequal. Lateral spots on 4 and 5 smaller than the submedian marks.
Tergite 6 with a pair of small roundish yellowish-white spots close to the
median line and apex. Wings dusky, nervures black. Head as broad as
thorax and slightly broader than long. Inner orbits converging below.
Apical tooth of mandible slightly larger than other two. Margin of axillae
and scutellum forming a broad curve. Metanotum and propodeum sharply
declivous beneath apex of scutellum. Base of propodeum shining, with three
or four short longitudinal carinae on each side, and the middle broadly dulled
by fine close striate punctures. Abdomen subovate, convex above. Tergite
6 rounded at apex. Ventrite 6 not exceeding the tergum and broadly and
evenly rounded at apex. Head and thorax moderately shining, finely and
closely punctured, the punctures a little coarser on frons, vertex and meso-
pleura, and finer and sparser on sides of propodeum. Propodeum with a
large polished bowl-shaped area. Abdomen finely and closely punctured, the
punctures nearly uniform on tergum, and becoming increasingly finer and
denser on apical ventrites. Pubescence of head and thorax white, moder-
ately long, subdepressed, and thickest on the face, cheeks, mesopleura and
apex of scutellum. Disk of mesoscutum and the venter with short, thin
hair. Abdomen with very short fine pale pubescence. Apical white fringe
of tergites lacking except laterally on first two segments. Apical margin

June, 1941]

Timberlake: Stelis

133

of the tergite and ventrite of segment 6 with fine dense simple hairs, form-
ing a very short fringe. Apex of marginal cell more pointed than in hemi-
rhoda and less receding from the margin. Second recurrent nervure also
received closer to apex of second submarginal cell. Length, 4.75 mm.;
anterior wing, 3.3 mm.; width of abdomen, 1.2 mm.

One female (holotype), collected 10 miles south of Adelanto, San Ber-
nardino County, California, May 3, 1939 (Timberlake). It was flying about
a small stick on the ground.

Stelis (Stelidium) ashmeadiellse new species.

This and the two following species differ from Stelidiella in having pale
markings on the head and thorax, ocelli usually much smaller, and base of
propodeum with a narrow, transverse, pitted groove. S. ashmeadiellce may
be known from the other species of Stelidium by having two or three yel-
lowish-white marks on the clypeus.

Female. — Black, with creamy white markings as follows: A large oval
oblique mark on each side of clypeus; stripe on inner orbits much dilated
below- next to the clypeus; transverse band on occipital margin of vertex,
widened behind summit of eyes, otherwise narrow and sub-interrupted medi-
ally; large oval mark on each side of anterior margin of mesoscutum, and
a short line on each lateral margin opposite tegulae; spot on axillae and line
on apical margin of scutellum on each side; tubercles and large semicircular
mark on tegulae; spot at base of all tibiae; subapical fascia on tergites 1
to 5, and two subapical dots on tergite 6. The white fasciae of abdomen
almost reaching lateral margins, all emarginate anteriorly on each side, and
decreasing in width on successive segments caudad. Emarginations of fascia
of tergite 1 deep and rounded, those of following segments becoming succes-
sively broader and shallower, those on tergites 4 and 5 being as broad as,
or broader than, the median portion of fascia. Mandibles reddish, the base
broadly suffused with black and the apical teeth black. Flagellum slightly
reddened beneath. The central boss and inner margin of tegulae reddish-
piceous, the extreme outer margins testaceous. Joints 3 and 4 of tarsi and
apex of joints 1 and 2 dark reddish. Spurs yellow-testaceous. Very narrow
apical depression of tergites 1 to 5 testaceous. Wings dusky hyaline, the
nervures blackish. Head as broad as long and about equaling thorax.
Clypeus finely denticulate apically. Apical tooth of mandible much larger
than the other two teeth. Ocelli small. Tubercles inconspicuously carinate
in front. Axillae much more discrete than in species of Stelidiella, but con-
tinuous on outer margin with the scutellum, which is rounded at apex. Pro-
podeum sharply declivous, the basal groove distinct, narrow and divided into
small pits by carinate plicae. Abdomen elongate-ovate, subconical, strongly
convex above. Apical tergite depressed and flattened on apical third, and
rounded at apex. Sixth ventrite distinctly produced beyond apex of tergum
and narrowed to a rather broad subtruncate apex, which is very slightly
notched medially. Head and thorax closely and rather finely punctured.
Punctures of clypeus finer and dense, those of mesoscutum and mesopleura

134

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

coarser than elsewhere and a little more separated. Labrum with a trian-
gular impunctate space on basal half. Abdomen about as finely and closely
punctured as frons. Dorsal exposed lip of ventrite 6 minutely densely punc-
tured at base and polished around the margin. Pubescence pale brown or
brownish-ochreous on vertex and mesonotum, paler on remainder of face and
whitish on cheeks and pleura. Hair thin and rather short, becoming longer
and denser on middle of face, cheeks, pleura, apex of scutellum, and in a
tuft behind base of hind wings. Hair of abdomen short, thin and depressed,
the apex of the tergites with a very weak fringe. Yentrite 1 with long
whitish hair. Ventrites 2 to 5 with an apical fringe, which is long, rather
thin and pale ochreous on 2 and becomes successively shorter, denser and
browner on following segments. Length, 5.5 mm.; anterior wing, 3.7 mm.;
width of abdomen, 1.8 mm.

Paratype female (Santa Monica). — Larger. Clypeus with three white
marks conjoined anteriorly, leaving the base black with two forward directed
prongs. Band on vertex less narrowed in middle and entire. Tergite 6
more sparsely punctured at base. Its disk depressed throughout, with the
outline in profile straight from base to apex. Two white spots on tergite 6
much larger. Length, 6.5 mm. ; anterior wing, 4.3 mm. ; width of abdomen,
2.3 mm. Another female (West Los Angeles) is more similar to type, ex-
cept that the clypeus is marked as in the Santa Monica specimen. Band on*
vertex more broadly interrupted than in type. Spot at base of hind tibia
reaching to the middle.

Male. — Similar to female but smaller. Clypeus with a broad trilobed
white band as in paratype female, except that the median lobe extends no
further basad than the other two. Band on vertex broadly interrupted in
middle. Anterior emarginations of the abdominal fasciae subequal from one
segment to the next. Puncturation similar. Pubescence pale ochraceous
on face and mesonotum and not appreciably denser on the pleura than on
the notum. Disk of first three ventrites with moderately short and abundant
pale ochreous plumose hair. Ventrites 2 to 4 with an apical pale fringe,
slightly shorter and broadly interrupted on the middle of 4. The middle of
apical margin of ventrite 4 occupied by a shining black arcuate corneous
structure, with a broad raised margin. Length, 5 mm.; anterior wing, 3.5
mm. ; width of abdomen, 1.6 mm.

One female (holotype) reared from nest of Ashmeadiella calif ornica
(Ashm.) in a pithy weed stem, collected in the Puente Hills, near Whittier,
California, Feb. 25, 1928, and found issued and dead on May 12 ( Timber -
lake) ; one female (paratype), Santa Monica, June 30, 1935 (E. G. Linsley) ;
one female (paratype), West Los Angeles, July 14, 1930 (C. H. Michener) ;
one male (allotype), Biverside, on Gutierrezia calif ornica, May 26, 1928
(Timberlake).

The paratype females are in the collections of' Messrs. Linsley and
Michener.

Stelis (Stelidium) palmarum new species.

This differs from allies in having labrum and tegulse ferruginous, the apex

June, 1941]

Timberlake: Stelis

135

of clypeus red, tergite 6 with suberect bristle-like red hairs and ventrite 6
rather small, but shortly exceeding the tergum, and acute at apex.

Female. — Black, marked with creamy white as follows: Stripe on inner
orbits, reaching middle of frons and gradually widened below; transverse
elongate mark behind each eye, widely separated from its fellow; two trans-
verse spots on anterior margin of mesoscutum; small spot on lateral margin
of axilla and scutellum on each side; spot at anterior end of tegulae and
spot on tubercles; short line at base of all tibiae; and fascia on tergites 1
to 5. Abdominal fasciae subapical, almost reaching to lateral margins, that
on tergite 1 roundly and deeply emarginate in front on each side, with
mouth of emargination much constricted. Emargination of following fasciae
successively broader, and quite or almost breaking through, with the lateral
more or less isolated spot becoming successively smaller. Median portion
of fascia on tergites 2 to 4 narrowed in middle. Fascia on 5 represented
by only a short narrow line on middle of disk. Narrow depressed apical
margin of tergites 1 to 5 testaceous, that of 6 dark red. Yentrites 2 to 5
with a narrow subapical rufo-testaceous band. Ventrite 6 dark' red, dusky
at base. Mandibles with a dark red band before apex. Apical margin of
clypeus red. Labrum reddish-ferruginous. Tegulae bright ferruginous.
Flagellum dark reddish. Apex of femora and tibiae narrowly, and tarsi in
large part, except most of hind basitarsi, dark red. Wings slightly infus-
cated, slightly darker in marginal cell. Head as broad as long and equaling
thorax in width. Ocelli about as large as in S. hemirhoda. Inner orbits
converging below. Two inner teeth of mandible much smaller than apical
tooth. Tubercles with a testaceous carinate margin. Axillae subdiscrete and
continuous with margin of scutellum, the latter subacutely rounded at apex.
Propodeum sharply declivous, with a narrow, pitted groove at base. Abdo-
men ovate, convex. Tergite 6 convex, rounded and with a smooth narrow
depressed marginal lip at apex. Ventrite 6 rather small, triangular, with
apex a little blunt and shortly produced beyond tergum. Head and thorax
rather finely and closely punctured, the punctures finer and closer on clypeus
and sides of propodeum. Truncation of propodeum mainly polished, with
a few scattered punctures, mainly toward the sides. Puncturation of abdo-
men similar to that of mesonotum, but becoming successively finer on apical
ventrites, that on the last extremely fine and dense. Pubescence white,
rather thin and short, becoming a little denser on middle of face, cheeks,
pleura and apex of scutellum. Basal tergites with a thin apical fringe on
each side. Ventrites 2 to 5 with a rather dense, white, apical fringe, long
on 2 and much shorter and denser on 5. Disk of ventrite 6 and exposed
dorsal surface of its lip dull and densely covered with an extremely fine
short pale pile. Sides of the tergum with rather long, sparse, erect, pale
hairs, those on apical part of tergite 6 more bristly and red. Length, 5
mm.; anterior wing (badly frayed), about 3.6 mm.; width of abdomen, 1.9
mm.

One female (holotype) collected at Andreas Canyon, near Palm Springs,
California, on Cryptantha intermedia, April 23, 1933 (Timberlake).

136

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlin

Stelis (Stelidium) robertsoni new species.

Distinguishable from S. ashmeadiellce by having the clypeus immaculate
and the abdomen more conical toward apex, with the exposed lip of the last
ventrite very broad. From S. palmarum it differs in the conical abdomen,
with the last ventrite strongly produced. Without much doubt it is closely
related to S. trypetina (Eobt.) and S. permaculata Ckll., but differs in hav-
ing white spots on mesoscutum, axillae, tegulae, tubercles and base of tibiae.

Female. — Black, with creamy white markings as follows: Line on inner
orbits, reaching middle of frons and rather abruptly dilated below; short
line behind summit of each eye ; dot on each side of anterior margin of meso-
scutum; dot on each axilla; spot at anterior end of tegulae and at apex of
of tubercles; dot at base of four anterior tibiae and a more elongate spot
at base of hind pair; four subapical marks on each of tergites 1 to 3, and
a small subapical spot far laterad on each side of tergite 4. Tegulae and
labrum ferruginous. Mandibles strongly reddened, black at apex and suf-
fused with black at base. Flagellum reddened beneath. Extreme apex of
femora and of basal joint of tarsi, and small joints of tarsi, dark red. Spurs
pale testaceous. Narrow depressed apical margin of tergites slightly testa-
ceous. Ventrite 6 strongly reddened at sides and broadly at apex, the ex-
posed dorsal lip rufo-testaceous. Wings dusky hyaline, the infuscation
slightly deeper on costal margin of apical half of wing. Head as broad as
long and nearly equaling width of thorax. Mandibles tridentate, the two
inner teeth small and equal. A small fovea on sutural margin of clypeus
on each side above (not noticed in allied species). Ocelli very small.
Tubercles slightly carinate on anterior margin. Axillae continuous with mar-
gin of scutellum, which is rounded at apex. Propodeum sharply declivous,
the base with a well developed narrow pitted groove. Abdomen conic-ovate,
convex above. Tergite 6 depressed on disk, subacutely rounded at apex.
Ventrite 6 strongly produced, somewhat narrowed to the rather broad sub-
truncate apex, which is very slightly emarginate in middle. Exposed dorsal
lip of ventrite 6 about twice as broad as in S. ashmeadiellce .* Head and
thorax moderately finely and closely punctured, the punctures finer on cheeks
and sides of propodeum and sparser on mesopleura. Clypeus minutely and
densely punctured. Labrum densely and finely punctured except in a de-
pressed polished triangular area on basal half. Posterior face of propodeum
polished, with a few scattered punctures laterally. Abdomen punctured
much like the mesonotum, the punctures a little sparser on last two tergites.
Last two ventrites much more finely and rather densely punctured, the punc-

* Cockerell in his report on the type of S. ontariana Sladen (1922, Can.
Ent., 54, p. 143) complains that he is unable to find the subapical carina of
the last ventral segment, which was stated by Eobertson to be present in
S. trypetina. Dr. Cockerell searched for this carina on the ventral surface,
whereas the carina, that Eobertson had in mind, is evidently on the exposed
dorsal surface of the sclerite and constitutes the basal boundary of what is
called the dorsal lip in this paper.

June, 1941]

Timberlake: Stelis

137

tures disappearing on apical margin of the sixth. Pubescence whitish,
rather thin and moderately long, not appreciably denser on pleura than on
notum of thorax, but distinctly denser on middle of face than on vertex.
Hair of clypeus rather dense, subappressed, but not concealing surface,
becoming brownish-ochreous on anterior border. Hair of abdomen short,
thin, subappressed, with a thin apical fringe on sides of first two tergites.
Yentrite 1 densely hairy at apex. Ventrites 2 to 5 each with an apical
fringe, rather thin and long on 2 and successively shorter and denser on
following segments. Length, about 5.5 mm.; anterior wing, 3.5 mm.; width
of abdomen at base, 1.7 mm.

Paratype female. — Differing from holotype in having labrum and tegulae
piceous, the former reddened laterally and at apex. Yentrite 6 entirely
dark. Length, 6 mm.; anterior wing, 3.6 mm.; width of abdomen, 1.8 mm.

Male. — Similar to female. Tergites 1 to 3 each with four spots, 4 usually
with four, sometimes with only the two median spots. Tergite 5 either en-
tirely black, or with two or even four small spots. In one male the two
median spots are enlarged on 2 and 3, even coalescing on 2 and narrowly
separated on 3 (the same specimen has four spots on tergite 5). Tegulae
ferruginous, or dusky ferruginous. Labrum dark. Yenter with apical
fringes and shining black corneous structure on middle of apical margin of
segment 4 much as in S. aslimeadiellce. Length, about 4.5-5 mm.; anterior
wing, 3.3-3. 7 mm. ; width of abdomen, 1.5-1. 6 mm.

Described from a small series collected at Riverside, California, by the
writer: One female (holotype), May 28, 1925, on Eschscholtzia calif ornica;
one female (paratype), May 27, 1932, on Eriogonum fasciculatum ; two
males (allotype and paratype) on Gutierrezia calif ornica, May 27 and 29,
1925; and two males (paratypes) in 1934, one on Encelia farinosa, April
25, the other on Cryptantha intermedia, May 2.

This species is named in memory of Charles Eobertson, noted
for his work on the anthophilous insects of southern Illinois.

138

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

HIBERNATION OF (MYLLOCERUS) CORIGETUS?

CASTANEUS ROELOFS

Hibernating adults of this weevil were taken from litter during
March and April of 1941. The collections were made around
trees that were almost completely defoliated, by the feeding of
the adults in late summer of last year. Specimens were taken
at Upper Montclair, Millburn and Atlantic Highlands. — F. A.
Soraci.

June, 1941]

Alexander: Crane-Flies

139

RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEOTROPICAL
CRANE-FLIES (TIPULID^E, DIPTERA), XII

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts

The preceding instalment under this general title was pub-
lished in June, 1940 (Journal of the New York Entomological
Society, 48: 105-116). The novelties discussed herewith were
received from Mr. Pablo Anduze, who collected them at San
Esteban and Borburata, Venezuela, between December, 1939,
and March, 1940. I am very deeply indebted to Mr. Anduze
for the privilege of retaining the types of these species ; wherever
represented by duplicates, allotype or paratype specimens have
been returned to Mr. Anduze for the National Collection.

Genus Ozodicera Westwood

Ozodicera (Ozodicera) striatipennis new species.

General coloration of mesonotum yellowish gray, the praescutum with four
conspicuous dark brown stripes; pleura yellowish gray pollinose; antennae,
with its branches, relatively short; flagellum black, the segments vaguely
paler at their bases; wings pale brown, conspicuously patterned with white,
especially in cells B and M and beyond the cord; cells M1 broadly sessile;
abdominal tergites obscure yellow, trivittate with black.

Female. — Length about 17 mm.; wing 14.5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head brown; palpi black. Antennae relatively
short; scape obscure yellow, pedicel clearer yellow; flagellum black, the bases
of the individual segments restrictedly paler; outer simple segments vaguely
more dimidiate, the basal half obscure brownish yellow to pale brown, the
outer portion darker; terminal segments broken, preceding three segments
short and decreasing very gradually in length outwardly. Head brownish
gray, the front and very narrow anterior orbits darker.

Pronotum yellowish gray, variegated with dark brown. Mesonotal
praescutum yellowish gray, with four conspicuous dark brown stripes, the
intermediate pair distinctly separated, their mesal edges on anterior fourth
more darkened; lateral stripes darker; humeral region blackened; scutum
and scutellum brown, the latter more yellow pollinose; mediotergite dark,
the surface yellow pollinose. Pleura conspicuously yellowish gray pollinose,
the ventral pleurites more pruinose; dorsopleural membrane darkened.
Halteres relatively long and slender, brownish black, the base of stem slightly
paler. Legs with the coxae gray pruinose ; trochanters obscure yellow ;

140

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

femora obscure yellow, the tips rather narrowly but conspicuously blackened ;
tibiae brown, the tips narrowly more blackened; tarsi black. Wings con-
spicuously patterned with pale brown and white, the latter chiefly as a broken
central longitudinal stripe; cells C and Sc more yellowish brown; the white
areas occupy the outer ends of cells R and M, most of cell 1st M2, subbasal
portions of R3 and R5, outer two-fifths of Rs, and broad bases of cells Mx
to Mi inclusive; veins dark brown, Sc more brownish yellow. Venation:
Cell Mi broadly sessile.

Abdominal tergites obscure yellow, trivittate with black, the median vitta
narrowly more interrupted on the basal ring; basal sternites obscure yellow,
the outer segments concealed by the overlapping tergal margins; ovipositor
with the cerci long and slender, brownish yellow.

Holotype, $, Antimano, Venezuela, altitude 900 meters, January 13, 1940
(E. Lichy) ; through P. Anduze.

Ozodicera ( Ozodicera ) striatipennis is closest to the Brazilian
0. (O.) epicosma Alexander, differing very conspicuously in the
nature of the wing pattern.

Genus Gonomyia Meigen

Gonomyia (Progonomyia) compacta new species.

General coloration gray, the prsescutum with four more or less distinct
brown stripes; thoracic pleura with a more or less distinct gray to clear
yellow stripe; knobs of halteres darkened; legs brownish yellow; wings sub-
hyaline, unpatterned except for the faintly indicated stigma; male hy-
popygium with the apex of basistyle terminating in three or four strong
flattened setae ; outer dististyle short and compact, heavily blackened ;
aedeagus with rounded lateral shoulders.

Male. — Length about 5-6 mm. ; wing 5.5-6.5 mm.

Eemale. — Length about 6-7 mm. ; wing 6-7 mm.

Eostrum brown; palpi black. Antennae black; flagellar segments long-
oval, the outer segments shorter and smaller. Head gray.

Pronotum and pretergites obscure yellow. Mesonotum brownish gray,
the posterior portion of scutellum more obscure yellow to brownish yellow;
praescutum, in cases, with four more or less distinct darker brown stripes;
humeral and lateral portions of praescutum obscure yellow. Pleura gray,
with a grayish to clear yellow longitudinal stripe. Halteres with stem ob-
scure yellow, knob dark brown. Legs with coxae darkened basally, the sur-
face pruinose; trochanters, light brownish yellow; remainder of legs brownish
yellow, the terminal tarsal segments darkened. Wings subhyaline, the pre-
arcular and costal portions more whitish; stigma oval, very pale brown;
veins dark, paler in the brightened portions. Venation: Scx ending beyond
midlength of the long Rs; m-cu at or just before fork of M.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, dark brown. Male hypopygium with
the terminal three or four setae of basistyle shorter and stouter than the

June, 1941]

Alexander : Crane-Flies

141

remainder but scarcely spinous. Outer dististyle short and compact, heavily
blackened, terminating in an acute spine. Inner dististyle with the apical
spine long and straight. .ZEdeagus ending in a short curved point, the lateral
shoulders rounded but relatively conspicuous.

Holotype, $, Borburata, altitude 500 meters, March 15, 1940 (Anduze).
Allotopotype, 9 , pinned with type. Paratopotypes, 8 $ 9 , with the types.
Paratype, 1 9> San Esteban, January 1, 1940 (Anduze).

The nearest allies are Gonomyia ( Progonomyia ) balzapambce
Alexander and G. (P.) patruelis Alexander, both of which differ
in the structure of the male hypopygium, especially of the
dististyles.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) anduzeana new species.

Belongs to the manca group ; mesonotum dark brown, the caudal border
of scutellum obscure yellow ; thoracic pleura brown with a conspicuous yellow-
ish white longitudinal stripe ; legs brownish yellow, the outer segments
darker; wings with a weak brown tinge, the costal border paler; Sc rela-
tively long; male hypopygium with the dististyle bilobed, the lateral lobe a
blackened spine; phallosome large and blackened, with a single blackened
spinous point.

Male. — Length about 3-3.5 mm.; wing 3.5-4 mm.

Rostrum obscure yellow; palpi black. Antennae black throughout. Head
dark gray, the occipital region more yellowish.

Pronotum and lateral pretergites china-white. Mesonotum chiefly dark
brown, the caudal border of scutellum obscure yellow. Pleura brown, with
a conspicuous yellowish white longitudinal stripe extending from the fore
coxae to the base of abdomen, passing beneath the root of the haltere.
Halteres dusky. Legs with the coxae testaceous, trochanters a little darker ;
remainder of legs obscure yellow to brownish yellow, the outer tarsal seg-
ments darker. Wings with a weak brown tinge, the prearcular and costal
portions more whitish; stigma scarcely indicated; veins brown. Venation:
Sc relatively long, Scx extending to shortly beyond the origin of Bs, Sca
immediately before this origin; m-cu close to fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown; sternites and hypopygium yellow. Male
hypopygium with the outer lobe of basistyle fleshy, cylindrical to feebly
bulbous at distal end. Dististyle bilobed, the lateral lobe a blackened spine
that bears a brush of setae in its curve; outer lobe obtuse and narrowly
blackened at apex, the fasciculate bristles near lateral margin. Phallosome
large and flattened, with a single blackened spinous point that bears a few
setae on lower face before the spine; margin of phallosome with a conspicuous,
obtusely rounded lobe.

Holotype, $ , San Esteban, January 6, 1940 (Anduze). Paratopotype, $,
with type.

142

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

I take great pleasure in dedicating this distinct species to the
collector, Mr. Pablo Anduze. It is entirely different from all
described species in the structure of the male hypopygium.
While somewhat similar to Gonomyia ( Lipophleps ) macswaini
Alexander, of northern Panama and Costa Rica, all details of
the male hypopygium are distinct.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) vindex new species.

Belongs to the manca group ; mesonotum brownish gray, the median region
of the scutum and the scutellum obscure yellow; thoracic pleura with a
scarcely indicated pale longitudinal stripe; legs brown; wings with a weak
brownish tinge; Scx ending opposite origin of Rs ; male hypopygium with
the basistyle produced into a stout fleshy lobe; dististyle bearing two power-
ful black spines on outer margin; phallosome prolonged apically into a neck
that terminates in a head and further provided with spinous points.

Male. — Length about 3.3 mm. ; wing 3.8 mm.

Rostrum obscure yellow; palpi black. Antennae black. Head brown-
ish gray.

Pronotum dark, china-white laterally. Mesonotum brownish gray, the
lateral pretergites china-white; median region of scutum and the scutellum
except at base obscure yellow. Pleura obscure yellow to pale brownish yel-
low, with a scarcely indicated paler ventral longitudinal stripe. Halteres
with stem pale, knob weakly darkened. Legs with the coxae and trochanters
testaceous yellow; remainder of legs brown, the tarsi a little darker. Wings
with a weak brown tinge, the prearcular and costal fields more whitish;
stigma scarcely differentiated; veins brown. Venation: Sc relatively long,
Scx ending immediately opposite origin of Rs, Sc2 a short distance from its
tip; m-cu at or just beyond fork of M.

Abdominal tergites brown; sternites and hypopygium more brownish yel-
low. Male hypopygium with the outer angle of basistyle produced into a
stout fleshy lobe that extends slightly beyond the level of all other elements
of the hypopygium. Dististyle bearing two powerful black spines on outer
margin. Phallosome a flattened pale mass that is produced apically into
a slender neck that bears an apical head, the latter further produced into
a slender straight spine, with a second smaller spine placed slightly more
distad; apex of head with abundant microscopic setulae; a strong curved
black spine at base of the apical prolongation of the phallosome.

Holotype, Borburata, altitude 500 meters, March 15, 1940 (Anduze).

Gonomyia {Lipophleps) vindex is quite distinct from all of the
now very numerous species of the subgenus that have been de-
scribed. The fly falls in that section where the male hypopygium
has the basistyle produced apically into a stout fleshy lobe so that
the dististyle is subterminal in position; dististyle with spinous

June, 1941]

Alexander: Crane-Flies

143

armature; phallosome asymmetrical and complex, provided with
blackened spinous points, including an apical one that terminates
a distinctly dilated head. It comes closest to G. (L.) macswaini
Alexander and G. (L.) anduzeana new species, yet is entirely
distinct.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) borburatana new species.

Belongs to the manca group; thoracic pleura weakly striped; legs pale
brown; wings pale brown, the prearcular and coastal fields more yellow;
Sc short; male hypopygium with the outer angle of basistyle prolonged into
a slender spine ; dististyle simple ; phallosome without blackened spines
or points.

Male. — Length about 3 mm.; wing 3 mm.

Rostrum obscure yellow; palpi black. Antennae brownish black. Head
buffy yellow.

Pronotum china-white. Mesonotum reddish brown, the praescutum darker
brown in front ; scutellum and mediotergite more infuscated, the former with
the posterior border obscure yellow. Pleura pale brown, with a scarcely
indicated paler ventral longitudinal stripe. Halteres weakly darkened, the
base of stem restrictedly pale. Legs pale brown. Wings with a pale brown
tinge, the prearcular and costal fields more yellow; veins brown. Venation:
Sc short, Sc± ending a distance before origin of Bs about equal to three-
fourths to four-fifths the total length of the latter vein; m-cu at or just
before fork of M.

Abdominal tergites pale brown; sternites more yellow; hypopygium ob-
scure yellow. Male hypopygium with the basistyle small, its outer apical
angle produced into a very long spine that is much longer than the dististyle.
Dististyle a simple elongate structure, slightly narrowed outwardly, both
margins weakly roughened or serrulate; fasciculate setae unequal in size.
Phallosome pale, without blackened spines or points.

Holotype, $, Borburata, altitude 500 meters, March 10, 1940 (Anduze).

Gonomyia ( Lipophleps ) 'bor'buraiana is quite different from
all regional species of the subgenus, differing especially in the
structure of the male hypopygium. Superficially, the hypo-
pygium resembles that of G: (L.) macintyrei Alexander but the
details of structure are entirely different.

Genus T eucholabis Osten Sacken

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) noctuma new species.

General coloration polished black, including the head and thorax; rostrum
unusually long; apices of knobs of halteres yellow; legs black, the femoral
bases more brightened ; wings whitish subhyaline, restrictedly patterned with
brown, including the narrow apex and a seam along cord; male hypopygium

144

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

with the outer dististyle very large and conspicuous, bilobed, both lobes ter-
minating in short spines; aedeagus terminating in a slender spine.

Male. — Length about 7 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Rostrum unusually long, exceeding in length the remainder of head, black;
palpi black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar segments passing through
oval to long-oval, gradually decreasing in size outwardly. Head polished
black.

' Thorax polished black, the pleura with a broad gray pruinose longitudinal
stripe extending from behind the fore coxae to the base of abdomen, passing
beneath the root of the halteres. Halteres black, the apex of knob restrict-
edly yellow. Legs with the coxae and trochanters black; femora black, the
bases a trifle paler, somewhat more extensively and broadly so on the middle
and hind legs; tibiae and tarsi uniformly black. Wings broad, whitish sub-
hyaline, restrictedly patterned with brown; cell Sc darkened except at outer
end; stigma and a narrow confluent seam on cord dark brown; wing tip nar-
rowly darkened, extending from cell E2 to M3 inclusive; no darkening of
cells basad of cord; veins black, the prearcular ones paler. Venation: Sc
relatively long, Scx extending to opposite three-fifths the length of Es, Sc2
a short distance from its tip; anterior branch of Es nearly straight; m-cu
about one-third to one-fourth its length beyond fork of M.

Abdomen black throughout. Male hypopygium with the lobe of basistyle
relatively short, flattened, at apex directed laterad into a strong black spine ;
inner margin of lobe with numerous setulae. Outer dististyle very large
and conspicuous, bilobed, both lobes terminating in short spines, the outer
lobe longest. Inner dististyle a blackened cultriform blade, the outer margin
simple, not bidentate. iEdeagus terminating in a slender, gently curved
spine.

Holotype, $, San Esteban, December 19, 1939 (Anduze).

Teuckolabis (T eucholabis) nocturna is readily distinguished
from other uniformly black species by the wing pattern and the
structure of the male hypopygium. The wing pattern is most
like that of T. (T.) decora Alexander, T. ( T .) stygica Alexander,
and similar forms, but the species is entirely distinct.

Genus Gnophomyia Osten Sacken

Gnophomyia (Gnophomyia) digitiformis new species.

General coloration brown, the thoracic pleura indistinctly variegated with
yellow; antennal flagellum black; wings with a very faint dusky tinge, the
stigma lacking or restricted to a narrow seam along vein E1+2; male hy-
popygium with the sides of tergite produced into slender finger-like lobes.

Male. — Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 7 mm.

Rostrum dark brown; palpi black. Antennae with the scape and pedicel
brownish yellow, flagellum black ; flagellar segments subcylindrical, the
verticils subequal in length to the segments. Head gray.

•Tune, 1941]

Alexander: Crane-Flies

145

Pronotum pale brown. Mesonotum medium brown, without praescutal
stripes, the humeral region of prsescutum vaguely brightened. Pleura brown,
with a more yellowish longitudinal stripe involving the dorsal sternopleurite
and ventral pteropleurite. Halteres with stem obscure yellow, knob dark-
ened. Legs with the coxae yellow, the middle pair slightly more darkened;
trochanters yellow; femora, tibiae and basitarsi obscure yellow or brownish
yellow, the tips of the tibiae and basitarsi narrowly more darkened; terminal
tarsal segments uniformly dark brown. Wings with a very faint dusky tinge,
the prearcular field more fiavous; stigma lacking or barely indicated by a
darkened seam along vein B1+2; veins brown. Venation: Sc1 ending oppo-
site B2, the latter just beyond the fork of B2+s+i ; r-m close to fork of Bs;
m-cu nearly its own length beyond fork of M.

Abdominal tergites brownish yellow, the sternites clearer yellow; hy-
popygium scarcely darkened. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle
rather strongly arcuated, conspicuously narrowed on outer fourth, the apex
narrowly subacute. Inner dististyle relatively small and weak, narrowed
apically. Phallosome broad, the aedeagus extending caudad beyond the level
of the phallosomie mass; sides of tergal plate produced caudad into slender
fingerlike lobes, one on either side of the phallosome.

Holotype, $, San Esteban, December 19, 1939 (Anduze).

Gnophomyia ( Gnophomyia ) digit if or mis is generally similar
to G. ( G .) subhyalina Alexander, differing especially in the
structure of the male hypopygium, as the dististyles and the ter-
gite. The peculiar digitiform tergal lobes on either side of the
phallosome (as they appear in a microscopic slide mount) are not
found in any other of the now numerous species of the genus in
Tropical America.

Gnophomyia (Gnophomyia) stenophallus new species.

Allied to subhyalina ; general coloration brown, the thoracic pleura bright-
ened on ventral portion; wings with a weak brown tinge; B2 very faint to
subatrophied, placed close to fork of -K2 + 3 + 4; male hypopygium with both
dististyles blackened, the outer style unusually straight, gradually narrowed
to the subacute tip; inner style parallel-sided, its tip subtruncate; phallo-
somic mass blackened apically, widest at base.

Male. — Length about 5 mm.; wing 5.2 mm.

Rostrum light brown, palpi slightly darker. Antennae with basal three or
four segments pale brown or yellowish brown, the outer segments darker;
flagellar segments oval, gradually decreasing in size outwardly. Head gray;
eyes (male) very large, reducing the anterior vertex to a narrow line.

Pronotum darkened, the pretergites yellow. Mesonotum almost uniformly
brown, the surface very sparsely pruinose, the scutal callosities more yellow-
ish; lateral margins of prsescutum behind the pseudosutural foveae restrict-
edly yellow. Pleura with the dorsal sclerites darker brown than the ventral

146

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

and posterior ones, forming a vague stripe on the anepisternum. Halteres
dusky, the base of stem yellow. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow;
remainder of legs yellow, the terminal tarsal segments darkened ; very vague
indications of a narrow darkened subterminal ring on femora. Wings with
a weak brown tinge, the prearcular field slightly more yellow; veins brown.
Venation: S cx ending just before fork of E2+3+i, Sc2 some distance from its
tip and nearly opposite the fork of Rs; E2 close to fork of R2+ 3+4, very faint
to nearly atrophied ; r-m at fork of M ; cell 1st M2 widened outwardly ; m-cu
approximately one-half its length beyond the fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites more yellow; hypopygium
brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle unusually
straight, blackened, gradually narrowed to the subacute tip; inner style a
similarly blackened, parallel-sided rod, the tip subtruncate but not widened.
Phallosome massive, blackened apically, unusually narrow, widest at base,
the apex with a microscopic median notch.

Holotype, $, San Esteban, January 6, 1940 (Anduze).

Gnophomyia {Gnophomyia) stenophallus is closest to G. (G.)
subhyalina Alexander, differing especially in the structure of the
male hypopygium, notably of the inner dististyle and the phal-
losome.

Gnophomyia ( Gnophomyia ) rubicundula Alexander.

1921. Gnophomyia rubicundula Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, 1921 : 74-75.

The unique type (Yurimaguas, Peru, April 1, 1920, H. S.
Parish) was described as being a male. The genitalia of the dry
specimen was badly shrunken and it was only when a slide mount
was made that it was found to represent the female sex. The
valves of the ovipositor are unusually short and fleshy, the cerci
being reduced to triangular plates that are provided with setae
to their tips.

Genus Neognopliomyia Alexander

Neognophomyia monophora new species.

General coloration yellow to fulvous yellow; thoracic pleura with two
major black spots to form an interrupted dorsal stripe; legs yellow, the
four terminal tarsal segments infuscated; wings subhyaline, with a narrow
dark band along cord; male hypopygium with the inner dististyle terminat-
ing in a simple blackened point; phallosome terminating in a single small
black knob.

Male. — Length about 5 mm.; wing 5 mm.

Female. — Length about 6 mm.; wing 6 mm.

June, 1941]

Alexander : Crane-Flies

147

Rostrum yellow; palpi brown. Antennae with scape and pedicel brownish
yellow, flagellum dark brown; flagellar segments oval to long-oval. Head
yellow; anterior vertex relatively narrow.

Pronotum and mesonotum almost uniformly yellow to fulvous yellow, the
surface polished, the lateral praescutal stripes and centers of the scutal lobes
a trifle darkened. Pleura yellow, with major black areas on the anepister-
num and pleurotergite, separated by the pale pteropleurite. Halteres with
stem yellow, knob infuscated. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow;
remainder of legs yellow, the four terminal tarsal segments infuscated.
Wings subhyaline; a narrow dark band along cord, extending from the
stigma to posterior end of m-cu; veins brownish yellow to pale brown,
darker in the central clouded area. Venation: E2 at near midlength of
petiole of cell R3; m-cu a little less than its own length beyond the fork
of M.

Abdomen of male yellow, narrowly darkened laterally, the subterminal
segments weakly darkened; hypopygium yellow,. In the female, abdomen
with tergites more extensively dark brown, including the lateral portions of
the more basal segments and all of segments five and six; sternites pale.
Male hypopygium with the inner dististyle terminating in a narrow black-
ened point. Interbases entirely pale, sinuous, the distal half a long straight
spine. Phallosome a broadly depressed plate, the apex a single slender black-
ened knob; a more slender pale blade lying above the phallosome.

Holotype, $, San Esteban, December 28, 1939 (Anduze). Allotopotype,
$ , pinned with type. Paratypes, 2 $ $ , Borburata, altitude 500 meters,
March 10-15, 1940 (Anduze).

Neognophomyia monophora is entirely distinct from the now
rather numerous species. The nearest described form is N.
trinitatis Alexander, which has the male hypopygium entirely
distinct. The hypopygial structures described here and else-
where as being interbases certainly appear to be such, but the
strict homologies cannot be affirmed at this time.

Genus Cryptolabis Osten Sacken

Cryptolabis (Cryptolabis) nebulicincta new species.

General coloration yellow, the mesonotal praescutum reddish brown; a con-
spicuous, dark brown, dorsal pleural stripe; legs dark brown; wings with a
weak dusky tinge, the prearcular field more yellowish; a very diffuse dusky
seam along the cord; macrotrichia in all but basal portions of cells beyond
cord; Rs long, sinuous on distal half; abdomen yellow, the caudal margins
of the tergites broadly and conspicuously blackened.

Female. — Length about 4.5 mm.; wing 5.2 mm.

Rostrum testaceous yellow; palpi black. Antennae with the scape and
pedicel dark brown, flagellum paler brown. Head yellow.

148

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

Pronotum yellow above, dark brown on sides. Mesonotal prsescutum
reddish brown, the lateral margins restrictedly pale yellow; scutal lobes
slightly darker brown; median region of scutum and the scutellum more
testaceous yellow, the latter slightly pruinose; mediotergite darkened.
Pleura yellow, with a conspicuous, dark brown, longitudinal stripe extending
from the pronotum across the dorsal pleurotergite to the abdomen, passing
above the root of the halteres. Halteres yellow. Legs with the coxae and
trochanters yellowish testaceous; remainder of legs dark brown, the femoral
bases restrictedly obscure yellow. Wings with a weak dusky tinge, the pre-
arcular field more yellow; a very diffuse dusky seam along the cord, not
quite attaining the posterior border behind; a less evident darkened seam
along vein Cu in cell M-, wing-axil darkened; veins brown, more yellowish in
the prearcular and subcostal fields. Numerous macrotrichia in cells beyond
cord, lacking only in the basal portions of these cells. Venation: Es long,
sinuous on distal half; _B2+3 angulated and short-spurred at near midlength;
m-cu about its own length beyond the fork of M.

Abdominal segments yellow, the caudal margins of the tergites broadly
and conspicuously blackened to produce a ladder-like appearance.

Holotype, $, San Esteban, December 19, 1939 (Anduze).

Crypt olabis ( Crypt olabis ) nebulicincta is closest to C. (C.)
laticostata Alexander (Ecuador) and C. ( C .) schadeana Alex-
ander (Southeastern Brazil), differing from both in the colora-
tion of the body and wings, and from the latter in the pattern
of the legs.

June, 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

149

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE BEHAVIOR OF
CERTAIN INSECTS TO DIFFERENT
WAVE-LENGTHS OF LIGHT

By Harry B. Weiss, Frank A. Soraci and
E. E. McCoy, Jr.

This paper covers the results obtained by testing the color
responses of 22 species of insects, the notes thereon having
accumulated since the first tests involving 18 species were made
and reported upon in this Journal for March 1941. The same
apparatus was used and the same procedure was followed as were
outlined in the March 1941 paper and there is no need to describe
either again. Except where noted, adult stages were used and
the physical intensities of the wave-lengths of the light were
equalized by the methods previously described. In fact, this
paper is, for the most part, an extension of the first one.

Twenty-two species, representing seven orders, were tested for
15 minutes for their color reactions and the results are outlined
in Table 1. In addition, the behavior of these species is shown
graphically on Plates 4 and 5 together with the behavior of those
tested previously and reported in the first paper. These “ be-
havior curves” should not be regarded as continuous records of
the reactions of the insects to that portion of the electromagnetic
spectrum from 3650 to 7400 angstrom units. As a matter of fact,
the insects were exposed to only eight bands, these having peaks
of energy at .365, .436, .464, .492, .515, .606, .642, and .720 microns
respectively.1 In other words, each curve simply connects the
points that represent the percentage distribution of the reacting
numbers of each species, and gives one a rough idea of the rela-
tive responses of the species to certain wave-lengths in the spec-
trum, when light of equal energy or physical intensity was used.
Conversely, the relative efficiency of wave-lengths of equal energy
is demonstrated.

1 These peaks occur in transmitted bands, extending as follows: 3650-
3663; 4120-4760; 4420-5000; 4700-5280; 4940-5660; 5900-6420; 6120-
6860 ; 6620-7400 angstrom units. The order as given is identical with the
order of the peaks. See Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Mar., 1941, p. 1-20.

Distribution in Percentages of Number Reacting Positively to Different Wave-Lengths

{Continued)

152

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Some previous workers have concluded that photopositive
insects appear to “see” ultra-violet better than the other parts
of the spectrum, basing their conclusions on experiments in which
light of unequal energy was used over different portions of the
spectrum and then calculating the relative effects of equal
energies.

Sanders2 has questioned the validity of these methods, and
in his work with the honey bee, he found that, when light of
equal energy was used at all parts of the spectrum, there was no
trace of a high maximum at 3650 angstrom units.

An examination of the “behavior curves” from 1 to 28 in-
clusive, on Plates 4 and 5 indicates that Sanders’ conclusion may
be correct. The responses of the 29 species, which are all gen-
erally regarded as photopositive were, for the most part, remark-
ably constant with respect to certain characteristics. Of the 29
species, 18 showed a peak response at .492 microns (blue-blue-
green), 7 at .365 microns (ultra-violet), 3 at .436 microns*
(\ ’olet-blue), and 1 at .515 microns (blue-green). In all cases
the peaks took place between .365 and .566 microns, and the longer
wave-lengths had comparatively little attractive value. The sec-
ondary peaks which occur in many of these curves appear quite
significant, but at this time we are in no position to offer explana-
tions for them. These “behavior curves,” we believe, have value
only in demonstrating the efficiency of certain wave-lengths as
compared to others and in calling attention to the trend of be-
havior under the conditions of the experiments. The fact that
small numbers of insects reacted positively to wave-lengths of
apparently little stimulating value may be due to various factors
such as certain physiological states, an unfavorable position when
first placed in the testing box which resulted in the insects not
being truly oriented to the most stimulating wave-lengths, or to
other factors which reduced their receptivity.

The “behavior curves” of Gryllus luctuosus (7), Diabrotica
vittata (13A), Anasa tristis (18), Musca domestica (20) and
Bruckus obtectus (21, 25) do not exhibit pronounced peaks as
do many of the other photopositive species. Without attempting

2 Sanders, W., Z. vergl. Physiol., 20 (1933), 267-86 (response to light of
different wave-length in honey bee).

June, 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

153

o

+0 'PI

<1 °

oooooiooooioooiqooooLooooioiqoooo
id(x>cDcdo^TtJ'x>t^^icu^OTHioT^ri]'^iot^irfco’©cico«dioic
oa o j (M w oi cq w (M cq c i cm <m ©q cq cq cm cm cq cq cm cq cm ci cq ©q ci ©q

oooooot^iooooooo

OOIOIOO

o

>

'43 .2 "

P3 £

COffiCffitDOOOO^XOOO*®*
, lococococoio^m^coLo^m^co

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOrHOOOOOOi— li — IOO
030105C50105010501C10'. OsOJOlOlQOlQOlOSOiGlOlOldlOldi

N H OO 00 00 L>

©q co i-i

P oT io" of ccT t»T of co io' ^tT -ctT co* co" o' o' go'
©q ©q cq t-h ©q ©q i — 1 1 — i ih

COCO CjfO 0*

tt’ oOOOijO^OyOoOoOOpUjOuJOSjjjOo

© o3
VI VI

*PH3
d 3 IS

»5

~ ©
05 ©

S S3
PS o
5*5 !S
S> 00

Pi Eh

-

51:1

©

2j ^5

S £ 2
■Js © ©

■| e «

.S'©©

>%

03

VI jQ
00 &

e ©

QO .

B 42

§ sf

©q

co co S

§ § .2
SS.SS.rg

05

*~

CO CO CO

>43 Sf-h i £

^.oo^QD
Q o' § 2 05 «o

■§ -2 I | .§ .§

g ss ^ § © ©
5 o s « u

e ©

Ph

ss^l

05 r-O r©
CO O O

O -K>
CO ©
O Sp-

■K> r©
§-.§

® e!l 1

^ ?S ^
^ ^ ^

S3

2 ~ ~ £■ © ©
rg ^ e, 2 so s 8
?S| O © © ?*> S- S>
^(^(^Ci^pcjpq

O

•<o <^>

©>.2

eE

00
©

'S ^ CO
©

r° K •
& «
P e S

6 I
^ 21
"co §

.2 - e

III

s- 52 ©
Eh Pi

1*1 §

e © I

2 '© r©

© -5 ©
Eh Kj

154-

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

to explain the reasons for this, it should be mentioned that
Gryllus luctuosus, Diabrotica vittata, and Anasa tristis were
about ready for hibernation when they were tested. One does not
expect pronounced responses to light from insects that are about
to hibernate or from the housefly, which is seemingly indifferent
to light except when disturbed. Dates tested, relative humidity
and temperatures are found in Table 2. The fact that all species
do not behave similarly under similar conditions is shown by the
behavior of the 7 species that peaked at .365 microns (ultra-
violet).

The similarity of the behavior of different lots of the same
species or of successive tests of the same lot of specimens is shown
by “behavior curves” 21 and 25, and 23 and 24. The first lot of
Bruchus obt edits, in which 1117 insects were involved, reacted
as shown by curve 21. The second lot, in which 95 insects were
tested about 50 days later, reacted as shown by curve 25. For
the most part the curves are similar. The two curves in each
of the figures 23 and 24 represent the behavior of the same indi-
viduals three days apart. They follow the same trend.

For the photopositive species that were tested under the condi-
tions described, it may be stated that, with lights of equal energy,
wave-lengths from 3650 to 5660 angstrom units had a decided
stimulating value, and that within this portion of the spectrum,
a band of from 4700 to 5280 angstrom units had the greatest
stimulating value for most of the species. With the equalization
of the physical intensities of our lights, the responses obtained
from the photopositive species should be due to wave-length alone.

Although the apparatus in use was not designed for testing the
behavior of photonegative insects, the reactions of eight photo-
negative species are reported as a matter of interest. As it was
impossible, on account of the circular arrangement of the cham-
bers, to have one that was completely dark, the same filters and
the same arrangements were used for both photopositive and
photonegative insects, and all lights were of equal energy. A
description of the equipment and methods will be found in our
first paper published in this Journal for March 1941.

The results of the tests of the photonegative species are found
both in Table 1 and on Plate 2, numbers 29 to 38. It will not

June, 1941]

Weiss et al. : Insects & Light

155

do to draw many conclusions from the “behavior curves’ ’ 29 to
38. They have certain characteristics in common. For the most
part the peaks occur in that portion of the spectrum with wave-
lengths from 5900 to 7400, and the band 4700-5280, that was the
most attractive to the photopositive species, was the least at-
tractive one for the photonegative species. Aside from the
decided negative reaction to 4700-5280 angstrom units, the bal-
ance of the behavior as recorded may not be a positive movement
to certain wave-lengths, so much as a dispersal in search of dark-
ness which could not be found, and the wave-lengths in which
the peaks occur may represent those that were least objectionable
rather than attractive. The two tests of Japanese beetle larvae
(34) represent two different lots with a month between the tests.
Their behavior in both cases was almost identical.

Species which failed to react either photopositively or photo-
negatively were silk- worm adults and larvae, Bombyx mori L.,
and the larvae of N eodiprion lecontei Fitch. The latter saw-fly
larvae were full grown and about to pupate. In the case of the
silk-worm adults and larvae, this species has been under domesti-
cation for so many years that it appears to have lost its capacity
for responses to some stimuli that activate other species.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

For generously supplying the specimens used in the tests, our
sincere thanks are hereby given to Mr. R. J. Sim, Mr. Paul L.
Holcombe, New Jersey Department of Agriculture; Dr. R. W.
Glaser, Dr. L. O. Kunkel, Rockefeller Institute for Medical Re-
search, Princeton, N. J. ; Dr. A. Glenn Richards, Jr., University
of Pennsylvania ; Dr. N. V. Anthony, American Museum of Nat-
ural History; Dr. H. F. Dietz, Du Pont de Nemours Co., Inc.,
Wilmington, Delaware; Mr. I. W. Bales, Chipman Chemical Co.,
Inc., Bound Brook, N. J. ; Mr. T. R. Gardner, and Mr. R. C.
Brown, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United
States Department of Agriculture, and Dr. Wm. Moore, American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.

156

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

Plate IV

Figure 1. Leptinotarsa decemlineata.
Figure 2. Epicauta pennsylvanica.

Figure 3. Epilachna corrupta.

Figure 3A. Chrysochus auratus.

Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.
Figure 8.
Figure 9.
Figure 10.
Figure 11.
Figure 12.

Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus.
Galerucella notata.

Chalepus dorsalis.

Gryllus luctuosus.

Scolytus multistriatus.
Hylurgopinus rufipes.
Rhyssematus lineaticollis.
Cyllene robinice.

Popillia japonica.

Figure 13. Tetraopes spp.
Figure 13A. Diabrotica vittata.
Figure 14. Macrosteles divisus.

Figure 15.
Figure 16.
Figure 17.
Figure 18.
Figure 19.
Figure 20.
Figure 21.
Figure 22.
Figure 23.

Agallia sanguinolenta.

Eutettix tenellus.

Leptocoris trivittatus.

Anasa tristis.

Corythucha ciliata.

Musca domestica.

Bruchus obtectus.

Triaspis thoracicus (males).

Aphodius fimetarius (dotted line, same insects tested 3 days
later).

Figure 24.

Aphodius distinctus (dotted line, same insects, 3 days later).

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

(Plate IV)

Xte .6+2 -^.cRofi0

o

^sas

158

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Figure 25.
Figure 26.
Figure 27.
Figure 28.
Figure 29.
Figure 30.
Figure 31.
Figure 32.
Figure 33.
Figure 34.

Figure 35.
Figure 36.
Figure 37.
Figure 38.

Plate Y

Bruchus obtectus.

Tenodera sinensis (1-day-old nymphs).

Microplectron fuscipennis.

Myllocerus castaneus.

Aedes cegypti (females).

Aedes cegypti (males).

Aedes cegypti (males and females).

Tineola biselliella.

Dermestes vulpinus (larvae).

Popillia japonica (larvae) (dotted line represents testing of a sec-
ond lot).

Auioserica castanea.

N yet obates pennsylvanica.

Achroia grisella (larvae).

Galleria melonella.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), You. XLIX

(Plate V)

Males

A A

— 30

-L

Doth $ R \

r an

a

Ji nk, 3941]

Townsend : Cephenemyia

161

AN UNDESCRIBED AMERICAN CEPHENEMYIA

By Charles H. T. Townsend

The writer is indebted to Dr. Cornelius B. Philip, through Dr.
R. R. Parker, Director of the Rocky Mountain Laboratory at
Hamilton, Montana, for the material described below as well as
for information relating to it.

Cephenemyia jellisoni new species

Length, 14 mm. One male, Girds Point Lookout, Ravalli County, Mon-
tana, about 7700 feet, August, 1938 (William L. Jellison). Holotype in
U.S.N.M.

Male vertex almost i head width. Pile of head pale yellowish, with black-
ish on outer side of parafrontalia and on most of parafacialia. Same yellow-
ish pile on thorax, with black band between wing bases and some black inter-
spersed on mesopleura. Abdominal pile pale rufous, with short blackish on
broad sides of second segment and long yellowish on sides and venter of first
segment. Wings brown in 1R and on R6, less so in 2S, 3R and 6R, rest clear.
Squamae pale yellowish tinged. Femora with yellowish pile except broadly
terminally.

This species has the black mesoscutal band of pratti and the
wing infuscation of phobifer. Named in honor of the collector,
who on April 28, 1933, also secured from Odocoileus hemionus
in Ravalli county, Montana, the maggot III from which the fol-
lowing description has been made.

Maggot III — Length, 33 mm. Dorsal spines much larger than ventral,
which are more numerous and more closely set. Fourteen segments including
the pseudocephalon, which is bare. Antennae each with pair of micro brown-
ish circles on tip. Labial sclerites (moutlihooks) strongly curved back hook-
like. Fourteenth segment much reduced and terminal ventrally, while the
anal stigmata though pertaining thereto are set in the posterior face of the
thirteenth and well above the body of the fourteenth. All spine tips are dis-
tinctly but only slightly reclinate with the sole exception of those on posterior
margin of twelfth segment which are distinctly proclinate. The rows of
spines are more or less irregular and are all in bands anteriorly on segments
unless otherwise stated.

Upper or dorsal surface — Second segment, about 3 or 4 irregular rows of
spines but the anterior row stouter by far than the rest; 3d, bare, midplate
bearing some 3 dozen brown dots in 3 longitudinally disposed groups; 4th,

162

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

not the faintest sign of anterior spiracles, 2 to 3 irregular spine rows in
doubly sinuate band with front row much stouter than others, a few micro
dots behind spines each side and a few posteriorly on middle; 5th, 3 rows,
hind row not so stout as others, more micro dots each side and some strung
along middle on posterior edge, continuing thus to 12th segment; 6th, about 4
rows, hind row less stout; 7th, about 5 or 6 rows, 2 front rows occupying
only middle i with group at each end laterally, hind row or two less stout;
8th, about 5 rows and like preceding ; 9th, nearly same as preceding but spines
not quite so thickly placed; 10th, 3 or 4 irregular rows still less thickly
placed; 11th, 2 or 3 rows still more irregular and scattered; 12th, a few
Avidely scattered spines anteriorly but on posterior rim 1 to 3 rows of proclin-
ate spines, intervening space extensively set with scattered brown dots; 13th,
bare of spines but many brown dots, anal stigmata set in posterior face and
with arcuate group of dots over them, plates characteristic and with 3 sepa-
rated micro tubercles on outer upper margin of each; 14th, micro dotted on
upper face, row of small spines posteriorly, below which is the swollen tip
bearing about 4 rows of larger spines. Segments 6 to 10 show short trans-
verse posterior row laterally joining posterior group of ventral side.

Under or ventral surface — Second segment, about 4 rows of very micro
spines; 3d, bare; 4th, 2 rows on middle and increased to about 4 rows at
sides, large spines only at lateral ends; 5th, about 4 rows increased laterally
to 5 or 6 with large spines at ends; 6th, about 5 or 6 rows, band wider at
ends and there bearing large spines; 7th, over front | covered with about 7
rows of small spines, becoming large spines only at lateral ends ; 8th to 10th,
same in about 8 rows; lltli, same but spines more irregular; 12th, about 6
or 7 rows of scattered spines and many small dots; 13th, only 1 to 3 rows
of scattered spines, rest all covered with dots; 14th, small and surmounted
with spines as already described. Segments 7 to 12 show lateral groups of
dots posteriorly, the number of dots becoming successively greater.

The ranges of the 3 nonpolar American species are as follows :

C. phobifer Clark — New York to northern Georgia and west-
ward to the eastern half of the Dakotas (syns. macrotis Brauer
on maggot III, abdominalis Aldrich on male fly). Somewhat
over 5000 feet.

C. pratti Hunter — Western Texas to Durango and lowland
California (syn. mexicana BB nomen nudum on maggot III).
Ascending to about 7500 feet.

C. jellisoni TT — Western Montana to New Mexico, northern
Arizona and highland California. About 8000 to over 12,000
feet, being lower altitudes in north and higher in south.

The writer was in error in 1917 (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XXY,
100, 102, 103) in extending the range of pratti to the Atlantic

June, 1941]

Townsend: Cephenemyia

163

seaboard. It now seems evident that the males sensed in swift
flight by the writer on top of Elk Mountain in northern New
Mexico in 1916 were jellisoni. Those sensed by him in 1892 on
top of Humphreys Peak, Arizona, and in 1898 on top of Sierra
Blanca, southern New Mexico, were probably the same species and
not pratti.

These 3 species, now known in both fly and maggot III, may be
separated in both by the following keys :

Male Flies

1. Black mesoscutal band absent, only the ends showing at wing bases ; wings

blackish near costal border phobifer C

Black mesoscutal band entire 2

2. Wings black at extreme base only pratti Hntr

Wings brown near costal border jellisoni TT

Maggots III

1. Ventral spines somewhat larger than dorsal spines phobifer C

Dorsal spines larger than ventral spines 2

2. Labial sclerites gently arcuate but not curved posteriorly pratti Hntr

Labial sclerites strongly curved posteriorly and describing more than a

semicircle jellisoni TT

Note: C. jellisoni was recorded by Jellison as pratti in 1935
(Pr. Helminth. Soc. Washington, II, 69).

The writer has not seen the maggot III of phobifer. But
Brauer’s macrotis maggot III can have been no other than pho-
bifer, because of the respective ranges of the 3 species. Neither
pratti nor jellisoni range as far east as the old Northwest Terri-
tory, which comprised Minnesota, the eastern Dakotas and west-
ern Iowa. Nor does pratti range that far north. C. jellisoni is
the distinctively high altitude or Rocky Mountain species, while
pratti is the lower southern or Sierra Madre species. The mag-
got III from wapiti determined by Brauer as ulrichii was prob-
ably jellisoni.

June, 1943]

TlNKHAM : ClCADIDAS

165

BIOLOGICAL AND FAUNISTIC NOTES ON THE
CICADID^ OF THE BIG BEND REGION
OF TRANS-PECOS TEXAS

By E. R. Tinkham

An entomologist for the first time on the desert of southwestern
Texas is singularly impressed by the insect life of the desert, par-
ticularly the great development of some groups and the paucity
or total absence of others. Nor is the insect life as abundant as
is often imagined, but some families such as the Acrididae and
Asilidae and others, present a strikingly rich fauna not only by
their numbers but also in the abundance of their species.

This is especially true of the Cicadidae. In the spring-time the
desert rings with their piercing shrills and trilling songs. To
the cicada hunter the note of each species is as distinctive and
interesting as the songs of the various warblers to the ornitholo-
gist. He comes to know them by the power and pitch of the trill,
and is ever listening for a song that is strange and new. To the
uninitiated, and perhaps the uninterested, the song of any one
cicada sounds like all the others. Furthermore a cicada singing
on the desert means more to the cicada collector and student than
does a cicada in Louisiana, Minnesota, or any other wooded state,
simply because, in the latter regions, the cicada is nearly always
up in some tall tree, often impossible to locate and as difficult to
approach and capture. In contrast, the vegetation on the desert
is usually short and sparse, enabling the hunter to readily locate
the cicada and perhaps capture it. On the other hand the higher
temperature, the clarity of the atmosphere and the openness of
the cover make the cicada extremely wary and it is usually found
in some thorny tree or bush such as mesquite, ocotillo, or catclaw,
or hiding among the spines of the prickly pear. The cicada col-
lector trying to capture his specimen under these conditions
usually attempts it only once for no matter of what strong con-
struction the bag of the net is made, it is often badly torn and
tangled up amongst the claws and spines. The cicada invariably
escapes.

166

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

To capture desert cicada, the writer achieved excellent results
with a cicada swatter. This is built on the same principle as a
huge fly swatter. To construct it requires only a few minutes’
work. A stick of wood some four or five feet long and an inch
in thickness is selected for the handle. Then a piece of wire
screen about ten inches wide and fourteen inches long is cut out
and the base reinforced by folding in the corners at one end.
This reinforced base is tacked on strongly to the end of the handle
and the swatter is ready for use.

The hunter cautiously approaches the wary cicada trilling on
some ocotillo stem, or other spiny plant, with the cicada swatter
outstretched at arm’s length and off to one side of the singer.
When about even with it a sudden swinging blow catches the
cicada on the plant or just as it commences to fly away, the flex-
ible screen wire stunning it and knocking it to the earth, where
it can readily be retrieved. On the morning of June 8, 1930, in
the Chinatis Mountains of Presidio County, Trans-Pecos Texas,
the writer caught forty males and seven females of the rare and
wily Tibicen townsendi Uhler by this method. It was possibly
90 per cent effective, only a few cicadas making an escape. Only
by this method could the species have been captured, for it is
exceedingly wary. It was difficult enough trying to get within
striking distance with the swatter, let alone trying to use an
insect net.

The writer’s attempts to photograph the trilling Townsend
cicada at a distance of several feet proved quite a different matter
and far more exasperating, and it was indeed taxing on patience,
as well as on energy, to do this under a blazing desert sun. In
his studies on cicadas as part of a large-scale plan to study the
animal and plant life of the desert of southwestern Texas, the
writer had hoped to obtain photographs of the mode of trilling in
the various species of cicadas of that region. Unfortunately a
number of those taken were ruined for reproduction by a some-
what faulty bellows. The writer left the desert regions before
he had completed his studies.

It is hoped that the following notes made from the writer’s
experience during the summers of 1929 and 1930 will be of some
value to the student and contribute towards an understanding

June, 1941]

Tinkham: Cicaduue

167

of the cicadas of this particular region. From time to time the
author plans to publish notes and papers on the desert life of
this region. Three have already appeared1 and others are being
prepared.

The writer wishes to thank Mr. Wm. T. Davis who has been
most gracious and prompt in determining the Cicadas collected
by the author.

FAUNAL DISTRIBUTION

The Big Bend region, that area of Trans-Pecos Texas lying
north of the Big Bend of the Rio Grande and extending north
through the Davis Mountains area, may be divided into several
vegetational types or faunal regions. These represent two main
types, the Lower and Upper Sonoran Faunal Zones, and each is
characterized by plants and animals more or less peculiar to it.
Due to the rugged physiography of the region however these two
zones are never uniform, floristically speaking, but each is a com-
posite of various plant groups of various sizes called associations
or, in a more restricted sense, communities, and each of these has
its own dominant plants. Nor is there any sharply defined line
but one zone merges imperceptibly into the other.

The Rio Grande Valley proper is dominated largely by mes-
quite Prosopis chilensis, with scattered groves of cottonwoods
and willows occurring along old water courses. In places where
the soil is alkaline, screw mesquite P. pubescens, occurs, and cat-
claw, Acacia greggii, is found in adobe arroyo flats. Along the
margin of the Rio Grande impenetrable thickets of Mexican jar a,
Baccharis glutinosa abound, but of all, the mesquite is the domi-
nant plant.

The mesa commences as a low escarpment running more or less
parallel to the river and at about one mile distant from the river.
It gradually rises in elevation northward to merge with the lower
slopes of the Chinati Mountains about 20 miles to the north.
Everywhere it is transversed by numerous arroyos which have cut

1 The Odonata Fauna, Can. Ent., October, 1934.

The Mutillid Fauna, Can. Ent., October, 1935.

Western Orthoptera Attracted to Light, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 46: 339-
353.

The Orthopteran Fauna, MS., 175 pages.

168

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

valleys of various sizes into the mesa. The mesa is dominated by
the creosote bush, Covillea trident at a, with scattered plants of
Spanish dagger, Yucca macrocarpa, and Ocotilla, Fouquieria
splendens, which is often called the “Flame of the Desert.”
Many species of cactus abound, chief of which are the prickly
pear ( Opuntia spp.). Patahaya (0. stramineus) and in certain
areas cane cactus (0. arborescens) forms communities of its own.
In the arroyo valleys crossing the mesa, mesquite, Condalia ovata,
desert willow, Chilopsis linearis, and other plants are found along
the margins of the dry streams. In other regions where the soil
is sandier, especially the large alluvial sand fans built up at the
mouth of larger arroyos coming into the valley, Huisache, Acacia
farnesiana, narrow-leaved yucca, Yucca elata, and desert willow
are dominant, with clumps of Covillea here and there.

Many of the valleys in the Chinati Mountains have mesquite,
catclaw and condalia along the stream beds, and in the larger
arroyos, where water occurs, cottonwoods are found.

The lower levels of the Chinatis ranging from 4500 to 5500
feet, are dominated by Sotol, Dasylirion texana, and Lechuguila,
Agave lechuguilla, with Covillea, Ocotilla, Huisache, and other
shrubs and plants present. Above 5500 feet grasslands pre-
dominate on the mountain plateaux with live oak, Quercus vir-
giniana, and scrubby Mexican walnut, Juglans ruprestis, found
on the steep northern slopes. Red cedar, Juniperus monosperma,
occurs on the peaks at approximately 6500 feet elevation.

The northern part of Presidio and the southern portions of
Jeff Davis counties, comprising a considerable portion of the Big
Bend Region, is a level, far-stretching grassland dominated by
various species of Bouteloua or gramma grass, with considerable
bear grass, Nolina texana, on its southern margin, where it merges
with the desert vegetation of the Lower Sonoran. On the
north, these grasslands, representing the Upper Sonoran, stretch
throughout the valleys of the Davis Mountain range and merge
with groves of live oaks in the valleys and with oaks, and cedars,
on the mountain slopes. At higher elevations the Pinon pine,
Finns edulis, is found.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE ASSOCIATED CICADA FAUNA

The distribution of the cicada fauna, dependent as it is upon

June, 1941]

Tinkham: Cicadiix<e

169

the flora, for the nymphs feed upon the roots and the adults suck
the sap of various plants, presents a number of very interesting
features.

The dominant cicada of the Rio Grande Valley proper is
Diceroprocta cinctifera. This species is practically restricted
to the impenetrable thickets of mesquite and the nymphs prob-
ably feed on the roots of the mesquite. This species is also found
in the arroyo valleys of the Chinati Mountains, but only where
mesquite occurs.

Where the sandy alluvial fans cross the valley floor, the domi-
nant cicada is Diceroprocta eugraphica. It is found most com-
monly singing in creosote, but occasionally in catclaw and other
plants.

On the mesa proper, Cacama calvata is very abundant and
appears to be restricted to Ocotillo. The exuviae are commonly
found on the mesa floor, but whether the nymphs feed on Ocotillo,
creosote, or perhaps prickly pear, remains to be ascertained.
The adults probably prefer Ocotillo, for the narrow upright stems
afford a good trilling surface and enable the wary cicada to
observe the approach of enemies. The adults also feed on prickly
pear and when disturbed appear to possess a strong heliotropic
response, rocketing towards the sun with a loud screeching trill.

Beameria venosa, one of the smallest of the Nearctic Cicadidae,
is found feebly trilling in grasses and low plants such as lechu-
guilla and the skeleton weed, Candelaria, along the sides of
arroyos and at low elevations in the Chinati and Davis ranges.

In the arid Chinatis the striking cicada dominant is the large
handsome Tibicen townsendi Uhler. This species is found trill-
ing on Sotol, Huisache and Ocotillo. Plate VI, Figure 1, illus-
trates a male Townsend cicada trilling in a Huisache bush; the
photograph was taken during the actual progress of the song.
Figure 2 shows a Townsend female in the act of ovipositing in
the broken-off stub of the flower stalk of a Sotol plant. Upon
examination this stub was found to have numerous oviposition
scars of previous years and Sotol is undoubtedly the host plant
of this interesting cicada.

In the Davis Mountains at Paisano, Tibicen inauditus Davis
was found in the live oak trees ( Quercus grisea) but it is not a
common species. It is not known whether the nymphs feed upon

170

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. XLIX

Fig. 1. Distribution of the cicada fauna according to host plant.

June, 1941]

Tinkham: Cicadidje

171

the live oaks. In this same general region adults of Beameria
venosa were common in the grass and Pacarina puella Davis was
taken rarely in the cedars, which may also be the nymphal host
plant.

Of other species of the region the writer has little to offer from
personal experience. The Gottholt Brothers of Marfa informed
me that T. dorsata, with its piercing song, sings in the oak trees
of the Davis mountains during the month of August. Davis
(1932) reports Cicada chisos from the Davis Mountains and was
there associated with Tibicen inauditus in the oak trees. Davis
states that it is a much shyer species than inauditus and recog-
nized by its pulsating ‘ 1 ticker-ticker ticker” note. In the same
paper Davis describes the variety limpia of D. cinctifera from
Limpia Canyon in the Davis Mountains. This variety is struc-
turally different from cinctifera and probably represents a geo-
graphically isolated race of the species. It was found in cotton-
woods, whereas cinctifera is mainly a denizen of mesquite thickets.
In the same publication Davis describes the interesting Okana-
godes terlingua from Terlingua but without any faunistic notes.
As the writer has been in the Terlingua area on a number of
occasions he wishes to say that that area is Lower Sonoran and
almost entirely composed of creosote mesa. Terlingua is unques-
tionably a Lower Sonoran species with creosote as its probable
host plant. Two other species have been described in recent
years from the Chisos mountain area, namely Tibicen chisosensis ,
in 1934, and Diceroprocta canescens, in 1935. Unfortunately no
faunistic notes were given with the specimens by the various
collectors. Canescens occupies the area north of the Chisos
which is predominately creosote mesa for miles and miles. Its
distribution and association with D. eugraphica undoubtedly
stamps it as a member of the Lower Sonoran Faunal Zone. Little
is known of T . chisosensis, but it is probably a species of the oak
belt in the Chisos Range.

SEASONAL DISTRIBUTION

The first cicada to appear on the desert mesa of the Rio Grande
Valley, at Presidio, is the large Cacama valvata. In the spring

172

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

of 1929 it reached its maximum abundance in early May and it
was then so abundant as to make the desert ring with its high-
pitched, piercing trill. A few specimens first appear towards
the end of April with the maximum in mid May to disappear in
June. The species starts to sing at about 10: 00 to 10: 30 a.m.,
when the temperature ranges about 82 degrees Fahrenheit; the
sun passing under a cloud causes a lull in the song.

Cacama is soon followed by Diceroprocta cinctifera and D.
eugraphica which commence to emerge in early May and reach
their greatest numbers in late May or early June. From that
time on their numbers begin to dwindle although there are some
that are still present in July. The writer took one specimen of
cinctifera in September, 1928, but such a catch is rare and may
represent a fall brood emergence. The small Beameria venosa
(Uhler), formerly placed in the genus Proarna, appears later
on in May to reach its maximum in June. Pacarina puella
though not common appears to be commonest in June.

Tibicen townsendi, an inhabitant of the desert mountains,
starts to emerge in late May to reach its greatest numbers in
mid June and by the middle of July only a few worn individuals
remain. T. inauditus appears to be commonest in mid June.
T. dorsata is a late summer species appearing in the Ft. Davis
region of the Davis range in August. Although not observed
T. duryi appears in the months of June and early July and of
the species discussed is probably the only one pertaining to the
Transitional Faunal Zone.

In general May and June are the Cicada months, July still
possesses many but few persist through August into September.

SONG AND MODE OF TRILLING

Although it majr not be possible to differentiate each species
by its mode or position assumed while singing, it would appear
from field observations that the various genera may be distin-
guished.

The genus Diceroprocta assumes a very interesting and char-
acteristic attitude while trilling, raising the anterior portion of
its body away from the resting surface by straightening the

June, 1941]

TlNKHAM: ClCADIDiE

173

anterior legs so that the longitudinal axis of the body is tilted
at an acute angle away from the supporting surface. While in
this position the wings are drawn sharply downwards below the
body so that the wings usually project beyond the further side
of the mesquite limb upon which it is usually trilling. D. cincti-
fera and D. augraphica are alike in this respect as is also D.
apache from the desert regions of Arizona and southern Cali-
fornia. The song of cinctifera is a loud metallic zing ; of eugra-
phica less voluble and less metallic.

Fig. 2. Positions assumed by Diceroprocta, Tibicen, Cacama and Pacarina
while trilling.

Cacama valvata, the only species of Cacama in the region, trills
with the longitudinal axis of the body and wings nearly parallel
to and raised off of the supporting plane. The song has a high-
pitched, piercing, metallic ringing quality to it.

Tibicen resembles Cacama closely in the position assumed but
the abdomen is more arched and deflexed at the apex and the
axis slightly subparallel caudally (see photograph of male sing-
ing). The song of T. townsendi of the Chinatis has a high-
pitched, metallic ringing quality to it. Although not personally
observed the song of T. dorsata is said to be piercing like a steam
whistle.

Pacarina tilts slightly with its wings drawn downwards sug-

174

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

gesting, to a certain degree, a miniature Diceroprocta. Beameria,
being a feeble triller of minute size, exhibits no peculiarity but
rests and sings in the same position.

COLLECTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONAL NOTES

Actual specimens recorded here were taken by the writer;
other notes on various species are derived from the publications
of Wm. T. Davis.

Tibicen townsendi Uhler

Abundant on Sotol in Chinati Mts., Presidio Co., Texas, 40 <^,
7 J, June 9, 1930; 1 July 14, 1929 (worn). Chisos Mts.,
Brewster Co., Texas, 1 July 17, 1930 (at north base of Mt.
Emory at about 5500 feet elevation). This species is known
from southwestern Texas, New Mexico and Arizona.

Tibicen inaudit us Davis

Paisano, Jeff Davis Co., elev. 5200 feet, 4 J*, June 23, 1930
( Quercus grisea). Davis records this species from Western
Texas, and the Chisos mountains, New Mexico and Oklahoma.

Tibicen duryi Davis

Reported by Davis from 8000 feet in the Davis Mts., and 7000
feet in the Chisos; also known from Utah, northern Arizona,
Colorado and New Mexico.

Tibicen chisosensis Davis

Davis described this species, in 1934, from specimens taken in
the Chisos Mountains by Dr. Dana Casteel and Mr. H. B. Parks,
Jr., of the University of Texas.

Diceroprocta cinctifera (Uhler)

Common on mesquite at Presidio in the Rio Grande valley, in
valleys of the Chinati Mountains having mesquites and from
mesquite arroyos some 20 miles north of the Chisos Mountains
and the Chisos Mts., July 17-18, 1930. Davis records cinctifera
from central Texas, Rio Grande valley, New Mexico and Arizona.
The distribution of this species up the Rio Grande valley from
central Texas is probably accounted for by the distribution of
its host plant, mesquite.

June, 1941]

Tinkham: Cicadid^e

175

Diceroprocta cinctifera var. viridicosta Davis

This variety was described from the Del Rio region within
recent years.

Diceroprocta cinctifera limpia Davis

Davis described this new race, in 1932, from Limpia Canyon in
the Davis mountains. It probably represents an isolated geo-
graphic race long separated from the main distribution of cincti-
fera in the Rio Grande Valley.

Diceroprocta eugraphica Davis

A common species of the region found mainly on Covillea at
Presidio, the Chinati Mountains, Marfa, Chisos Mountains and
the creosote-covered desert forty miles north of the Chisos Moun-
tains, from June to late July. The Chisos records were made
July 17-18, 1930. This species was described from New Mexico
and it is also known from Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas and Arizona.

Diceroprocta canescens Davis

This interesting new species was described, in 1934, from the
region north of the Chisos Mountains. It was associated with
D. eugraphica and is undoubtedly a member of the Lower
Sonoran Fauna.

Diceroprocta texana Davis

Carlsbad, N. Mex., 3J\ July 19, 1930 (E.R.T.; on Prosopis
glandulosa) . This species has been reported from Uvalde, Del
Rio, Midland and other localities in Texas and New Mexico.

Diceroprocta IMyi Davis

This species was named in honor of my friend Mr. F. F. Bibby
who collected the series at Langtry, Texas. Since then it has
been taken in the Chisos Mountains. It is commonly found on
creosote bush.

Cacama valvata Uhler

This species is common on Ocotillo and creosote at Presidio in
May, 1929 ; Chinati Mts., June 7 and July 6, 1930, and Paisano,
June 29, 1930. Davis reports this species from Colorado, Texas,

176

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

Utah, New Mexico and Arizona where the species is common in
late May and early June on the mesas of creosote, mesquite and
Cholla.

Cicada chisos Davis

One specimen taken near Marfa, without date, was in the Gott-
holt Collection at Marfa. The species was described from the
Chisos Mountains, in 1916, and further reported from Alpine,
the Davis Mts., and Mexico. This species dwells in oaks asso-
ciated with Tibicen inauditus.

Pacarina puella Davis

Paisano, elevation 5200 feet, 4^, June 23, 1929 (cedars).
Davis reports this species from Louisiana, Texas, Oklahoma,
Arizona and northern Mexico.

Okanagodes terlingua Davis

Described by Davis in 1932 and known only from the type
locality, Terlingua, in Brewster County, Texas. The species is
a member of the Lower Sonoran Faunal Zone.

Platypedia falcata Davis

A single specimen, the type, was described from El Paso,
Texas, in 1920.

B earner ia venosa (Uhler)

Chinati Mts., June 16, 1929, common on grass and lechuguilla.
Paisano, June 23, 1929 (common in grass). In 1934 Davis
erected the new genus Beameria, in honor of Dr. Raymond
Beamer, for Prunasis venosa Uhler which had, in 1911, been
placed in the genus Proarna by Distant. This species is known
from Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma, Colorado, New Mexico and
Arizona.

FAUNAL DISTRIBUTION

In a more comprehensive study on the wonderfully developed
Orthopteran fauna of the Big Bend Region of Trans-Pecos Texas,
which is in manuscript form but unpublished, the writer has
ascertained the existence of a Mexican Sonoran fauna in this

June, 1941]

Tinkham: Cicadid-ZE

177

region. East of the Continental Divide this fanna is known only
from the Chinati Mountains of Presidio County and the Chisos
Mountains of Brewster County of the Big Bend Region of Trans-
Pecos Texas. South of these regions this particular fauna ex-
tends far southwards into Mexico. West of the Continental
Divide this fauna appears only in south-central Arizona in the
mountains extending from the Baboquivaris on the west, through
the Tumacacoris and Santa Ritas to the Huachucas on the east.

From these studies the writer felt it necessary to divide the
Lower and Upper Sonoran Faunal Zones into two component
faunal elements which in this paper will only be briefly outlined.

A. Lower Sonoran Zone

a. American Lower Sonoran Fauna — characterized by

the desert areas of western Texas, Arizona, south-
eastern California and southern Nevada with creo-
sote [Larrea ( Covillea ) tridentata] the dominant
plant.

b. Mexican Lower Sonoran Fauna — a fauna composed of

Mexican species finding their northern limits of dis-
tribution in the Chinati and the Chisos Mountains of
the Big Bend Region of Trans-Pecos Texas and in
the Baboquivaris, Tumacacoris, Santa Ritas, and
Huachucas of southern Arizona with Ocotillo, Agave,
Sotol and Cacti, the dominant plants.

B. Upper Sonoran Faunal Zone

a. American Upper Sonoran Fauna — characterized by

grasslands at elevations generally above 5000 feet
to 6500-7000 feet which extend from the Davis
Mountains, the Highlands of northern Mexico and
the southeastern corner of Arizona, north through
New Mexico to the southeastern tip of Alberta and
east of the Rockies to the Missouri River in North
Dakota and the central portions of South Dakota,
Nebraska and Kansas, western Oklahoma and the
Panhandle region of Texas.

b. Mexican Upper Sonoran Fauna — ranging in eleva-

tion from 5000 to 6500 feet in the Chinatis and
Chisos Mts., of the Big Bend region of Trans-Pecos

178

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

and the Baboquivaris, Tumacacoris, Santa Ritas and
Huachucas of southern Arizona and composed of an
oak-savannah type of vegetation.

C. Transitional Zone — generally represented by the pine belt
in the mountains of the southwest and ranging from ele-
vations of 6500 and 7000 feet to the upper limits of the
pines at approximately 9500 feet altitude.

Texas Region

FAUNAL DESIGNATION OF THE CICADIDiE OF THE BIG BEND AND THE
TRANS-PECOS TEXAS REGIONS

A. Lower Sonoran Faunal Zone

a. American Lower Sonoran Fauna
Big Bend Region Trans-Pecos

noran Fauna Big
Bend Region D.

Diceroprocta cincti-
fera D.

Diceroprocta eugraph-
ica

Cacama valvata

cinctifera

eugraphica

D.

D.

D.

cinctifera viridicosta
texana
delicata
C. valvata
Platypedia falcata

b. Mexican Lower Sonora Fauna

Tibicen townsendi T. townsendi

Tibicen chisosensis T. chisosensis

Diceroprocta bibbyi D. bibbyi

Diceroprocta canes- D. canescens

cens

Okanagodes terlingua O. terlingua

B. Upper Sonoran Faunal Zone

a. American Upper Sonoran Fauna

Tibicen inauditus
Tibicen dorsata
Diceroprocta cincti-
fera limpia
Pacarina puella

T. inauditus
T. dorsata

T. montezuma
D. cinctifera limpia

June, 1941]

TlNKHAM: ClCADIDiE

179

Beameria venosa D. vitripennis?

P. puella
B. venosa

Melampsalta texana ?

b. Mexican Upper Sonoran Fauna

Cicada chisos Cicada chisos

C. Transitional Faunal Zone

Tibicen duryi T . duryi

HOST PLANT PREFERENCE OF THE CICADID^ OF THE BIG BEND REGION

Species

Adult Host

Probably Nymph

Preference

Host

Tibicen townsendi

Sotol and Huisache

Sotol

T. inauditus

Oaks

Same

T. dorsata

Oaks

Same

T. duryi

Oaks or pines

Same

Diceroprocta cinctifera

Mesquite

Same

D.c. limpia

Cottonwoods

Same

D. eugraphica

Creosote, catclaw

Same

D. bibbyi

Creosote, mesquite

Same

D. canescens

Creosote, mesquite

Same

Cacama valvata

Ocotillo, creosote,

prickly pear

Same

Cicada chisos

Oaks

Same

Okanagodes terlingua

Creosote

Same

Pacarina puella

Cedar

Same

Beameria venosa

Grass, lechuguilla

Same

ENEMIES OF CICADAS INSECTS AND BIRDS

One would hardly imagine that cicadas, especially those of
large size and as wary and swiftly-flying as they are, should have
their enemies.

It is hoped that the notes here appended will serve as a small
contribution to this obscure subject. They all pertain to one of
the largest cicadas of the region, namely, Cacama valvata. It is
generally known that the large wasp, Sphecius speciodes Uhler,
is a cicada predator. On one occasion the writer had an oppor-

180

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix'

tunity to observe this predatism. About the end of May, 1930,
he was near a colony of these cicada wasps breeding in the sandy
banks of an irrigation ditch, close to a pumping station on the
north banks of the Rio Grande. Suddenly a large object came
flying and buzzing along from across the Mexican side of the
river into the colony and upon capture the writer found in his
net a large cicada wasp and a teneral adult of Cacama valvata.
Later on in the summer at another place, he observed a large
metallic blue Sphecoid wasp, probably Chlorion cyaneum, light
with a specimen of Cacama near the entrance to its burrow. The
cicada was left at the mouth of the burrow while the wasp made
a preliminary inspection of its tunnel. Returning, it seized the
cicada by its head and dragged it, head foremost, down into the
host chamber previously excavated for some unfortunate insect.

Stranger still was the accidental discovery made one evening
in June at about dusk. The writer was out on the desert near
Presidio and happened to have along a 410 gauge bird collecting
pistol. Suddenly he came upon a Texas night hawk, Chordeiles
acutipennis texensis Lawrence. The actions of the bird seemed
to indicate something was wrong for it could fly only with diffi-
culty and the end of its body seemed to be very heavy, causing
the creature to fly in a peculiar manner. As the writer was
licensed, he was prompted to shoot, and fortunately so, for upon
examination the abdomen was found to be greatly distended.
Later when skinning the bird it was found that this enormous
distention was caused by the greatly swollen gizzard. Imagine
the writer’s surprise when, on dissection, he found the gizzard
contained five large and freshly engorged specimens of Cacama
valvata. The writer could not restrain his astonishment, for he
had always supposed that nighthawks fed exclusively on mos-
quitoes and small insects, but here were five large cicadas in the
gizzard of a single bird. How this night hawk captured these
large, fast-flying cicadas by swooping them into its mouth is
rather difficult to picture. No other explanation, however, seems
plausible, as the feet of night hawks are very small and weak
and entirely unfitted for grasping objects while on the wing.
Furthermore, they cannot even perch upon a limb. It has been
generally thought that night hawks and the related whip-poor-

June, 1941]

TlNKHAM: ClCADIDiE

181

wills and poor-wills are insectivorous only on small insects, such
as mosquitoes, gnats, midges, flies, and similar insects that swarm
in the crepuscular light of dusk and dawn. Their mouths, how-
ever, are cavernous in proportion to their heads and from these
observations it appears that they use them to their fullest ca-
pacity. Probably in the height of the cicada season these avians
of the twilight hours will live almost exclusively on cicadas. Un-
fortunately the writer made no further efforts to secure speci-
mens of nighthawks for stomach content analysis. The food
habits of even our commonest birds are only partially known;
here surely is a field for useful scientific exploration.

FALSE CICADAS

A number of large desert species of the Coleopterous family,
Buprestidae, stridulate so deceptively that they can easily deceive
a person familiar with the songs of the various species of
Cicadidae. The buprestid that produces the most baffling song
is the large Huisache wood-borer, Psiloptera drummondi Cast.
This species is usually heard trilling in clumps of the desert
shrub called Huisache, Acacia farnesiana, which appears to be its
host plant, at noon or in the early afternoon on very hot summer
days in August and September. Another rarer species is Hippo-
melas sphenicus, which has a coarser and more staccato-like song.
It is found on mesquite. I have also observed a similar habit in
the far north for Dicera prolongata trilling on white poplar,
Populus tremuloides, in Glacier National Park, Montana, and at
Edmonton, Alberta. In Dicera the elytra are raised well above
the abdomen, but the song is softer than that of the desert species.
The sound in the larger desert species, such as Psiloptera drum-
mondi, can be likened to the staccato noise produced by a rivet-
ing machine. Trilling may be found to be of common occurrence
among the larger species of the Buprestidae.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Davis, Wm. T.

1917. Sonoran cicadas collected by Harry H. Knight, Dr. Joseph
Bequaert and others with descriptions of new species. Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc. 35: 203-215, 4 Figs., PI. 13.

1919. Cicadas of the genus Cacama, with descriptions of several new

182

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 27(1): 68-79, Figs., PI.
13-14.

1920. North American cicadas belonging to the genera Platypedia and
Melampsalta. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soe., 28(2) : 95-135, PI. 5.
1928. Cicadas belonging to the genus Diceroprocta with descriptions of
new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 36: 439-458, Figs., PI.
17-18.

1930. The distribution of cicadas in the United States with descriptions
of new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 38: 53-72, Figs., PI. 8.
1932. Additional records of North American cicadas with descriptions
of new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 40: 241-264, PI. 5-6.

1934. New cicadas from North America. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 42:

38-60, Figs., PI. 2-4.

1935. New cicadas with notes on American and West Indian species.

Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 43 : 173-198, Figs., PI. 13-15.

Plate VI

Figure 1. Male Tibicen townsendi photographed while singing on Huisache
bush.

Figure 2. Female T. townsendi ovipositing in the dry broken-off stub of a
Sotol plant (Dasylirion texana).

Figure 3. Male Cacama valvata trilling in a Creosote bush.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

(Plate VI)

June, 1941]

Sherman: Leng

185

CHARLES W. LENG

In July, 1894, after my graduation at Columbia, I took a job at
eight dollars a week with the firm of John S. Leng’s Son & Co.
This firm dealt in steel tubing manufactured in Birmingham,
England, and in bicycle parts and sundries, with headquarters
at 4 Fletcher Street on one of New York City’s narrowest
thoroughfares. In this business Charles W. Leng was the man-
aging partner. Associated with him as partners were two
brothers, their mother (a silent partner), Thomas G. Voorhis (a
brother-in-law) and James B. Pratt.

At this time Charles W. was a very active and energetic young
man of 34 with red hair and a quick temper which never lasted
very long. Those were busy days in the bicycle business and
our hours were from 8 : 30 in the morning until nearly midnight
during the busy season, with a few minutes off for an excellent
lunch at a small beer saloon conveniently located on the nearest
corner, and ample time for dinner at Peck’s restaurant on Fulton
Street where each one of us drank many cups of coffee. Our very
‘ ‘ homey ’ ’ office was heated in winter from an open stove in which
we burned cannel coal. During our quieter seasons dinners and
social evenings on Staten Island were frequent at Charles’ home
or that of his mother, or with Mr. and Mrs. Voorhis, and alto-
gether we were quite a happy family.

From February 1, 1898, until September, 1901, I was one of the
junior partners of the firm so that for seven years a very inti-
mate and pleasant business relation existed between Charles and
myself in which I served both as employe and partner.

During my college years and for some time afterward, I bought
and sold beetles, and in this enterprise Charles was of great as-
sistance both as a generous buyer of whatever was lacking in his
collection, and furnishing from his duplicates various specimens
for my other customers.

Our entomological relations, however, were by no means en-
tirely of a business character but included many collecting excur-
sions on Staten Island where he and William T. Davis introduced
me to all of the best places for aquatic beetles. On one of these

186

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

outings we took in one dredge of the net one thousand specimens
of Bidessus flavicollis (Lee.), which I had never before taken in
the field.

Although never a companion of Charles on any of his collecting
trips away from home, Mrs. Sherman and I were at least the
partial instigators of his visit in September, 1909, to the White
Mountains of New Hampshire. One of my treasured letters he
wrote with great enthusiasm on September 23, the day after he
and Mrs. Leng returned from Randolph, N. H., asking us to
“come down with your baby (Elizabeth, then nearing two years)
and swap yarns. ’ ’

All of us who were members of our society during his active
years will always remember the regular Election Day gatherings
at the Leng home at West New Brighton, and the wonderful
minutes of our meetings which he gave us during his long ser-
vice as secretary. And the coleopterists among us enjoyed
greatly the Saturday afternoon sessions at the American Museum,
working on the local beetle fauna, under his guidance.

Mr. Leng began his entomological writings very early in life,
with his synoptic tables of Cerambycidae in the early Bulletin
of the Brooklyn Entomological Society, of which he was a charter
member. Even during the very active years in the bicycle busi-
ness, his interest in beetles never waned. In 1902 there was pub-
lished in the Transactions of the American Entomological Society
his “Monograph of North American Cicindelidae, ” and his
“Notes on Coccinellidae’ ’ in four parts appeared in the Journal
of the New York Entomological Society, 1903-1911.

About 25 years ago at my request Mr. Leng prepared his ‘ ‘ Cata-
logue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico, ’ ’ which was
published in December 1920. This work of nearly 500 pages is
much more than a mere catalogue. Our species, more than
18,000 in number, are not only listed, but their distribution is
shown, and there is also a page citation of the original descrip-
tion of each species. At the beginning is a comprehensive essay
on the various systems used in the classification of the Coleoptera :
at the end is a complete bibliography of the literature. A Sup-
plement was published in 1927, and the second and third Supple-
ments, printed under one cover, appeared in 1933. In preparing

June, 1941]

Sherman: Leng

187

these Supplements after Mr. Leng assumed the directorship of
the Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences, Andrew J.
Mutchler gave valuable assistance, which was gratefully acknowl-
edged by Mr. Leng.

The Leng-Mutchler “Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America,
North of Mexico, ” is Mr. Leng’s greatest contribution to ento-
mological science and it is a very great contribution indeed. —
John D. Sherman, Jr.

June, 1941]

Davis: Leng

189

CHARLES W. LENG AND THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

By Wm. T. Davis

On January 24, 1941, Charles William Leng died at his home,
439 Clove Road, Staten Island, and the New York Entomological
Society lost one of its most illustrious members, and the Staten
Island Institute of Arts and Sciences its Director for the past
twenty-one years. Mr. Leng was born on Staten Island, April 6,
1859, but shortly thereafter the family removed to Brooklyn,
Long Island, where they remained until March, 1879, when they
returned to Staten Island.

While living in Brooklyn he was a student at the Brooklyn
Polytechnic Institute from which he graduated in 1877, receiv-
ing the degree of Bachelor of Science. He also helped start the
Brooklyn Entomological Society and drew the seal in use on
the cover of the Bulletin of the Society since 1878. He was one
of the incorporators of the Brooklyn Society in 1885, and served
again in that capacity fifty years later in 1936, when the Society
was re-incorporated. It was under the auspices of the Brooklyn
Society that he commenced his studies in Coleoptera, and the pub-
lication of his Synopsis of the Cerambycidse. He aided the
Brooklyn Society in many ways, and was elected its Honorary
President on December 14, 1922.

He contributed to the first volume of the Journal of the New
York Entomological Society in 1893, and, with Mr. Beuten-
muller commenced the publication of a “List of the Coleoptera
of North Eastern America,” and also of a “Preliminary Hand-
Book of the Coleoptera of North Eastern America.”

In the published minutes of our Society for 1902, we read that :
“Mr. Charles W. Leng, of 4 Fletcher St., N. Y., was proposed
as an active member by Mr. Davis,” at the meeting of March 18,
1902, and was duly elected at the April meeting. At that time
he was an iron merchant, but gave up his mercantile interests to
become Director of the Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sci-
ences in 1919. He was one of the founders of the old Natural

190

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

Science Association of Staten Island in 1881, which later became
the Institute.

Upon his election to membership in 1902, Mr. Leng became a
regular attendant at the meetings of our Society, and his help
both as an executive and as an entomologist was soon apparent.
He was elected Vice-President, January 6, 1903, and served as
President from January 15, 1907, to January 2, 1912, when he
became Secretary. He held that office for 19 years or until
January 6. 1931. Meanwhile he wrote many entomological
papers as well as a “ History of the New York Entomological
Society, 1893-1919,” which appeared in the Journal for 1918.
It is to Mr. Leng and Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson that we owe
much of the recorded history of our Society. Mr. Leng was
solicitous for preserving the memory of his entomological friends,
and accordingly published appreciative notices of their lives, both
in our Journal and in the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society. Of happy memory to some of the older members of the
Society are the field days spent on Staten Island, which often ter-
minated at the home of Mr. Leng and with an examination of his
extensive collection of Coleoptera.

W. S. Blatchley and C. W. Leng were the authors of “Rhyncho-
phora or Weevils of North Eastern America,” published in 1916.
This useful work gives descriptions of nearly 1,100 species and
includes many helpful illustrations.

In 1920 Mr. John D. Sherman, Jr., published Mr. Leng’s monu-
mental work, a “ Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North
of Mexico,” which enumerates 18,000 named forms, citing the
original description of each species, and giving in a general way
its known distribution. This great work includes an Essay on
Classification, as well as a Bibliography of Taxonomic Coleop-
terology (to January 1st, 1919). He lists 141 of his own papers
on Coleoptera, and notices of the passing of his entomological
friends.

In the Proceedings of the Natural Science Association of Staten
Island for January 12, 1884, there is a paper on “The Cicin-
delidse of Staten Island,” which appears to have been Mr. Leng’s
earliest contribution to entomology. In the years that followed
he published many notes and papers in the proceedings of the

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

(Plate YII)

CHARLES W. LENG

(Photograph by Wm. T. Davis, Oct. 15, 1914)

192

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

Staten Island society. After becoming Director of the Institute
in 1919, he turned his attention more and more to the history of
Staten Island, and was the author of several papers on local
history. In 1930 the Lewis Historical Publishing Company
brought out four volumes of “Staten Island and Its People,” by
Charles W. Leng and Wm. T. Davis. As the work was favorably
received, a fifth volume was issued in 1933. The getting together
of the material for these volumes was a considerable task, and
occupied much of Mr. Leng ’s attention for several years. He was
very helpful to the many who desired information concerning
their ancestors and the old families of the Island, and he acquired
a considerable knowledge of the local ecclesiastical records.

There could hardly have been a more helpful man than the
genial Mr. Leng. Whatever aid he could render was given so
pleasantly and with such good will, that naturally he was often
consulted. He always had time, or appeared to have, which is
said to be one of the attributes of the competent man. It is with
pleasure that the writer looks backward over the sixty-one years
of close association with one so gifted and of such a happy
disposition.

June, 1941]

Bell: Phlebodes

193

TWO NEW SUBSPECIES OF PHLEBODES TIBERIUS

MOESCHLER

By E. L. Bell

Phlebodes tiberius Moeschler is widely distributed from Mexico
through Central America, South America to southern Brazil and
in Trinidad, British West Indies, and is subject to considerable
variation in the maculation, color shade of the maculation and
in the color of the under side of the wings.

Some of the variations widely differ from the nymotypical
form and appear to have become stabilized in certain localities
and where this has occurred they have attained a subspecific
status. Two of these extreme forms, which so widely differ from
typical tiberius as to be taken for other species, are described
here and the general characters of the maculation of tiberius
Moeschler and the form reticidata Ploetz are given for the pur-
poses of comparison with the newly described subspecies of
tiberius.

In view of the uncertainty of the identity of Cramer ’s pertinax,
the type of the genus Plebodes, it may be that tiberius and several
other allied species are not congeneric with pertinax.

Phlebodes tiberius Moeschler

1882. Apaustus tiberius Moeschler, Verhandlungen der kaiser-
lich-koeniglichen zoologisches-botanischen Gesellschaft
in Wien, xxxiii, p. 329, Surinam “Innern. ”

1900. Phlebodes tiberius Godman, Biologia Centrali-Americana,
Rhopal., ii, p. 553 ; iii, pi. 99, figs. 40-43.

1924. Phlebodes tiberius Draudt, in Seitz Macrolepidoptera of
the World, v, p. 966, pi. 187a.

Moeschler ’s description, based on a single male, is detailed
and clear and it is not difficult to find specimens which agree or
very closely agree with it. Godman ’s figures are excellent but
those of Draudt do not represent the typical form.

On the upper side of tiberius males there is a discal band on
the primaries composed of four yellow spots, one each in inter-

194

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

spaces 1 to 4, the upper one very small, and there are three
subapical spots of the same color, the upper one smaller than the
others. Occasional individuals lack the small spot in interspace
4 and the upper subapical spot. The upper side of the secon-
daries is unmarked.

On the under side there is no spot of the discal band in inter-
space 1 of the primaries. On this side the ground color of the
secondaries is brownish, the veins are yellowish and there is a
discal band of yellowish spots.

On the upper side of tiberius females the spot of the discal
band in interspace 1 of the primaries is yellowish, those above
are whitish or a little tinged with yellow. The secondaries above
show dim traces of a discal band of small yellowish spots.

The under side of the primaries is brown and there is a
purplish sheen in the apical area, the subapical spots and those
of the discal band in interspaces 2 and 3 are repeated and in
addition there is a small spot in interspace 4 and another in 5,
the spot in interspace 1 is absent or dimly visible. The secon-
daries are brown with a purplish sheen, the veins are paler and
there is a discal band of pale spots.

In the collections of The American Museum of Natural History
and the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia there are
specimens of tiberius agreeing or closely agreeing with Moesch-
ler’s description, from La Ceiba and Lancetilla, Tela, Honduras;
Canal Zone, Panama; Sint Barbara Pin., Surinam River, Suri-
nam; Putumayo River, Peru; Santarem, Brazil; Sapucay, Para-
guay.

Phlebodes tiberius form reticulata Ploetz
1883. Hesperia reticulata Ploetz, Stettin Entomologische Zeit-
ung, xliv, p. 208. Laguayra; Chiriqui.

1891. Pamphila meton Mabille, Annales de la Societe Entomo-
logique de Belgique, xxxv, Comptes-Rendus des Seances,
p. clxxiv. Teffe.

1891. Pamphila suffenas Mabille, Annales de la Societe Entomo-
logique de Belgique, xxxv, Comptes-Rendus des Seances,
p. clxxv. Porto Cabello.

1907. Godman, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (7)
xx, p. 145.

June, 1941]

Bell: Phlebodes

195

1924. Phlebodes reticulata Draudt, in Seitz Macrolepicloptera
of the World, v. p. 966; pi. 187a.

The description by Ploetz covers quite a little variation in
macnlation and Godman says that the four figures in the unpub-
lished drawings of Ploetz seem to represent more than one species.
Draudt ’s figures of the male and female are perhaps taken from
the Ploetz drawings and those of the male are taken to represent
the type of reticulata ; the figures of the female are unlike any of
the specimens of that sex of reticulata before the writer. The
figure of the upper side of the male is too highly colored green
in the basal area of the wings, which may possibly be due to a
little inaccuracy in the reproduction of the plate.

Godman says meton and suffenas Mabille are the same as reticu-
lata and this seems to be borne out by Mabille ’s descriptions.

On the upper side of the primaries of the male there are small
but well-defined spots of the discal band in interspaces 4 and 5.
On the secondaries there is a discal band of yellow spots varying
from small, rather indistinct, ones of approximately equal size to
a well-defined band in which the spot opposite the end of the
cell is elongated, extending inwardly into the cell, as shown in
the Draudt figure of the upper side of the male. On the under
side of the primaries of the typical form there is usually at least
a trace of a small spot of the discal band in interspace 1. On
the under side of the secondaries the basal area of the wings is
yellow or yellowish, sometimes with a brownish suffusion and this
area is separated from the discal band of yellow spots by a narrow
band of brown spots, variably developed. There is a more or
less well defined, broad outer marginal border of brown, variable
in the shade of that color.

The less heavily maculated individuals appear to predominate
in the island of Trinidad, British West Indies, and they also
occur in Venezuela. This form seems to be the suffenas of
Mabille as it well agrees with the description.

There are at hand specimens of the typical form from Caripito,
Monagas, Venezuela; St. Laurent, French Guiana; Putumayo
River, Peru.

The form of the male genitalia does not differ from that of
typical tiberius.

196

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

The females differ but little from those of tiberius, the macu-
lation of the upper side of the primaries being a little more
prominent and the spots of the discal band in interspaces 4 and 5,
while small, are well developed. On the under side of both wings
the maculation is more developed.

Phlebodes tiberius race conspicuus new subspecies

Male. On the upper side of the primaries conspicuus differs from reticu-
lata in having the three lower spots of the discal band very much larger in
size, while the two upper spots, in interspaces 4 and 5, are either very small
or entirely lacking. The three subapical spots elongate and prominent. On
the secondaries the spots of the discal band are more extended than in reticu-
lata and form a broad, irregular discal patch, cut into spots by the veins.

On the under side of the primaries the apical area is more or less suffused
with rusty brownish and at the apex there is a yellow spot, followed immedi-
ately below by another smaller one and these are continued downward by a
thin yellow marginal line, sometimes a little hazy. The subapical spots and
discal band are repeated and the two spots in interspaces 4 and 5 are promi-
nent in all cases whether or not they are present on the upper side. Inter-
space 1 is usually without a spot but sometimes a very small, hazy one is
present.

On the under side of the secondaries the outer marginal band is narrower
than in reticulata and rusty brown in color and indented opposite the cell,
the rest of the wings is a pale yellowish or creamy white with from six to
seven small, rusty brown spots in the basal half. The discal band is obliter-
ated by the pale creamy color of the inner area of the wings. The abdominal
fold is brownish and the inner margin is the same color as the discal area.

The females more nearly resemble the males in general appearance than in
reticulata. On the upper side the discal band of the primaries and the sub-
apical spots are more nearly whitish than in the males but there is a slight
yellowish tinge around the edges of the discal spots and in the upper sub-
apical spot. There are no spots of the discal band in interspaces 4 and 5.
The secondaries have a prominent discal band of yellow spots, the spot
opposite the cell sometimes elongated to the end of the cell.

On the under side the spots in interspaces 4 and 5 of the discal band are
dimly indicated. The appearance of both wings is very similar to that of the
male.

The form of the male genitalia is the same as that of tiberius.

Expanse : male, 34 mm. ; female, 36 mm.

Type material. Holotype male, one male paratype, Massaran-
duba-Blumenau, Santa Catharina, Brasil; two male paratypes,
Blumenau, Santa Catharina, Brasil, in collection of The Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History. Allotype female; two male

June, 1941]

Bell: Phlebodes

197

and one female paratypes, all Santa Catharina, Brasil, in collec-
tion of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

This race of tiberius appears to be confined to the region about
Massaranduba-Blumenau, Santa Catharina, Brasil.

Phlebodes tiberius race obscurus new subspecies

Male. On the upper side obscurus differs from typical tiberius in the
smaller size of the spots of the discal band of the primaries and in their
deeper orange fulvous color. The subapical spots are also small and orange
fulvous. In one specimen the discal band has a spot in interspace 4 and in
the other specimen there is a spot in each of interspaces 4 and 5, in both
cases the spots are very minute. These small, darker spots do not stand out
in the sharp contrast shown in typical tiberius and the wings present a rather
diffuse appearance. The secondaries have no trace of a discal band.

On the under side of the primaries the subapical spots and the discal band
are repeated except the spot in interspace 1 in one specimen and there is just
a trace of it in the other specimen. The apical area is reddish brown. On
the secondaries the broad outer marginal band and the abdominal fold are
reddish brown, the rest of the wings to the base are yellowish suffused with
reddish brown. The veins are not paler and there is no distinct discal band
of pale spots.

Females. On the upper side of the primaries there is a discal band of
three minute orange fulvous spots, in interspaces 1, 2, and 3. One specimen
has a very minute subapical spot of the same color, the other two specimens
are without subapical spots. The secondaries are unmarked.

On the under side there is a very blurred appearance to both wings. The
apical area is reddish brown, the upper two spots of the discal band and
three subapical spots are very dimly present. The secondaries vary from
brown to reddish brown, the basal area a little paler with a slight purplish
reflection and there is a discal band of small, slightly paler spots. The veins
are not paler.

The form of the male genitalia is the same as that of tiberius .

Expanse: male, 31 mm.; female, 30 mm.

Type material. Holotype male, allotype female, one male and
two female paratypes, El Volcan, Chiriqui, Panama, 4,000 feet,
February 20, 22, 24, 25, March 6, 1936 (W. J. Gertsch), in collec-
tion of The American Museum of Natural History.

Obscurus seems to be a race of the higher altitudes and perhaps
may be confined to this region.

June, 1941]

Lafleur: Ants

199

COMMUNAL DISAFFECTION IN ANTS

By Laurence J. Lafleur
New York, N. Y.

It has been generally accepted that ants are perfectly loyal to
the group to which they belong, despite the regular disloyalty
of parasitic queens and despite some rather infrequent exceptions
to this rule. Many of these exceptions were collected by the
present author in “ Punitive Behavior of Ants,”1 and since the
publication of that article the author has observed occasional
fighting among the workers of a nest of Formica neocinerea. The
belief in formicine loyalty has brought about the particular
assumption, by the writer no less than by all other myrmecolo-
gists, that when ants affiliate with one another, living amicably
together for a few days, cleaning one another and interregurgi-
tating; then the union between them is permanent and indis-
soluble.2 Two sets of observations show that this assumption is
not always correct, and suggest a possible method of origin of
the temporary parasites from more normal ants.

The first case is that of a nest of Formica subsericea which I
started in the fall of 1934 by collecting several queens after their
nuptial flight. By the fall of 1935, when the nest contained
three queens and a number of eggs and larvae, hostility among
the queens was first observed. Around September 1, twenty
workers were born, and soon thereafter one of the queens was
dismembered by another and by several workers. A second queen
was attacked, and rescued only after a foreleg was permanently
paralyzed.

Somewhat the same thing happened the next time I obtained
queens of this species. This was on August 8, 1940. On Sep-

1 The Journal of Comparative Psychology, June, 1940, p. 327.

2 An exception must be noted in the case of Miss Fielde ’s work, which was
recognised by Forel in the last book he wrote. Miss Fielde found that ap-
parently successful affiliation sometimes broke up in a series of fights, so
that observation over a period of weeks rather than days was necessary in
order to determine the success of affiliation. Even Miss Fielde, however,
had no suspicion of the phenomena suggested in this paper.

200

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

tember 30, five of the original six queens being still alive, the first
worker was born into this nest, which we shall call nest A. The
second came on October 1, and on October 2 I noticed two queens
attacking a third, one pulling a leg while the other sawed her
neck. I separated them, and observed that all the other queens
threatened or attacked the victim whenever they met her. On at
least one occasion the attack resulted in an exchange of poison.
The two workers licked her off at some length, but this did not
keep the other queens from attacking her, so that I at length
removed her from nest A, placing her, together with the pupa
that was nearest maturity, in nest B.

The pupa in nest B hatched on the following day. On October
8 I tried placing the B queen back in nest A but she was again
attacked. Neither the two workers that knew her, nor the two
born on October 4 joined in the attack. On November 2 the B
worker was placed in nest A, and was immediately attacked by
the A workers. Queen B lived with the worker until January 16,
when the queen died, never having laid an egg.

Now let us return to nest A. The fifth and last pupa hatched
on October 10, and at this time one of the four remaining queens,
whom we shall call D, began to spend considerable periods away
from the others. This continued for two weeks, until I began
urging D back to the others, in which efforts one or two of the
workers aided me. Eventually I suspected that one of the queens
was responsible for D ’s behavior, so on October 29 I forced D back
to the main nest, discovered the particular queen (C) who was
attacking her, and removed C to solitary confinement. Two
days later, C was allowed to return and was peaceable, while D,
who had remained with the others during C’s absence, showed
resentment for only a few minutes.

C’s reform lasted only three days, when she again attacked D,
and was placed in solitary for one day. After this she was
quiescent for almost two weeks, but then nest A gave increas-
ing evidence of being in a highly nervous state. On November
19 D was again attacked and terrorized ; so much so in fact that
she was afraid even of the workers, and her fear of the other
ants completely obscured her usual timorousness towards me. In
addition, D had been unable to approach the water supply until

June, 1941]

Lafleur: Ants

201

my removal of C, after which the members of nest A reunited and
calmed down within a few hours.

C was replaced in nest A after four days of isolation, during
which she laid five eggs. The first workers she met did not be-
have towards her altogether as towards a nestmate, and she re-
gurgitated to them. All the ants palpated her, and no doubt
recognized her as a temporary stranger, but there was no hos-
tility. On the following morning I found C with the larvae and
eggs in the usual compartment, one queen in the food chamber,
and D and the remaining queen in still another room; while the
nest as a whole was extremely nervous. In the afternoon the
three queens, A, D, and E, were together with one worker. I
urged them towards the main nest in the water compartment, and
they were very reluctant. When I succeeded, moreover, C at-
tacked them until she was removed, whereupon nest A quieted
immediately.

C, meanwhile, was allowed to found her own nest, but made
little progress because of a tendency to eat her own eggs. On the
death of B on January 16, B’s worker was caused to affiliate with
C, and the nest has made reasonable progress since then.

But let us turn back once more to the three queens remaining
in nest A. The nest became so calm with C gone that I could
remove the glass cover with less disturbance than was formerly
produced by my walking in the same room with them. Fifteen
young pupated from December 8 to December 21, but their times
of birth unfortunately fell within a period when I was absent,
and the record is thus for a time at second hand. Two were
born on December 27, two on December 30, one on the 31st, two
on January first, and one January 2nd. On January 2nd A and
D were fighting, A being supported by one of the older workers.
When finally separated; A had lost the right front leg and had.
the right rear leg paralyzed : D had lost the right antenna, right
rear leg, left front leg, and left middle leg. I returned at this
juncture, and on the following day found A and E fighting and
completed the separation of the nests. The excitement had an
unfavorable effect on the workers still unborn, as they were not
freed from their membranes at birth and only two of the seven
survived.

202

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

Something should be said, perhaps, of the subsequent history
of A, D, and E. A was prolific and has been progressing rapidly.
E was much less so, and ate some of her eggs, so that her progress
has been very slow. D had much difficulty in standing or moving,
but gradually learned ways of aiding herself. At first she used
her mandibles as an extra leg ; later she learned to bend her fore-
leg under her body in such a way as to get a tripod effect out of
her three legs. When she falls over, her only method of righting
herself is to push herself on her back to a wall, then to bend over
with the posterior of the thorax supported by the wall. Subse-
quently she took to resting on her back for long periods, which
in other ants would imply death. Her crippled condition has not
impaired her fertility.

What interpretation is to be placed on the behavior described
in this article? We must recognize, to start with, that it is not
exceptional but a more or less standard form of behavior with
this and probably with related species. It might be supposed
that the queens driven out were those whose presence was harm-
ful to the group, either because they were infertile or because
they ate the young. This supposition was at first supported by
the fact that B, the first queen driven out, proved sterile; but
broke down later, since the other queens were all fertile and since
C and E, the two outstanding transgressors in the matter of
consuming their young, were far from being the principal victims
of attack.

The clue to the situation seems to reside in the fact that the
outbreak in each case coincided very closely with the matura-
tion of workers. In the first nest, the first batch of twenty work-
ers to mature were born around September 1, and hostilities
among the queens occurred only a few days thereafter, although
these queens had lived peaceably together for over a year. In
the second case, the first batch of six workers were born between
September 30 and October 4, and B was attacked and removed on
October 2. One worker was born on October 10, and should per-
haps be considered one of the first batch : at all events the in-
transigeance of C dates from October 10. This intransigeance
lasted to November 3 ; and was renewed and extended on Novem-
ber 19th until her removal on November 24. The renewal of

June, 1941]

Lafleur: Ants

203

hostilities was not itself marked by any births, and is probably
to be considered merely the continuation of the fighting of Oc-
tober 10. Nevertheless, this period was marked by the most in-
tensive egg-laying in the history of the group. The last batch
of workers to mature were ten that were born from December
27 to January 4, plus some five others that died from insufficient
attention during this period. Fighting between A and D broke
out on January 2, and between A and E on January 3.

As a hypothesis to account for the behavior in question, I sug-
gest an emotion of jealousy between queens, the biological basis
of which would be identical with that of jealousy among mam-
mals except that it has reference to the loyalty of the brood rather
than to the faithfulness of a mate. Miss Fielde has demonstrated
that workers remain friendly with any individuals they are
acquainted with in their first few days of life, so that this period
is the critical time for associated queens. If any one is driven
away for these few days, she will find her return made difficult
by the hostility of the new workers, and the advantages of the
combined brood will accrue to the remaining queens. At the
beginning of their association, the jealousy would be at a mini-
mum and formicine gregariousness in the ascendant, thus per-
mitting affiliation. Affiliation would have the advantage to the
associated queens that some of them could forage while others
guarded the young. And doubtless cases do occur where the
affiliation is permanent.

This hypothesis is not asserted to apply to all ants. Acantho-
myops queens, for example, refuse to affiliate, and if several are
put in a common enclosure, will fight until one only remains alive.
Prenolepsis queens, on the other hand, are more sociable than the
Formica. If this behavior, however, is assumed to have been
typical in groups wherein the practice of slavery arose, the origin
of this instinct becomes a simple matter to explain. If the queen
of one strain of an ancestral Formica developed increased fighting-
ability at the expense of its maternal capacities, and intensified
its early gregariousness and later jealousy, it would have imme-
diate increased survival value and could readily develop into the
temporary parasitism of rufa exsecta types, and the permanent
parasitism of sangumea and Polyergus. A similar development

204

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. XLIX

in other genera may account for the occurrence of temporary
parasitism in Aphcenog aster and other genera and for the Myrme-
eine degenerates. A further point of some interest is that in
two cases described in this paper workers of Formica subsericea
took sides in the fighting between queens. This indicates that
Miss Fielde ’s principles of affiliation are not altogether adequate ;
and suggests as well that there may be some correlation with
such instances among parasitic ants as the assassination of their
own mother by Monomorium workers in the presence of Wheeleri-
ella parasites.

The existence and prevalence of the suggested jealousy among
queens for the favor of workers is supported by two other facts.
The first is that, in a long course of observations of many species
of ants, it has become evident to the author that affiliation be-
tween queens and workers is easier to achieve than affiliation
between alien groups of either caste alone. The second point is
that in the closely related and socially parallel case of the bees,
the jealousy between queens is so strong that it is the predominant
factor in the conduct even of related queens in the same hive. It
is not at all unlikely that the instinct of jealousy may have its
root in the nature of a common ancestor, as well as in the require-
ments of adaptation to a somewhat similar social structure.

June, 1941]

McCoy & Carver: Fungus

205

A METHOD FOR OBTAINING SPORES OF THE
FUNGUS BEAUVERIA BASSIANA (BALS.)

VUILL. IN QUANTITY

E. E. McCoy and C. W. Carver
New Jersey- Department of Agriculture, Trenton, N. J.

From time to time the possibility of applying entomogenons
fungi as control measures for insect pests arouses interest among
entomologists. Unfortunately most attempts to use fungi in
practical control work have not met with marked success and yet,
under natural conditions, wide-spread epidemics of some of these
fungous diseases occur and cause drastic reductions in their insect
hosts. Possible reasons for these failures may be : too light spore
dosages employed ; too small areas involved ; repeated applica-
tions not made.

Many workers would undoubtedly use heavier or repeated
spore distributions if it were possible to obtain a larger quantity
of spores without a disproportionately large amount of culture
work. The authors feel that the procedures here described will
at least alleviate this latter difficulty. While the methods de-
scribed apply specifically to the culture of Beauveria bassiana, it
appears probable that they are subject to adaptation to a number
of fungi. They have already been applied by us to an Asper-
gillus sp. recently isolated from diseased sawfly adults.

A number of the entomogenous fungi offer no particular diffi-
culty from the standpoint of artificial culture, and have been
grown on various media. Many of these media are essentially
some type of nutrient agar. Beauveria grows well on a varietj^
of agar media, and has also been grown on corn meal mush (1)
and soy bean mash (2), for example. The yield of spores from
such cultures, large though it appears in the laboratory, seems
small when one considers spreading the material over an area of
several acres. Other workers have recognized this difficulty.

The authors became interested in the culture of Beauveria as
a result of recent experiments which indicate that the fungus
readily parasitizes the Japanese beetle adult (3). The spores

206

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

used in the initial phases of this work were grown in Petri dishes,
using potato agar as the culture medium. It was soon evident
that a better culture method would be necessary if any extensive
work was to be done. Beauveria is not fastidious, and was found
to grow on various agar media, corn meal mush, soy bean mash,
sweet potato, bread and a number of other materials. However,
the best growth by far occurred on autoclaved, moistened, bran.
Bran does not appear to have been widely used in mycological
work, but possesses certain physical properties, as well as nutri-
ents, which adapt it excellently for the problem. Foremost
among these is that fungi fruit, or bear spores, on the surface of
the medium, and the bran particles present an enormous surface.
Spore production, in bran cultures, therefore becomes practically
a three dimensional effect. It is evident that a wide range of
nutrient solutions, or solid materials, can be mixed with the bran
if necessary to promote growth of the more fastidious fungi.

The wheat bran employed is the ordinary kind used for feeding
livestock and is obtainable at any feed store. The adherent and
intermixed starch, etc., supply the nutritional requirement of
the Beauveria. The Beauveria used in this work was obtained
originally through Dr. M. Timonin, who described the strain as a
parasite of the Colorado potato beetle (4). This strain, however,
was later used to infect a series of Japanese beetle adults and
re-isolated from the latter insect by us. The final fungus strain
appears to have growth habits which differ somewhat from the
original material, possibly as a result of unintentional selection,
or selective adaptation. At any rate it seems to sporulate more
rapidly and compactly than does the original material.

The bran is moistened with tap water, using 1 part by weight
of bran to 1.5 parts by weight of water; as 100 gms. bran plus
150 ml. of water. The mass is thoroughly mixed. The moistened
bran is placed in flasks, the latter plugged, and autoclaved. Ex-
perience has shown that a 30-minute period at 15 lbs. steam
pressure is sufficient to sterilize the medium in a 2-liter Erlen-
meyer flask. It is best not to have the flasks more than half
filled with medium.

After the autoclaved medium has cooled it is inoculated with
the fungus. A small amount of a matured bran culture makes

June, 1941]

McCoy & Carver: Fungus

207

an ideal inoculum. The inoculum is thoroughly distributed by
shaking the plugged flask. The culture may be incubated in the
flask, in which case it is desirable to shake the flask occasionally
to break the extremely dense mycelial development, and main-
tain the contents in a more or less granular condition. More
rapid growth occurs if the inoculated bran medium is spread in
sterile Petri dishes, maintaining the mass as loose as possible.
Culture dishes 200 mm. in diameter by 20 mm. high will contain
roughly the equivalent of 60 gms. of bran (150 gms. medium)
each. Such a culture yields approximately 3 gms. of spores.
The yield is therefore about 22 gms. of spores per pound of bran.
If the spores were applied at the rate of 20 gms. per acre, as has
been done in some experimental work with the corn borer, the
culture material would cost $0.02 per acre, and 7 of the 8" culture
dishes would be required.

The rate of development of the Beauveria depends upon tem-
perature. The optimum incubation temperature is 80-85° F.
At 72° F. these cultures are customarily incubated for from 10
to 15 days. After incubation the cultures are removed from the
culture vessels, spread in a rather thin layer, and permitted to
air dry at room temperature. This requires several days. After
drying the material may be stored for at least several months
without injury. For many purposes it is not necessary to sepa-
rate the spores from the dried bran medium. However when
such separation is desired several rapid methods are available.

Probably the simplest procedure is to place the dried medium
in an ordinary flour sifter, place the sifter tightly in contact
with the collecting paper or pan, cover the top, and turn the
sifter handle. The spores are detached from the dried bran and
collected below the screen. This procedure is dusty and does
not give a complete recovery. The following method is much
cleaner and more efficient.

Figure 1 illustrates an apparatus devised specifically for col-
lecting the spores. The principle of operation is that compressed
air under moderate pressure agitates the dried medium contained
in a separatory funnel (500 ml. size), thereby detaching the
spores and also suspending them in the air stream. The air
escapes from the funnel mouth through a glass tube, the latter

208

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

Figure 1.

being held in place bv a tightly fitting rubber stopper. The glass
tube extends about 4 cms. into the funnel, this end being capped
by a thimble of insect screen (16 mesh per inch) to prevent the
passage of bran particles. The air stream is conducted through
a short rubber tube to the filter, where the spores are collected.
The filter consists of two aluminum pie pans, each 23 cms. in

June, 1941]

McCoy & Carver: Fungus

209

diameter, which, when opposed, clamp a disc of filter paper
between the two rims. In order to assure a tight seal, the rim
of one pan has a sponge rubber gasket cemented to the circum-
ference. A central hole is drilled in each pan, and a short length
of glass tubing cemented in each, to act respectively as inlet and
escape ports for the filter. The filter paper is placed between the
pans, and the assembly held tightly together by means of a simple
wooden clamp.

In operation the dried medium is placed in the funnel through
the mouth, the stopper replaced (thus connecting the filter) and
the air pressure turned on by means of the stopcock. The pres-
sure should be sufficient to .thoroughly agitate the contents of
the funnel. Within several minutes almost all of the spores are
blown out of the residual bran. The residue is removed, and a
fresh charge placed in the funnel. With a filter area of approxi-
mately 300 sq. cms. about 10 gms. of spores may be collected
before the filter must be opened and the spores scraped from the
paper. The paper may be used repeatedly. It has been found
best to lightly crush the dried medium before placing it in the
separator. This may be easily and cleanly done by a very short
grinding in a closed ball mill.

This method of separation and collection of fungous spores is
obviously not confined to any particular fungus.

SUMMARY

A procedure for culturing and obtaining large quantities of
spores of the entomogenous fungus Beauveria bassiana (Bals.)
Vuill. has been described. It is suggested that the methods are
adaptable to use with a number of other fungi. The fungus is
cultured on autoclaved, moistened wheat bran. The yield of
spores is much heavier than occurs on commonly used culture
media. The spores may be readily obtained in a practically
pure condition by an air separation and filtration method. The
construction of a simple separator and filter is described.

LITERATURE CITED

Bartlett, K. A., and Lefebvre, C. L. Field experiments with Beauveria
bassiana (Bals.) Vuill., a fungus attacking the European corn
borer. Jour. Ec. Ent., 27: 1147-1157. 1934.

210

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

Stirrett, Geo. M., Beal, G., and Timonin, M. A field experiment on the
control of the European Corn Borer, Pyrausta nubilalis Hubn., by
Beauveria bassiana Vuill. Scientific Agric., 17 : 587-591. 1937.

Bex, E. G. A promising fungous pathogen of adult Japanese beetles ( Popil -
lia japonica). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 48: 401-403. 1940.

Timonin, M. I. Pathogenicity of Beauveria bassiana (Bals.) Vuill. on
Colorado potato beetle larvae. Canadian Jour. Besearch, 17, D:
103-107. 1939.

June, 1941]

Haskins : Ants

211

NOTE ON THE METHOD OF COLONY FOUNDATION
OF THE PONERINE ANT BOTHROPONERA
SOROR EMERY

By Caryl P. Haskins

The method of colony formation among the Ponerine ants
presents problems of very considerable phylogenetic interest to
students of the development and basic structure of formicid
societies. It is of some interest that, whereas the normal method
of colony foundation among higher ants is extremely easy to
observe under experimental conditions, and has been reported
repeatedly since the days of Reamur and Gould, it is far less
easy to follow the process under controlled conditions among the
Ponerinae, where, perhaps, it would be most significant to know
it. Wheeler (1) has studied the question extensively, has ob-
served the formation of colonies by isolated females of Odonto-
machus haematoda, and has recorded a set of extremely inter-
esting observations on the primitive Ponerines of the Australian
genus Myrmecia. The author (2), among others, has observed
the occurrence of a true nuptial flight under natural conditions
in Stigmatomma pallipes, P oner a coarctata, Odontomachus
haematoda and its variety insularis, Ectatomma ruidum, and
Paraponera clavata, and has recorded observations on the method
of colony formation for Odontomachus haematoda and insularis ,
Paraponera clavata, Pachycondyla harpax, Euponera ( Trachy -
mesopus) stigma, and Proceratium croceum.

The great similarity in stature between the perfect females
and the worker forms of most Ponerine ants makes the supposi-
tion that young fertile females isolate themselves after the
nuptial flight and rear their first brood entirely without foraging,
after the manner of higher ants, very unlikely, although we have
found (1938) progressive degeneration of wing musculature of
fertilized females of Stigmatomma pallipes and Euponera stigma,
presenting a physiological picture markedly similar to that for
higher ants. To account for this situation Wheeler proposed
the idea of “ partial provisioning” supposing that the young

212 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

female after fertilization descends to earth and isolates herself
like the queen of a higher ant, but leaves an entrance open to
the cell and repeatedly forages for the developing brood.
Wheeler later obtained evidence for this view in Myrmecia and
Amblyopone and we have found marked indication of it with
Paraponera clavata, Pachycondyla harpax, and especially with
Euponera stigma.

It is notable, however, that in none of these observations has
the complete inception of a young colony of a Ponerine ant, from
the time of the isolation of the young queen to the appearance
of adult workers, been recorded under artificial conditions, so
that the picture of partial provisioning is lacking in complete-
ness. It is not difficult to find half -formed young communities
of Ponerine ants of many species under natural conditions,
especially in the tropical rain-forests of both hemispheres, which
give the most decided appearance of having been formed by
isolated young females, and in the artificial nest this impression
is readily confirmed. It is less easy, however, to watch the devel-
opment of a young colony from an isolated female to its early
adult phase under the same circumstances.

It therefore seems worthwhile to record an instance of colony
foundation which was observed through its entirety under arti-
ficial conditions, and which gives the clearest evidence for partial
provisioning.

Thanks to the great kindness of Dr. Victor Van Strahlen,
Director of the Musee Royale d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique
and of the Parc National Albert of the Belgian Congo, it was
possible to undertake myrmecological studies in this beautiful
area during the summer of 1938. Fairly extensive collecting
was done in the dense temperate rain forests of the Secteur
Mikeno, in the Ituri Forest, and on the Ruindi Plains, and par-
ticular attention was paid to evidences of the formation of col-
onies by young isolated Ponerine females. The present note is
concerned entirely with the species Bothroponera soror Emery
(Ponerinae, Ponerii).

Bothroponera soror is a fairly common, though locally dis-
tributed, active paleotropical Ponerine ant of the Congo rain
forest, to which it is largely confined. It nests by preference in

June, 1941]

Haskins: Ants

213

the soil about decaying wet logs in the deeper forest, frequently
running its galleries and chambers well into the wood, but
ordinarily maintaining open communication to the earth beneath.

On July 21, 1938, two young fertile females of this species were
found isolated together in a cell constructed in black lava earth
on the lower slopes of Mt. Mikeno. They were transferred to-
gether to an artificial nest, to which they quickly became adapted,
and fed at first with honey and later with a variety of insect food,
which was readily accepted.

Eggs were laid in late August, formed into a packet and
assiduously tended by both young queens. The first egg hatched
on September 1, and by early November two cocoons had been
spun, and there were in the colony, in addition, six larvae and six
eggs. All larvae matured and spun cocoons normally. Through-
out the period of growth of the larvae, both adult females foraged
actively, and the larvae were kept well supplied with cut-up in-
sect food, which they actively devoured. At no time was there
any evidence of feeding of the larvae by regurgitation. The
larvae and their resulting pupae were of the normal size and
form of those of typical workers of the species, there being none
of the dwarfing so characteristic among first-brood workers of
the higher ants.

When nine cocoons had accumulated, the females began system-
atically to destroy the older ones, cutting them open and ex-
tracting and dismembering the pupae, which were those of al-
ready partially pigmented young workers. Seven cocoons were
so destroyed, when the remaining two were artificially isolated
in an attempt to save them. One of these perished, and was
found to have been a normal young worker. The remaining
one was returned to the colony, and was there allowed to hatch,
eclosing a perfect and robust young callow of a light lemon
yellow color on January 9. The young ant was treated with
marked attention by the females, and freely deported, but was
not injured. It immediately assumed charge of the remaining
brood, and rapidly darkened in color, first to red and finally
to the black typical of the species.

A second adult was eclosed on January 16, slightly smaller
than the first, but otherwise like it. The females, however,

214

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

clipped off the flagella of both antennae in the course of extract-
ing it from the cocoon and it shortly perished.

The two females, hitherto completely cooperative, now showed
slight hostility, and were separated, the entire brood being given
to one. The second immediately constructed a new cell, laid
additional eggs, formed them into a packet, and tended them
as had the two females earlier. Two colonies were thus set up.

A third young worker was eclosed in the original colony on
January 24, of unusually large size, which survived and matured
normally. Workers continued thereafter to be produced in the
original colony, which was now essentially established. On April
9 the first adult was eclosed in the new colony formed by the
secondarily isolated female. It was large and of the form typical
of the workers of mature colonies. Thereafter normal workers
were regularly produced in both colonies, which took on the
form characteristic of Ponerine communities in early maturity.
The nests were maintained until March, 1940. During the second
year the interest of the females in their respective broods dimin-
ished, although it never entirely disappeared, and they assumed
the functions characteristic of older Ponerine perfect females.
On December 19, 1939, a mature worker from the original colony
was introduced into the offshoot group, and was immediately
violently attacked. The two communities, originally fused, had
thus become entirely independent, a development which is prob-
ably fairly common under natural conditions among communities
originally cooperatively founded by more than one fertile female.

The colonies of B. soror were maintained in Lubbock earth-
containing nests with open entrances housed in a greenhouse
maintained at a mean temperature of 75° P. and nearly satura-
tion humidity. Under these conditions the duration of the egg
period was found to be about 15 days, of the larval instar, about
15 days, while the duration of the pupal stage was about a month.
The length of larval life varied greatly with the extensiveness of
larval feeding.

After death, the thorax of one of the founding queens was
sectioned in paraffin. It was found that the wing musculature
had practically disappeared, as it does typically among the higher
ants. It would seem, therefore, that the characteristic absorption
of the wing musculature after dealation which among higher ants

June, 1941]

Haskins : Ants

215

serves so indispensable a purpose in permitting them to form a
colony without taking food during the process phylogenetically
antedates that habit.

CONCLUSION

The development of these two colonies, I believe, presents a
fairly clear and complete picture of the method of colony forma-
tion practiced by at least some of the Ponerine ants. Young
females remove their wings following the nuptial flight, after
the manner of higher ants, and, singly or in small groups, exca-
vate cells in earth or decaying wood. Eggs are deposited, formed
into a packet, and tended assiduously. The females do not iso-
late themselves during this time, however, but forage actively,
certainly after the hatching of the first eggs, and probably be-
fore. The larvae are fed with insect material in the fashion so
typical of the Ponerines and of many higher ants. Ingluvial
feeding has not been seen. The larvae mature, and spin cocoons
of normal size and form. There is no evidence of any specialized
depauperate first-brood form so common among higher ants.
The pupae mature and are eclosed, aided or unaided depending
upon the type, and the young workers take their place in the
community. Gradually the foraging instincts of the brood-queen
lapse and the egg-laying habit becomes specialized, so that the
Ponerine mature queen approaches the condition of the mature
female of ants of the higher subfamilies, although colonial duties
are never completely relinquished during the lifetime of the
former. It is to be supposed that the destruction of the earlier
cocoons in the case recorded was an abnormal procedure con-
sequent upon artificial conditions.

The whole procedure as thus observed is quite in accord with
expectation, and represents a generalized condition from which
we must suppose that the highly evolved methods of colony foun-
dation of Myrmicine and Formicine ants have been derived by
successive specializations.

The wing musculature of the queen is apparently destroyed
during the process of colony foundation as among the higher
ants, even although the young queen may freely partake of nour-
ishment during the period. It is doubtful if any fat-body is fed
to the young ingluvially, as among the higher ants, but the muscle
resorption undoubtedly contributes to the resistance of the queen

216

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

herself if threatened by long periods of enforced abstinence. It
would seem that this physiological characteristic phylogenetically
antedated the completely claustral habit of colony formation and
eventually became tributary to it.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Particular thanks are due to Dr. Victor Van Strahlen for his
kind permission to collect and study ants within the area of the
Parc National Albert in the Belgian Congo in 1938, and to Dr.
Neal A. Weber of the University of North Dakota for identifica-
tion of the ant concerned. All investigations resulting from this
expedition were originally, by agreement with Dr. Van Strahlen,
to have been published in Belgium. This has become inadvisable
by reason of the present war, and they are presented in the
United States with very deep acknowledgements to the source
and the nation which made them possible.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Wheeler, W. M.

1900. A study of some Texan Ponerinae. Biol. Bull., 2: 1.

1900. The habits of Ponera and Stigmatomma. Ibid., 2 : 43.

1905. On the founding of colonies by Queen ants. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., 22 : 33.

1910. Ants, their structure, development, and behavior. Columbia Uni-
versity Press. 663 pp.

1916. The marriage flight of a Bull-dog ant. Jour. Anim. Behavior,
6: 70.

1932. How the primitive ants of Australia start their colonies. Science,

N. S., 76: 532.

1933. Colony founding among ants, with an account of some primitive

Australian species. Harvard University Press. 179 pp.

2. Haskins, C. P.

1928. Notes on the behavior and habits of Stigmatomma pallipes Halde-
mann. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XXXVI: 179.

1930. Preliminary notes on certain phases of the behavior and habits

of Proceratium croceum Roger. Ibid., XXXVIII: 121.

1931. Notes on the biology and social life of Euponera gilva Roger

var. Earnedi M. R. Smith. Ibid., XXXIX: 509.

3. Haskins, C. P., and Enzmann, E. V.

1938. Studies of certain sociological and physiological features in the
Formicidae. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
XXXVII, Art. 2 : 147.

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Certificate of Incorporation expires June 7, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 77th Street and Columbus Avenue.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Honorary President, WILLIAM T. DAVIS

Officers for the Year 1941

President, MAX KISLIUK Federal Bldg., New York, N. Y.

Vice-President, HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J.

Secretary, ANNETTE L. BACON American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DR. HERMAN T. SPIETH College of the City of New York, N. Y.

Librarian, L. JAMES SANFORD American Museum of Natural History

Curator, DR. WILLIS J. GERTSCH American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

W. T. Davis Dr. Albert Hartzell Dr. Wm. Procter

Dr. A. B. Klots Frank A. Soraci

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Harry B. Weiss

Edwin W. Teale
E. L. Bell

Herbert F. Schwarz

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

J. W. Angei

M. H. Sartor

Harold Hagan

Dr. Wm. Moore

AUDITING COMMITTEE
Dr. W. J. Gertsch

F. S. Blanton

Dr. A. B. Klots

FIELD COMMITTEE
A. S. Nicolay

Wm. P. Comstock

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Dr. Herman T. Spieth, American Museum
of Natural History, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Librarian, L. James Sanford, American
Museum of Natural History, 77th St. and Columbus Ave., New
York, N. Y. The society has a complete file of back issues in stock.
The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not noti-
fied immediately of change of address. We do not exchange
publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money-orders , or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additionals 100’s 60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.00; additional 100’s, $1.50.

Half-tone prints l1/^ cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figi^es or
full page plates will be required to supply the electropj :es or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and so to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated papei. when
advisable.

Vol. XLIX

No. 3

SEPTEMBER, 1941

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS EDWIN W. TEALE

HERBERT F. SCHWARZ E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1941

CONTENTS

The Sensory Basis of Courtship

By Cyril E. Abbott 217

On Some Asiatic Species of Carterocephalus

By V. Nabokov 221

Civil Disturbances in Ant Communities

By Laurence J. Lafleur 225

The Elateridae of Pennsylvania

By C. A. Thomas 233

Lysandra Cormion, a New European Butterfly

By V. Nabokov 265

Some New Species of Mallophora Macquart (Asilidae,
Diptera)

By C. H. Curran 269

Additions to the New Jersey State List of Coleoptera

By Borys Malkin 285

Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 293

NOTICE: Volume XLIX, Number 2, of the Journal of
The New York Entomological Society was published
on May 6, 1941.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XLIX September, 1941 No. 3

THE SENSORY BASIS OF COURTSHIP

By Cyril E. Abbott

Courtship may be defined as an elaborate sexual response in-
volving recognition, selection, and pursuit. Although these
various phases of behavior may be complicated by elaboration
of details and variation of execution, the “pattern” of courtship,
as generally understood, is easily recognized whenever and wher-
ever it occurs. Selection, though it involves individuals is ac-
companied or preceded by the recognition of characteristics
both specific and sexual. These may precede or follow pursuit,
according to conditions. That is to say, recognition and even
selection are seldom infallible, as any one who has studied the
courtship of insects knows.

For in many species courtship regularly precedes sexual
union. This is notably true of diurnal, flying forms; indeed it
is a form of behavior typical of “daylight” species. In those
rare cases where courtship occurs among nocturnal insects ( e.g
the Lampyridse) one will find that there is special provision for
the stimulation of the visual senses.

Courtship is, in fact, an almost exclusively visual process;
courting animals (not insects exclusively) depend almost en-
tirely upon the visual impressions they receive. Why is this the
case, and what relation does it have to the property of being
diurnal ? I believe that the explanation is contained in two con-
ditions ; the high degree of acuity of daylight vision which makes
possible the recognition of patterns, and the restriction of elab-

W

218

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

orate patterns to species inhabiting intense light. Correlary to
these conditions is the fact that the visual senses are the only
senses sufficiently discriminating to make such behavior possible.

Night vision, even in animals primarily or exclusively noc-
turnal, is not only generally insensitive to differences to color,
but is also less sensitive than daylight vision to form and depth ;
this is true of both vertebrates and arthropods. Animals active
both during the day and at night certainly have the resolving
power of the eyes reduced in weak light. It is, in fact, impos-
sible to separate color vision absolutely from the perception of
form, since, to considerable extent, the latter condition depends
upon the condition known as “simultaneous contrast.” The
truth of this is indicated by the familiar examples found in
human color-blindness; as, for example, the difficulty experi-
enced in locating a red apple among green foliage.

But to recognize a pattern implies the presence of a pattern
to recognize, and it is also true that the formation of brilliant,
strongly contrasting pigments is directly dependent upon ex-
posure to intense illumination. Caverniculous animals are un-
pigmented; so too, are many insects inhabiting the trunks of
trees or which are subterranean in habit; and the eggs of most
species of birds nesting in hollow trees or underground burrows
are white. Most nocturnal animals, though pigmented, are dull
in color, and, more significantly, do not exhibit the striking color
patterns characteristic of diurnal forms.

This relationship of light to pattern is especially obvious
among insects. The wing-patterns of moths lack both the dis-
tinctness of line and brilliancy of color so consistently present
in their diurnal relatives, the butterflies. Moths which are diur-
nal generally have acute vision, distinct color patterns, and ex-
hibit some inclination to courtship, although their behavior in
this respect is less intricate than that of the butterflies. Paren-
thetically, most butterflies are much more sensitive to the longer
rays of the visible spectrum than are the nocturnal moths, and
animals sensitive to the longer spectral rays appear to have a
higher visual acuity than those insensitive to the red end of the
spectrum.

Most of the large, silk-producing moths (Saturnidce) are

Sept., 1941]

Abbott: Courtship

219

strictly nocturnal. The males are attracted to the females by
odor, and mating occurs without any intervening courtship. But
I have found that Callosamia promethia not infrequently flies
and mates by day, and this moth exhibits so striking a difference
in the color patterns of the two sexes that the uninformed lay-
men often mistakes them for distinct species. I have not seen this
moth exhibit courtship, although I have read somewhere that
actual experiments made in transferring the wings of one sex
to the other gave results indicating some visual sex recognition.
But even if courtship is lacking in this species, we need not be
surprised, since phyletically sex differentiation probably has
preceded the development of courtship behavior to some extent;
indeed it could hardly be otherwise.

Also significant is the fact that the flashing of fireflies is a
visual stimulus to sexual union; but it constitutes a part of the
courtship itself. It differs from diurnal courtship also in the
fact that instead of depending upon a fixed pattern for recog-
nition, the same result is achieved by a “time pattern.” That
is to say, each species has a flash frequency which is specific both
as to the duration of the glow and the interval of darkness ; recog-
nition depends upon these alone.

As one might expect, courtship is particularly characteristic
of predatory insects, even though their very nature makes the
sexes potential enemies. The reason for this is obvious, since
predatory forms are generally visually acute. Dragonflies, for
example, refute the popular dogma that the bulk of initiative in
courtship is masculine. Recently I observed with interest the
mating behavior of an unidentified species of Enellagma. Fe-
males as well as males pursued other females; not infrequently
a female insect pursued a male. Because the life of the preda-
tory insect depends upon the pursuit of prey, it may be that the
pursuit of a potential mate is initiated by the same impulse.
Students of human psychology have often remarked that the
impulses concerned with nutrition and reproduction are inex-
tricably interwoven.

The behavior of animals other than insects supports the con-
clusions here set forth. For instance, birds, which have been
cited as the animals exhibiting courtship in its most intricate

220

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

and highly specialized forms are predominantly diurnal and
predominantly dependent upon vision. Also, most of them are
predatory, for it is impossible to regard insectivorous birds as
otherwise than predators in a broad sense, nor is it possible to
draw a distinct line between insectivorous forms and those preda-
tory upon other animals. Song, it is true, plays a minor role in
the courtship of birds, but this also has its counterpart among
such insects as cicadas and grasshoppers.

To recapitulate : courtship among animals depends directly
upon diurnal habits, acute vision, and the development of pat-
terns. Among insects this is almost exclusively the case, and it
is generally true elsewhere in the animal kingdom. The exhibi-
tion of courtship does not depend upon taxonomic relationships,
except such as are related to the requirements described.

ON SOME ASIATIC SPECIES OF CARTEROCEPHALUS

By V. Nabokov

1. The true Carterocephalus 1 dieckmanni Graeser.

In 1888 (Berl. Ent. Z.) Graeser described a new Carterocepha-
lus, dieckmanni from two males taken near Vladivostok; in 1891
(Entmol. XXIV Suppl.) Leech named another Asiatic species,
from Tibet, gemmatus; a month later, this was described and
figured as demea by Oberthur (Etudes Entom.) who never for-
gave Leech for having hastily forestalled him after seeing a
proof copy of the plate ; and in 1897 Elwes and Edwards, revis-
ing the family (Trans. Zool. Soc.) cheerfully sank both gemma-
tus Leech and demea Obthr., as synonyms of Graeser ’s dieck-
manni.

Little though Leech seems to have deserved it, his gemmatus
( demea Obthr.) must now be restored. Elwes and Edwards’
error was rather remarkable in view of Oberthur ’s perfect repre-
sentation of his demea and of Graeser ’s detailed and beautifully
accurate description of his dieckmanni ; but more remarkable
still is the fact that this confusion (“ dieckmanni Graeser = gem-
matus Leech) has been kept up for half a century by other writ-
ers including of course Mabille, in his half-hearted, incredibly
muddled survey (I volume of Seitz), and Gaede (Suppl. to
“Seitz”) who, however, was sufficiently acquainted with the
facies of the alleged synonym to be bothered by the figure in
Seitz, and no wonder he was; that figure happens to represent
the true dieckmanni! “The form illustrated in volume I, says
Gaede (trying as it were to patch up the matter), has two rows
of white 'spots on underside of hind wings. Occasionally these
are conjoined forming two bands as illustrated by Oberthur.”

The simple reality of course is that gemmatus Leech ( demea
Obthr.) and dieckmanni Graeser are separate species, and inci-
dentally, the latter is more seldom met with in collections than
the former. On the underside of the secondaries the central sil-

i The 1 ‘ black-and-white ’ ’ group merges into the 1 ‘ golden ’ ’ so naturally
that I do not see any reason for isolating the former in the subgenus
Aubertia very vaguely proposed by Oberthur in 1896.

222

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

very band of gemmatus is replaced in dieckmanni by three spots2
with the general pattern recalling a “golden” species ar gyro-
stigma Ev. (as was noted by Graeser himself) ; and another
striking feature is that, in gemmatus, the fringes of the sec-
ondaries are dark, the costal part alone being white, whereas in
dieckmanni (as again Graeser notes) they are white throughout
except for a short stretch between the upper angle and vein 2
where there is a peculiar shading not quite reaching the outer
edge.

The only specimen of C. dieckmanni at the American Museum
of Natural History is a male, from Sining.

2. Carterocephalus canopunctatus new species.

Upperside brownish black with small dull-white spots ; these recall flavo-
maculatus Obthr. in size and christophi Gr.-Grsh.3 in disposition. Wings and
abdomen have a slim elongated appearance.

Primaries above with two spots in the cell, the first near the base, wedge-
shaped, surmounted by a small bluish-white patch, the other at one third
from the end, bar-shaped across the cell; below this a slightly broader spot
placed outwards; and four sub-apical spots, the first three from near the
costa in a narrow band divided by the veins and the fourth placed out-
wards, with a hardly perceptible dot in a line below. Apex tipped with white
even more slightly than in niveomaculatus Obthr. Fringes brownish.

Secondaries with two spots, the first bar-shaped across the cell and the
other below it less extended inwards than in flavomaculatus. Fringes
shaded with brownish, except along the costa and at one point above the
anal angle where they are white.

Primaries underside washed with olivaceous along the costa and on apical
area, otherwise brown with the spots of the upperside reproduced and
slightly enlarged.

Secondaries underside resembling niveomaculatus and, still more, flavo-
maculatus, olivaceous, with the usual pale pincer-shaped markings at the
base, a yellow medial streak, a line of more or less distinct yellow dots along
the margin and nine spots, silvery-white (except the small costal one, cen-
tral series, which is yellowish as in flavomaculatus) and placed as follows: a
sub-basal one, rounded, as large as in flavomaculatus ; five forming a central

2 This is curiously paralleled in another Hesperid genus, Pyrgus, by the
difference between maculata Brem. et Gr. and malvae L.

3 Or rather dulcis Obthr. if the latter be considered as a form of christophi
with slightly reduced spots. There is also niveomaculatus var. tibetanus
South, but the author’s meager description (Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1913) is
worthless as the few characters he mentions might apply equally well to
christophi or dulcis.

Sept., 1941]

Nabokov : Carterocephalus

223

series, the fifth being more extended inwards than in flavomaculatus or
niveomaculatus, and a sub-marginal series represented by a small rounded
spot at the upper angle, one below, extended outwards (not both ways as in
the two other species), and two in the medium interspaces.

One male, holotype, in the American Museum of Natural His-
tory, labelled ‘ ‘ Ta-Tsien-Lu, Ost Tibet’’ and coming from the
collection of Mr. E. L. Bell who obtained it from the firm of
Standinger and Bang Haas.

CIVIL DISTURBANCES IN ANT COMMUNITIES

By Laurence J. Lafleur

It is not so long ago that the title of this paper would have
seemed almost paradoxical, as ants were believed to be perfectly
social. Recently, however, new observations and the collection
of previously recorded incidents have not only made it clear that
civil disturbances do occur, but have also indicated that there
may be a variety of motivation for them. It is the purpose of
this paper, not merely to add to the recorded list of civil disturb-
ances, but also to detail the probable motivations thereof.

First, a word or two may be devoted to the question of recog-
nition. We are concerned with the deliberate attack by one ant
upon a nest-mate, but the appearance of such an attack could
readily be produced by one ant’s failure to recognize a nest-mate
as such, and her consequent attack up her as an enemy. If a
strong perfume is sprinkled over ants it interferes with their
power of recognition : in most cases it causes the ant, depending
upon its species and individual attitude, to treat strangers as
friends, or, per contra , to treat its friends as enemies. A similar
result is sometimes produced by poisons, such as corrosive sub-
limate, and by the amputation of the antennae. Brain lesions or
disease might well have the same effect. When individual ants
are handled, or sprayed with poison by hostile ants, or when they
fall into honey or even into water, it sometimes causes their com-
rades to fail to recognize them, and temporary “arrests” or more
serious attacks may then occur. In a very large nest, recognition,
if based on individual characteristics, as must be the case in at
least some cases ( e.g those where individuals of other species
have been adopted), might fail at times due to the number of
individuals involved. It therefore becomes necessary to take
every precaution lest a case of mistaken identity be listed among
the instances of deliberate attack on a nest-mate, I have taken
such precautions, and none of the incidents referred to in this
or in previous articles on the same topic may reasonably be
ascribed to a failure in recognition.

226

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Certain cases of civil disturbance have the appearance of being
the deliberate punishment by some ants of nest-mates who fail
to defend the nest. The psychological implications of such be-
havior are so startling that one naturally hesitates to accept them,
but the behavior itself is well attested and no alternative explana-
tion has as yet been offered. This problem is discussed in ‘ 4 Puni-
tive Behavior of Ants.”1

Sometimes/ the conduct of individual ants has all the char-
acteristics that attend human cruelty or even sadism. Some in-
stances of this type of conduct are discussed in an article en-
titled “Anti-Social Behavior of Ants.”2 Since the writing of
that article, a further incident has occurred in my nests which
may be of this type, and which merits recording. I had a nest
containing a queen and three workers of Formica subsericea to
which, from time to time, I introduced some young of Formica
neocinerea. The first of these alien ants was born into the nest
on March 16, the second on March 17, and a third on April 10.
These workers behaved and were treated precisely as would ants
that were progeny of the queen. Gn the evening of April 15 the
fourth neocinerea was born, the subsericea queen died on the
night of April 17-18, and on April 18 one of the older neocinerea
was observed attacking her callow sister. The attack was per-
sistent, until I separated them by force after a few hours. The
attack was not then repeated. This affair was exceptional, since
the participants were not only nest-mates and blood-sisters, but
also because they were so very young. A newly born worker is
hardly ever attacked by any ant of its own or a closely allied
species, regardless of the nest of origin.

I have observed that fighting frequently breaks out between
affiliated queens in an incipient nest, and the timing of these out-
breaks strongly suggested to me that the motivation was jealousy
between the queens for the loyalty of the brood. This was dis-
cussed in “Communal Disaffection in Ants.”3 Since the pub-
lication of that article I have found that a similar case was re-

1 Journal of Comparative Psychology, Vol. 29, No. 3, p. 327, June 1940.

2 To be published in The Journal of Comparative Psychology.

3 Journal of the N. Y. Entomological Society, Yol. XLIX, p. 199, June
1941.

Sept., 1941]

Lafleur: Ant Communities

227

ported by von Buttel-Reepen, where two Lasius niger queens
fought shortly after the birth of their first young, although they
had lived peacefully together for almost a year.4

There are times when it may seem to be to the communal inter-
est to dispose of certain members of the community, as is the case
with drones among the bees. Indeed, it has been reported that
some ants similarly dispose of any males that may be left after
the annual swarming. Sterile queens are almost as useless, and
Brun, who observed the workers in a nest of Lasius niger kill one
of two adopted queens, believes this conduct to be the result of
the victim’s sterility.5 While Brun’s conclusions may well be
correct, his data are hardly sufficient to validate his hypothesis.
It is supported, nevertheless, by some associated facts. In some
cases of formicine parasitism, the workers regularly kill off their
own queens in favor of the parasitic queens ; presumably because
the latter are smaller and require less sustenance. Forel sug-
gests that Formica fusca slaves may object to the food consump-
tion of their Polyergus masters in times of scarcity, and relates a
fatal disturbance that resulted from this.6

Another case, though incompletely authenticated, occurred in
the Bronx zoo this past winter. For some time a nest of the
leaf-cutting* Atta has been housed in the reptile house, where the
lines of leaf-bearing ants is a great public attraction. To in-
crease the showiness of the spectacle, the zoo provided roses of
different colors, in the expectation that the various colors of
petals and the green leaves would provide a brilliant show. Un-
fortunately the ants decided otherwise, and confined themselves
to the yellow petals, taking the red ones only after the yellow
were exhausted, and the leaves only when everything else was
gone. This year it was decided that the ants should be given
fallen petals as an economy measure, whereupon the ants went on
a hunger strike. It was the habit of this colony to deposit its
dead during the night, and the death rate increased during this
period to several hundred a day. It was suggested that the ants

4 Archiv fur Rassen- und Gesellschafts- Biologie, 1905, pp. 24-31.

s Biologisch.es Centralblatt, 1912, p. 163-167.

e International Monthly, Yol. 5, p. 721-722, Burlington Vt., 1902. Re-
published in “Punitive Behavior of Ants,” q. v.

228

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

deliberately reduced their number in view of their depleted food
resources, but unfortunately there is no direct evidence on this
point, however probable it may seem. The arrangements in the
reptile house are such that no glimpse of the interior of the nest
is possible, and even the exterior was not observed during the
night. As soon as living roses were again supplied, the death
rate was reduced to the normal. Reports of these events that
appeared in the newspapers inferred that the workers were eating
each other in lieu of other food, and although this is highly im-
probable, there is no direct evidence to refute it. It is much more
likely that the corpses would be used as fertilizer for the fungus
beds as it is known that these ants use their own excrement for
this purpose. But even this is hardly to be accepted as there was
no indication, on the discarded corpses of the ants, of actual vio-
lence. Perhaps this is putting it too strongly : the correct state-
ment is only that the officials at the zoo do not remember any
evidences of mutilation.

The suggestion of cannibalism, although unfounded in the case
just considered must not be ignored when considering possible
motivations for anti-social conduct. If ants may kill one an-
other for other reasons including the reason that there is not
enough food to go around, it would seem likely that they might do
the same for cannibalistic use. Especially is this the case among
ants that regularly feed on their own dead, as do Formica sub-
sericea. There is, however, no evidence of such behavior, though
it is a well-nigh universal practice of ants to use their larval
forms as food when necessary. Queens frequently eat their eggs
in the early stages of the nest, and I have many times observed
pupae similarly consumed. We might add that cannibalism is
quite ordinary among the termites.

Janet has suggested that ants may kill one another for lack of
space when they become overcrowded. This factor may well
have been present in the case of the Atta already reported, and
Janet himself describes Solenopsis fugax and Tetramorium
caespitum as killing off supernumerary queens when expansion
of the nest became impossible.7 But even in a natural nest a

7 Reported by Forel, in “The Social World of the Ants,” Vol. 1, p. 428,
Boni, N. Y., 1929.

Sept., 1941]

Lafleur: Ant Communities

229

similar thing may occur, for Bruch observed Acromyrmex Lundi
kill fertile queens shortly after swarming time by cutting off their
abdomens,8 and Brauns observed fertile queens of Messor meri-
dionalis driven out of their nests by workers or other queens.9 It
seems likely that all these instances are somehow related, and two
hypotheses come to mind. Perhaps queens fertilized in the nest
or returning to it after a nuptial flight are subsequently driven
out with or without workers as a sort of colony-budding process.
Of perhaps the new queens are accepted and the old ones, whose
seminal vesicles may be exhausted or nearing exhaustion, are
driven out or killed. On the other hand, Janet’s hypotheses may
be near the truth, and the ants may restrict their numbers to a
limit determined by the species or by the resources of the vicinity.

If fighting within the community once starts, it might spread
by imitation. In “Communal Disaffection in Ants” I have de-
scribed how workers twice joined with one of their queens in an
attack upon another. Jealousy, which is the presumed motive of
the queens, would not apply to the workers, who may therefore
have been following the cue given by the queen. This motive
would also act to cause the observed continuity of disturbance
noticed in the cases described in “Anti-Social Behavior among
Ants ’ ’ and in the present article and is, obviously, closely parallel
to mob psychology among human beings

There are, in addition to the ones we have already mentioned,
cases of civil disturbances that do not fall into any of these six
categories. By this I do not mean merely that it is uncertain in
which category they belong; as would be true in the case where
fertile queens were simultaneously expelled from many nests of
the same species in a given locality ; but that it is apparent that no
one of the motivations previously discussed will explain the situ-
ation. An example involving this difficulty occurred among my
nests recently. A fairly large nest of Myrmica scabrinodis was
dug up by Mr. Windsor in Chicago on April 13, and received
by me on April 19. On April 22 the ants were allowed to migrate
from a temporary into a permanent nest, and on April 23 four-
teen decapitated corpses were observed. Their deaths must all

s Revista dal Museo de la Plata, 1921, p. 175-211.

9 Porel, “The Social World of the Ants,” Vol.2, p. 232.

230

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

have occurred within twenty-four hours. At the same time one
worker was observed grasping another’s neck, a grip which she
maintained half an hour. At the end of that period the aggressor
released her hold, and I noticed that both were treated normally
by the other workers. After about a minute they met again, and
the aggressor seized her victim ’s antenna, then her head, and then
released her once more. After seven or eight minutes during
which the two did not meet, I lost track of them in the crowd.

No further corpses were found the next day, nor were any sub-
sequent attacks observed until May 9, when two workers were
seen attacking a third. Some further fighting was observed
around May 13, and again on May 28. These dates are not the
only ones on which fighting occurred, since minor fighting was
not always recorded and because the nest was observed rather
infrequently.

On June 7 the fighting increased in intensity. Two pairs were
observed, one in each pair chewing at the other’s pedicel. After
an hour and a half I used a glass to focus the sun’s rays on the
aggressors and they let go. At this time and subsequently, it was
noticeable that when separated in this or in any other way the
aggressor made no effort to find her victim, and when they met
accidently after separation no further fighting developed. In
this and in almost every other way this case differs from the
apparently deliberate cruelty of Formica neocinerea.

A few minutes after separating the two pairs mentioned above,
another pair was observed in a similar struggle, but the victim
wandered off when the aggressor let go to clean herself. Later
two more pairs were observed, both grips being antennal, and
after an hour and a half I separated them by the same method
used before. On June 9 the nest was unobserved, but on the
tenth there were several fighting pairs one of which could not be
separated by the use of the glass, the aggressor being sufficiently
tenacious to suffer sooner than to release her victim.

At this point it was evident that none of the categories dis-
cussed in this article would apply to this case unless it could be
lack of space that induced the trouble, there being approximately
four hundred ants in a nest of forty square inches. To test this
hypothesis I connected the nest with an empty one of similar

Sept,, 1941]

Lafleur: Ant Communities

231

construction and equal size expecting that, if the hypothesis were
correct, the ants would either divide into two nests or use the new
one as an antechamber. In either case the fighting should stop.
But in fact the ants showed no great interest in the new nest,
beyond the number of exploratory visits that would be expected
in such a confined space. I then proceeded to divide the nest
by force, putting two of the seven queens, a few young, and al-
most half the workers in the new nest. Although this involved
handling many of the ants, no fighting was caused thereby, which
helps to dispose of the possibility that the fighting might be
caused by a failure of recognition. Finally the disturbances not
only failed to disappear, but even increased somewhat in fre-
quency and intensity in the succeeding days, several deaths occur-
ring which were probably due to this condition. This was true,
moreover, not only of the old nest where the pressure of popula-
tion was much decreased but also in the new nest, where the actual
population was less than half the original density, and the poten-
tial population distinctly inferior. The condition of casual fight-
ing that was typical of the original nest thus continued to be true
of both its successors. The hypothesis of spacial restriction is
therefore untenable in this instance, and no other hypothesis is
at present available to account for the facts.10

We have, then, four motives fairly well established as possible
causes of civil strife among formicine communities : these are,
punishment or pseudo-punishment, cruelty, jealousy, and the
communal interest in disposing of such unneeded individuals as
males or infertile or overlarge females. In addition there are
other possible motives in lack of food, cannibalism, spacial limita-
tion, and imitation. Even with this additional list of possible
motives, however, it is clear that there is a residue of anti-social
behavior that still awaits explanation.

10 It is nevertheless possible, if highly improbable, that spacial restriction
may have been responsible for originating the fighting which continued
subsequently as a result of imitation.

THE ELATERIDZE OF PENNSYLVANIA*

By C. A. Thomas

Pennsylvania State College

As part of a study on the Elateridse, or click beetles inhabiting
Pennsylvania, a number of collections and publications was ex-
amined and the data were assembled into the following list. This
shows the approximately 220 species and varieties of this coleop-
terous family which have been found in this state, their distribu-
tion, and gives some idea of the comparative abundance of each
species. The arrangement of the Leng list and its supplements
has been used ; the localities of collection are arranged as nearly
as possible according to their location from eastern to western
Pennsylvania. Most of the collecting of elaterids has occurred in
the southern half of the state, especially near Philadelphia, Har-
risburg and Pittsburgh, with a lesser amount in the eastern and
western counties north of those cities. Only a limited amount of
collecting has been done in the north central and northern border
counties. It is hoped that these latter localities may be more ex-
tensively examined, in order to determine whether the species
found further south in the state have a distribution which is con-
tinuous with the same species as noted in Leonard’s New York
State list. John B. Smith’s 1909 New Jersey list records several
species which have so far not been found in Pennsylvania.

The collections consulted in compiling this list were as follows :
the collections of Knull, Kirk and the Bureau of Plant Industry
(BPI) at Harrisburg; of Horn, Haimbach and Frank Mason at
the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; of the Zoology
Department of the University of Pennsylvania ; the Reading Mu-
seum collection, mostly collected by Dr. D. M. Castle near Phila-
delphia; the collections at the University of Delaware (Newark,
Del.) ; Cornell University (Ithaca, N. Y.) ; Franklin and Mar-
shall College (Lancaster, Pa.) ; Rutgers University (New Bruns-
wick, N. J.) ; the H. W. Wenzel collection at Ohio State Univer-

* Authorized for publication on May 7, 1940, as paper No. 973 in the
journal series of the Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment Station.

234

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

sity; the Slosson and Palm specimens in the American Museum
of Natural History, New York; the E. D. Quirsfeld collection;
the Klages collection at the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh ; and
the writer’s personal collection, which also contains numerous
specimens collected by S. W. Frost at Arendtsville, Pa. Data on
Pennsylvania-collected specimens were also contributed by M. C.
Lane, Walla Walla, Washington, W. J. Brown, Ottawa, Canada,
H. C. Fall, Tyngsboro, Mass., and specialists of the United States
National Museum at Washington, D. C. The above coleopterists
also kindly identified many specimens for the writer, while others
were determined by comparison with the types in the Horn col-
lection at the Academy in Philadelphia, or from descriptions in
the literature. The lists by Hamilton and Klages have provided
a number of Pennsylvania records. When the specimens in any
collection could not be accurately identified, those records were
omitted from this list, and will be considered in a later paper.

In general, the records from the region of the Pocono Moun-
tains and the Delaware Water Gap were from Palm, Nicolay and
Quirsfeld ; Bethlehem region by Slosson, Quirsfeld and G. W.
Caffrey; Philadelphia, Bucks and Delaware counties by Haim-
bach, Kaeber, Robinson and Castle; Chester County by Thomas;
Lancaster County, by the Franklin and Marshall College collec-
tion; Harrisburg and the Susquehanna Valley by Champlain,
Greene, Kirk, Knull and their associates of the Pennsylvania
Bureau of Plant Industry ; State College vicinity, by students in
the Zoology Dept.; Mt. Alto by Knull; Arendtsville by Frost;
Jeanette, Pitsburgh and vicinity by Hamilton, Klages and Cher-
mock. Although the Fall and Liebeck collections, now in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, have not been examined, they
undoubtedly contain Pennsylvania collected elaterids. Since it
is impossible within the confines of this paper to include the name
of the collection from which each locality record was made, these
in most instances have been omitted ; however, these will be fur-
nished to anyone who applies to the writer.

The writer wishes to express his appreciation to all the above
collectors who so kindly sent data to be used in this list, or who
permitted examination of the collections under their care. He
also wishes to thank Mr. George Greene, of the Pennsylvania

Sept., 1941]

Thomas : Elateridae

235

Bureau of Plant Industry, for the use of many notes taken from
his personal files.

To this paper is appended a list of publications containing
original descriptions of Pennsylvania elaterids, and many notes
on these insects.

THE ELATERIDS OP PENNSYLVANIA
Pyrophorinae
Adelocera Latr.

The larvae and adults of this genus are usually found under
the bark of dead trees, stumps and logs. The larvae of some spe-
cies are predacious.

8553 — aurorata Say. Throughout the winter in the above situ-
ations; June. Beneath the bark of dead pitch pine, according
to Kirk, ’22. Greentown, Clarks Valley, Clearfield, State Col-
lege, Loretto, Jeannette, Wilmerding, Pittsburgh.

8554 — impressicollis Say. Type locality Pennsylvania: Say,
1825, 260. Active from mid- April to mid- July. Hibernates in
decaying cavities of old trees (Kirk, ’22). Not common, although
Hamilton, ’95, stated that it was common under old logs -in Alle-
gheny County. Harrisburg, Rockville, Chambersburg, Jean-
nette, Pittsburgh.

8557 — brevicornis LeC. Rare. Pound in stumps in winter;
active April to Sept. Delaware Water Gap, Balsam Swamp,
Pike County, Mt. Alto, Caledonia, Charter Oak, State College,
Ricketts, Allegheny County, Northeast.

8558 — obtecta Say. Hamilton stated that this species was not
rare under the bark of trees. Kirk, ’22, found the larvae in the
galleries of wood-borers. Champlain, Kirk and Knull caught
them in fermenting baits. Active from early April to mid Sep-
tember. Hibernate under bark. Greentown, Delaware Water
Gap, Bethlehem, Angora, Upper Darby, Honey Brook, Kennett
Square, Laporte, Hummelstown, Clarks Valley, Inglenook, Chin-
chilla, Linglestown, McAlevys Port, State College, Hollidays-
burg, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8560 — marmorata Fab. Kirk, ’22, found the larvae feeding on
larvae of bostrychid beetles ( Trichodesma gibbosa) in a gum tree.

236

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Adults active from April to October. Greentown, Parryville,
Tinicum, Mt. Moriah, Parkland, Olney, Angora, Philadelphia,
Fern wood, Bromall, Unionville, Manoa, Harrisburg, West Fair-
view, Linglestown, Hummelstown, Rockville, State College, Jean-
nette, Wilmerding, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County, New Brighton.

8561 — discoidea Web. Generally distributed and fairly com-
mon throughout the state. Collected in every month except
September. Hibernates under bark, in dead logs, etc., as both
larva and adult. Found in bait pails in summer. The following
are a few typical localities where this species has been collected :
Delaware Water Gap, Bethlehem, Wyoming, Lafayette, Olney,
Frankford, Philadelphia, Glenolden, Castle Rock, Broomall,
West Chester, Kennett Square, Jennersville, Honey Brook, Hum-
melstown, Rockville, Dauphin, Clarks Valley, State College, Mt.
Alto, Chambersburg, Hollidaysburg, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8562 — avita Say. Adults reared from larvae under bark of
dead and dying hickory trees containing wood-boring larvae on
which they fed; adults collected at night (Kirk, ’22). March to
August. Hummelstown, Harrisburg, State College, Marion,
Linglestown, Jeannette, Wilmerding, Pittsburgh.

8563 — modesta Boisd. Collected in April, July and August.
State College, Pittsburgh, Northeast.

— maculata LeC. Type locality near Philadelphia : LeConte,
1866, XVIII, 389. Philadelphia: 0. Schwartz, 1907, 318; Wil-
merding : one specimen in the Lane collection.

Alaus Esch.

8571 — oculatus L. Common and widely distributed. This, our
largest click beetle and wireworm, is most common in May, June
and early July, but has been collected in nearly every month.
The adult hibernates under bark and in rotten logs and stumps.
The large larvae are very active and pugnacious; they feed on
the larvae of woodboring beetles and other insects which live
under bark and in decaying wood. Kirk, ’22, said that this spe-
cies occurs only on deciduous trees, according to the notes of the
Bureau of Plant Industry. Champlain, Kirk, and Knull (’26,
’32) caught many adults in baits in June and July at Clarks
Valley., Typical collections: Bethlehem, Scranton, Pittston,

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterid^e

237

Kutztown, Philadelphia, Germantown, Angora, Roxboro, Bustle-
ton, Media, Swarthmore, Broomall, Devon, Castle Rock, Cheyney,
Kennett Square, Unionville, Honey Brook, Reading, Mt. Hope,
Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Rockville, Clarks Valley, Mt. Alto,
Hollidaysburg, Benton, State College, Irvona, Danville, Laporte,
Williamsport, Port Allegany, Bingham Center, Corydon, Brook-
ville, Erie, Uniontown, New Alexandria, Indiana, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh, and many other localities.

8572 — myo'ps Fab. This beetle, which is locally fairly com-
mon in the New Jersey Pine Barrens, is quite rare in Pennsyl-
vania, where it is found under loose pine bark. Kirk, ’22, col-
lected it near Harrisburg in pine trees and stumps infested with
woodboring larvae. Knull, ’32, found it feeding on adult car-
penter ants in a decaying pine log. The writer found it breeding
under bark on dead pines in the Nottingham Barrens, Chester
County, Pa., in May 22, 1940. It has been collected in January,
March, May to August, and November, at Angora, Hummels-
town, Rockville, Mt. Alto, State College, Harrisburg, Promised
Land Lake (Pike County).

Hemirhipus Latr.

8576 — fascicularis Fab. This is apparently very rare in
Pennsylvania. Specimens labelled Pittsburgh are in the Klages
collection. One Philadelphia specimen in the Bureau of Plant
Industry collection. One in the collection at Franklin and Mar-
shall College, Lancaster, labelled Pa. Pennsylvania specimens
are also in the Horn and Wenzel collections. June and July.

Chalcolepidius Esch.

8584 — viridipilis Say. An uncommon species found in south-
ern Pennsylvania. Kirk, ’22, collected a specimen at Rockville
on sour sap on an oak tree in the, evening. Active in June to
August. Collected at Cornwells, Philadelphia Neck, Lester,
Linglestown, Rockville, Franklinville, Jeannette and Pittsburgh.

Conoderus Escn. (Monocrepidius)

8596 — lividus De G. One of our more common click beetles,
especially in southeastern Pennsylvania. The adults are active

238

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL1X

from late May to early September. They are commonly attracted
to lights and to molasses baits, and are frequently beaten from
the leaves of peach, hickory, walnut, oak and other trees. The
larvae are predacious, but also feed to some extent on crops.
Typical collections: Bethelehem, Delaware Water Gap, Morris-
ville, Feasterville, Uhlertown, Philadelphia, Mt. Airy, Pox
Chase, Overbrook, Angora, Glenolden, Broomall, Chadds Ford,
Avondale, Kennett Square, West Grove, Jennersville, Downing-
town, Homeville, New Holland, Reading, Paxtang, Hummels-
town, Harrisburg, New Bloomfield, Linglestown, Franklinville,
Carlisle Jet., York, State College, Williamsport, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh.

8601 — vespertinus Fab. Larvae injurious to roots of truck
crops and tobacco, but not important in Pennsylvania. Adults
sometimes found on mullein. Active May to August. Philadel-
phia, Delaware County, Jeannette, Allegheny County.

8607 — auritus Hbst. Adults active from late April to Sep-
tember. Hibernates under weeds, stones, mullein leaves, etc.
Delaware Water Gap, Wyoming, Bethelehem, Manayaunk, Phila-
delphia, Bustleton, Germantown, Frankford, Roxboro, Mt. Airy,
Angora, Glenolden, Broomall, Castle Rock, Harrisburg, Chin-
chilla, Rockville, Enola, Linglestown, Inglenook, Charter Oak,
Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8609 — bellus Say. Active May to August. Adults hibernate.
Sometimes attracted to lights. Bethlehem, Manayunk, Philadel-
phia, Angora, Mt. Airy, Germantown, Glenolden, Broomall,
Castle Rock, Kennett Square (several under rubbish in green-
house), Downingtown, Rockville, Mt. Alto, Jeannette, Alle-
gheny County (rare, according to Hamilton).

Aeolus Esch. (Drasterius)

8613 — amabilis LeC. Adult hibernates, and is active from
April to August. Attracted to baits. Philadelphia, Angora,
Tinicum Island, Middletown, Harrisburg, Linglestown, Enola,
Rockville, Arendtsville, Caledonia, Jeannette.

8614 — mellilus mellilus Say. ( Drasterius elegans of authors.)
The larva of this species is injurious to tobacco roots. Delaware
Water Gap, Bethlehem, Philadelphia, Bustleton, Angora, Mt.

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elatehid^

239

Airy, Frankford, Glenolden, Kennett Square, Green Lawn, West
Grove, Palmyra, Middletown, Harrisburg, Rockville, Lemoyne,
State College, Arendtsville, Mechanicsburg, Jeannette, Pitts-
burgh.

PlTYOBIUS LeC.

8617 — anguinus LeC. Endeavor. Now in the Bureau of Plant
Industry collection, this was collected by Knull on July 30. It
apparently is the only Pennsylvania record, although it has been
taken occasionally in New Jersey and southern New York. The
above larva was taken on a freshly cut white pine log, according
to Kirk, ’22. The large larva resembles that of Alans oculatus,
and lives under bark and in rotten wood in the same manner as
that species.

Limonius Esch.

8619 — auripilis Say. May to July. Delaware Water Gap,
Bethlehem, Nottingham Barrens (beaten from Post Oak), Hum-
melstown, Drumgold, Cedar Run, Laporte, Kane, Horse Valley
(Franklin County), Mt. Alto, Chambersburg, Charter Oak, Hol-
lidaysburg, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Charleroi, Allegheny County
(not rare, according to Hamilton).

8624 — aurifer LeC. June, July. Rare. State College, Forks-
ville, Barbours, Laporte, Murraysville, Jeannette, Allegheny
County (rare (Hamilton, 1895)). Williamsport: LeConte, 1866,
p. 347.

8625 — propexus Cand. ( griseus Beauv.). A common species
from mid May to late July. May often be found on rhubarb
flowers in May, and on weeds. Typical collections: Edge Hill,
Parkland, Ashbourne, Philadelphia, Bustleton, Olney, Fair-
mount Park, Glenside, Germantown, Roxboro, Manayunk, Glen-
olden, Devon, Castle Rock, West Chester, Kennett Square, Avon-
dale, Oxford, Downingtown, Lancaster, New Holland, Pequea,
Landisburg, Hummelstown, Linglestown, Harrisburg, New Ger-
mantown, Cly, Marsh Run, Cresco, Charter Oak, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh.

8626 — griseus Beauv. (inter stitialis Melsh.). Type locality
Pennsylvania: Melsheimer, 1846. Much more scarce than pro-
pexus. May to August. Manayunk, Bustleton, Philadelphia
Neck, Upper Darby, Kennett Square, Eberleys Mill, Jeannette,

240

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (rare (Ham., ’95)). LeConte,
1853, p. 430, cited a Pa. record.

8627 — confusus LeC. Early May to mid July. Cresco, La-
porte, Barbour, Philadelphia, Roxboro, Castle Rock, Hummels-
town, Linglestown, Perry County, Mt. Alto, Jeannette, Allegheny
County (not common (Ham., ’95)).

8629 — plebejus Say. A fairly common and widely distributed
species. Early April to late July. Typical collections : Cresco,
Bethlehem, Upper Darby, Castle Rock, Hummelstown, Rockville,
Enola, Harrisburg, Herndon, New Germantown, Columbia
County, State College, Clearfield, Mt. Alto, Shippensburg, Harts-
town, Sandy Lake, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Northeast, Washington
County, Allegheny County (very common (Ham., ’95)).

8631 — ceger LeC. Ed ages collection contains specimens labelled
this, from Pennsylvania. W. J. Brown believes that this may be
found in Pa. Blackwelder lists it from Pa. in Leng’s 4th Sup-
plement, 1939, p 39.

8633 — quercinus Say. A small species sometimes common on
oak and hazelnut in May to July. Numerous in baits in June
and July at Clarks Valley, according to Champlain and Knull,
’32. Lehigh Gap, Bethlehem, Edge Hill, Penllyn, Parkland,
Philadelphia, Roxboro, Prankford, Glenolden, Avondale, Hum-
melstown, Harrisburg, Inglenook, Linglestown, New Bloomfield,
Charter Oak, State College, Chambersburg, Carlisle, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (very common (Ham., ’95)).

8635 — basillaris Say. Another small species on oaks; quite
similar to quercinus. Numerous in baits at Clarks Valley, ac-
cording to Champlain and Knull, ’32. Bethlehem, Frankford,
South Philadelphia, Manayunk, Lester, Castle Rock, Kennett
Square, Jennersville, Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Rockville, New
Bloomfield, Charter Oak, Northeast, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8639 — dubitans LeC. ( Nothodes dubitans LeC.). Type loc.
Pa. : LeConte, ’53, p. 433. May and June, on Ambrosia trifida,
rhubarb and other flowers. This is the common economic wire-
worm pest of truck crops, potatoes, etc., in southeastern Penn-
sylvania. Bustleton, Cornwells, Philadelphia, Hulmeville, Ken-
nett Square, Downingtown, Pottstown, Millerstown, Hummels-
town, Harrisburg, Indiana, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8640 — stigma Hbst. April to late June. Edge Hill, German-

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elateridje

241

town, Upper Darby, Castle Dock, Inglenook, Rockville, Barbours,
Forksville, Chambersburg.

8649 — anceps LeC. Leng lists this species from Pennsylvania,
but it is not represented in any collection which I have examined.
Van Dyke (’32) and Fall (’34) believe this to be only a phase or
variety of ectypus.

8650 — ectypus Say. Greentown, Cornwells, Harrisburg, Char-
ter Oaks, Forksville, Warren, Jeannette, Pittsburgh. 0. Schwarz,
1906, p. 195, and Leng (’20) list this species from Pennsylvania
as does Leng’s 4th Supplement, 1939, p. 39. Listed from Wil-
liamsport by LeConte, 1866, p. 347.

— agonus Say. The larvae are injurious to corn and potatoes
in northwestern Pa. Active late April to July. Cresco, New
Market, Harrisburg, Inglenook, Warren, Jeannette, Pittsburgh,
Allegheny County (common, according to Hamilton), Forest
County (on corn grains). It is probable that southeastern Pa.
records refer to dubitans, acc. to M. C. Lane.

8652 — ornatipennis LeC. Type locality, York, Pa. : LeConte,
1863b, p. 84. Apparently rare in Pennsylvania. One Delaware
County specimen in the University of Pennsylvania collection,
and one in the Horn collection. Hamilton collected one on sassa-
fras in Allegheny County. 0. Schwarz, 1906, p. 195, and Leng
both list this species from Pennsylvania.

8653 — definitus Zi eg. Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Heckton
Mills, Mt. Alto, Allegheny County (rare here and at St. Vincent
(Latrobe) according to Hamilton). May, June.

8654 — nimbatus Say. Delaware Water Gap, Edge Hill, Park-
land, Glenolden, New Bloomfield, Mt. Alto, Jeannette. Accord-
ing to Hamilton it is rare in Allegheny County and at St. Vin-
cent. Melsheimer, 1806, p. 931, and LeConte, 1853, p. 434, both
list it from Pennsylvania, the latter giving it as L. infernus.
May- July.

— knulli Fall. Type locality: Forksville, Pa., July 17, 1930;
Fall, ’33, p. 229. Also collected by Knull at Laporte.

Elathous Reit. (Leptoschema Horn)

8657 — bicolor LeC. Specimens in the Klages collection labelled
Jeannette and Indiana. Pennsylvania specimens in the Lane col-
lection. April.

242

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

8658 — discalceatum Say. Adult in pupal cell in decayed pitch
pine at Cold Springs, Adams County, July 26, according to Knull,
’32. Listed from Pennsylvania by LeConte, 1853, p. 428, and
Leng, 1920. May to mid September. Rockville, Clarks Valley,
Indiana, Erie, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Latrobe.

Athous Esch.

8661 — trivittatus Melsh. Type locality Pennsylvania : Mels-
heimer, 1846, p. 157. Leng lists this from Pennsylvania. No
specimens found in collections which I have examined.

8662 — brightwelli Kby. Common throughout the state. Adults
found on oak, beech, walnut and hickory, late April to late
August. Are attracted to molasses baits. Larvae live in rotten
logs and stumps. Cresco, Buck Hill, Graterford, Philadelphia,
Swarthmore, Castle Rock, Cornwells, Hummelstown, Harrisburg,
Inglenook, Rockville, Clarks Valley, Laporte, Arendtsville,
Chambersburg, Mt. Alto, Charter Oak, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8663 — acanthus Say. Beaten from willow and other trees.
April through July. Delaware Water Gap, Edge Hill, Tabor,
Philadelphia, Glenolden, Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Dauphin,
Mt. Alto, Hollidaysburg, Northeast, Jeannette, Pittsburgh,
Waynesburg.

b -maculicollis LeC. Numerous in baits in July at Clarks Val-
ley, according to Champlain and Knull, 1932. Rare in Allegheny
County, according to Hamilton. May-July. Enterline, Harts-
town Bog, J eannette, Pittsburgh.

8667 — cucullatus Say. Attracted to bait pails. The larvae
feed on wood-boring larvae in dead logs, according to Kirk, 1922.
May to September. Delaware Water Gap, Easton, Montgomery
County, Phoenixville, Darby, Markham, Avondale, Cornwells,
Philadelphia, Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Rockville, Clarks Val-
ley, Endeavor, State College, Pond Bank, Erie, Jeannette, Pitts-
burgh. Not common in Allegheny county, according to Hamil-
ton.

— hypoleucus Melsh. Leng lists this from Pennsylvania.

8668 — scapularis Say. Adults on oak and hickory, and in
baits ; May to Sept., larvse in rotten stumps and logs. Delaware
Water Gap, Lehigh Gap, Parkland, Wyoming, Ricketts, Philadel-

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterid^®

243

phia, Frankford, Upper Darby, Markham, Mendenhall, Stover-
dale, Inglenook, New Cumberland, New Bloomfield, Sweden Val-
ley, Arendtsville, Cold Springs, Camp Hill, Charter Oak, Lewis-
burg, Northeast, Jeannette, Wilmerding, Pittsburgh.

8669 — equestris LeC. May-July. Not common in Allegheny
County (Hamilton), Roxboro, Uniontown, Charleroi, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh.

8670 — posticus Melsh. Type locality Pennsylvania: Mel-
sheimer, 1846, p. 158. Klages collection contains specimens
labelled this from Jeannette and Pittsburgh. Klages, 1901, p.
271, called it rare. It is also listed from Pennsylvania by Le-
Conte, 1853, p. 426; Leng, 1920, and Van Dyke, 1932. May-
July.

8671 — fossularis LeC. Enterline, Endeavor, in July (Bureau
of Plant Industry).

8676 — rufifrons Rand. May-July. Mendenhall, Speeceville,
Pecks Pond (Susquehanna County), Painter Den Pond (Sullivan
County), Laporte, Cooksburg, Northeast, Erie, Jeannette, Pitts-
burgh.

Lepturoides Hbst. (Campylus Fischer)

§

8690 — productus Rand. May-July. Horse Valley (Franklin
County), Latrobe, Jeannette.

8699 — denticornis Kby. Allegheny County, on weeds in wet
ground, not rare according to Hamilton. May and June. Pike
County, Ricketts, Jeannette, Pittsburgh. Listed from Pa. by
LeConte, 1853, p. 423, and Blatchley, p. 759.

— flavinasus Melsh. Type locality, Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846, p.
219. Clearfield, Laporte. June.

Ludius Esch. (Corymbites Latr.)

8705 — vernalis Htz. April, May. Nottingham, Pond Bank,
Chambersburg.

8707 — resplendens Esch. June, July. Painter Den Pond,
Northeast.

8708 — sjaelandicus Muller. April-July. Delaware Water
Gap, Frankford, Hummelstown, Charter Oak, Erie

— tesselatus Fab. April-June. Ashbourne, Linglestown,
South Fork Camp, West Lenox.

244

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. XLIX

8709 — atropurpureus Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer,
1846, p. 215. Delaware Water Gap. Recorded from Pa., by
LeConte, 1853, p. 442; 0. Schwarz, 1906, p. 224, and Leng, 1920.

8715 — pyrrhos Hbst. June-August. Numerous in bait pails
at Clarks Valley in July, according to Champlain and Knull,
1932. Also found on walnut, hickory and other trees. Quite
common throughout Pennsylvania: Delaware Water Gap, Park-
land, Philadelphia, Bustleton, Darby, Broomall, Devon, Down-
ingtown, Kelton, Wrightsville, Harrisburg, Hollidaysburg, Char-
ter Oak, Erie, Rector, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8717 — bivittatus Melsh. Klages, 1901, recorded this from
Jeannette. June, July.

8721 — cylindriformis Hbst. Late March to late August, chiefly
in April and May. A fairly common species. Delaware Water
Gap, Easton, Bethlehem, Parkland, Cornwells, Bustleton, Ger-
mantown, Tabor, Castle Rock, Downingtown, Avondale, Dresher,
Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Chinchilla, Perdix, State College,
Loretto, Cross Forks, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8727 — fulvipes Bland. Mid April to early July. Hummels-
town, Inglenook, Rockville, Areola, Perdix, Mt. Alto, Renovo,
Danville, Laporte, Ricketts, Jeannette, Pittsburgh. Hamilton
listed the form rufipes Bland, from Allegheny County.

8734 — elongaticollis Ham. Type locality: western Pa.: Ham-
ilton, 1893, p. 307. May-July. Occasionally on rhubarb flow-
ers. Allegheny County, not rare (Ham.). Germantown,
Frankford, Bustleton, Clearfield, Nordmont, Laporte, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh.

8738 — tarsalis Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846, p.
157. Late April to early July. On rhubarb and mustard flow-
ers. Parkland, Cornwells, Bustleton, Roxboro, Manayunk, Castle
Rock, Broomall, Middletown, Harrisburg, Hummelstown, La-
porte, Pine Grove, Forksville, Wyoming, Chambersburg, Arendts-
ville, Jeannette, Wilmerding, Pittsburgh. Van Dyke says this
is a subspecies of caricinus Germ. (8733).

8741 — insidiosus LeC. Mt. Alto, Barbour, Laporte, Ricketts.
June.

8748 — sidcicollis Say. Adult active from April to August;
hibernates in dry rotten stumps. Adult found in pupal cell in

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterhx®

245

decayed Pinus rigida at Cold Springs, Adams County, August
16, by Knull, ’32. Pike County, Delaware Water Gap, Broomall,
Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Endeavor, Linglestown, Chambers-
burg, Pecks Pond, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8751 — morulus LeC. The Wenzel collection and the Castle col-
lection each contain a specimen labelled this, from Pennsylvania.

8761 — cethiops Hbst. May to mid July. Clarks Valley in bait
pails in July, according to Champlain and Knull, 1932. Hamil-
ton found them not common in Allegheny County, by beating
Ampelopsis. Bethlehem, Edge Hill, Philadelphia and vicinity,
Swarthmore, Devon, Castle Rock, New Garden, Hummelstown,
Inglenook, Rockville, Drumgold, Speeceville, Chambersburg,
State College, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Erie.

8762 — hamatus Say. May to late July. A few found in baits.
Hamilton said it was not common in Allegheny County, on oak
and maple. Cresco, Delaware Water Gap, Parry ville, Parkland,
Manayunk, Philadelphia, Angora, Castle Rock, Downingtown,
Harrisburg, Inglenook, Clarks Valley, New Bloomfield, Forks-
ville, Ricketts, Laporte, Arendtsville, Jeannette, Erie.

8763 — propola LeC. Rosecrans, Jeannette, Northeast. June-
August.

8766 — triundidatus Rand. North Mountain, Laporte, Jean-
nette. In bait pails in June, according to Champlain and Knull,
1932.

8769 — medianus Germ. Indiana, in June, listed by Klages,
1901, p. 27. Champlain collected it at Clarks Valley in May.

8771 — fallax Say. Laporte, in June, according to Knull.

8776 — splendens Zieg. Type locality: western Pennsylvania:
Ziegler, 1844, p. 44. May to late July. Hummelstown, Clarks
Valley, Rosecrans, Perry County, Mt. Alto, Charter Oak. Also
listed from Pennsylvania by LeConte, 1853 ; 0. Schwarz, 1907 ;
Blatchley, 1910 ; Leng, 1920, and Brown, 1935, p. 127.

8777 — cereipennis Kby. Charter Oak, Northeast. June, July.
According to Brown (1935, p. 129), cereipennis collected in the
East are to be referred to appropinquans and darlingtoni.

8778 — nigricornis Panz. Linglestown, Northeast. June, July.

8780 — inflatus Say. Type locality Pennsylvania : Say, 1825,

p. 258. April to late July. Allegheny County, common (Hamil-

246

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

ton). Mt. Pocono, Delaware County, Linglestown, Rockville,
New Bloomfield, Speeceville, Arendtsville (in baits), Mt. Alto,
Charter Oak, State College, Indiana, Northeast, Jeannette, Pitts-
burgh. Also listed for Pa. by LeConte, 1853, p. 438, as rare, and
by Leng, 1920.

8781 — crassus LeC. Type locality Pennsylvania: LeConte, X,
1853, p. 440. Van Dyke, 1932, lists this as a subspecies of divari-
catus LeC. (8797).

8791 — rotundicollis Say. Type locality Pa. : Say, 1825, p. 259.
June-October. Knull, ’32, said that the adults are rather rare,
but the larvae are more common, and predacious on Cerambycid
larvae in deciduous trees. Philadelphia, Hummelstown, Lingles-
town, Clarks Valley, Mt. Alto, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny
County (by beating Ampelopsis (Ham.)). Also listed by
LeConte, 1853, p. 440.

8793 — cruciatus L. Greentown, Forksville, Laporte. May-
July.

8796 — hieroglypkicus Say. Clarks Valley, many in bait pails
in June, July and August, according to Champlain and Kirk,
1926, and Champlain and Knull, 1932. Kirk, 1922, stated that
Knull and Champlain collected adults of this species feeding on
small insects on foliage. Brown, 1936, p. 182, said types were
from Massachusetts, New Hampshire and Pennsylvania. Fox-
burg, Cresco, Parryville, Greentown, Delaware Water Gap, Wind
Gap, Graterford, Frankford, Broomall, Hummelstown, Harris-
burg and vicinity, Charter Oak, State College, Laporte, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (common, according to Hamilton).

Hemicrepidus Germ.

8812 — indistinctus LeC. Angora, Harrisburg, Dauphin, En-
terline, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Harmarville, Allegheny County
(rare, according to Hamilton). June-August.

8813 — decoloratus Say. Common and widely distributed.
Collected on asparagus and other leaves, by sweeping, and in
baits. May to August. Greentown, Bethlehem, Lehigh Gap,
Dalton, Easton, Delaware Water Gap, Parkland, Philadelphia,
Bustleton, Hulmeville, Frankford, Glenside, Castle Rock, Upper
Darby, Mendenhall, Avondale, Downingtown, Pomeroy, Hum-

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterid^

247

melstown, Harrisburg, Dauphin, Endeavor, Charter Oak, State
College, Laporte, North Mountain, Cresson, Foxburg, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh.

— hemipodus Say. Feasterville, Hulmeville, Swarthmore,
Downington, Mendenhall, Lancaster County, Harrisburg,
Linglestown, Northeast, Pittsburgh. Listed by Hamilton. June,
July.

cereus Melsh. Allegheny County, rare, according to Hamil-
ton.

8814 — memnonius Hbst. Common and widely distributed ;
frequent in bait pails in July. June- August. Milford, Beth-
lehem, Coopersburg, Delaware Water Gap, Parkland, Philadel-
phia, Frankford, Roxboro, Fernwood, Lower Merion, Glenolden,
Oxford, Delano, Lancaster, Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Clarks
Valley, Endeavor, Arendtsville, Charter Oak, State College,
Laporte, Northeast, Erie, Indiana, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8815 — brevicollis Cand. Easton, Parkland, Germantown,
York, Indiana, Jeannette, Pittsburgh. June to early September.

8817 — bilobatus Say. On hickory trees at night, according to
Kirk, ’22. Late May to late August, Delaware Water Gap,
Hulmeville, Philadelphia, Germantown, Roxboro, Harrisburg,
Rockville, Clarks Valley (in bait pails), Williamsport, Erie,
Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

— cavifrons Melsh. Listed from Pa., by LeConte, 1853, p. 453,
and by Leng, 1920.

Hypnoidus Steph. (Cryptohypnus Esch.)

8820 — pulchellus (L.). Listed by LeConte, 1866, p. 347, from
Loyalsock Creek, near Williamsport. Leng, 1920, questions its
occurrence in America.

8821 — exiguus Rand. Listed from Pennsylvania by LeConte,
1853, p. 487. Linglestown, Pittsburgh. June, July.

8826 — abbreviatus Say. April to October. Forksville, West
Lenox, Northeast, Jeannette, Allegheny County (not rare, by
beating, according to Hamilton). Horn, 1891, p. 8, listed it from
Hazleton.

8831 — planatus LeC. (= Lecontei Leng). September. Chin-
chilla, Holiday, Pittsburgh. Also listed from Pa. by LeConte,

248

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. XLIX

1866, p. 347 ; Horn, 1891 ; Schwarz, 1906, and Leng, 1920.

8832 — striatulus LeC. Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny
County (two examples under a stone (Hamilton)). Also listed
from Allegheny County by Schwarz, 1906. July.

8834 — choris Say. Delaware Water Gap, North Wales, Prank-
ford, Chambersburg, Harrisburg, Eberleys Mill. April to June.
On swamp huckleberry.

8837 — melsheimeri Horn. Delaware Water Gap, Chambers-
burg, West Fairview, Jeannette. April, May, October.

— guttulatus LeC. Type locality Pa. : LeConte, 1853, p. 487.
Linglestown. July.

8841 — tumescens LeC. Erie, Pittsburgh. June, July.

8845 — perplexus Horn. Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Jean-
nette. May-July. Horn, 1871, p. 304, stated that this occurs in
Pennsylvania.

8848 — obliquatulus Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer,
1846, p. 214. Throughout the year; most common in June and
July. Manayunk, Harrisburg, Enola, Arendtsville (in baits),
Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (common under stones
in April (Ham.)). Also listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853;
Candeze, 1860, p. 60 ; Leng, 1920.

8849 — pectoralis Say. Milford, Easton, Cornwells, Harris-
burg, Jeannette, Pittsburgh. March to late August.

CEdostethus LeC.

8850 — femoralis LeC. Delaware Water Gap, Linglestown,
Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (common on willow in
June (Hamilton)). May to October. Horn, 1891, p. 31, lists
this from western Pennsylvania.

Melanactes LeC.

8853 — piceus DeG. Bethlehem, Lehigh Gap, Edge Hill,
Penllyn, Bustleton, Frankford, Glenside, Broomall, Fernwood,
Devon, Berwyn, York County (LeConte, 1853, p. 494), Hummels-
town, Harrisburg, Linglestown, Landisburg, New Cumberland,
Chambersburg, Indiana, Charter Oak, State College, Uniontown,
Jeannette, Pittsburgh. April to August Clarks Valley, numer-
ous in bait pails in July and August, according to Champlain and
Knull, 1932.

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterhxe

249

8855 — morio Fab. Frankford, Mt. Airy, Glenolden, Marsh
Run, Linglestown, Rockville, Dauphin, Chamber sburg, Fayette
County, Jeannette. June, July.

8856 — puncticollis LeC. Jeannette in June and July, accord-
ing to Klages.

(Estodes LeC.

8859 — tenuicollis Rand. Greentown, Pocono Lake, Harris-
burg, Greenfield, Laporte, Forksville, Williamsport, Erie, Presque
Isle, Northeast, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (not
common, by beating (Ham.)). July.

Parallelostethus 0. Schwarz.

8861 — attenuatus Say. This large elaterid is widely distrib-
uted in Pennsylvania, and sometimes fairly common, especially in
June to August. It is attracted to bait pails. Kirk (’22), noted
the larvae as common in rotten logs, feeding on decaying moist
wood. Delaware Water Gap, Iron Hill, Montgomery County,
Cornwells, Bustleton, Frankford, Angora, Castle Rock, Broomall,
Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Linglestown, Clarks Valley, Camp
Hill, South Fork, Cocolamus, Arendtsville, Charter Oak, State
College, Perryopolis, Wilmerding, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

Neotrichophorus Jacob (Crigmus LeC.)

8866 — abruptus Say. Fairly common, and widely distributed.
June-Sept. Champlain and Knull, 1932, found them plentiful
in baits at Clarks Valley and Laporte, and Frost found them in
baits at Arendtsville. Delaware Water Gap, Kutztown, Phila-
delphia, Delaware County, Kennett Square, West Grove, Harris-
burg, Linglestown, Camp Hill, Clarks Valley, State College,
Laporte, Jeannette, Pitstburgh.

Oxygonus LeC.

8875 — obesus Say. Greentown, Lebanon, Chinchilla, State
College, Ricketts, Laporte. Klages, 1901, said that this species
is rare at Jeannette, but rather common at Indiana in June.
May- July.

8876 — montanus Schfr. Mt. Alto, Laporte. May-July. Rec-
ords by Knull.

250

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Dalopius Esch.

8878 — lateralis Esch. Frost collected this from baits at
Arendtsville in June, and Champlain and Knull, 1932, found
them plentiful in baits at Clarks Valley in May and June. They
have also been recorded from mountain maple, blackberry, and
tamarack. May-August. Cornwells (rhubarb flowers), East
Park, Swarthmore, Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Inglenook, Pine
Grove, Mt. Holly, Edenville, Charter Oak, North Mountain,
Hartstown Bog, Presque Isle, Northeast, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

— pennsylvanicus Brown. Type locality Pittsburgh : Brown,
Can. Ent. March, 1934, p. 68. June.

— cognatus Brown. McConnellsburg, June.

Serious Esch.

8881 — viridanus Say. Delaware Water Gap, Montgomery
County, Philadelphia, Germantown, Fernwood, Rockville, Ingle-
nook, South Fork Camp, State College, Laporte, Barbours, Jean-
nette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (not rare, on spruce (Ham-
ilton). April to June. Also listed by Melsheimer, 1806, p. 963;
LeConte, 1853, p. 454; Candeze, 1863, p. 427, and Leng, 1920.

8883 — silaceus Say. Delaware Water Gap, Cresco, Edge Hill,
Wissinoming, Bustleton, Castle Rock, Swarthmore, Glenolden,
Lancaster County, Harrisburg, Inglenook, New Cumberland,
Drumgold, Charter Oak, State College, Williamsport, Laporte,
Middlebury Center, Cedar Run, Uniontown, Cove Mountain,
Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (abundant on blossoms
(Hamilton) ) . Clarks Valley, plentiful in baits in May and June,
according to Champlain and Knull, 1932. May to July.

— dekilis LeC. Castle Rock, in June, according to BPI rec-
ords.

8884 — konestus Rand. Forksville, Laporte, Jeannette. June.

Agriotes Esch.

8885 — mancus Say. An economic species, found all over the
state, but most injurious to potatoes and other crops in the coun-
ties west and north of the mountains. April to July, chiefly in
June. Hamilton said this species was rare in Allegheny County,
but that the other species were common. Greentown, Bethlehem,

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterhhe

251

Harrisburg, Chinchilla, Concordville, Kennett Square, Cornwells,
Chambersburg, Laporte, Clearfield County, Carbon County, Pot-
ter County, Tionesta, Union City, Erie, Edinboro, Corydon,
Emlenton, Franklin, Cambridge Springs, Saegerstown, Mercer,
Titusville, Volant, New Castle, Murraysville, Mt. Morris, Jean-
nette, Pittsburgh.

— truncatus Melsh. and striatulus Melsh. were described from
Pa. in 1846, p. 217.

8886 — stabilis LeC. Greentown, Cedar Run, Laporte, Jean-
nette, Pittsburgh. Klages, 1901, said it was not rare in West-
moreland County and about Pittsburgh. May to August.

8887 — insanus Cand. Cornwells, on rhubarb flowers; Dela-
ware County, Chambersburg, Jeannette, Allegheny County.
May to July.

8888 — fucosus LeC. Mt. Pocono, Laporte, Pa. (Horn collec-
tion). June.

8893 — pubescens Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846,
p. 217. Cresco, Cornwells, Bustleton, (on rhubarb flowers),
Frankford, Linglestown, McConnellsburg, Charter Oak, Laporte,
Renovo, Hartstown Bog, Jeannette, Allegheny County. Clarks
Valley, in baits. May to July. Also listed from Pa. by LeConte,
1853, 1884 ; Blatchley, 1910, and Leng, 1920.

8897 — oblongicollis Melsh. Fairly common and widely dis-
tributed. Champlain and Knull, 1932, found them plentiful in
baits in June at Clarks Valley. April to July. Delaware Water
Gap, Bethlehem, Wyoming, Montgomery County, Parkland,
Cornwells, Manayunk, Philadelphia, Roxboro, Overbrook, Media,
Glenolden, Castle Rock, Conewago, Hummelstown, Harrisburg,
Linglestown, Camp Hill, Pine Grove, State College, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (Ham.), Natrona, New Brighton.

dL-isabellinus Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846, p.
218. Much less common than the above form. Hummelstown,
Inglenook, Mt. Alto, State College, Jeannette, Pittsburgh. May—
July. Also listed by LeConte, 1853, p. 456; Leng, 1920, and
Brown, 1936, p. 250.

8900 — avulsus LeC. Type locality Pa. : LeConte, 1853, p. 457.
Jeannette, Pittsburgh. Klages, 1901, said it was not rare in
Westmoreland County and about Pittsburgh. May, June. Also
listed by Candeze, 1863, p. 363 ; Blatchley, 1910, and Leng, 1920.

252

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Agriotella Brown (Betarmon Kies.)

8904 — bigeminatus Rand. May to July. Delaware Water
Gap, Frankford, Linglestown, Penn-Mar, Barbours, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (common on spruce in June (Ham-
ilton) ). Also listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853, and Leng, 1920.

Glyphonyx Cand.

8906 — recticollis Say. April to Sept., chiefly in June and July.
Bethlehem, Parkland, Manayunk, Glenolden, Lancaster, Landis-
burg, Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Linglestown, Lemoyne, Cham-
bersburg, Pond Bank, Charter Oak, Charleroi, Jeannette, Alle-
gheny County.

8907 — testaceus Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846,
p. 219. Milford, Eberleys Mills, Arendtsville, Jeannette, Pitts-
burgh. Also listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853 ; Hamilton, 1901,
and Leng, 1920.

8910 — inquinatus Say. May to July. Mt. Alto, Arendtsville
(at baits), Hummelstown, Jeannette.

Drasterius Esch.

8922 — fretus Csy. Type locality, near Philadelphia : Casey,
II, 1886, p. 170. Also listed from Pa., by Schwarz, 1906, and
Leng, 1920.

Ampedus Germ. (Elater L.)

The larvae of this genus feed in rotting wood and under the
bark of dead trees. The adults are usually found on flowers or
under bark.

8931 — cordifer LeC. Although this is a western species, a
specimen in the BPI collection is labelled North Mountain, Pa.

8932 — pullus Germ. Champlain and Knull, 1932, collected
this in baits at Laporte in late July and early August.

8934 — nigricollis Hbst. A common and widely distributed spe-
cies. Hibernates in logs and stumps in woodlands; found as
adult throughout the year, but most active from April to late
June. Bethlehem, Delaware Water Gap, Wyoming, Ashbourne,
Norristown, Philadelphia, Bustleton, Prankford, Overbrook,
Tinicum Id., Devon, Upper Darby, Broomall, Morton, Castle

Sept., 1941]

Thomas : Elaterid^e

253

Rock, Unionville, Avondale, Jennersville, Middletown, Hummels-
town, Harrisburg, Inglenook, Clarks Valley, Williamsport, Mt.
Alto, Hollidaysburg, Charter Oak, State College, Indiana, Union-
town, Nordmont, Cross Fork, Derrick City, Northeast, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh.

8935 — linteus Say. Adults collected in nearly every month;
hibernates under bark and in rotten logs and stumps. Most
active in April to July. Delaware Water Gap, Bethlehem, Green-
town, Wyoming, Philadelphia, Grays Ferry, Germantown, Lester,
Castle Rock, Broomall, Kennett Square, West Grove, Jennersville,
Hummelstown, Harrisburg, New Cumberland, Linglestown, Mt.
Alto, State College, Uniontown, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8936 — discoideus Fab. ( sellatus Dej.). Hibernates under
bark and in dead logs. Most active in April to June. Adult in
pupal cell in dead pine at Cold Springs, Aug. 16, according to
Knull, 1932. Delaware Water Gap, Philadelphia, Frankford,
Broomall, Hummelstown, Inglenook, Camp Hill, Hollidaysburg,
State College, Uniontown, Latrobe, Pittsburgh.

8937 — vitiosus LeC. Hibernates in logs and stumps; most
active in May to July. Champlain and Knull, 1932, collected it
in baits in July, at Laporte ; Knull, 1932, found many adults in
pupal cells in decayed beeches at Sweden Valley, Sept. 23. Kirk,
1922, found adults and larvae with A. sayi LeC., in a hole in a
living Celtis occidentals on Nov. 12, near Harrisburg. Other
collections : Greentown, Painter Den Pond, State College, Sweden
Valley, Jeannette, Latrobe, Pittsburgh.

8938 — Icesus LeC. Hibernates as above species; active April
to July. Hummelstown, Harrisburg, State College, Elk County,
Uniontown, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8939 — sayi LeC. Hibernates as above ; most active late April
to July. Wyoming, Philadelphia, Bustleton, Frankford, Rox-
boro, Chester Springs, Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Inglenook,
Linglestown, Chambersburg, State College, Tionesta, Jeannette,
Allegheny County (rare (Ham.)).

8940 — rubricollis Hbst. Active April to July. Delaware
Water Gap, Lehigh Gap, Bethlehem, Areola, Philadelphia, Frank-
ford, Swarthmore, Eagle, Rockville, Inglenook, Chambersburg,
Charter Oak, State College, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny
County (common, according to Hamilton).

254

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

— verticinus Beauv. Active April to July, chiefly in June.
Delaware Water Gap, Cresco, Germantown, Broomall, West
Grove, Nottingham, Hummelstown, Inglenook, Clarks Valley
(numerous in baits in July (Knull, ’32)), Rockville, Goodyear,
Carlisle Jet., Mt. Alto (common in pupal cells in winter in dead
pitch pine (Knull, ’32) ), Charter Oak, State College, Pine Grove.

8941 — semicinctus Rand. Hibernates as above species; active
April to July. Greentown, Cresco, Broomall, Inglenook, En-
deavor, Clarks Valley (numerous in baits in late July), Caledonia
(in decayed Sycamore log), Cold Springs (adults in pupal cells in
decayed hemlock stumps (Knull, ’32)), Hollidaysburg, Cove Mt.,
Laporte (in baits in June and July (Champlain and Knull,
1932)), Hartstown Bog, Wilmerding, Jeannette.

8942 — militaris Harris. Frankford, Castle Rock, West Grove,
Westtown, Harrisburg, Jeannette, Pittsburgh. Hamilton listed
this species from Allegheny County, but Klages (1901, p. 287)
stated that this was wrongly determined in that list, and had n^t
been found in Pittsburgh up to 1901.

8943 — rubricus Say. Bethlehem, Cresco, Delaware Water
Gap, Mt. Pocono, Kutztown, North Mt., Ardmore, Inglenook,
Clarks Valley (plentiful in baits in June (Champlain and Knull,
?32)), Endeavor, Cove Mt., Manada Gap, Hollidaysburg, Charter
Oak, Northeast, Hartstown Bog, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny
County (not common (Hamilton)). Active May to July. Wil-
liamsport (LeConte, 1866, p. 347).

8948 — collaris Say. Active May to August, chiefly June and
July. Delaware Water Gap, Cresco, Edge Hill, Montgomery
County, Philadelphia, Ivennett Square, Hummelstown, Rockville,
Clarks Valley, Drumgold, New Bloomfield, Mt. Alto, Carlisle Jet.,
Charter Oak, State College, Jeannette, Crafton, Pittsburgh, Alle-
gheny County (not common (Ham.)).

8950 — sanguinipennis Say. March to late June. Philadel-
phia Neck, Grays Ferry, Castle Rock, Horse Valley, Hartstown
Bog.

8951 — xanthomus Germ. Hibernates under pine and other
bark. Active April to July. Many adults in pupal cells in
winter under bark of dead Pinus rigida at Mt. Alto (Knull, 1932) .
Delaware Water Gap, Hummelstown, Linglestown, Mt. Alto, State
College, Jeannette, Allegheny County (not common (Ham.)).

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elateridje

255

— humeralis Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846, p.
159. Also listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853, p. 471.

8953 — apicatus Say.

a -phcenicopterus Germ. Hamilton listed this from Allegheny
County, and from St. Vincent, Westmoreland County. Van
Dyke, however, said it 'was found in the Pacific and Northwestern
states.

8955 — obliquus Say. May to September ; most active in June
and July. Occasionally at lights and in baits ; hibernates under
bark. Bethlehem, Parkland, Philadelphia, Bnstleton, Frankford,
Roxboro, Broomall, Castle Rock, Hummelstown, Linglestown,
Clarks Valley, Landisburg, Arendtsville, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

si-areaolatus Say. May to August. Frost collected it in baits
at Arendtsville. Ithan, Glenolden, Hummelstown, Landisburg,
Clarks Valley, Arendtsville, Chambersburg, Laporte, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh.

8956 — pusio Germ. May to August. Hummelstown, Pond
Bank, Charter Oak, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County
(not rare, on Ampelopsis in May (Hamilton) ).

— luteolus LeC. Specimen in the Lane collection labelled Ger-
mantown, July.

8959 — manipularis Cand. Adults present throughout the
year; active in May to August. Hibernates as above. Occa-
sionally attracted to baits. Castle Rock, Upper Darby, Hum-
melstown, Harrisburg, Clarks Valley, Linglestown, State College,
Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

8960 — pedalis Germ. April to late July. Occasionally in
baits. Has been collected in most sections of the state. Dela-
ware Water Gap, Cresco, Edge Hill, Frankford, Roxboro, Tini-
cum Id., Angora, Glenolden, Nottingham, Hummelstown, Clarks
Valley, Dauphin, Hunters Run, Areola, New Bloomfield, Carlisle
Jet., Chambersburg, Charter Oak, State College, Laporte, North-
east, Hartstown Bog, Charleroi, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

— ursulus Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846, p. 213.
Also listed by LeConte, 1853, and Leng, 1920.

— deletus LeC. Kirk collected this at Clarks Summit in rotten
wood.

8964 — mixtus Hbst. May to late July. Pocono Lake, Dela-

256

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

ware Water Gap, Hunters Run, Charter Oak, Laporte (numerous
in baits in June (Champlain and Knull, 1932) ), North Mt., Jean-
nette, Pittsburgh, Latrobe and Allegheny County, common, ac-
cording to Hamilton.

— miniipennis LeC. Quirsfeld listed this from Greentown, in
June.

8965 — impolitus Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846,
p. 180. June and July. Jeannette, Pittsburgh (Klages).
Southwest Pa., common, by beating, according to Hamilton. Also
listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853, p. 467 ; Blatchley, 1910, p. 733,
and Leng, 1920.

8966 — socer LeC. Late April to late July. Delaware Water
Gap, Cresco, Germantown, Marietta, Landisburg, Inglenook, En-
deavor, Charter Oak, State College, Jeannette, Pittsburgh. Also
listed from Pa. by Candeze, 1859, p. 441; LeConte, 1884, p. 10;
Leng, 1920.

8968 — luctuosus LeC. May to July. Laporte, specimen in the
Knull collection marked with a question mark ; the Lane collection
contains a specimen from Blue Ridge Summit; Jeannette. Alle-
gheny County, not common (Ham.). LeConte, 1866, p. 347,
listed this from Loyalsock Creek, 30 miles from Williamsport.

8969 — nigricans Germ. May to July. Rockville, Inglenook,
Clarks Valley (numerous in baits in July (Champlain and Knull,
’32)), Mt. Alto, State College, Laporte, Jeannette, Pittsburgh,
Allegheny County (not rare (Ham.)).

— fuscatus Melsh. and testaceipes Melsh. Type locality Pa. :
Melsheimer, 1846, p. 213. Fuscatus was also listed from Loyal-
sock Creek, near Williamsport, by LeConte, 1866, p. 347.

— melanotoides Brown. Allotype : State College, April 18,
1910; Brown, 1933, p. 134. In Canadian collection.

Ectamenogonus Buyss.

8971 — melsheimeri Leng. Leng, 1918, p. 206. April to July.
Adult hibernates. Delaware Water Gap, Philadelphia, Harris-
burg, Rockville, State College, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

— hepaticus Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846, p.
160. Active April to July. Adult hibernates. Frankford,
Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Mt. Alto, Chambersburg, Jeannette,

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterime

257

Allegheny County. Also listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853, p.
467 ; Candeze, XIV, 1859, p. 442 ; Leng, 1920.

Megapenthes Kies.

8980 — limbalis Hbst. Widely distributed, fairly common, by
beating. June to August. Wyoming, Delaware Gap, Bethle-
hem, Emaus, Philadelphia, Prankford, Broomall, Castle Rock,
West Chester, Homeville, Downingtown, Rockville, Clarks Val-
ley, Lotell, Brandtsville, Camp Hill, Cove Mt., Blue Mt., Jean-
nette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (not common (Ham.)).

— granulosus Melsh. Listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1884, p. 6.

8983 — rufilabris Germ. Philadelphia, Mt. Alto (common in
baits in July (Champlain and Knull, ’32)), Jeannette, Pitts-
burgh.

Dicrepidius Esch.

8993 — palmatus Cand. The Horn collection contains one speci-
men labelled “S.W.Pa. or N.C.” Hamilton noted this species
as not common at St. Vincent, Latrobe, and in Allegheny County.

8994 — ramicornis Beauv. The Wenzel collection contained one
specimen labelled this, from Frankford.

ISCHIODONTUS CAND.

8996- — soleatus Say. Specimens in the Lane collection from
Pittsburgh, July and August.

Anchastus LeC.

9009 — fuscus LeC. Specimen in the Knull collection from
Fort Hunter, just north of Harrisburg, in July.

9012 — digitatus LeC. Type locality Pa. : LeConte, X, 1853, p.
459. Listed by Leng, 1920. No specimens in the collections
which I examined.

Melanotus Esch.

Adults hibernate in logs and stumps. Some species are com-
monly attracted to baits, others to lights. Several species are of
economic importance.

9015 — castanipes Payk. May to October, most active in June
and July. Delaware Water Gap, Kutztown, Frankford, Fox

258

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Chase, Roxboro, Clarks Valley, Cold Springs, State College, Jean-
nette, Pittsburgh.

— inequalis LeC. LeConte, 1866, p. 347, listed this from near
Williamsport; Leng, 1920, also lists it from Pennsylvania.

— scrobicollis LeC. May to July. Philadelphia, Arnot, En-
deavor, State College, Northeast, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

9016 — corticinus Say. Clarks Valley (in baits in mid- July
(Champlain and Knull, 1932)), Inglenook, Perry County, Jean-
nette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (not abundant (Hamil-
ton)). Melsheimer, 1806, p. 966, also lists this for Pa.

9019 — decumanus Er. May to August. Philadelphia, Ger-
mantown, Fox Chase, Roxboro, Upper Darby, Lester, Glenolden,
Toughkenamon, Jennersville, Clarks Valley, Linglestown, Harris-
burg, Speeceville, Arendtsville (in baits), Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

— cuneatus LeC. Specimen in the Horn collection labelled
Allegheny.

9020 — canadensis Cand. June, July. Frankford, Fox Chase,
Swarthmore, Hummelstown, Harrisburg.

9022 — clandestinus Er. Specimen in the Lane collection
labelled South Philadelphia, July.

9023 — secretus LeC. Edge Hill. Specimens in the Horn and
Cornell collections labelled Pa. July.

9024 — longicornis Blatch. Specimen in Wenzel collection
labelled this species, from Darby.

9025 — ignobilis Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846,
p. 152. Specimen in Klages collection labelled Pittsburgh, June.
Also listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853, p. 475 ; Schwarz, 1906, p.
190; Blatchley, 1910, and Leng, 1920.

9026 — depressios Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846,
p. 151. June, July. Frankford, York, Arendtsville (in baits),
Jeannette, Charleroi, Pittsburgh. Also listed by Schwarz, 1906,
and Leng, 1920.

9027 — prasinus Blatch. Specimen in the Lane collection
labelled Mt. Alto, May.

9028 — angustatus Er. June. Landisburg (det. by Van Zwa-
luwenburg), Jeannette, Allegheny County (Hamilton). Also
listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853, p. 475, and Leng, 1920.

— testaceus Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846, p.
151. No other records seen.

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterime

259

9029 — trapezoideus LeC. May to July. Delaware Water
Gap, Montgomery County, Germantown, Harrisburg, Lingles-
town, Arendtsville, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

9030 — tcenicollis LeC. Type locality Philadelphia : LeConte,
1853, p. 475. May to July. Frankford, Germantown, Broomall,
Downingtown, Jennersville, Hummelstown.

9031 — leonardi LeC. Type locality Pa. : LeConte, 1853, p. 475.
June to August. Delaware Water Gap, Jeannette. Listed from
Pa., by Leng.

9033 — glandicolor Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846,
p. 152. June, July. Penfield, Laporte (in baits (Champlain and
Knull, 1932) ), Jeannette. Also listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853,
p. 477, by Leng, 1920, and by Lane.

9034 — divarcarinus Blatch. May to September. South Lang-
horne, Nottingham, Jeannette, Pittsburgh.

9035 — communis Gyll. This and the next species are our most
common Melanotus species. They are attracted to lights and
baits, and hibernate in large numbers in rotten logs and stumps
in woodlands, under bark and codling moth bands. The larvae
are injurious to corn and potatoes, especially in the southern part
of Pennsylvania, and usually not far from woodlands. Bethle-
hem, Edge Hill, Parkland, Norristown, Areola, Philadelphia,
Bustleton, Mt. Airy, Glenolden, Upper Darby, Castle Rock, Les-
ter, Devon, Kennett Square, Avondale, West Grove, Jennersville,
Greenfield, Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Speeceville, Clarks Val-
ley, Landisburg, Pennsburg, Mt. Alto, Arendtsville, Altoona,
Charter Oak, State College, Vosburg, Laporte, Northeast, Harts-
town Bog, Jeannette, Pittsburgh. Most active in May to Septem-
ber. Pupates in July and early August.

9036 — fissilis Say. Nearly as common as communis. Hiber-
nates in the same places, and is also attracted to baits and lights.
Most active in June to August. Bethlehem, Easton, Parkland,
Areola, Philadelphia, Roxboro, Bustleton, Cornwells, Grays
Ferry, Glenolden, Castle Rock, Kennett Square, Jennersville,
Hummelstown, Rockville, Clarks Valley, Arendtsville, Carlisle
Jet., Charter Oak, State College, Laporte, Northeast, Jeannette,
Pittsburgh, New Brighton.

orchraceipennis Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846,
p. 150.

260

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

sphenoidalis Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846, p.
150.

9037 — exuberans LeC. Delaware Water Gap. Hamilton said
it was common in Allegheny County ; the Horn collection contains
a specimen from Allegheny. Leng, 1920, listed this species from
New Mexico.

9040 — parumpunctatus Melsh. Late April to late July. Dela-
ware Water Gap, Cornwells, Philadelphia, Delaware County,
Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Inglenook, Clarks Valley, Pine
Grove, Monroe Valley, Mt. Alto, Charter Oak, State College,
Jeannette, Charleroi, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (common
(Hamilton)). Also listed from Pa. by Schwarz, 1906, p. 190,
and Leng, 1920.

9042 — verberans LeC. June, July. Germantown, Angora,
Delaware County, Linglestown, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny
County (common (Hamilton)).

9043 — emissus LeC. Seven Mts., July 10 (Knull).

9044 — infaustus LeC. Castle Rock, June (Wenzel).

9045 — cribulosus LeC. Philadelphia, June (W.I.) ; Pa. (Geo.
Greene).

9048 — pertinax Say. June to August. Milford, Montgomery
County, Frankford, Mt. Airy, Delaware County, Pond Bank,
Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (not common (Hamil-
ton)), Washington County.

9049 — dubius LeC. Delaware Water Gap, Montgomery
County, Frankford, Hummelstown, Allegheny.

9050 — tenax Say. Castle Rock, April 16 (Daecke).

9051 — americanus Hbst. Common and widely distributed.
April to August, chiefly in June and July. Delaware Water
Gap, Wyoming, Edge Hill, Parkland, Philadelphia, Bustleton,
Angora, Mt. Airy, Lester^ Glenolden, Castle Rock, Kennett
Square, Jennersville, Downingtown, Lancaster County, Hum-
melstown, Harrisburg, Linglestown, Wabank, Foxburg, Landis-
burg, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (common
(Ham.)), Washington County.

9054 — gradatus LeC. May to July. Hummelstown, Jean-
nette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (not common (Ham.)).

9059 — Sagittarius LeC. June, July. Montgomery County,

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterd>^

261

Darby, Hummelstown, Harrisburg, Inglenook, Landisburg, New
Germantown, Heckton Mills, Pine Grove, Mt. Holly, Laporte
(very plentiful in baits in July (Champlain and Knull, 1932)),
Hartstown Bog, Indiana, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Crafton, Alle-
gheny County (common (Ham.)).

9063 — paradoxus Melsh. Type locality Pa. : Melsheimer, 1846,
p. 152. One specimen from Philadelphia, supposedly this, in
the Cornell collection. Also listed from Pa. by LeConte, 1853,
p. 480, and Leng, 1920.

— cribulosus LeC. Listed from Pa., by the Horn collection.

19626 — hyslopi Van Z. April to September. Have been col-
lected in Japanese Beetle baits. Champlain and Knull, 1932,
found them very plentiful in baits at Clarks Valley in June and
July. Upper Darby, Hummelstown, Landisburg, Dauphin,
Inglenook, Cooksburg, Charter Oak, State College, Cornwall, Dol-
ton, Jeannette.

Cardiophorus Esch.

9071 — cardisce Say. June. Jeannette (Klages), Southwest
Pa. (not rare (Ham.) ). Also listed by Say, VI, 1839, p. 169.

9082 — convexus Say. May to July. Parkland, Homeville,
Inglenook, Dillsville, Erie, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Southwest Pa.
(in fields and hedges, common, according to Hamilton). Blanch-
ard, 1889, p. 15, also listed this from Pennsylvania.

9087 — gagates Er. Delaware Water Gap, Greentown, Phila-
delphia, Rockville, Linglestown, Herndon, Heckton Mills, Cole-
mansville, Chambersburg, Caledonia, Charter Oak, Hartstown
Bog, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County (not rare, by beat-
ing (Hamilton)).

9092 — convexulus LeC. May to October. Milford, Angora,
Harrisburg, Charter Oak, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Southwest Pa.
(not rare (Hamilton)).

9098 — robustus LeC. The Klages collection contained a speci-
men, presumably this, from Greenville, June 25. Blanchard,
1889, lists it from Pennsylvania.

9114 — curiatus Say. May to August. Frequently on leaves
of May apple. Wyoming, Philadelphia, Angora, Broomall, Glen-
olden, Lancaster County, Harrisburg, Linglestown, New Cumber-
land, Enola, Mt. Alto, Jeannette, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County
(not rare (Hamilton)).

262

Journal New York Entomological Society

t Vol. XLIX

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PENNSYLVANIA ELATERID^E

Blanchard, F. 1889. Revision of Cardiophorus. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
XVI, p. 7.

. 1889. Entomologica Americana, V, pp. 139-140.

Bland, J. H. B. 1895. Ent. News, VI, p. 185.

Blatchley, W. S. 1910. Coleoptera of Indiana.

Brown, W. J, 1930. Revision of Eanus. Can. Ent., 62, pp. 161-166.

. 1933a. Studies in the Elateridae, I. Can Ent., 65, pp. 133-134.

. 1933b. Studies in the Elateridae, II. Can. Ent., 65, pp. 176, 179.

. 1934. The American species of Dalopius Esch. I. Can. Ent., 66,

p. 36, 68.

. 1935. Ludius: the Aeripennis group. Can. Ent., 67, p. 127.

. 1936a. Ludius: the Inflatus group. Can. Ent., 68, p 135.

. 1936b. Ludius: the Propola group. Can. Ent., 68, p. 182.

. 1936c. Notes on some species of Elateridae. Can. Ent., 68, p. 249.

Champlain, A. B., and H. B. Kirk. 1926. Bait pan insects. Ent. News, 37,

p. 288.

, and J. N. Knull. 1932. Fermenting baits for trapping Elateridae

and Cerambycidae. Ent. News, 43, pp. 253-257.

Bury, C. 1888. Elateridae of Cincinnati. Ent. Amer., IV, p. 163.

Fall, H. C. 1933. New Coleoptera. XVI. Can. Ent., 65, p. 229.

Frost, S. W., and II. Dietrich. 1929. Coleoptera taken from bait traps.
Annals Ent. Soc. America, 22, p. 247.

Hamilton, J. 1893. Descriptions of some new species of Coleoptera. Can.
Ent., 25, p. 305.

. 1895. Catalog of Coleoptera of Southwestern Pennsylvania. Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc., 22, pp. 317-381.

Horn, G. H. 1871. Descriptions of new species of Elateridae. Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc., 3, pp. 299-324.

. 1891. Monograph of Cryptohypnus. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 18,

pp. 8, 12.

Kirk, H. B. 1922. Biological notes on Elateridae and Melasidae. Ent. News,
33, pp. 236-240.

Klages, H. 1901. Supplement to Hamilton’s list of Pennsylvania Cole-
optera. Annals Carnegie Museum, I, pp. 265-294.

Knull, J. N. 1932. Notes on Coleoptera, No. 3. Ent. News, 43, p. 43.
LeConte, J. L. 1853. Revision of the Elateridae of the United States.
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. (2), X, pp. 405-508.

. 1866a. List of Coleoptera collected in Lycoming County, Pa. Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 18, p. 346.

. 1866b. Additions to the coleopterus fauna of the U. S., No. 1.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 18, pp. 361-394.

. 1863. New species of North American Coleoptera. Pt. I. Smith-
sonian Misc. Collections, VI, No. 167, pp. 1-92.

. 1884. Short studies of North American Coleoptera. Trans. Amer.

Ent. Soc., 12, pp. 8-19.

Sept., 1941]

Thomas: Elaterid^e

263

Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalog of Coleoptera of America North of Mexico.
Pages 166-175 : Elateridae.

. 1927. First supplement to above (1914-1924).

. 1933. Second and third supplements (1925-1932), p. 27.

. 1939. Fourth supplement (1933-1938), p. 39.

. 1918. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 26, p. 206.

Liebeck, C. 1888, ’89. Collecting notes. Ent. Amer., IY, p. 74.
Melsheimer, F. Y. 1806. Catalog of the insects of Pennsylvania. Separate
publication, privately printed at Hanover, York County.
Melsheimer, F. E. 1846. Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera of the
United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., II, pp. 134-160.

Say, T. 1825. Ann. Nat. Hist. Lyceum of N. Y., I, pp. 249-268.

. 1839. Descriptions of new North American insects. Trans. Amer.

Philos. Soc., VI, pp. 155-170.

Van Dyke, E. C. 1932. Miscellaneous studies in the Elateridae. Proc. Cali-
fornia Acad. Sci., 4th Series, XX, No. 9, pp. 371, 400.

LYSANDRA CORMION, A NEW EUROPEAN
BUTTERFLY

By Y. Nabokov

This peculiar insect is best described in terms of relation to
Lysandra coridon Poda and Polyommatus meleager Esp.
Roughly speaking, it is more like the former above, and more
like the latter below. Its expanse is that of a slighly under-
sized coridon.

The upper side is a clear silky blue, comparable to the bluest
varieties of coridon (and recalling yet another species, Polyom-
matus eros 0.). Next to it meleager looks purplish and coridon
silvery gray. The dark fuscous border of the primaries is
broader than in meleager ; less sharply defined than in coridon.
The fringes belong to the double ( meleager ) type, with the inner
line a pale fuscous on the fore wing, but unlike meleager’ s they
are slightly checkered. The secondaries while rounder than in
coridon, and with a whiter abdominal fold, do not suggest
meleager ’s ample contour; they have their subcostal vein curved
in the coridon manner, i.e., more arched than it is in meleager,
and display a submarginal row of conspicuous black dots (that
are generally wedge-shaped in coridon and absent in meleager).

On the under side, as in meleager, the primaries lack the two
basal spots found in coridon, but the first one of the submedian
row seems advanced basally — a coridon feature. There is a
Lysandra- like difference in tone between the wings ; but the light
tint of the primaries is of the meleager (whitish) shade, and
this tint is merely deepened to a dunnish gray on the secondaries
without any admixture of buff so frequently seen in coridon.
All the ocelli are neatly accentuated, with their white rings
especially distinct on the darker hind wing. This has a clear
median streak (indiscernible in most males of meleager owing
to the general bleached effect of the under side) ; the submar-
ginal chevrons show no trace of orange, but are rather more
strongly outlined than in meleager, and the base of the wing is
dusted with metallic blue.

266

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

An examination of the genitalia reveals that the aedeagus of
cormion, with its bnlblike enlargement just before the tip, closely
resembles that of coridon and has nothing to do with the elongated
form and bottleneck terminal process seen in meleager and other
Polyommatus species. In cormion this organ appears to be just
a trifle thinner and its swelling rather less accentuated than is
the case with coridon ; but there can be no question of its forming
any intermediate between coridon and meleager: it is quite un-
mistakably of the Lysandra type. On the other hand, the more
perfectly rounded hump of the vinculum, the deeper notch
beneath the terminal spur of the harpe and the irregular, less
solid looking structure of the uncus seem to differ from the corre-
sponding parts of coridon in a way approaching meleager.

The only two specimens known (holotype and paratype, both
now in The American Museum of Natural History) are males and
were taken by me on the 20th and 22nd of July, 1938, at an alti-
tude of about 4,000 feet on the flowery slopes above Moulinet
(Alpes Maritimes, France), a place seldom visited by collectors
though famed since Fruhstorfer’s time for some remarkable
“ Lycama” races (and the type locality of his escheriveLY. balestrei
and amandus var. isias). Both specimens were netted because
they looked so different on the wing from the rest of the “blues”
present, and during the next two days I saw two more (or a third
one twice) which I missed, bungling being encouraged by a
strong wind and the steepness of the ground. Suitable females
were also looked for, but in vain; nor did a subsequent search
through the rich material of the British Museum yield any addi-
tional examples.

Had not the bulk of my collection remained in a basement in
Paris, I should have liked to compare cormion not only with
coridon, but with my series of the very closely allied rezniceki
Bart., the Riviera representative of a Spanish species. I feel a
puzzle here. Apart from the link hinted at by cormion, there
seems to exist a curious mimetic affinity between meleager and
the 11 coridon” group, thus the pale under side of sturdy albicans
H.S. bears a striking resemblance to that of meleager, especially
when, as often happens in the former’s case, the fulvous fillings
are greatly reduced.

Sept., 1941]

Nabokov: New Butterfly

267

There is also the question of interbreeding. Some of the
“blues” have been suspected of unconventional pairings, and in
connection with meleager one may mention that Rebel described
and figured (Yerh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, v. 70, meledamon) a
Polyommatus- like Agrodicetus captured in 1919 in the vicinity
of Vienna, which he assumed to be — with wholly unwarranted
precision — a cross between meleager male and damon female.
In the present case where meleager and coridon are examined
it would be likewise poor science to suppose that cormion, not
being a plausible mutation of either, ought to be the offspring
of both. The powers responsible for the moulding of Mediter-
ranean Lyccenidce seem to be in a state of hectic activity, issuing
new forms by the hundred, some of which may be fixed and re-
tained by the secret decrees of nature, others dismissed and lost
the very next season. Whether cormion will have to be deemed
the freakish outcome of such evolutionary gropings which
fashioned a few specimens in the season of 1938, never to bring
out that particular make again, or whether it will turn up here
and there, to struggle for elbow room between coridon and
meleager, somewhat in the way thersites does between icarus and
escheri, is a matter for the future to settle. Personally I would
have postponed describing this rarity were I ever likely to revisit
its lovely haunts.

In conclusion, my thanks are due to Mr. W. P. Comstock of
The American Museum of Natural History for so very kindly
placing all available material at my disposal and dissecting for
me the genitalia of the three insects involved.

SOME NEW SPECIES OF MALLOPHORA MACQUART
(ASILID/E, DIPTERA)

By C. H. Curran
American Museum of Natural History

Descriptions of a number of species of Mallophora which have
been on hand for some time are presented in this contribution,
together with a key to the species represented in the Museum
Collection. It is impossible to include a number of the described
species since the descriptions lack sufficient detail to make suitable
comparisons.

The genus Mallophora is readily recognized by the obtuse
claws, short ovipositor of the female, the appendiculate marginal
cell and the bulbous face, which is clearly divided into an upper
and lower section, the lower section with long bristles, pile on
both, the upper section with much shorter sparse hair. The
genus divides naturally into two groups, one having the face shin-
ing while the other has it thickly pollinose. There are about a
hundred species described from the Neotropical region but it is
possible that some of the names apply to different sexes of the
same species. In some species the sexes are similar in coloration
but in others there is a striking difference in the color of the hair
on the legs. On the whole the color of the pile on the body is the
same in both sexes although the females are more inclined to have
scattered yellow hair on the under side of the abdomen. The best
characters for the separation of the species, other than general
coloration, are to be found on the legs of the males, which are very
frequently strikingly ornamented with white or yellow pile in
distinctive patterns.

The following key includes the Neotropical species in the
Museum Collection.

Table of Species

1. Scutellum black haired, at most a few pale hairs 29

Scutellum at least half yellow pilose 2

2. Abdomen wholly black haired 3

Abdomen usually with extensive yellow or reddish pile but sometimes

only a lateral patch near the base, or with yellow pile beneath
apically 4

270

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

3.

4.

5.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Front with a band of pale yellowish pile; scutellum black pilose ba-
sally H breviventris Macquart

Front and scutellum with reddish yellow pile; large species.

speciosa Curran

Mesonotum wholly black haired L..| 5

Mesonotum with yellowish pile, at least in front 6

Apex of abdomen broadly reddish pilose bassleri, n. sp.

Apex of abdomen broadly black pilose inf emails Wiedemann

Legs wholly black haired inca, n. sp.

Legs partly white or yellow pilose 7

Scutellum with thick bright tawny pile, the abdomen almost uniformly
orange pilose; large robust species (over 20 mm.).

rufiventris Macquart

Scutellum with thin reddish pile or yellow pilose, smaller and usually

much more slender 8

Posterior tibiae with appressed sparse pile, if somewhat . dense the scu-

tellar pile white , 14

Posterior tibiae with dense erect pile, scutellar pile always yellow 9

Posterior tibiae wholly black haired above ruficauda Wiedemann

Posterior tibiae pale pilose basally 10

Face with black bristles ,1' 11

Face with wholly reddish yellow bristles and pile campestris, n. sp.

All of the abdominal segments tawny pilose dorsally dana, n. sp.

Apical or preapical segments black pilose above 12

First segment of posterior tarsi with white hairs in $ , in $ posterior

tibiae white haired basally 13

First segment of posterior tarsi wholly without white hairs, basal third

of posterior tibae of $ with pale yellow hair antica Curran

First segment of posterior tarsus of $ broadly white haired on whole
length, apex of abdomen of $ with sparse yellow hairs.

sexualis Curran

First segment with white hairs on apical half, apex of $ abdomen with

scattered white hairs \ ajax, n. sp.

Scutellum with white hair seopifer Wiedemann

Scutellum with yellowish pile , 15

Males 16

Females -. ». 23

Posterior tarsi with only black hair on the basal segment 17

Posterior tarsi with some white or yellow hair on the first segment ......... 20

Third to fifth segments of posterior tarsi each with an apical row
of long black bristles preceded by a tuft of very long erect white

hair clavipes, n. sp.

Pile differently arranged : 18

Hair on posterior tarsi becoming longer and very dense on the fifth

segment : 19

Hair all short dorsally, the second to fourth segments with appressed
white hair on the posterior half of the dorsal surface zita, n. sp.

Sept., 1941]

Curran: Mallophora

271

19. Posterior trochanters with fine yellowish hair abana Curran

Posterior trochanters with long fine black bristles clavitarsis, n. sp.

20. Posterior tarsi with white hair on the first segment 21

Posterior tarsi with yellow hair on the first segment 22

21. Posterior tibiae with white hair above, black hair in front.

nig rit arsis Fabricius

Posterior tibiae with black hair above and silvery white hair in front.

callida Fabricius

22. Posterior tibiae yellow haired except at the apex fusca Bromley

Posterior tibiae with sparse black hair in front on whole length.

neta, n. sp.

23. Posterior tarsi black except sometimes the last segment 25

Posterior tarsi all reddish 24

24. Front tibiae with black hair anterodorsally ; cheeks without black bris-

tles lit ••••'• callida Fabricius

Front tibiae with yellow hair except below, the cheeks with a number of
black bristles ’ abana Curran

25. Posterior tibiae with only a few black hairs apically neta, n. sp.

Posterior tibiae with the apex broadly black pilose on part of the sur-
face 26

26. Posterior tibiae clavate apically and as large as the first tarsal seg-

ment . clavipes, n. sp.

Posterior tibiae not conspicuously swollen apically 27

27. First segment of the posterior tarsi more than twice as long as wide 28

First segment of the posterior tarsi broad, much less than twice as long

as wide I zita, n. sp.

28. Apical abdominal segments practically all tawny haired above.

fusca Bromley

Apical abdominal segments almost all black haired above.

nigritarsis Fabricius

29. Face wholly pollinose ada, n. sp.

Face mostly shining 30

30. Abdomen with band of reddish or yellowish pile concealing the ground

color or mostly pale pilose 31

Abdomen wholly black haired or with only some scattered pale hairs
apically on the under side or the apical segments with sparse ap-
pressed tawny pile 40

31. Large species, wings blackish basally, brown apically with a very broad

pale band across the middle tibialis Macquart

Generally smaller, the wings not fasciate 32

32. Legs wholly black pilose; wings blackish at the base.

$ * schwarzi Curran

Legs with white or yellow pile 33

* M. pluto Wiedemann has the legs wholly black pilose but the wing is not
dark at the base.

272

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

Anterior tarsi with white pile above . 34

Anterior tarsi devoid of white hair : ; 36

Anterior four tibiae silvery white in front $ robusta Wiedemann

Anterior tibiae not silvery white though with some white hair 35

Anterior tibiae black pilose except in front ;..... aria , n. sp.

Anterior tibiae golden yellow pilose dorsally and posteriorly.

rufipes Macquart

Wings yellowish brown, contrastingly black basally $ schwarzi Curran

Wings almost uniformly colored 37

Occiput above, and the front with yellow pile 38

Occiput above, and the front wholly black haired $ robusta Wiedemann

Pleura wholly black haired 39

Pleura with considerable yellow pile ;. pipiens, n. sp.

Middle femora wholly black haired . . tolteca, n. sp.

Middle femora with white hairs in front minos Wiedemann

Wings dark brown with the apical fourth very pale brownish.

apicalis Bromley

Wings almost unicolor ous 41

An incomplete band of yellow pile on the front of the mesonotum.

flavicollis Bromley

Mesonotum with at most a few scattered pale hairs in front 42

Abdomen with some appressed tawny hair above on the apical seg-
ments '. :.... 49

Abdomen without such hair 43

Posterior tibiae wholly black haired 44

Posterior tibiae with white or yellow hair ...... 46

Vertex yellow or white pilose .-. : 45

Vertex with only black hair r. $ lugubris Arribalzaga

A large patch of white hair below the eyes; face castaneous; legs wholly

black haired vorax, n. sp.

A very small patch of pale yellowish hair below the eyes; face black;

middle femora yellow haired posteriorly lucida, n. sp.

Anterior and middle tibiae with dorsal stripe of dense silvery white

pile lugubris Macquart

Not so 47

The white pile on the posterior tibiae is on the apical third of the ven-
tral surface, a little at the base curiosa, n. sp.

The white pile does not extend beyond the apical third of the tibiae 48

The yellow beard extends to the palpi; anterior four tibiae of male yel-
low pilose : contraria Walker

The yellow beard is confined to a small patch below the eyes; anterior

legs wholly black pilose 4 jemima, n. sp.

Beard with white patch below the eyes nitidula Hermann

Beard with yellow patch below the eyes cora, n. sp.

Sept., 1941 J

Curran: Mallophora

273

GROUP I

Face and front normally wide, the face shining, rarely in part
thinly pollinose above. Robust species, rarely somewhat slender,
usually with dense pile on the abdomen but the hair sometimes
short and appressed on the disc. This is Mallophora in the strict
sense.

Mallophora bassleri new species.

Eobust, black pilose, the scutellum and apex of abdomen with dark reddish
pile. Length, 20 mm.

Female. — Head black pilose, a small patch beneath the eyes and another
behind the eyes above, yellow; face shining black, the sides yellowish pol-
linose; lower part of face, front and occiput with brown pollen, the posterior
orbits broadly cinereous pollinose. Antennae black, the second segment
brownish red, the arista mostly yellowish; third segment long and pointed.
Palpi wholly black haired.

Thorax dull black, with thin brown pollen, toward each side of the meso-
notum with a broad interrupted more cinereous stripe which merges into
brown, the usual broad median vittae brownish. The pile is wholly black or
there are a few scattered yellow hairs on the anterior margin of the meso-
notum. Scutellum with long tawny pile, the base more or less broadly black
haired.

Legs dark castaneous, the knees, anterior four femora except the apex and
the coxae black, the tarsi more reddish; hair and bristles wholly black; the
posterior tibiae with long dense pile above and below.

Wings brown, paler posteriorly, with violaceous reflections. Squamae and
halteres brown.

Abdomen with thick bright tawny pile, the sides broadly black pilose
basally, the genitalia shining black and with thin tawny hair.

Types. — Holotype, female and paratype, female, Teffe, Brazil,
October, 1928 (H. Bassler).

This species is colored very similarly to rufiventris Macquart
but does not have the palpi yellow haired and differs in other
respects.

Mallophora inca new species.

Eobust, mostly black pilose, the second abdominal segment with a band of
yellow pile. Length, 20 mm.

Female. — Head black, the facial orbits and occiput cinereous yellow pol-
linose, the lower part of the face and the front with brown pollen. Pile
black, the posterior orbits rather broadly yellow pilose, the frontal pile
mostly yellow, that on the upper part of the face and a few hairs on the
upper part of the gibbosity yellow. Palpi black haired, the basal segment
with mostly yellow, long dense hair. Antennee black, the second segment

274

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

reddish, the arista reddish yellow; third segment long, pointed apically.

Thorax dull black with thin brownish pollen, only obscurely vittate. Pile
black on the anterior border, extending to the middle medianly, the propleura,
pteropleura and scutellum yellow.

Legs castaneous, the tarsi reddish; pile black, long and dense on the upper
and lower surfaces of the posterior tibiae and on the posterior surface of the
front tibiae; middle tibiae with sparse appressed yellow hair on the posterior
surface, the middle coxae with yellow hair posteriorly.

Wings brownish, becoming dark brown basally, with violaceous reflection.
Squamae and halteres brown.

Abdomen with thick black pile, the second segment with a band of yellow
pile extending over the sides, the pile on the venter more or less brownish;
genitalia shining, with pale hairs apically.

Holotype. — Female, Rio Santiago, Peru, November 10, 1924
(H. Bassler).

Mallophora campestris new species.

Moderately slender, bristles pale except some on the femora. Length, 15
mm.

Male. — Head brownish, the pollen whitish, reddish brown on the front ;
pile reddish yellow, yellow on the occiput, white on the proboscis. Face shin-
ing except on the sides. Palpi broadly reddish apically. Antennae black,
the second segment reddish, the third elongate and tapering to the apex, the
arista a little longer than the third segment.

Thorax dull blackish, the pleura brown pollinose, the mesonotum with a
pair of weak, broad, widely separated vittae that are grayish in front of the
suture and brown behind. Pile and bristles reddish yellow.

Legs reddish, reddish yellow pilose, posterior tibiae except at the base
above, the under surface of the posterior femora and the basal two or three
segments of the posterior tarsi with black hair, the apical two segments white
haired above, the pile long and erect on the hind tibiae; femora with a few
black bristles apically.

Wings with luteous tinge. Squamae and halteres reddish.

Abdomen black, slightly metallic, with moderately thick tawny pile, the
pile on the venter paler. Genitalia overlaid above with thick white hair.

Types. — Holotype, male, and paratype, male, Chapada, Brazil
(Williston Collection).

Mallophora dana new species.

Moderately slender, mostly reddish pilose, the abdomen metallic above;
beard white. Length, 15 to 16 mm.

Male. — Head black, cinereous pollinose, the face bare except along the
orbits and below; pile pale reddish, white on the lower half of the occiput,
the face with a number of black bristles. Palpi broadly reddish apically,
usually with a few black bristly hairs. Antennse brown, the second segment

Sept., 1941]

Curran: Mallophora

275

reddish, the third segment elongate, tapering, about as long as the arista.

Thorax black, brown pollinose, the mesonotum with a broad pale vitta
anteriorly toward each side. Pile pale reddish, the mesopleura and sterno-
pleura mostly black haired.

Legs reddish, the anterior four femora more or less broadly black basally
on the anterior surface. Pile yellowish, black posteriorly on the femora, on
the basal three segments of the posterior tarsi, on most of the posterior tibiae
and on the broad apex of their femora; pile long and thick on the posterior
femora, white dorsally on the basal fifth and on the apical two tarsal
segments.

Wings with strong yellowish brown tinge. Squamae and halteres brownish
red.

Abdomen black, the third and following segments somewhat metallic, the
pile moderately abundant, more dense basally and laterally, bright tawny,
with some coarse black bristly hairs near the posterior border of the seg-
ments toward the sides, the shining black genitalia mostly overlaid with
silvery white hair.

Types. — Holotype, male, Rio Maranon, Peru, November 1,
1924. Paratypes, four males, Iquitos, Peru, March, 1924, and
one male, Achinameza, Peru, October 18, 1927. All were col-
lected by Dr. Harvey Bassler.

Mallophora ajax new species.

Scutellum and basal half of abdomen yellow pilose, all the segments of the
posterior tarsi with white hair. Length, 18 mm.

Male. — Head black, brown pollinose, the posterior orbits and sides of the
face paler. Hair and bristles black but there is a narrow band of yellow
pile behind the eyes which becomes almost white below, the fine hair is yel-
low on the upper half of the front, there is considerable yellow hair in the
middle of the mystax below and the under surface of the palpi are yellow
haired. Basal two antennal segments reddish, the third missing, the hair
black, yellow on the upper half of the first segment.

Thorax dull blackish, with brown pollen, not distinctly vittate, the humeri
and posterior calli brownish. Hair black, but there are some scattered
yellow hairs on the anterior half, particularly inside the humeri. Scutellum
wholly yellow pilose.

Legs dark reddish, black haired, the posterior tibiae with moderately long
hair on the apical half above, with white hair on the basal half except ven-
trally, the white hair extending to the apical sixth on the posterior surface;
posterior femora with white hair below on the apical third, the anterior four
tibiae and tarsi with bright yellow hair except ventrally. The posterior tarsi
are not broadened, blackish, with long erect white hair above on the second
and third segments on the anterior two-thirds and some white hair on the
first segment; the two apical segments are missing but undoubtedly bear
long erect white hair as on the third segment.

276

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Abdomen black, the basal three segments and genitalia with yellow pile,
the under surface of the apical segments with some scattered yellow hairs;
genitalia overlaid with silvery white pile. The black pilose apical segments
are rather dull.

Female. — The facial gibbosity is reddish brown and bears only a few yel-
low hairs, there is almost no yellow hair on the front and the yellow pile on
the palpi is limited to little more than the basal half. Legs castaneous,
black haired, the anterior tibiae and tarsi with sparse yellow hair above, the
posterior femora and tibiae as in the male but with shorter hair. The geni-
talia and last sternite have yellowish white hair.

Types. — Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Brazil.

This species is close to sexualis but may be distinguished by the
characters given in the key. The hair on the legs of the female
is shorter and less abundant. It is impossible to identify opposita
Walker and ciliata Walker, which may be the two sexes of the
same species. One of these names may apply to the species I
have described as antica, sexualis or ajax — but this can only be
determined by examination of the types.

Mallophora aria new species.

Black, the abdomen thickly reddish pilose above; front tibiae and tarsi
with some white hair. Length, 20 mm.

Male. — Head black, the front, cheeks and occiput brown pollinose, the
sides of the face and posterior orbits with cinereous yellow pollen. Mystax
yellow, with fine black bristles on the sides, the hair on the upper part of
the face mixed black and yellow; front black haired, the vertex, a narrow
band along the posterior orbits and the cheeks with yellow pile. Palpi cas-
taneous, with yellow pile below and black above. Antennae with the two
basal segments reddish, with black hair, the third missing.

Thorax opaque black, with brown pollen laterally, on the pleura and on
the scutellum, the hair wholly black; scutellum with a few isolated reddish
hairs.

Legs blackish, the anterior four femora castaneous below, the posterior
pair on more than the lower half and the upper half of the posterior tibiae
on about the basal half, reddish. Pile black on the front legs except for
an entire broad anterior stripe of sparse appressed white hair on the tibiae
and appressed white hair on the anterior half of the upper surface of the
tarsi; middle femora with sparse yellow hair posteriorly, their tibiae with
yellow hair on the basal half above and on the whole posterior surface;
posterior femora with yellow hair ventrally and anteriorly, their tibiae with
yellow hair on the basal half and the whole posterior surface; posterior tarsi
considerably broadened, the second to fourth segments with white pile above,
the hair subappressed.

Wings pale yellowish brown. Squamae with black fringe. Halteres
brownish red.

Sept., 1941]

Curran: Mallophora

277

Abdomen thickly reddish pilose above, reddish yellow pilose on the sides
and venter but the immediate base black haired. Genitalia shining black,
with yellow hair, the hair thick above on the base.

Holotype. — Male, Rio Santiago, Peru, November 12, 1928 (H.
Bassler).

Mallophora pipiens new species.

Black, the abdomen thickly reddish yellow pilose; tarsi wholly black haired.
Length, 18 mm.

Male. — Head black, the cheeks and front brown pilose, the facial orbits
and occiput with cinereous yellow pollen. Mystax yellow with black bristles
laterally, the upper part of the front and the occiput yellow pilose. Palpi
castaneous, yellow pilose, with some black bristles. Antennae black, the
arista reddish yellow, about as long as the third segment; hair black.

Thorax opaque black, the pleura and scutellum with some dark brown
pollen, the hair black; mesopleura with two patches of yellow hair, the hypo-
pleura almost all yellow pilose; scutellum with a few scattered yellow hairs.

Legs dark castaneous; anterior legs black haired, the femora with yellow
hair behind; middle legs with rather sparse yellow hair, the dorsal surface
black haired; posterior femora with moderately long yellow hair but with
thick black hair on the apex except below; posterior tibiae with dense hair
above and below, black, yellow on the basal fourth, extending to the middle
on the posterior surface. Posterior tarsi somewhat broadened, wholly black
haired.

Wings brownish. Squamae with black fringe. Knob of halteres brown.

Abdomen thickly reddish yellow above, becoming yellow on the venter and
more tawny toward the apex, the first segment with black pile posteriorly
on the sides. Genitalia short, shining black, with a few black bristles basally,
the pile yellow.

Holotype. — Male, Surinam, January 23, 1939 (D. C. Geijskes).

Mallophora tolteca new species.

Bobust, black, the abdomen with pale orange pile. Length, 19 mm.

Male. — Head black, facial orbits, cheeks and occiput densely cinereous
pollinose, the front yellowish brown; facial gibbosity reddish; mystax yellow
with black bristles laterally, the hair on the upper part of the face almost
all black. Front with black hair in front and yellow hair behind; occiput
black haired, with an orbital band of yellow pile which becomes white below,
the pale beard extending to the oral margin. Palpi castaneous, wholly black
haired. Antennse with the first segment castaneous, the others missing.

Thorax dull black, the pleura with brown pollen; hair wholly black.
Scutellum reddish brown, wholly black haired.

Legs castaneous, black haired; anterior surface of the posterior femora
and lower surface of the posterior tibiae on the basal third with pale yellow
pile. Hair of the posterior tibiae long and dense. Posterior tarsi not broad-
ened, the first segment with long hair.

278

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Wings light brownish. Squamae with black fringe. Knob of halteres
brownish.

Abdomen with the first and second segments black haired, the apex of the
second and basal half of the third with yellow pile, the remainder of the
abdomen orange pilose. Genitalia wholly yellow haired. Venter black pilose
on basal half.

Holotype. — Male, British Honduras, October, 1928.

Mallophora vorax new species.

Robust, black, the abdomen shining; pile almost wholly black. Length,
16 mm.

Male. — Face brownish red, its narrow orbits and the posterior orbits
cinereous pollinose, the latter black pilose except close to the eyes, where the
pile is very pale yellow, the beard pure white. Mystax composed of black
bristles with a few white ones in the middle, the hair on the face whitish;
front with yellow hair. Palpi reddish, black haired, the apical segment with
white hair on the broad base. Antennae with the first segment reddish, the
second brown, the third missing.

Thorax dull black, the humeri and posterior calli brownish red, the pleura
brown pollinose ; pile wholly black ; scutellum thickly brown pollinose. There
is a little brown pollen on the mesonotum but it does not form a conspicuous
pattern.

Legs shining brownish red, wholly black haired; the hair long and dense
on the upper surface of the posterior tibiae.

Wings yellowish brown, paler apically and posteriorly. Knob of halteres
brown.

Abdomen shining black, thinly haired above, the broad sides and the apices
of the second to fifth segments with brown pollen, the venter with reddish
brown pollen. Hair black, a few yellow hairs on the genitalia.

/

Holotype. — Male, Lima, Pern, April 30.

Mallophora lucida new species.

Robust, black, almost wholly black haired. .Length, 24 mm.

Female. — Head black; the pollen brown; hair black, the front and the
very narrow posterior orbits yellow pilose, the beard black with a very small
pale yellow patch below the eyes; mystax with just a few yellow bristles
and some yellow hairs. Palpi castaneous. Antennae black, the third seg-
ment long and tapering, twice as long as the reddish arista.

Thorax dull black, wholly black haired, the pleura and scutellum with
dark brown pollen.

Legs castaneous, the tarsi more reddish ; hair black, dense on the posterior
tibiae, yellow on the posterior surface of the anterior four femora.

Wings brown with violaceous reflections. Knob of halteres brownish red.

Abdomen dull black, the broad sides and venter with brown pollen; hair
black; genitalia shining black, with mostly yellow hair.

Sept., 1941]

Curran: Mallophora

279

Holotype. — Female, Posadas, Argentina.

Mallophora curiosa new species.

Black, beard yellow, posterior tibiae with white pile on apical half of ven-
tral surface. Length, 20 mm.

Male. — Head black, with brown pollen; hair black and yellow, middle of
mystax with black bristly hairs intermixed. Palpi reddish, yellow pilose,
with black bristles on apical third ; proboscis with black hair below.
Antennae brown, the third segment missing.

Thorax dull black, the pleura and scutellum brown pollinose. Hair black,
the disc of the mesonotum with considerable reddish brown hair intermixed
with the black.

Legs castaneous, the femora darker, hair black, the posterior tibiae with
long white pile on the apical half of the ventral surface and sometimes with
a little yellow hair at the base; posterior femora with yellow hair on the
apex, extending to the apical fourth on the under surface; tip of middle
femora and anterior and posterior surfaces of the middle tibiae on the basal
half with yellow hair; posterior tarsi with long white hair on the anterior
half or more of the apical four segments and on the anteroventral surface
of the first segment; pile long and dense on the posterior tibiae.

Wings light brownish. Halteres brownish red.

Abdomen shining black, the narrow sides and venter with brownish pol-
len; hair black, the venter sometimes with a few scattered yellow hairs.
Genitalia shining black, with a few yellow hairs at the base of the upper
surface.

Types. — Holotype, male, and paratype, male, Nova Teutonia,
Brazil, January 28, 1939, and February 6, 1939 (F. Plaumann).

Mallophora jemima new species.

Robust, dull black, with very little pale pile. Length, 19 mm.

Male. — Head black, with brown pollen, the narrow facial and posterior
orbits more yellowish; hair black, a very narrow band of yellow pile behind
the eyes ending in a small whitish patch below the eyes, the fine hairs of the
mystax and some scattered hairs on the face and front yellow. Palpi and
antennae black, the first antennal segment with yellow hair below, the third
missing.

Thorax opaque black, the pleura and scutellum with dark brown pollen,
the hair wholly black.

Legs dark castaneous, black haired; posterior femora with a large patch
of white hair anteriorly beyond the middle, their tibiae with white hair
beneath on the basal two-thirds; the pile long and dense on the hind tibiae.

Wings brown, with strong violaceous reflections. Halteres reddish and
brown.

Abdomen dull black, a little shining apically, the hair black, yellow on the
upper surface of the genitalia but there is no dense brush of hair.

280

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. XLIX

Holotype. — Male, Sao Paulo, Brazil (E. Lefevre), received
from Count A. A. Barbiellini.

Mallophora cora new species.

Black, with black and brownish red hair; rather slender species. Length,
15 to 16 mm.

Female. — Head black, cinereous pollinose, brown on the front and cheeks,
the face shining. Hair and bristles wholly black except very narrowly yel-
low along the posterior orbits, the beard black. Palpi reddish on the apical
half, black basally, with some yellow hair basally. Antennae black, the second
segment reddish, the arista brown, longer than the third segment.

Thorax black, brown pollinose, with a pair of broad short brownish yellow
vittae on the dorsum extending from near the front margin to behind the
middle. Hair wholly black.

Legs castaneous or brownish red, the tarsi more reddish, the anterior four
femora mostly blackish or shining dark brown. Hair black, dense on the
upper surface of the posterior tibiae; yellow on the coxae and trochanters.

Wings brown, more yellowish brown on the apical third or more. Halteres
reddish, sometimes with the knobs brown.

Abdomen shining black, somewhat metallic, the sides and venter with
brown pollen. Hair thin, black, appressed dorsally, tawny on the disc of the
apical tergites and genitalia, and on the apical sternites and sometimes
mostly tawny on the sides of the first segment.

Types. — Holotype, female, and paratypes, seven females, Cha-
pada, Brazil (Williston Collection).

In one of the specimens there are about a dozen yellow bristly
hairs in the lower part of the mystax.

This species is close to nitidula Hermann but has less tawny
pile on the abdomen and the males of the two species may be quite
different. In the male of nitidula the sides of the abdomen are
tawny pilose.

GROUP II

Bather slender species, never robust, the face always wholly
pollinose, the ground color almost all concealed or visible only in
certain views, the face and front generally narrow, rarely as broad
as in typical forms. Pile thin, never concealing the ground color,
always appressed on the dorsum of the abdomen.

This group closely approaches Promachina Bromley, differing
in the shape of the ovipositor, which here is quite as in the typical
Mallophora. One of the species, clavipes, has the male genitalia
elongate as in Promachina. It seems impossible to separate Pro -

Sept., 1941]

Curran: Mallophora

281

machina and the present group except on the character of the
ovipositor. The width of the face and front, a character I have
previously used, is of little value. Possibly the species included
here would be better placed in Promachina. At any rate they
form a natural link between this genus and the typical Mal-
lophora.

In addition to the species described in the following pages,
nigritarsis Fabricius, abana Curran, callida Fabricius and fusca
Bromley belong in this group.

Mallophora clavipes new species.

Rather slender species, the mesonotum with cinereous pollen, the posterior
tibiae conspicuously swollen apieally. Length, 19 to 20 mm.

Male. — Head black, yellowish pollinose, the posterior orbits more cinere-
ous; pile tawny, yellowish on the lower occiput and beneath the eyes, black
on the front, and there are black bristles along the sides of the mystax and
on the cheeks; gibbosity reddish in ground color. Antennae black, the second
segment reddish basally, the third about half as long as the arista.

Thorax black, with cinereous pollen, not vittate, the mesopleura light
brownish; pile tawny, black on the mesonotum except in front; scutellum
with black bristles and tawny hair.

Legs reddish yellow, the posterior tarsi and the apical fourth of their
tibiae black; anterior four femora with broad, black anterodorsal stripe. Pile
tawny, black anteriorly and ventrally on the anterior four femora, anteriorly
and apieally on the posterior tibiae and on the posterior tarsi. Apical four
segments of the posterior tarsi with long erect black bristles apieally pre-
ceded by a tuft of long white hairs, the basal segment with a pair of long
black bristles apieally; posterior tibiae very conspicuously swollen at the
apex.

Wings light yellowish brown, darker along the costa. Squamae with tawny
fringe. Halteres reddish.

Abdomen dull black, the sides and venter cinereous yellow pollinose, the
pile reddish yellow, black on the disc of the sixth and following segments
and mostly black on the shining black genitalia.

Female. — Pile generally somewhat paler; palpi with mixed tawny and
black hair. Posterior tibiae less swollen apieally; all the tarsi with black
hair. Third and following abdominal segments with triangles of black hair
on the disc.

Types. — Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Chapada, Brazil
( W illiston Collection ) .

Both sexes are readily identified by the clavate tibiae. The male
genitalia are elongate and somewhat clavate.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLJLX

282

Mallophora zita new species.

Slender, tlie pollen brownish yellow; posterior tarsi broadened and with
appressed hair. Length, 19 to 21 mm.

Male. — Head black, the face mostly yellowish ; pollen dense, reddish yel-
low, more cinereous on the posterior orbits; pile reddish yellow, bristles on
the cheeks, along the sides* of the mystax and on the front black; pile of
the occiput becoming whitish below. Palpi with a few black bristles. An-
tennae brown, the second segment reddish and with a few black hairs above;
third segment obtuse apically, a little more than half as long as the arista.

Thorax with brownish yellow pollen, obscurely vittate, the hair bright yel-
lowish, sparse and black on the posterior half of the disc of the mesonotum;
usually no black hairs on the cinereous pollinose scutellum.

Legs pale reddish, with thin bright yellowish pile, the anterior four femora
vent rally, the posterior pair apically, the posterior tibiae anteriorly and on
the apical fourth except below, and the posterior tarsi black haired; posterior
tarsi greatly broadened, with appressed hair, the second to fifth segments
each with a patch of white hair on the posterior half. Anterior four femora
with broad anterior shining black stripe.

Wings yellowish brown. Squamae reddish, with yellow fringe. Knob of
halteres black.

Abdomen dull black, the sides yellowish brown pollinose, the venter ciner-
eous. Pile short, black, yellow on the sides, basal two segments, venter and
under side of genitalia, the latter overlaid by silvery white pile.

Female. — The tarsi are wholly black haired and the black hair on the
posterior tibiae may be greatly reduced on the basal two-thirds; third abdom-
inal segment mostly yellow pilose. The genitalia without black hair.

Types. — Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Achinamiza,
Pern, February 18, 1927. Paratype, Rio Santiago, Peru, March
20, 1927. All were collected by Dr. Harvey Bassler.

Mallophora clavitarsis new species.

Slender, with yellowish brown pollen, the mesonotum vittate; posterior
tarsi with hair becoming longer and dense apically. Length, 17 mm.

Male. — Head with yellowish brown pollen, the occiput cinereous white ;
face mostly reddish in ground color, with black hair and bristles, some pale
yellow pile in the lower part of the mystax. Front with black hair, the
occiput with yellow pile above which becomes whitish below. Palpi castane-
ous, with yellow hair basally and coarse black hair on the apical half. An-
tennae with the basal segment reddish and with black hair, the others missing.

Thorax with brown pollen, the mesonotum with three more yellowish dorsal
vittae and the sides pale, the pleura more grayish posteriorly. Hair black,
yellow on the scutellum, anterior border of the mesonotum and mostly yellow
on the posterior half of the pleura. Scutellum with cinereous yellow pollen.

Legs reddish yellow, the posterior tarsi black, their tibiae darkened api-
cally, the anterior four femora with broad shining black stripe anterodorsally.

Sept., 1941]

Curran: Mallophora

283

Pile reddish yellow, black on the posterior tarsi, anteriorly and ventrally on
the anterior four femora and on the anterodorsal surface and apex of the
posterior tibiae; posterior femora with long tine black bristles on the basal
half. Posterior tarsi moderately broad, with dense moderately long black
hair on the anterior half of the apical three segments and each with a small
median tuft of white hair.

Wings light brownish, darker anteriorly, with violaceous reflection.
Fringe of the squamae black and yellow. Halteres reddish.

Abdomen dull black, with yellow pile, the disc of the fifth to seventh seg-
ments with appressed black hair, the venter with scattered black hairs inter-
mixed with the yellow. Sides of the abdomen narrowly brown pollinose
basally, the venter with obscure brownish pollen. Genitalia short, shining
black, the hair mostly yellow, the upper surface with black hair on the basal
half.

Holotype. — Male, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, November (Williston
Collection). The ornamentation of the tarsi is characteristic of
this species.

Mallophora neta new species.

Slender, brownish yellow pollinose, the mesonotum distinctly vittate; pos-
terior tarsi of the male with a broad stripe of brassy yellow pile. Length,
14 to 17 mm.

Male. — Head black, the lower half of the face reddish; pollen cinereous
on the occiput, reddish yellow on the face and front; pile tawny, yellow on
the lower part of the occiput; sides of the mystax and cheeks with black
bristles. Antennae black, the second segment reddish basally, the third mod-
erately long, two-thirds as long as the arista; hair black, the outer side of
the first segment with tawny hair.

Thorax with brownish yellow pollen and with three broad, dark vittae
dorsally, the pleura more brownish above and grayish behind. Pile reddish
yellow, mostly black and coarse on about half of the disc of the mesonotum.
Scutellar pile all pale.

Legs orange, the posterior tarsi and very broad stripes on the anterior
four femora black. Pile tawny, black on the anterior and ventral surfaces
of the anterior four femora, on the anterodorsal surface of the posterior
tibiae and on the broad sides of the posterior tarsi. Posterior tarsi broad,
with a very broad stripe of brassy yellow pile extending from the base to
apex on the anterior half.

Wings pale brownish. Squamae with yellow fringe. Knob of halteres
brown.

Abdomen dull black, pale yellow pilose, the pile becoming tawny apically,
particularly on the disc; sides obscurely yellowish brown pollinose, the ven-
ter with grayish pollen and yellow pile. Genitalia shining black, with a few
black bristles above, overlaid on the basal half with white appressed hair.

Female. — The posterior tibiae may entirely lack black hair and the pos-
terior tarsi are wholly black haired.

284

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Types. — Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Rio Santiago,
Pern, November 25 and 20, 1924. Paratypes : female, Rio San-
tiago, Peru, November 11, 1924, three females, Iquitos, Peru,
1923 and March 15, 1924; male and female, Middle Rio Ucayali,
Pern, September 23, 1924. All collected by Dr. Harvey Bassler.
Mallophora ada new species.

Slender, with brownish pollen, the mesonotum weakly vittate. Length,
15 to 20 mm.

Male. — Face mostly reddish in ground color ; pollen yellowish, more
cinereous on the occiput, brown on the front. Pile yellowish, the beard
paler; mystax yellow, bordered with black bristles; front black haired, the
upper part of the face with mostly black hair ; a row of black bristles on the
upper half of the occiput well back from the eyes. Palpi black, with yellow
bristles below and black above. Antennae blackish, the second segment
mostly reddish, the hair black ; third segment two-thirds as long as the arista.

Thorax black, brown pollinose, the pollen becoming more grayish on the
lower part of the pleura, on the mesonotum more reddish brown, with three
broad darker vittae. Hair black, yellow on the lower half of the pleura.

Legs reddish yellow, the tarsi reddish; posterior tarsi (except the fifth
segment) very broad, complete dorsal stripes on the anterior four tibiae and
the apex of the posterior tibiae blackish, the posterior femora darkened above
for about half their length. Femora with black hair, the anterior pair with
some tawny hair posteriorly; tibiae with bright reddish yellow pile, the mid-
dle and hind pair mostly black haired anteriorly; posterior tarsi with the
fourth and fifth segments with long white hair above, the second and third
with white hair on the anterior half, the basal segments otherwise black-
haired; middle tarsi mostly black haired but most of the dorsal bristles are
tawny.

Wings pale yellowish brown. Squamae with black fringe. Halteres red-
dish, sometimes with brownish knob.

Abdomen dull black, the sides brown pollinose; pile black above, sparse,
bright yellow on the sides and venter which is cinereous yellow pollinose.
Genitalia shining black, with black hair, the basal half overlaid above with
dense white hair.

Female. — Posterior tarsi without white hair; abdominal pile shorter; geni-
talia with black hair only.

Types. — Holotype, male, allotype, female, and paratypes, five
males and one female, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil (Williston Collec-
tion).

ADDITIONS TO NEW JERSEY STATE LIST
OF COLEOPTERA

By Borys Malkin

This list contains ninety-eight species of beetles which hereto-
fore, have not been recorded from the state of New Jersey. The
species presented are only such as have come to my attention and
no attempt has been made to compile a complete list of additions
which have been recorded elsewhere from the state. However I
have gone through all available literature to avoid, as far as possi-
ble, any repetitions of records. The New Jersey List is much in
need of revision, therefore bringing together all additions, correc-
tions, etc., would mean a work several times the size of this paper.

Each locality record is followed by the collector’s name in
italics. If no such a name appears it may be assumed that the
author was the collector. The names of the taxonomists are pre-
sented by abbreviations in parentheses as follows : C. A. Frost —
(CAF), H. B. Leech— (HBL), R. E. Blackwelder — (REB), J. W.
Green— (JWG), C. T. Parsons— (C TP) , F. W. Nunenmacher—
(FWN), F. T. Scott— (FTS), 0. L. Cartwright— (OLC), L.
Lacey— (LL), B. E. White— (BEW), L. L. Buchanan— (LLB),
and B. Malkin — (M).

Carabidae

892. Tachyta inornata (Say). Denville, July, (M).

895. Tachyta debicollis Csy. Newfoundland, Sept., (M),
Butler, Sept., (M), Colesville, Sept., (M), English-
town, Oct., (M).

18672. Tachyta parvicornis Notm. Lakehurst, August, (M).
1398. Amara familiata Duft. Manasquan Beach, June, Funaro
(CAF).

19092. Harpalus indigens Csy. N. J., Schaeffer (CAF).

Haliplidae

2303. Haliplus leopardus Rbts. L. Lackawanna Stanhope,
J uly , Siepmann ( M ) .

2319. Haliplus blanchardi Rbts. Colonia, August, Siepmann
(M).

286

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

2332. Peltodytes pedunculatus Blatch. Rahway, April, Siep-

mann (M), Colonia, August, Siepmann (M).

2333. Peltodytes 6-maculatus Rbts. Rahway, April, Siep-

mann (M).

2335. Peltodytes lengi Rbts. Rahway, April, Siepmann (M),
Morristown, August (M).

2328. Peltodytes muticus Lee. Asch Swamp, Union Co., May,
Siepmann (M), Cuschetunk, May, Siepmann (M), Rah-
River, May, Siepmann (M), Avenel, May, Siepmann
(M).

Dytiscidae

2442. Hydroporus shermani Fall. Colonia, August, Siepmann
(HBL).

2448. Hydroporus oppositus Say. Croton, Wickecheoke Creek,

May, Siepmann (HBL).

2548. Agabus semivittatus (Lee.). Chadwicks, June, Siep-
mann (M).

Gyrinidae

19250. Gyrinus latilimbus Fall. Rahway, July, Siepmann (M),
Lackawanna Stanhope, July, Siepmann (M).

Hydrophilidae

2874. Cercyon quisquilius (L.). Avenel, Siepmann (M),
Morristown, August, (M), Colesville, (M).

2880. Cercyon indistinctus Horn. Morristown, August, (M).
2896. Pemelus costatus (Lee.). Avenel, July, Siepmann
(CAF).

2900. Cryptopleurum americanum Horn. Morristown, Au-
gust, (M), Colesville, Sept., (M).

Staphylinidae

3387. Omalium rivulare (Payk). Colonia, Siepmann (CAF).
3379. Omalium humerosum Fauv. Englishtown, Nov.,
(CAF).

3426. Acidota quadrata Zett. Manasquan Beach, June, C. W.
de Funaro (REB).

3905. Gastrolobium atriceps Csy. Lincoln Park, August,
Funaro (CAF).

Sept., 1941]

Malkin: Coleoptera

287

4022. Tetartopeus angularis (Lee.). Lincoln Park, July,
Funaro (CAF).

4084. Lathrobiella ambigua (Lee.). Colonia, Siepmann
(CAF).

19349. Philonthus tetragonocephalus Notm. Morristown, Au-
gust, (CAF), Colesville, September, (CAF), English-
town, November, (CAF).

4595. Quedius peregrinus (Grav). Mountain Lakes, June,
(CAF), Colonia, Siepmann (CAF).

4633. Oxyporus stygicus Say. Newfoundland, September,
(M).

4635. Oxyporus fasciatus Horn. Englishtown, June, Ragot
(M), Colesville, Sept., (M).

4729. Boletobius obsoletus (Say). Manasquan Beach, June,
Funaro (M).

Histeridae

6827. Saprinus lugens Er. Ocean Co., July, A. Herschkowitz
(M).

Lampyridae

6975a. Lucidota corrusca var. autuminalis (Melsh). Ocean
Co., June-July, Herschkowitz (M), Butler, Sept., (M).

Cantharidae

7058b. Podabrus basillaris var. punctulatus Lee. Phillipsburg,
June, Green (JWG), Avenel, Siepmann (JWG).

20859. Podabrus appendiculatus Fall. Lincoln Park, Funaro
(JWG).

20883. Podabrus brevicollis Fall. Ocean Co., June, Herschko-
witz (JWG).

7094. Cantharis tantillus Lee. Montclair, June, Funaro
(JWG).

7119. Cantharis impressus Lee. Mountain Lakes, June,
(JWG), Lake Hopatcong, June, (JWG).

Cantharis cartwrighti Green. Lake Hopatcong, June,

(JWG).

Melyridae

7215. Collops vittatus (Say). Barnegat Bay-Isld., Bch., June,
Siepmann (CAF).

288

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

7238. Malachius aeneus L. Ocean Co., June, Herschkowitz
(M).

Anthocomus Sp.?. Manasquan Beach, June, Funaro

(M & CAF).

7281. Pseudoebaeus pusillus (Say). Mountain Lakes, June,
(CAF), Lakehurst, August, (CAF).

7304. Attalus pallifrons (Mots.). Denville, July, (M).

Cleridae

7642. Hydnocera subfasciata (Lee.). Ocean Co., Schaeffer
(M).

Mordellidae

7830. Glipodes helva Lee. Dumont, May, Bagot (M).

7867. Mordellistena arnica Lee. Millburn, July, Schott (M).
7872. Mordellistena grammica Lee. Wanaque, July, (M).
7889. Mordellistena convicta Lee. Mountain Lakes, June,
(M).

7915. Mordellistena pityptera Lee. Mountain Lakes, June,
(M).

Elateridae

8562. Adelocera avita (Say). Lakehurst, August, (M & CAF).
8727. Ludius fulvipes (Bland.). Alpine, April, Funaro (M).

Buprestidae

9399. Agrilaxia flavimana (Gory.). Wanaque, July, (M).
9517. Agrilus defectus Lee. Manasquan Beach, June, Funaro
(CAF).

21040. Agrilus olivaceoniger Fischer. Mountain Lakes, June,
(CAF).

Nitidulidae

10061. Carpophilus nitens Fall. Lakehurst, April, (CTP).

Nitidula carnaria Schall. Manasquan Beach, July,

(CTP).

Nitidula flavomacula Rossi. Manasquan Beach, July,

(CTP).

Erotylidae

10292a. Acropteroxys gracilis var. inornata Rand. Lake Hopat-

cong, June, (M).

Sept., 1941]

Malkin: Coleoptera

289

10332. Triplax macra Lee. Manasquan Beach, June, Funaro
(CAF).

Cryptophagidae

10422. Caenoscelis ferruginea Sahib. Rahway, April, Siep-
mann (CAF & M).

Coccinellidae

19743. Hyperaspis separata Csy. Lake Hopatcong, June,
(FWN).

11010. Scymnus semiruber Horn. Palisades, May, June,
(FTS), Upper Montclair, August, (M).

11015. Scymnus rubricauda Csy. Lincoln Park, November,
(FWN).

11026. Scymnus kinzeli Csy. Milltown, June (Amer. Mus. Coll.
J. A. Grossbeck), (FWN).

11202a. Anatis 15-punctata var. mali (Say). Manasquan, June,
Funaro (M).

Tenebrionidae

12408. Alobates barbata (Knoch). Lakewood, May, L. Weiss
(M).

12412. Idiobates castaneus (Knoch). Lakehurst, June, Angell
(CAF).

12423. Boros unicolor Say. Manasquan Beach, June, Funaro
(M).

Scarabaeidae

13198. Aphodius rubripennis Horn. Montclair, May, Funaro
(OLC).

Ataenius falli Hinton. Manasquan Beach, June, Funaro

(OLC).

19956|. Serica parallela Csy. Manasquan Beach, Funaro (OLC).

Serica blatchlei Dawson. Dumont, May, Ragot (OLC).

Serica sp. ? Manasquan Beach, June, Funaro (OLC).

13497. Phyllophaga futilis Lee. Lakehurst, 1926. Coll, un-
known (OLC).

13512. Phyllophaga ulkei Sm. Cranberrj^, June, July, Angell
(OLC).

13523. Phyllophaga forsteri Burm. Englishtown, April, Ragot
(OLC).

290

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

13652. Dichelonyx diluta Fall. Passaic, May, Funaro (OLC).

13731. Anomala nigropicta Csy. Freehold, July, Bagot (OLC).

13803. Ochrosidia villosa (Burm). Englishtown, August, Ba-
got (OLC).

Cerambycidae

14210. Hypermallus abruptus Csy. Manasquan, June, Funaro
(M).

14308. Hapalosalia vibex (Newn.). Lincoln Park, July, Funaro
(LL).

14520. Anoplodera chrysocoma Kby. Manasquan Beach, June,
Funaro (M).

15148b. Oberea bimaculata var. affinis Harris. Mountain Lakes,
June, (LL).

Chrysomelidae

15539. Triachus vacuus Lee. Morristown, August, (BEW).

15495d. Cryptocephalus venustus var. simplex Hald. Barkeley
Hghts., E. A. Bishoff (M).

15676. Calligrapha multipunctata (Say). Montclair, Bishoff
(M).

20196. Galerucella spirae Fall. Lincoln Park, July, Funaro
(CAF).

16152b. Chirida guttata var. pennsylvanica Sp. Boonton, July,

Schaeffer? (M).

Curculionidae

24450. Calomycterus setarius Roelf. Palisades, May, Funaro,
(M), Great Notch, August, (M).

16738. Sitona tibialis Hrbst. Palisades, June, (M).

Sitona cylindricollis Fahr. Morristown, August, ( CAF ) ,

Palisades, June, (M).

16794. Listronotus impressifrons Lee. Manasquan, June, Fu-
naro (M).

16804. Hyperodes cryptops (Dietz). Lincoln Park, July,
Funaro (M).

16846. Pissodes approximatus Hopk. Manasquan, June, Fu-
naro (M).

Sept., 1941]

Malkin: Coleoptera

291

16947. Smicronyx tesselatus Dietz. Mountain Lakes, June,
(CAF), Morristown, August, (CAF).

Anthonomus near decipiens Lee. Palisades, June,

(LLB).

Ceutorrhynchus erysimi Fab. Manasquan Beach, June,

Funaro (LLB).

17901. Rhyssematus aequalis Horn. Manasquan Beach, June,
Funaro (LLB), Lake Hopatcong, June, (M).

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of October 1, 1940

President Klots in the chair with thirty members and visitors present.

The following were proposed for membership: Messrs. John C. Pallister,
2501 Knapp Street, Yacht Marion the II, Brooklyn, N. Y. ; F. Courtney
Stone, 1349 Lexington Ave., New York City; Leonard J. Sanford, American
Museum of Natural History, New York City; David M. Bigelow, 1701 East
Speedway, Tucson, Arizona.

Dr. Ruckes announced with regret the death on July 2 of Edward P. Van
Duzee, foremost hemipterist in the country.

Members reported on their summer collecting experiences. Dr. Melander
said that from June 5 until Sept. 10, he and Mrs. Melander travelled to the
Pacific States and covered over 10,000 miles, collected 4,000 Diptera, 3000 feet
of film (Kodachrome) and 1000 still pictures.

Mr. Kisliuk revealed the fact that great changes are taking place in world
trade. Strange insects are being found in hosts that the Division of Foreign
Plant Quarantine never had occasion to inspect before. Material from Spain,
South America, Portugal and the Mediterranean is constantly bringing new
pests to light.

Mr. Davis exhibited some of the 17-year locusts caught in 1923 and their
progeny in 1940. He noted some of the new records in Long Island of
Brood XIY.

Mr. Teale showed some of the pictures he made of the various stages of
emergence of the 17-year locust this year on Long Island.

Mr. Bird urged that entomologists make an effort to make the public
conscious of the good insects do rather than to have them considered as pests
to be destroyed whenever the opportunity arises.

Dr. Hartzell spent some of the summer in the Black Hills of South Dakota
where the grasshopper situation is very severe. He noticed that corn grown
by the Indians on the reservation was not apparently attacked to the same
extent as white man ’s corn. The grasshoppers are so numerous that education
is being carried on as to where they lay their eggs, which is usually about 300
feet from the cornfields in a grass plot. While he was there the county
carried on a grasshopper egg pod contest. Some 70 pounds of eggs were
brought in, which means an estimated 15 million eggs.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of October 15, 1940

President Klots in the chair with thirty-eight members and visitors present.

The following were elected to membership: Messrs. John C. Pallister, F.
Courtney Stone, Leonard J. Sanford and David M. Bigelow.

294

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Mr. Louis Roth, 351 E. 45th Street, Brooklyn was proposed for member-
ship.

Mr. Comstock explained that the American Museum of Natural History
Entomological Department has a fine exhibition, in the Foyer, of a recent
acquisition of a Morpho collection.

Dr. Spieth announced that membership cards could be obtained from the
Secretary at the next meeting.

Dr. Davis exhibited some Florida species of cicadas collected recently
by Dr. Ruckes.

The speaker of the evening, Dr. A. B. Klots, then addressed the members
on 1 1 Problems of Arctic Alpine Distribution. ’ ’ Dr. Klots ’ talk was illus-
trated with movies and lantern slides.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of November 19, 1940

President Klots in the chair with fifty-five members and visitors present.

An invitation to send a delegate to the ceremonies to dedicate a new
Natural Resources Building on the campus of University of Illinois at
Urbana, Illinois on November 15 was received.

Mr. Louis Roth was elected to membership.

The following were proposed for membership: Dr. Walter Schiller, Director
of Laboratories, Cook County Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, and Mr. Malvin
Hoffman, 2721 Morris Ave., New York City.

The speaker of the evening, Dr. James Forbes of Eordham University, was
introduced and spoke on “Some Observations on the Carpenter Ant.” Dr.
Forbes illustrated his talk with stained whole mounts and diagrammatic
drawings. An Abstract of Dr. Forbes’ talk follows.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Observations on the Internal Anatomy of the Carpenter Ant

1. The first part of the digestive system consists of the buccal tube, the
infrabuccal chamber, the pharynx with the post-pharyngeal glands, the
oesophagus, and the crop. Histologically this region is composed of a flat-
tened type of epithelium externally covered by longitudinal and circular
muscle and internally covered by a chitinous intima. The intima bears
hair-like processes and spines in some regions, and in the crop it is thrown
into crypt-like folds. The post-pharyngeal glands are structurally similar
to the digestive tube but do not possess any muscle coats.

2. The proventriculus or gizzard is divided into three regions: the calyx,
the bulb, and the cylindrical section. In this organ the intima, epithelium,
and muscle coats are very much modified in the different regions. It is
similar in shape and structure to other closely related Camponotinse.

3. The ventriculus is a large elliptical-shaped sac which occupies about one-
half the space in the gaster. It is lined with regenerative and secretory
cells.

4. The intestine is structurally similar to the first part of the digestive tract,
but it lacks the longitudinal muscle fibers.

5. The number of Malpighian tubules varies from 18-21, but the majority
of workers have 20.

Sept., 1941]

Proceedings of the Society

295

6. The rectum is a large sac with thin, transparent walls, which bear six
rectal pads. The anus has a well developed sphincter muscle.

7. Each cell of the maxillary glands has a very fine cell-duct which unites
with a larger collecting-duct. The main-ducts open, one on each side, into the
posterior part of the buccal tube.

8. The collecting-ducts of the salivary glands lead into large reservoirs
before uniting to form the main-duct which opens into a salivarium between
the hypopharynx and the labium.

9. The poison apparatus is of the pulvinate form which is confined to the
Camponotinae.

10. The ovarioles of the non-functional ovaries vary in number from 1-3
in each ovary, and they are of the polytrophic type. No seminal receptacle
was found in any of the workers dissected.

11. The heart occupies the usual position in the gaster, and it has five pairs
of ostia. The heart wall is one cell in thickness, and paired nuclei lie along
the lateral edges of the tube. The aorta lies above the (Esophagus in the
petiole. In the metathoracic region it lies on the right of the oesophagus,
and then passes under the oesophagus in the mesothorax. In the prothorax it
again comes up on the dorsal side of the oesophagus to open into the head.

12. The ventral nerve cord has three ganglia in the thorax, one in the
petiole, and three in the gaster. The terminal ganglion of the gaster is a
fusion of three ganglia.

13. Ten pairs of spiracles open on the sides of the body. In the first
segment of the gaster the longitudinal tracheal trunks dilate to form tracheal
sacs. The' branches to the viscera arise in groups on the longitudinal trunk
opposite the entrance of the stigmatic trunk. — James Forbes.

Meeting of December 3, 1940

President Klots in the chair with forty-eight members and visitors present.

The following were elected to membership: Dr. Walter Schiller and Mr.
Malvin Hoffman.

The Society noted with extreme regret the death on November 9 of Dr.
Grace A. Sandhouse. Dr. Sandhouse was in charge of Hymenoptera at the
National Museum and devoted herself to the study of Halictidae.

Mr. Schwarz reported also the death of Dr. Otto Plath, Professor at
Boston University, who was a student of bumble bees.

The speaker of the evening, Dr. Stanley Bromley, of the Bartlett Tree
Research Laboratories, spoke on “Insects in Relation to the Shade Trees.”
Dr. Bromley’s talk was illustrated with Kodachrome slides showing the in-
sects about which he spoke and the damage peculiar to each.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of December 17, 1940

President Klots in the chair with fifty-three members and visitors present.

Dr. Klots appointed the following to serve on the Nominating Committee:
Dr. H. Ruckes, Dr. Wm. Moore and Mr. E. Bell.

Dr. Spieth then reviewed and discussed the recent advances in the chem-
istry and biology of the insect exoskeleton.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of January 7, 1941

The annual meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on

296

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

January 7, 1941, in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Klots in the chair with fifty-three members and visitors present.

The following officers were elected for the year 1941 :

President Max Kisliuk

Vice-President Harry B. Weiss

Secretary Miss Annette L. Bacon

Treasurer Dr. H. T. Spieth

Librarian L. James Sanford

Curator Dr. W. J. Gertsch

Executive Committee
William T. Davis
Dr. William Procter
Dr. Albert Hartzell
E. A. Soraci
Dr. A. B. Klots

Publication Committee
Harry B. Weiss
E. L. Bell
Herbert P. Schwarz
Edwin W. Teale

Delegate to the N. Y. Academy of Sciences
William T. Davis

Mrs. Sherman reported on the progress that Mr. John D. Sherman was
making after recovering from a serious operation. A motion was made and
carried that the Society send their best wishes for a speedy recovery to Mr.
Sherman.

Mr. Robert Fuller then showed color movie film on insects and other
animals.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of January 21, 1941

President Kisliuk in the chair, thirty members and visitors present.

President Kisliuk appointed the following committees:

Program: Mr. J. W. Angell, Mr. M. H. Sartor, Dr. H. Hagan.

Auditing: Dr. Wm. Moore, Dr. W. J. Gertsch, Mr. F. S. Blanton.

Field: Mr. A. S. Nicolay, Dr. A. B. Klots, Mr. Wm. P. Comstock.

The Society heard with regret of the serious illness of Mr. Charles W. Leng
and instructed the secretary to send an expression of sympathy.

President Kisliuk mentioned the large number of entomological papers
presented at the Philadelphia meetings of the A. A. A. S.

A review of Mr. Teale ’s book, ‘ 1 The Golden Throng, ’ ’ was called to the
attention of those present.

Mr. George Rau presented a paper on “ Biological Studies of Mealy Bug
Parasites. ’ ’

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

Meeting of February 4, 1941

President Kisliuk in the chair, thirty members and visitors present.
Mr. George C. Becker was proposed for membership in the Society.

Sept., 1941]

Proceedings of the Society

297

The death of Mr. Charles Leng was deeply felt by members of the So-
ciety. He had been a member since 1902 and had served as Vice-President
for four years. President for five and secretary for nineteen. Several mem-
bers spoke of the work he had done, emphasizing his personality and recalling
his active interest in many fields. Dr. Euckes moved that Mr. Schwarz be
appointed a committee of one to write a letter to the family of Mr. Leng
expressing the sincere sympathy of the Society.

President Kisliuk reported the death of Dr. Charles W. Stiles in Balti-
more on January 24.

Dr. Euckes told of finding among the Pentatomidse a number of specimens
having one antenna with four, rather than five, segments — the abnormal one
showing symmetrical compensation in that it approximated the length of the
normal one and in that the pigment and sensory hairs covered the same
proportional area of the distad segments. He requested that anyone finding
similar abnormalities in other orders report such cases to him.

Mr. Gaul spoke interestingly on the “Biology of the Vespinse” and illus-
trated his talk with lantern slides. He discussed a new technique of housing
hornet nests in hives in the laboratory. The correlation of biological phe-
nomena with the taxonomic divisions was stressed. The life of the individual
and of the colony was discussed as were iniquilines and some parasites.

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

Meeting of February 18, 1941

President Kisliuk in the chair, thirty-five members and visitors present.

Mr. George C. Becker, Senior Entomologist, Inspection House, Hoboken,
New Jersey, was elected to membership.

A discussion of the request for the exchange of the Journal by the Bio-
logical Laboratory of the Science Society of China resulted in the following
motion: — The Society will exchange with the Biological Laboratory of the
Science Society of China beginning with the March, 1941, issue of the
Journal; and that any further application for exchanges shall be brought
before the Society as a whole before action is taken.

It was suggested that in a future issue of the Journal, such as the fiftieth
anniversary issue, photographs of past presidents of the Society be pub-
lished. Mr. Teale was appointed a committee on one, with power to act,
to get as many photographs as possible of the past presidents.

In the absence of Mr. Weed, the scheduled speaker, Mr. Fred Snyder
spoke on “Eecent Developments in Pyrethrum, Eotenone and Eelated Sub-
stances. ’ ’

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

Meeting of March 4, 1941

Former President Klots in the chair, one hundred and thirty-five members
and visitors present.

The reading of the minutes of the previous meeting and all business were
postponed.

298

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

Dr. A. L. Melander showed his colored motion pictures of the western trip
he took last summer.

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

Meeting of March 18, 1941

Vice-President Weiss in the chair, thirty members and visitors present.

Dr. George W. Barber, Mr. Mont A. Cazier, Dr. Minnie B. Scotland, Dr.
Vincent B. Dethier and Prof. C. A. Thomas were proposed for membership.

The Society heard with regret of the death of Miss Louise Joutel, a former
member, and also of the death of Dr. Hugo Kahl of the Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh.

Dr. Roger B. Friend, State Entomologist of Connecticut, spoke on ‘ ‘ Some
Economic Insect Problems in Connecticut” and illustrated his talk with
lantern slides.

There was an exhibit of 342 specimens representing 242 species of lepi-
dopterous larvae prepared by Mr. Charles Rummel of Green Village, New
Jersey.

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

Meeting of April 1, 1941

Vice-President Weiss in the chair, forty members and visitors present.
Mr. Donald P. Connola was proposed for membership.

Five new members were elected: Dr. George W. Barber, U.S.D.A., New
Haven, Conn.; Mr. Mont A. Cazier, American Museum of Natural History;
Dr. Vincent G. Dethier, John Carroll University, Cleveland, Ohio; Dr. Minnie
B. Scotland, N. Y. State College for Teachers, Albany, N. Y.; and Prof. C.
A. Thomas, Kennett Square, Pa.

Dr. D. L. Collins of the Boyce Thompson Institute spoke on “The Dutch
Elm Disease in New York State with reference to some of its Entomolog-
ical Aspects” illustrating his talk with lantern slides and motion pictures.

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

Meeting of April 15, 1941

President Kisliuk in the chair, thirty members and visitors present.

Mr. Donald P. Connola, Boyce Thompson Institute, Yonkers, New York,
was elected to membership.

Mr. James A. Rehn of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
presented a paper on “Entomological Prehistory, or the Interpretation of
some Problems in the Distribution of New World Orthoptera,” an abstract
of which is appended.

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

Entomological Prehistory

The importance of the Bering Sea land-bridge and those at Panama and
at the Isthmus of Tehuantepec in molding the Orthopteran life of North
America, and in the cases of the two last mentioned that of South America
as well, was emphasized by the speaker. Numerous instances were given of

Siol’T., 1941 J

Proceedings of the Society

299

Holarctic types which intrusively have extended their range over either the
eastern or western parts of North America, aside from those of broad boreal
distribution on the latter continent. Cases of discontinuous North American
distribution of several of these of Palearctic relationship and origin were
considered due to Pleistocene glacial conditions having eliminated them in
the intermediate territory. As much as three definite Palearctice incursions
were recognized among the Nearctic members of the group Chrysochraontes.

The discontinuous distribution of certain grassland genera common to
North America, Mexico and the south-central part of South America, and
their absence from the territory between, was considered to be due to the
spread of these genera during a Pliocene period of more extensive grassland,
and by the wiping out of much of the latter during the cooler and more humid
Pleistocene, with its forest predominance; they were extirpated in much of
Central America and northern South America, thus producing their present
discontinuous ranges.

Evidence in the Orthoptera for a Central American- Antillean land bridge
was reviewed, and this postulate considered the only explanation of numerous
orthopteran distributions which cannot readily be explained by drift, cur-
rents, rafts or hurricanes, on account of the character, habits and environ-
mental preferences of the genera concerned. — James A. G. Rehn.

Meeting of May 6, 1941

President Kisliuk in the chair, thirty-five members and visitors present.

The motion that the Treasurer may transfer funds from the savings
account to the checking account at his own discretion was approved.

Mr. F. A. Soraci of the New Jersey Department of Agriculture, spoke on
‘‘The Behavior of Insects to Light of Various Wave-lengths.”

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

Meeting of May 20, 1941

Thirty-five members and visitors present.

Since this was a social meeting, no business was transacted.

Plans for the picnic of the Society on Sunday, June 8, at the home of
Mr. and Mrs. Chris Olsen in West Nyack, New York, were announced.

Mr. Mont A. Cazier spoke about Entomology and Entomologists in Cali-
fornia.

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — -Incorporated June 7, 1893
Certificate of Incorporation expires June 7, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 77th Street and Columbus Avenue.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Honorary President, WILLIAM T. DAVIS

Officers for the Year 1941

President, MAX KISLIUK Federal Bldg., New York, N. Y.

Vice-President, HARRY B. WEISS . ..... Highland Park, N. J.

Secretary, ANNETTE L. BACON American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DR. HERMAN T. SPIETH College of the City of New York, N. Y.

Librarian, L. JAMES SANFORD American Museum of Natural History

Curator, DR. WILLIS J. GERTSCH American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

W. T. Davis Dr. Albert Hartzell Dr. Wm. Procter

Dr. A. B. Klots Frank A. Soraci

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Harry B. Weiss

Edwin W. Teale

E. L. Bell

Herbert F. Schwarz

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

J. W. Angell

M. H. Sartor

Harold Hagan

Dr. Wm. Moore

AUDITING COMMITTEE
Dr. W. J. Gertsch

F. S. Blanton

Dr. A. B. Klots

FIELD COMMITTEE
A. S. Nicola y

Wm. P. Comstock

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Dr. Herman T. Spieth, American Museum
of Natural History, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Librarian, L. James Sanford, American
Museum of Natural History, 77th St. and Columbus Ave., New
York, N. Y. The society has a complete file of back issues in stock.
The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not noti-
fied immediately of change of address. We do not exchange
publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money-orders, or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society .

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additional 100’s .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.00; additional 100’s, $1.50.

Half-tone prints IV2 cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

No, 4

js£

Vol. XLIX

DECEMBER, 1941

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

l

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS EDWIN W. TEALE

HERBERT F. SCHWARZ E, L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1941

CONTENTS

Anaea of the Antilles and Their Continental Relationships
with Descriptions of New Species, Subspecies and
Forms (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, Nymphalidae).

By Frank Johnson and William Phillips Comstock 301

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies
(Tipulidee, Diptera), XIII.

By Charles P. Alexander 345

Ability of the Firebrat to Damage Fabrics and Paper.

By Jean Austin and C. H. Richardson 357

Book Notice 366

Experiments on the Taste Sensitivity of Dolichovespula
Arenaria Fab. (Hymenoptera, Vespidae).

By Albro T. Gaul 367

The Synonymy of Papilio Coridon Poda, Papilio Phocion
Fabricius and Others.

By E. L. Bell and W. P. Comstock 371

NOTICE: Volume XLIX, Number 3, of the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society was published on
August 27, 1941.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XLIX December, 1941 No. 4

ANAEA OF THE ANTILLES AND THEIR CONTINEN-
TAL RELATIONSHIPS WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF
NEW SPECIES, SUBSPECIES AND FORMS
(LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA,

NYMPH ALIDiE)

By Frank Johnson and William Phillips Comstock

Distributed from the region of the Mississippi basin in North
America, throughout the Antilles, Mexico, Central America and
South America to 25 degrees south of the equator, the Neotropical
genus Anaea is represented by about 225 described names al-
though, excluding synonyms, the number of distinct species is
considerably less. Godman and Salvin in the “Biologia” (1884)
state that there are “not less than 100 species, ... no less than
thirty-five occurring within our limits.” [Mexico and Central
America.] Dr. Carlos C. Hoffmann in a recent paper (1940, Cat.
Sisten. y Zoogeo. Lep. Mex.) lists 21 species from Mexico. In
North America three species have been recorded and in the An-
tilles five species with a considerable number of subspecies and
forms ; and it is with these, their distribution and relationship to
those of Central and South America that this study is mainly
concerned.

ANAEA Hiibner

Genotype. — troglodita (Fabricius) .

1819, Anaea Hiibner, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinger,
p. 49. (Generic synonymy is omitted as unnecessary here.)
This genus is characterized by the cross-veins which, in the

302

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

forewings, connect the subcosta with the margin and the radius
with the subcosta. The number and position of these cross-veins
varies among the species. The cell of the forewing is closed and
the cell of the hindwing feebly closed. The genus is placed by
many authors as the highest of the butterflies.

Consideration of the Antillean species shows that they are
divided into three groups and that each of these groups contains
continental species as well, with which the Antillean species are
more or less closely associated.

Group I

These species of Anaea are of medium to large size, some hav-
ing a length of forewing exceeding 40 mm. Male and female are
similar and both have the inner margin of the forewing straight
and have tails at M3 of the hindwing. The color of the upper-
side is generally red. The male genital armature has porrect,
antler-like gnathos.

This group inhabits the southern and central area of North
America, Mexico and a little to the southward, the Greater Antil-
les and St. Kitts.

Anaea andria Scudder (Figs. 1-5).

1871, Paphia glycerium Edwards, Butt. N. Am., I, PL
Paphia, Figs. 1-6.

1874—1875, Anaea andria Scudder, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat.
Hist., II, p. 248.

1877, Paphia ops Druce, P. Z. S., London, p. 633.

1889, Anaea andria Scudder, Butt. Eastern U. S. and Can-
ada, III, p. 1796.

1916, Anaea andria, Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p. 581, PL
117e.

1931, Anaea andria Holland, Butt. Book, p. 173, Pl. xxiv,
Fig. 1, $.

1940, Anaea andria Field, Bull. Univ. Kansas, XXXIX,
No. 10, p” 107.

Of most extended distribution in North America, this species
ranges throughout the Mississippi basin from West Virginia and
North Carolina to Illinois, Colorado and Texas. There is also a
record from Jalapa, Mexico. It was described without a specific

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid.®

303

type by reference to Edwards’ figures of “ gly cerium.” The
source of the imagoes figured by Edwards is not stated but they
may have come from Illinois or Missouri. Seudder (1889) quotes
a correspondent (Eowley) who “asserts that there are at least
two broods of the imago, and that there is a decided seasonal di-
morphism in the two broods of the female. ’ ’ More recently, Mr.
Harold I. O’Byrne, who has done much collecting in Missouri
where andria is common, says that he has noted the difference in
the summer and fall broods of andria. However, it is difficult to
separate the broods on any basis of dates because of the long life
of the imago. The fall brood lives over the winter and into the
succeeding summer, overlapping in part the summer brood, which
also overlaps the succeeding fall brood. Thus it is possible to
find both summer and fall broods on the wing together during
the early summer and again in the fall. Yet there exist two sepa-
rate broods quite distinguishable one from the other.

Anaea andria Seudder is the fall brood which overwinters, fly-
ing again in the spring. Anaea ops (Druce) is a synonym of
this as is shown by photographs made by Mr. C. F. dos Passos of
the type (British Museum, No. 10370, Paphia ops , J1, Texas). A
colored drawing of this type is also before us.

Anaea andria, summer form aindriaesta, new form.

This differs from andria in the following characters:

Size and shape: — fall form andria has a length of forewing of from 29
to 32 mm. (male), and from 32 to 38 mm. (female) ; and the summer form
from 28 to 34 mm. (male), and from 32 to 39 mm. (female). In the summer
form, the outer margin of the forewing tends to be straight; thus the apex
of the forewing is not acute, though the costal curvature is approximately the
same as in the fall form andria. With slight variation in individuals, this
characteristic holds true for both males and females. Expressed another way,
the outer margin of the forewing is less excavated toward the apex in the
summer form than in the fall form. In the summer form the outer margin
of the hindwings is less rounded and the apical angle is more obtuse than in
the fall form.

Ground-color: — in the summer form the orange-red ground-color is more
brilliant in the males and paler in the females than in the fall form andria.

Markings:— in the forewings of the summer form males the black scaling
which forms the marginal wing-band is narrow and sometimes obsolete. In
the fall form this black scaling is heavy and forms a definite border-band
broadened at the apex. In the summer form males the cell spot of the fore-
wing is obsolete, whereas in the fall form males this spot is well defined. In

304

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. Xlix

the bindwings of the summer form males the black marginal scaling is cut
along the veins by streaks of the bright ground-color, producing in some indi-
viduals a series of black marginal spots joined at the marginal edge. In the
fall form this black border-band is pronounced, only very slightly penetrated
along the veins by the bright ground-color.

The summer form females have less definite characters in their markings to
separate them from the fall form females. They seem consistently paler in
ground-color; the vein outlining is more distinct and there is less black
scaling. As with the fall form there is some variation in individuals. The
tint of ground-color in the interspace between the mesial line and the border
varies from being the same as in the basal area to distinct lighter.

Underside markings of both males and females of the summer form seem
less definite than in the fall form. Individuals of the fall form andria show
distinct patterns ; many summer form individuals show hardly any pattern.

Types : — holotype, male, Alexandria, Louisiana, September 5,
1935; allotype, female, Jefferson Barracks, Missouri, 1932, both
from the collection of Mr. C. F. dos Passos. Paratypes: — four
males, Birmingham, Alabama, August 8-9, 1916 (F. E. Wat-
son) ; one male and one female, Mobile, Alabama, September 3,
1925 ; one male, Texas, No. 1465, collection J. Angus ; one male
and one female, Texas, No. 5342 collection Hy. Edwards; one
female, Jefferson Barracks, Missouri; one female, Springfield,
Colorado, June 10, 1919. All are in the collection of The Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History.

The following paratypes are in the collection of Mr. C. F. dos
Passos : one male, Sarita, Texas, June 16, 1932 ; one male, Hunter,
Oklahoma, August; one male, Hamilton, Kansas, October 17,
1925 ; one female, George West, Texas, June 11, 1940; one female,
Concordia, Missouri, August 11, 1929. The following paratypes
are in the collection of Mr. Frank Johnson: two males, Birming-
ham, Alabama, August 8-9, 1916 and August 26, 1927 ; one
female, no data. One paratype, male, Kentucky, is in the collec-
tion of Mr. Otto Buchholz. One paratype, male, San Antonio,
Texas, July, 1899 (0. C. Poling), collection R. C. Williams, Jr.,
is in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

With andria we have a species living in a uniform environment
in the great basin area of the Mississippi River and its tribu-
taries, bounded on the east by the Appalachians and on the west
by the Rocky Mountains. This species shows great uniformity
throughout its range, as would be expected with a strong flying
butterfly living in an extended and unconfined range.

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid^:

305

Its usual variation is as previously defined but it occasionally
produces an aberrant form as shown by a female andria (Wil-
lard, Missouri, October 9, collection of Mr. C. F. dos Passos) in
which the upperside is extremely suffused with black scales. In
the forewings this black scaling covers the apical half of the
wings, obscuring all normal banding. In the hindwings this black
scaling extends beyond the mesial line but does not obscure it.
The underside is normal. Reference is made to several similar
aberrations by Field.

Anaea aidea aidea (Guerin-Meneville) (Figs. 6, 7).

1844, Nymphalis aidea Guerin, Icon. Regne Anim. Ins., p.

478.

1916, Anaea aidea , Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p. 582, PI.

118a.

The type of this species is a male taken on shipboard “more
than a league at sea” on Campeche Bay, Mexico. Its recorded
distribution extends throughout Mexico and south into Guate-
mala and Honduras from many localities. It is a distinct species,
not a race of troglodyta as placed by Rober.

Anaea aidea f. morrisonii (Edwards).

1883, Paphia morrisonii Edwards, Papilio, III, p. 8.

1883, Paphia morrisonii Edwards, Can. Ent., XV, p. 35.

1898, Anaea morrisonii Holland, Butt. Book (1st Ed.), p.

193, PI. xxiv, Fig. 2 $.

1916, Anaea morrisoni Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p. 582.

1916, Anaea appiciata Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p. 582.

1926, Anaea aidea Barnes and Benjamin, Bull. So. Calif.

Acad. Sci., XXV, p. 16.

1931, Anaea morrisoni Holland, Butt. Book, p. 173, PI.

XXIV, Fig. 2 ?.

1940, Anaea aidea f. morrisoni Field, Bull. Univ. Kansas,

XXXIX, No. 10, p. 108.

The relationship of morrisonii to aidea is pointed out by Field.
A. aidea f. aidea is the summer or dry season form and A. aidea
f. morrisonii is the winter or wet season form. Field records
morrisonii from Scott County, western Kansas and gives other
United States records of its distribution from Texas, Arizona and

306

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

California. Mexican records of morrisonii are numerous where
it flies in the same places as aidea far to the south. Holland
(1931) calls attention to a mistake made by Barnes and Benja-
min in placing morrisonii as a synonym of aidea.

There is a curious complication concerning the authorship of
the name morrisonii. The original reference to morrisonii by
Edwards in “Papilio” is more a citation than a description.*
The actual description by Edwards in the “Canadian Entomolo-
gist” seems to have escaped attention until cited by Field. Ed-
wards omitted the reference to his description in his catalogue
of 1884 and it had been overlooked since, the ‘ ‘ Papilio ’ ’ reference
being the only one cited until Field’s publication. Holland was
apparently unaware of the description for, although he origi-
nally credited the species to Edwards, he later appropriated the
name “ Anaea morrisoni Holland (Edw. Ms.)” making a syn-
onym.

In the interim, Rober described: “appiciata Stgr. i. 1. from
Mexico being also somewhat more brightly colored.” Rober con-
sidered his appiciata as a race of troglodyta and contrasted it
with aidea which he also placed as a race of troglodyta. This
association is incorrect as will later be shown and appiciata is a
synonym of morrisonii.

W. H. Edwards in his description did not fix the type of mor-
risonii: “From one male, from Western Texas, in the collection
of Mr. B. Nepmoegen, and 3 females, taken by Mr. Morrison, on
Mt. Graham, Arizona.” Mr. Wm. D. Field has kindly examined
for us the collection at the U. S. National Museum (where the
Neumoegen collection is deposited) and has been unable to find
the male from western Texas. However, there is in the collection
one of Edwards’ “females” which is actually a male. This bears,
among others, the label “Morrisoni J Mt. Graham, Ariz. ” in
Edwards’ handwriting.

Through the kindness of Dr. A. Avinoff we have examined the
two types in the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh. These are two
males bearing similar labels in Edwards’ writing: “Morrisoni 5
Mt. Graham Ariz.” in black ink with the word “type” written
across the left end of the label in red ink.

* According to the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, The
Law of Priority, Article 25, a ; the 1 ‘ Papilio ’ ’ reference might be interpreted
to be the original description for it was an ‘ ■ indication ” of a new name.

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid^e

307

Thus the three “females” exist but all are males of what is
generally recognized as morrisonii. We make one specimen the
lectotype and have so labeled it. This is reasonably perfect
but slit midway of the left hindwing, and slit in from the anal
angle of the hindwing. The right antenna is missing. It carries
the Edwards’ label as mentioned above with the additional label
“Holland Collection.” It is in the collection of the Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Anaea aidea cubana (Druce) (Figs. 8, 9).

1905, Perrhanaea cubana Druce, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7th
Series), XVI, p. 549.

1916, Anaea cubana, Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p. 581,

PI. 117d.

This large, richly colored butterfly appears to be confined to
Cuba. It looks like an enlarged and enriched development of
aidea f. morrisonii, the association appearing particularly close
in the females. In most of the specimens examined the forewings
are apically falcate, like morrisonii, but occasional specimens
occur where the projection is reduced. The male genital arma-
ture shows that cubana and aidea with form morrisonii are sub-
specific.

Anaea aidea floridalis, new subspecies (Pigs. 10, 11).

1916, Anaea portia, Bober, Macrolep. World, Y, p. 581, PI. 117d.

(This figure shows a female, quite evidently of the Floridian
subspecies.)

1931, Anaea portia, Holland, Butt. Book, p. 173, PI. XXIV, Fig. 3 $ .

Size and shape: — males have a length of forewing of from 35.2 to 37.7
mm., females from 37.8 to 41.7 mm. The average is slightly smaller than
cubana in either sex, but much larger than aidea. The forewing shape of the
males is slightly less falcate than in cubana or morrisonii and the outer
margin is slightly undulate as in cubana. The hindwing shape is like that of
cubana but the tails are slightly stockier. The outer margins of the aidea
subspecies are generally more regular than is the case with the various sub-
species of troglodyta to be discussed later. The females have similar wing-
shape characters.

Groundcolor: — in males this is a bright orange-red, in contrast with the
orange-brown ground of aidea or the considerable buff tinting of cubana.
The color of the females is less brilliant than that of the males, brighter than
in aidea and morrisonii and very similar to the color of the forewings of
cubana. Compared with the various subspecies of troglodyta there is little
difference in color but there is less violet reflection in Floridian males.

308

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. Xlix

Markings: — males on the upperside have a relatively narrower and
straighter fuscous border than do any other closely related species or sub-
species. The widening of the border between M3 and Cultis mostly an ob-
solete character. In the apical area the fuscous scaling is much reduced.
The forewing mesial band is variable; October specimens show a definite,
black band but later specimens as in December and February show the band
to be faint to obsolete. In the hindwings there is little difference from other
species. Females have heavier marginal bands, well emphasized mesial lines
and cell spots. In the anal areas of the hindwings the fuscous scaling re-
places the buff color occurring in cub ana. The interspace between the fore-
wing mesial line and the border is broader than in aidea or cubana, but is
like them in being less jagged than in any of the troglodyta subspecies.

On the underside, males and females are predominantly grey, variously
shaded, with a ruddy flush extending over the forewings, though frequently
obscured with grey in the anterior half of the wings. This is different from
the buff tinting of cub ana or the greenish-buff tinting of aidea. In general,
the effect of the underside is much like troglodyta, though more brilliant than
in any of these subspecies. A notable point of difference occurs in the two
spots in the anal area of the hindwings. In over 100 Floridian specimens
examined, the spot above the tail is always the larger, that towards the anal
angle the smaller, sometimes obsolete, in one case absent. While this is a
character found in cub ana it is not the case with any aidea examined in which
these spots are of equal size (whether larger or smaller in individuals) and in
which there are frequently two other lesser spots close to the anal angle. In
over 100 specimens examined of the several troglodyta subspecies, the anal
spots show consistent equality of size varying in individuals from an equal
pair of minute spots to an equal pair of pronounced spots (as in Jamaican
portia).

Male genital armature: — the harpes are closely rolled and blunt-ended, a
characteristic of aidea; the gnathos are spread-ended and toothed, also a
general character, but differ from those of aidea in having pronounced thumb-
like toothed branches. In general the gnathos are similar to those of cub ana
but differ in details of structure (Figs. 6-11).

Types (all from Florida) : — holotype, male, Florida City, De-
cember 10, 1936 ; allotype, female, Miami, February 18, 1923 ;
Paratypes : — one male, Florida City, December 10, 1936 ; one
male, Royal Palm Park, December 4-10, 1937 ; three males and
four females, Biscayne Bay, collection of Mrs. A. T. Slosson ; one
female, Homestead, April 18, 1923. All are in the collection of
The American Museum of Natural History. Two paratypes are
in the collection of Mr. C. F. dos Passos : male and female, Miami,
February 2, 1932. Four paratypes are in the collection of Mr.
Otto Buchholz: from Florida City, two males, October 10, 1933,

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalims

309

and October 9, 1937 ; two females, October 28, 1936, and October
9, 1937.

Anaea aidea floridalis, summer form floraesta, new form.

The reported dates of floridalis show it flying from October into April but
a different form occurs from May into October. As fresh specimens appear
throughout the year there must be a number of broods but the butterflies of
the winter or wet season are different from those of the summer or dry season.

In males and females the average size of the summer form does not differ
from the winter form. In wing-shape the summer form shows the same
divergence noted in other species under similar conditions; the forewings are
not as deeply excavated in the outer margin, thus effecting a blunt apex;
and the tails are slightly more robust, thus appearing shorter.

In males, the mesial line of the forewing is more obvious, the forewing
borders less so and the fuscous scaling of the hindwing borders is reduced
so that the ground-color shows through as a series of spots. In females, the
same characters hold but to a less contrasting degree. On the underside,
there are no particular points of separation. The male genital armature is
the same as in floridalis.

Types (all from Florida) : — holotype, male, Brickell Ham-
mock, Miami, August 2, 1939, from the collection of Mr. C. F. dos
Passos; allotype, female, Florida City, August 14, 1937. Para-
types : males, — one, Brickell Hammock, Miami, July 29, 1939,
from the collection of Mr. C. F. dos Passos; two, Miami, July,
1904; one, Florida City, May 19, 1938; females — two, Florida
City, July 31, 1933, and October 10, 1937 ; one, Miami, July, 1904.
All are in the collection of The American Museum of Natural
History. Paratypes in the collection of Mr. C. F. dos Passos are :
— males — four, Brickell Hammock, Miami, August 2, 1939 ; one,
Florida City, August 11, 1933 ; two, Coconut Grove, August 2,
1939 ; females — two, Brickell Hammock, Miami, August 2, 1939 ;
one, north-west section Miami, August 3, 1939 ; one, Florida City,
September 2, 1932. Paratypes in the collection of Mr. Otto Buch-
holz are male and female from Florida City, respectively July 4,
1936, and June 2, 1937.

Occurring in southern Florida, floridalis is associated with
aidea but is more closely connected with cub ana. The male gen-
ital structures show that the three are of one species which di-
vides, in three separate populations, into three subspecies having
main characters in common but each differing from the other in
minor characters.

310

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

It does not seem unreasonable to suppose that the Floridian
subspecies originated at some geologically recent date as a mi-
grant from Cuba. Its affinities are distinctly with cub ana in
superficial characters of size, shape and wing pattern and in the
structure of the gnathos and harpes (Figs. 8-11). Cuban and
Floridian specimens have more in common than either has with
the continental subspecies aidea. To account for the Floridian
subspecies by continental distribution is difficult because aidea
apparently reaches an extreme northern and eastern limit in
Kansas. The Mississippi basin, populated by andria, intervenes
and also most of the length of Florida before the home of flori-
dalis is reached, the southern part of the peninsula of Florida.

Mr. Dean F. Berry says that in fourteen years collecting in
the eastern area of Florida, in Orange County and southward
through Okeechobee and St. Lucie Counties, he has never seen
“portia.” All known records are from Miami southward.

The naming of the Floridian subspecies raises a question of
taxonomy, as may easily be discovered by a perusal of the liter-
ature. The name applied to the present is portia (Fabricius)
based on a determination by Schaus (1898, Ent. News, IX, p.
96). This and also troglodyta is inapplicable as will later
develop.

So far two species with subspecies have been discussed. The
first is andria with its form andriaesta ; the second is aidea aidea
with its form morrisonii, aidea cub ana, and aidea floridalis with
its form floraesta. There is a third species, troglodyta, with sev-
eral related island subspecies, which is certainly closely con-
nected with both the other species, but with equal certainty is
specifically distinct and endemic. These three species with their
subspecies occupy distinct regions; two species overlap slightly,
but the others are separated.

In the appearance of the imagoes the five subspecies compris-
ing troglodyta are very close to each other and superficially simi-
lar to floridalis. The troglodyta subspecies may be separated
in facies from floridalis by the characters previously given but
their separation from each other depends on slight differentiating
characters. Fortunately the male genital characters of each are
excellent and consistent and make possible a definite separation

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid,®

311

of the troglodyta subspecies. Further each subspecies is found
in a separate island and sufficient material has been studied to
place these subspecies safely by their geographical location.

As here recognized, there are five separate populations which
occupy Jamaica, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands and St.
Christopher (St. Kitts). Before considering these butterflies
biologically it seems best to study their taxonomy and place the
existing names where they belong as nearly as may be from the
evidence available.

Anaea troglodyta troglodyta (Fabricius) (Figs. 12, 13).

1775, Papilio troglodyta Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 502, No.
250.

1781, Papilio troglodita Fabricius, Species Insect., II, p. 87,
No. 348.

1787, Papilio troglodita Fabricius, Mant. Ins., II, p. 47,
No. 464.

1793, Papilio troglodyta Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Ill, Part 1,
p. 77, No. 240.

1819, Anaea troglodita Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 48,
No. 445.

1877, Paphia troglodyta Druce, P. Z. S., London, p. 633.

1916, Anaea troglodyta Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p. 581.
PI. 117d(3)

Fabricius gives ‘ ‘ Habitat in America, Mus. D. Hunter. ’ ’ How-
ever the most likely source of Fabrician material is the Greater
Antilles. It seems very unlikely that specimens came from south-
ern Florida for all of the early explorations and settlements were
in northern Florida, whether Spanish, French or English. As
for the Lesser Antilles, this species of Anaea has never been re-
ported further south than St. Kitts. Jamaica, Hispaniola,
Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands are the obvious places from
which this early material may have come.

With sufficient material from all of the islands available, the
brief original descriptions prove helpful. The description of
troglodyta applies to a male and in describing the hindwings
there is the following : — - ‘ Puncta aliquot f erruginea, obsoleta in
margine fusco. . . .” Of all the island populations, males from
Hispaniola are the only ones which exhibit these rusty ground-

312

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

color spots in the dark margin in the described degree. The fur-
ther fact that the insect is common on Hispaniola and occurs at
all seasons would increase the likelihood of its capture. Herbert
Druce says of troglodyta: — “It is peculiar to the West Indies”
and gives the habitat “Haiti (Tweedie), Jamaica (Cutter).”
For portia which “may be only a variety” he gives the habitat
“Jamaica.” It is on this evidence that the name troglodyta,
which is the nomenclatory stem of the species, is assigned to the
subspecies in Hispaniola.

Anaea troglodyta portia (Fabricius) (Figs. 18, 19).

1775, Papilio portia Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 507, No. 268.

1793, Papilio portia Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Ill, Part 1, p.

78, No. 242.

1807, Hamadryas undata astina Hubner, Samml. exot.

Schmett., I, PI. 56, Female 1, 2.

1877, Paphia portia Druce, P. Z. S., London, p. 633.

Fabricius gives “Habitat in America Y. Rohr.” in 1775 and
“Habitat in Americae Insulis Dom. Y. Rohr.” in 1793.

Accumulated evidence associates the name portia with the Ja-
maican subspecies. The description is of a female and as a dis-
tinctive character Fabricius says of the underside of the hind-
wing : — ‘ ‘ Puncta duo distincta nigra in alis posticis ad marginem
posticum. ” An examination of a series of Jamaican portia shows
that these two spots are of equal size and stand out distinctly on
a violet-grey ground in the average much more so than is the case
with any other insular subspecies. At the end of his description
Fabricius refers to the male : — “ Yarietas paulo minor alis anticis
minus falcatis fulvis, puncto unico nigro, An mas?” (A little
smaller variety with the less falcate fulvous forewings, with
single black spot, a male?) Of all the island subspecies the
mesial line of the forewing is least emphasized in the Jamaican
males. The English lepidopterists, Doubleday, Butler and
Druce, give the locality of portia as Jamaica. It would seem
reasonable to accept this allocation.

Hamadryas undata astina Hubner is here determined as a
female portia, despite the fact that it was placed as a synonym
of troglodyta Fabricius by Hubner (1831, Zutrage zur Samm-
lung exotischer Schmetterlinge, III, p. 36).

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid^:

313

Anaea troglodyta astina (Fabricius) (Figs. 16, 17).

1793, Papilio astina Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Ill, Part 1, p.
81, No. 251.

1781, Papilio astinax Cramer. Papilio astianax Cramer.
Pap. Exot., IV, pp. 91, 248, 4, PL 337 A B.

1823, Papilio agathon Dalman, Analecta Entomologica, p.
42.

Because of existing names the next insular butterfly to con-
sider is that of the Virgin Islands. Cramer described Papilio
astianax from St. Thomas. The spelling astinax in the Dutch
text, first column, is considered a lapsus calami as the spelling is
given astianax in the French text, second column, and in the in-
dex (p. 248), and again in Stoll’s systematic arrangement (p. 4).
Papilio astianax is a homonym of Papilio astyanax Fabricius
(1775) as i and y are ruled interchangeable. Dalman noted this
homonym and proposed the name agathon. Fabricius also de-
scribed this St. Thomas butterfly as astina saying ‘ ‘ anticis lunula
atra” referring to the peculiarity of the costal black triangular
mark near the apex shown in Cramer’s figure and a character of
the facies which separates the Virgin Island subspecies from
others. Thus astina (Fabricius) has precedence and of it astinax ,
astianax , and agathon are synonyms. Specimens from St. Croix
and St. Thomas are alike.

The female of astina seems to be undescribed. It is as large as
troglodyta females and almost indistinguishable from them. It
is larger than the females of the remaining island subspecies and
has a more jagged mesial line of the fore wing and a pronounced
junction of this line with the border along M3. The specimen
described is from St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, November 22,
1925, the type locality of the subspecies. It is designated as a
plesiotype and is in the collection of The American Museum of
Natural History.

Anaea troglodyta minor Hall.

1936, Anaea troglodyta minor Hall, Entom., London,
LXIX, p. 274.

The remaining described subspecies is minor Hall from St.
Kitts. This is a small form as described and though no speci-

314

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

mens are available for study, it seems a safe assumption that it is
a valid subspecies. From the characters given in the description
its appearance must be very similar to that of the following sub-
species which inhabits Puerto Rico.

Anaea troglodyta borinquenalis, new subspecies (Figs. 14, 15).

Size and shape: — the length of forewing in males ranges from 31.5 to 34.2
mm., and the length from base to tip of tail of hindwings from 30.8 to 34
mm. In females similar measurements give from 31.3 to 37.4 mm., and 29.7
to 35 mm., respectively. These are thus slightly smaller than the average of
portia and appreciably smaller than the average of troglodyta or astina. The
forewings of both sexes are falcate as in portia and equally slightly variable
in different specimens. The hindwings are more regular in outline with less
tendency to scallops between the vein projections thus differing from portia .
The tails are slightly shorter and broader than in portia but not so much so
as in troglodyta.

Ground-color: — the tawny-red upperside of the wings of the males is the
same as with other subspecies of troglodyta with the rose reflections. The
females are slightly paler than portia and lack the contrasting tints evident
in troglodyta and astina.

Markings: — the differences in markings between the several subspecies be-
comes evident only in comparisons of series of specimens, where the sum-
mation of all characters gives weight to the distinctions. In males from
Puerto Rico the pattern made by the black markings is different from other
subspecies but in elusive and slight characters difficult of definition. The
mesial band of the forewing (obsolete in portia ) is slightly more evident than
in troglodyta and a little less so than in astina. In the black border, in the
interspace between M3 and Ouj there is an indentation doubling the width of
this black space and projecting along M3 as a line to join the mesial band.
The hindwings exhibit a slightly narrower black border than in other sub-
species, unless it may be equally narrow in minor (which differs according to
the description in other particulars).

The markings of the females repeat with more emphasis those of the males
and differ proportionally in the same respects from other subspecies. On the
underside, the elusive and indeterminate characters of the individually vari-
able markings make description difficult. The two equal black spots in the
anal area characteristic of portia are fully as definite in some specimens as in
some specimens of portia but in the average they are less so.

Male genital armature : —the character of separation is definite for the
Puerto Rican population. That these butterflies belong to troglodyta is ob-
vious because they have the characteristic general type of armature and par-
ticularly the strongly developed hook-shaped terminals on the harpes. They
also possess slender much incurved gnathos, sharply pointed with small side
teeth. This is the simplest kind of gnathos to be found among the four
troglodyta subspecies examined and is as definitely and clearly distinct from
the others as they are inter se. (Figs. 12-19.)

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid^e

315

Types (all from Puerto Rico) : — holotype, male, Tallaboa near
Ponce, July 23, 1914; allotype, female, Ensenada, June 14-19,
1915. Paratypes : — two males, Tallaboa, March 7, 1927, and July
23, 1914; female, Ponce, July 20-22, 1914. All are in the collec-
tion of The American Museum of Natural History.

In the male genitalia of these Anaea of “Group I,” the tegu-
men is broad with a well developed uncus, the vinculum is slen-
der, and the saccus mostly well developed. Attached to the
tegumen at either side above the vinculum are twin processes
called gnathos and below these the harpes are broadly attached to
the vinculum. The characters most useful for separation appear
in the porrect gnathos and secondarily in the harpes. The sedea-
gus seems a little variable among the species. For study, wet
preparations are necessary to get proper views of the structures.

All of the Anaea so far considered are easily separated by their
genital structures.

First: — andria shows bridged and branched gnathos bluntly
tipped with a series of small teeth; broad harpes with a pro-
nounced sacculus and a short broadly-based terminal tooth.
Spines (not shown in figures) are numerous on these organs but
this is a character common to all species. (Figs. 1-5.)

Second: — aidea , cub ana and floridalis have a uniform type of
genital armature generally similar to andria but differing there-
from in a shorter saccus and other important features. They
are further subspecifically separable each from the other by the
varying gnathos, bridged by a membrane, broadly branched and
with many terminal teeth of variable size. The harpes are more
closely rolled than in andria and blunt at the end with an obso-
lete terminal tooth. (Figs. 6-11.)

Third: — portia, troglodyta, borinquenalis and astina are each
distinct but have genital characters in common which separate
them from the first and second species mentioned. Here the
gnathos, bridged by a membrane, are slender and distinctly fal-
cate and the harpes have a relatively large, falcate, terminal pro-
jection. Anaea minor Hall from St. Kitts would seem a probable
member of this assembly but, lacking material, this cannot be
confirmed. (Figs. 12-19.)

As to the possible intermingling of aidea cub ana and troglo-

316

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

dyta troglodyte/, there is no evidence despite the proximity of
Cuba and Hispaniola. There are records of cubana from various
localities in central to eastern Cuba. There are no records of
troglodyta from Cuba. On Hispaniola, troglodyta is well dis-
tributed with coastal records from northern and western Haiti.
There are no records of cub ana from Hispaniola. The two spe-
cies as far as reported are each confined to their own insular
homes.

In a series of 60 specimens of troglodyta from various localities
in Hispaniola over half were caught in February and March.
Classed with these are early April specimens. These are all of
the decidedly falcate wing-type in both sexes. Then, with one
specimen dated June 29, there is a series caught in July and Au-
gust. The indication is that there are two broods and there may
be more. Among the dry season specimens there are some which
have the straight outer forewing margin and others which have
the falcate wing but in a degree less pronounced than the ex-
tremes of the brood occurring earlier in the year. No constant
differences seem to occur in upperside marking to separate the
broods but on the underside the pattern is less defined in the dry
season brood. The Hispaniola records, from 17 localities, are all
coastal points or not far inland ; none are from the highlands of
the interior.

Group II

These species of Anaea are of medium size with a length of
forewing of 25 to 35 mm. The sexes are dissimilar but both have
a straight inner margin to the forewing. The males may have
rounded hindwings or may develop a projection from a short
spike to a definite tail at M3. This variation may occur in males
of a single species. The females are always tailed at M3. The
color of the upperside of males is tawny-red, tawny-brown or
purple; of females buff to brown. The underside patterns are
highly variable between individuals of the same species. The
gnathos of the male genital armature extend ventrad with a con-
tinuous broad bridge between the sides.

This group as a whole has a very extensive continental range.
There is but one Antillean species, johnsoni from Jamaica.

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalidae

317

Section 1.

Anaea ryphea (Cramer) (Figs. 23, 24).

1775, Papilio ryphea Cramer, Pap. Exot., I, p. 76, PI. 48
G, H.

1834, Anaea phidile Hiibner, Zut. Samml. exot. Schmett.,
V, p. 27, Figs. 905, 906.

1865, Paphia erythema Bates, Jour. Entom., II, p. 342.

1877, Paphia ryphea etc., Druce, P. Z. S., London, p. 634.

1916, Anaea ryphea etc., Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p.
582, PI. 118.

1929, Anaea phidile ab. albomaculata Neustetter, Int. Ent.
Zeit., Guben, 28 yr., p. 392.

Cramer’s ryphea was a male described from Surinam. It is of
the kind which develops a short projection at M3 of the hind-
wings.

Anaea phidile Hiibner, stated to be a female, is a male of
ryphea of the kind which has an entirely rounded hindwing. The
type locality was unknown to Hiibner.

The butterfly Bates described as Paphia erythema came from
“Upper Amazons, at St. Paulo.” The types in the British Mu-
seum are labeled: male, No. 10720, Sao Paulo de Oliven^a; fe-
male, No. 10721, Amazons. With water-color drawings of these
types before us it is evident that erythema is a synonym of
phidile.

Neustetter ’s ab. albomaculata are specimens showing, on the
underside of the hindwings, a mesial development of white spots.

The male genital armatures show that all of these names apply
to but one species. Present evidence suggests that ryphea with
the hindwing projection at M3 is the wet season male. The wet
season female has contrasting tints of buff in the ground-coloring,
appearing somewhat variegated and brilliant. The dry season
form seems to be phidile (= erythema) with rounded hindwings
in males and a uniform ground-coloring of deep buff in the fe-
males. As the seasons vary in different localities in the tropics
nothing very definite can be said about the seasonal forms until
much more exact data can be obtained.

The species ryphea extends over a tremendous range from

318

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Mexico throughout South America to 25 degrees south. The
males vary in size and richness of coloring on the upperside. The
variations from the normal, russet, striated marking on the un-
derside range from those only partly mottled with black to occa-
sional specimens almost entirely black; and from those with a
few small mesial white spots on the hindwings to some with a
band of large white spots (ab. albomaculata Neustetter). Some
striking specimens combine both the black and white markings.
The females exhibit these black and white markings as well as the
males. Some ryphea females are almost indistinguishable on the
upperside from eurypyle females, but are separable by the under-
side pattern.

The structure of the gnathos in ryphea males separates this
species from all others of the group (Figs. 23, 24). The presence
of tubercules on the central surface is unique. The harpe is also
straight across the end but in this respect cratias (Fig. 32) is
similar.

The figures given by Rober are in some cases misidentified.
On plate 118, line a, number 3 is ryphea f. phidile number 4
is ryphea f . phidile 5 ; line b, number 3 is eurypyle J* , number 4
is unidentified but not ryphea §, number 5 is ryphea f . phidile
number 6 is eurypyle wet season ; line c, number 1 is ryphea f .
phidile number 2 is eurypyle number 3 is sosippus f. ruti-
lans J1, number 4 is probably venezuelana J, number 5 is south-
ern, wet season glycerium <$.

Section 2.

Anaea eurypyle eurypyle (C. and R. Felder).

1862, Nymphalis eurypyle C. & R. Felder, Wien. ent.

Monat., VI, p. 119.

1877, Paphia euryphile Druce, P. Z. S., London, p. 635.

Typical eurypyle is tailed in both sexes and can be further
separated from ryphea by the straight mesial line crossing the
underside of the hindwing. The more regular (straighter) outer
margin of the forewing in eurypyle separates it from glycerium
which is definitely scalloped. It was described from equatorial
Brazil but its range extends westward spreading from Bolivia to
Colombia. It produces wet and dry season forms.

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid^

319

Anaea eurypyle confusa Hall (Figs. 20-22).

1929, Anaea eurypyle confusa Hall, Entom., London, LXII,

p. 133.

From Mexico and Central America to Panama comes the sub-
species confusa imagoes of which are generally smaller and
darker. Like eurypyle eurypyle the wing markings on both sides
generally follow a uniform pattern but occasional specimens have
black mottling on the underside and others have white spots at
the costa of the hindwing. This subspecies produces seasonal
forms which are quite distinct. Some males may have the apex
of the forewing produced (the wet season form) ; or have the
outer margin of the forewing straight from the apex to a slight
bulge before the cubitus extending to the tornus (the dry season
form). The females may be either with falcate forewing, even
fulvous ground-color, and brown darker markings (the wet sea-
son form); or with straight outer margin of the forewing, a
trifle deeper fulvous ground-color varied with much paler apical
fore- and hindwing spots, and black-brown darker markings (the
dry season form).

The male genital armature is shown completely (Figs. 20-22)
because eurypyle seems typical of the entire group. In the left
lateral view (Fig. 20) the relation of parts shown is character-
istic of all of the species of the group though slight modifications
of shape occur between species. Nevertheless the structure of
the gnathos in eurypyle has characters in common with three
other species so that these four species form a section within the
group. There is no apparent difference genitally between
eurypyle and confusa.

Anaea sosippus (Hopffer) (Figs. 28, 29).

1874, Paphia sosippus Hopffer, Ent. Zeit. Stettin, 35 yr., p.

329.

1875, Paphia rutilans Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4th

Series), XV, p. 223.

1890, Anaea sosippus etc., Weymer, StiibeFs Reisen, p. 120.

1916, Anaea sosippus etc., Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p.

583-4, PI. 118c. (The figure is form rutilans.)

This species was described from two males from Chanchamayo,
Peru, but its range extends from Ecuador to Bolivia. The rich

320

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

purple color of the male distinguishes it from other species of
the group. The described form has rounded hindwings and
occurs in the dry season. Butler’s rutilans (type No. 10722,
British Museum, from Pucartambo, Peru), considered a synonym
by Weymer, has a tooth-like projection at the submedian vein of
the hindwing. This is the wet season form. The elongation at
M3 may even result in a moderate tail 2 or 3 mm. long.

The female of sosippus is undescribed. Designating a speci-
men from Ecuador as a plesiotype, in the collection of The Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History, it may be defined by compari-
son with dry season females of rypkea and eurypyle. The wing-
shape, variable in individuals is similar in all three species. The
tails are slender in sosippus and ryphea, heavier in eurypyle.
On the upperside the pattern of marking is much more pro-
nounced in sosippus than in either ryphea or eurypyle. In the
forewings of sosippus a strong but irregular mesial line divides
the basal area from the outer area, and this outer area is light
buff as is also the light bar below the apex, contrasting strongly
with the basal fulvous and the deep brown margin and apex.
The irregular mesial line often appears lightly traced in ryphea
but is obsolete to absent in eurypyle. In the hindwings, from
above the tail to the anal angle, there are four or five black elon-
gated points which occur similarly in the males of sosippus. All
considered, female sosippus is a brighter, lighter colored butter-
fly than either ryphea or eurypyle. Like eurypyle , the species
sosippus is distinguished from ryphea in having the mesial line
on the underside of the hindwing straight, not irregular.

A. sosippus in the wingshape of the male has a similarity to
ryphea. The structure shown in the gnathos, which has a cleanly
outlined ventral margin, associates sosippus with eurypyle. It is
therefore placed for classification between ryphea and eurypyle.

Anaea ecuadoralis, new species (Eigs. 30, 31).

Flying in central Ecuador is a peculiar species which shows an amount of
individual variation surprising even for an Anaea. In the males it resembles
eurypyle but it develops one form with a spike-like projection at M3 of the hind-
wings and another with definite tails. The females are tailed like all other
females in this group of Anaea and the general wing-shape also corresponds.
The pattern of marking of the female is also similar but the upperside color
contrasts produce a very distinctive butterfly. A remarkable amount of vari-

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid^e

321

ation occurs in the type series where there are not two alike in the underside
marking of either males or females. In the males the prevalent underside
ground-color is purplish-brown, rather richer than in sosippus and with much
more contrast of marking. In some specimens the ground-color is overcast
with grey ; in others with black mottling ; and in one there is a mesial row of
white spots on the hindwing. The females are striated with brown, buff and
grey on the underside; some with the pattern submerged, others with it pro-
nounced. An astonishing peculiarity of both sexes is that the mesial line of
the hindwing may be either straight as in eurypyle or interrupted excessively
as in ryphea, thus bridging the gap between these two species in this char-
acteristic. Despite the extreme variation of the specimens which, under some
circumstances, might be interpreted as a number of different forms, there
seems to be no good reason to regard this series of specimens as other than
one species. Therefore, average specimens, male and female, are selected as
the holotype and allotype.

Size and shape: — males have a length of forewing from 29 to 30 mm.,
females from 31 to 32 mm. The wing-shape of the males is the same as that
of those ryphea males in which the hindwing vein M3 is produced to a spike.
This spike may project no more than 1 mm., or may be prolonged as much as
4 mm., to form a slender tail. Females, though distinctly smaller, are shaped
like dry season females of eurypyle with a straight outer margin of the fore-
wing and no apical projection.

Ground-color: — on the upperside the males are uniformly more richly
colored than ryphea, approaching the rich purple-red of sosippus; on the
underside the effect is iridescent, grey-purple to rose-purple although the
basic color is a dirty rust-brown. The females, on the upperside, have a
dark rust-brown ground-color, much darker than any other species of this
group; on the underside the ground-color is cream, like females of sosippus
and lacking the yellow tone which produces the buff color of other species.

Markings: — on the upperside the males are marked like ryphea but with the
ground-color spot in the black -brown apical area slightly more irregular, also
the hindwings are dark -bordered with considerable variability in the extension
of this border basad. A violet iridescent suffuses the upperside in oblique
lights. On the underside the pattern is typical of the group but subject to
unusual variability; the pattern of the forewings is fairly constant but the
pattern of the hindwings is variable in that the mesial line may vary from
being straight to wavy or even to jagged. Shade-bands of varying width and
intensity as well as black mottling and white spotting in almost random dis-
tribution make a general description of the underside of the males nearly im-
possible as no two are alike. Females, while marked similarly to others of the
group, are strikingly different from all others because of the dark dirty brown
ground-color of the upperside and because the light spot in the dark apical
area is white, thinly scattered with rusty ground-color scales. On the under-
side, on the cream ground-color, the typical markings of this group appear in
varying intensity among specimens in various shades of brown. The mesial
line on the hindwing varies as it does in the males and white spots may occur
along it in some specimens.

322

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

Male genital armature: — the structure of the gnathos shows that ecuadordlis
is closely associated with eurypyle. (Figs. 30, 31.)

Types : — holotype, male, and allotype, female, Ecuador, from
the collection of Mr. Frank Johnson and deposited in The Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History with one paratype, male,
Oriente, Ecuador. Paratypes in the collection of Mr. Frank
Johnson are five males and five females, Ecuador, and two
females, Oriente, Ecuador.

This most unusual species, in its wing-shape and markings, has
features reminiscent of ryphea, sosippus and eurypyle. Because
of its genital structure it is placed for classification in the
section with eurypyle following sosippus.

Anaea cratias (Hewitson) (Figs. 32, 33).

1874, Paphia cratias Hewitson, Bolivian Butt., p. 9.

1916, Anaea glycerium ornata Bober, Macrolep. World, V,
p. 583.

This species was described from Bolivia but occurs in a more
extended range from Minas Geraes, Brazil, and southern Peru.
Hewitson gives the color of the upperside “scarlet” which is not
borne out by the type (No. 10715 $) examined in the British
Museum. The color is a deep tawny fulvous similar to other spe-
cies of this group. The white mesial spots of the underside of the
hindwings mentioned in the original description can be exactly
matched in occasional specimens. These white spots may be
large, small or absent, as Hewitson remarks: “A specimen which
corresponds in every other respect to that which I have just
described is without the white spot on the underside. ’ ’

The female of cratias is undescribed. Designating a female
from Bolivia as a plesiotype in the collection of Mr. Frank John-
son, this may be compared with the male of the species for de-
scription. The wing-shape is similar except that the forewings
are apically more acute, a variable character. The ground-color
is paler, as usual in females, and therefore the dark maculation
is more in contrast but placed as in the male. On the underside
the specimen chosen is one in which black patching is well devel-
oped, presenting the opposite variation from the normal to that
of the type male cratias which has white spots.

Dec., 1941 j

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalidje

323

Rober’s ornata, described from Coroico, Bolivia, as a subspe-
cies of glycerium, is a synonym of cratias.

The male genitalia of cratias show that it is associated with
eurypyle more closely than it is with glycerium although the
appearance of the imago is such as to associate it with glycerium.

For classification cratias is therefore placed following eurypyle
and belongs in the section arranged by the genitalia and made
up of sosippus, ecuadoralis, eurypyle and cratias.

Section 3.

Anaea glycerium (Westwood and Hewitson) (Figs. 25-27).

1759-64, Papilio helie, Clerck, leones Ins., II, PI. 34, Helie
103.

1850, Paphia glycerium Westwood and Hewitson, Gen.
Diur. Lep., II, p. 317, PI. 50, Fig. 1.

1882, Papilio lielie Aurivillius, Recensio Crit. Lep. Mus.
Lud. Ulricae, 179.

1916, Anaea glycerium etc., Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p.
583, PI. 118c (No. 5 is glycerium <$) .

The type of glycerium came from Mexico (No. 10714, British
Museum). The original figure and the type which has been ex-
amined show this to be a dry season male of that race of gly-
cerium which flies from Mexico south to Panama. These average
slightly smaller in size and are of a slightly deeper fulvous color
on the upperside and darker on the underside than specimens
from further south. Larger, paler specimens occur in Colombia
and Venezuela and one specimen comes from French Guiana.
The females are of paler buff color and they can be associated
with -their corresponding males in their respective regions.
Though this southern race is recognized it is not now described as
a new subspecies because of the insufficient data with the speci-
mens in hand.

These butterflies produce seasonal forms both north and south,
the wet season specimens being more incised and more apically
pointed in the forewings than the dry season specimens. The sub-
apical dark bar of the upperside of the forewings may be con-
tinuous or broken with different sizes of opening in a series from
the same locality. More are broken in Colombian series and more

324

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

continuous in Central American series. On the underside of the
hindwings a few specimens show small marginal white points
and also a small costal white spot.

Papilio helie Clerck, is a homonym of Papilio helie Linnaeus
which is presumably an Asiatic Satyrid according to Aurivillius.
The butterfly Clerck figured is without doubt glycerium and a
dry season male from the south in which the subapical dark bar
is continuous.

The genital armature of the male of glycerium is uniform for
specimens of various regions and seasons but it possesses struc-
tures in the gnathos (Figs. 25-27) which establishes section 3 of
group II. Extending below the deep central sclerite of the
gnathos is a folded curtain-like structure also occurring in modi-
fied form in the two following species which are associated with
glycerium.

Anaea venezuelana, new species (Figs. 34, 35).

Size and shape: — males have a length of forewing from 25 to 26.5 mm.,
females from 28 to 29.5 mm. The wing-shape of the males is close to that of
glycerium but the undulation of the forewing outer-margin is not so accentu-
ated, although of the same kind. The scallop opposite the median area, pro-
nounced in glycerium , is in this species very shallow. The hindwings are more
prolonged, more angular and not so rounded as in glycerium and the margin
is more regular, not noticeably scalloped as in glycerium. The same compari-
sons hold for the females of the two species.

Ground-color: — on the upperside in the males, the ground-color matches
eurypyle, with the same blue iridescence, seen obliquely. On the underside
the color is rust-brown overshot with an illusive greenish-golden iridescence.
The female (probably figured but with the color too bright, Macrolep. World,
V, PI. 118c-4, as “ $ glycerium”) , matches fairly well the dry season females
of eurypyle in ground-color. On the underside it is a lighter replica of its
male.

Markings: — on the upperside, the black-brown apical area encloses a smaller
and more irregular spot of ground-color than in glycerium males. Further,
the lower enclosing band of brown is unbroken in specimens of the type series.
In the forewings, the marginal dark area narrows toward the tornus and in
the hindwings it continues narrowly to include the tail which is not the case in
glycerium. Males on the underside have the glycerium pattern. Females on
the upperside are marked more heavily than dry season eurypyle females and
differ in having a tawny border band on the forewing which extends up to the
apex through the dark brown apical area. They also have in the hindwings,
extending from the anal angle to and sometimes beyond the tail a row of 4
or 5 black points capped with white which are more noticeable than in most

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalidje

325

of the related species when present. Both sexes show the group tendency to
white spotting along the mesial line on the underside of the hindwings.

Male genital armature: — while directly associated with glycerium the dif-
ferences are evident, particularly in the gnathos. (Pigs. 34, 35.)

Types: — holotype, male, and allotype, female, Caracas, Vene-
zuela, from the collection of Mr. Frank Johnson and deposited in
The American Museum of Natural History. Paratypes: — three
males and two females, Caracas, Venezuela, all in the collection
of Mr. Frank Johnson.

Anaea johnsoni Avinoff and Shoumatoff (Figs. 36, 37).

1884, Anaea glycerium Godman and Salvin, Biologia Rhop.,
I, p. 337.

1888, Anaea glycerium Staudinger, Exot. Tagf., I, p. 177.

1926, Anaea glycerium Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc., London,
(1925), p. 474.

1941, Anaea johnsoni Avinoff and Shoumatoff, Ann. Car-
negie Mus., XXVIII, p. 313, PI. XXXVI, Figs. 3-6.

Occurring apparently in restricted regions in the island of Ja-
maica, johnsoni appears to be a scarce species. References to it
in literature are under the name “ glycerium ”

Godman and Salvin report Jamaica as a locality for Anaea
glycerium based upon specimens in the British Museum. Staud-
inger takes a positive exception to this locality and calls attention
to the extensive continental distribution of glycerium. Kaye
gives the following records for “glycerium” : — Blue Mountains,
February 1920 at 2000 feet and Constant Springs, November
1923. Dr. A. Avinoff, in many trips to Jamaica, obtained a num-
ber of specimens at two localities in the Cockpit country.

The structure of the harpes and gnathos of johnsoni show con-
clusively that this species is closely associated with glycerium
and venezuelana (Figs. 25-27, 34-37). It is genitally well sepa-
rated from cratias which belongs in section 2.

A comparison of the facies of the imagoes of johnsoni and vene-
zuelana show a great similarity between them in both sexes, in
size, shape, upperside color and markings. On the underside
they differ, for both sexes of venezuelana have a greenish, bronzy
sheen and males of johnsoni have a prune-red tone like males of

326

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Mexican eurypyle confusa to which they appear surprisingly
similar. Females of johnsoni are buff and brown on the under-
side.

Comparing in the same way, either johnsoni or venezuelana
with glycerium gives interesting results. Southern males of gly-
cerium are larger and paler but in Mexico and Central America
there occur small dry season males of glycerium which are very
similar in appearance to both johnsoni and venezuelana males.
This comparison does not hold for females.

The comparison of johnsoni with cr alias in the original de-
scription is reasonable for they look much alike but with other
and closer species for comparison and with genital study for
confirmation, more exact placement is possible.

Considering the continental distribution of glycerium, its indi-
cated subspeciation and production of seasonal forms, with a
closely allied species {venezuelana) , at the southern end of its
range, it seems not unreasonable to suppose that johnsoni from
Jamaica may have originated from some continental ancestral
stock of the glycerium stem.

A summary of the facts as observed shows that the closely con-
nected species, assembled in group II and then divided into three
sections by their genital structures, contain three widely dis-
tributed species one of which occurs in each section.

Anaea ryphea, the single species with no close associates, in
section 1, is most wide spread from Mexico to temperate South
America.

Anaea eurypyle of section 2 ranges from equatorial Brazil
westward, spreading from Bolivia to Colombia and, as the sub-
species confusa, northward into Mexico. With eurypyle in sec-
tion 2 are associated sosippus ranging from Bolivia to Ecuador,
ecuadoralis confined to Ecuador, and cratias from western Brazil,
Bolivia and southern Peru. The latter three species thus occur
within the range of eurypyle.

Anaea glycerium of section 3 occurs in Mexico southward into
Colombia and easterly probably through Venezuela as it is re-
corded from French Guiana. Associated with glycerium are
venezuelana at the south of its range and johnsoni in Jamaica
as an offshoot at the north.

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid.®

327

The study of this group has been based on an examination of
many hundreds of specimens from many localities and numerous
genital preparations have been made from both sexes. The
most useful information obtained concerns variation and the
recognition of its nature. There is regional variation, seasonal
variation and very marked individual variation; all of which,
variously in each species, may affect the wing-shape and the color
pattern. The distribution of the various species is also fairly
well outlined.

Group III

This might be named the arginussa group from the first spe-
cies described by Hiibner. It includes over a dozen Anaea names
applied to continental species, subspecies and forms of undeter-
mined validity, requiring revision. The species are from small
to medium size, with sexes similar, both tailed at M3 of the hind-
wings. The forewings of the continental species have the outer
margin broadly incurved from apex to tornus, some deeply so,
and the inner margin incised near the tornus, some deeply so.
The outer edges of both wings are more or less scalloped. The
ground-color of continental species is black-brown with a larger
or smaller, bright blue, basal area and a more or less extensive
row of marginal or submarginal, blue (or white) spots. The
underside has a generally similar pattern in all species but
subject to great individual variation in definition.

The Antillean representatives of this group differ in having
the outer margin of the forewings nearly straight, the inner mar-
gin broadly but slightly incurved within the tornus and the
ground-color brown of various tones.

The male genitalia are distinctive with the gnathos extending
ventrad and bridged by a narrow sclerite. The harpe has tuber-
cules upon the upper surface of its outer lobe. The outline of
the tegumen in dorsal view varies markedly between species.

The continental species are found in Mexico and Central Amer-
ica and throughout tropical South America. The Antillean spe-
cies range spottily throughout the Greater and Lesser Antilles.
All of these are closely affiliated with one continental species,
pithyusa.

328

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Anaea pithyusa (R. Felder) (Figs. 38-41).

1869, Nymphalis pithyusa R. Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.,
XIX, p. 473.

1884, Anaea pithyusa Godman and Salvin, Biologia Rhop.,
I, p. 345, PI. 32, Figs. 7, 8.

1916, Anaea pithyusa Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p. 584,
PL 118f.

1935, Anaea pithyusa morena Hall, Entom., London,
LXVIII, p. 224.

1938, Anaea pithyusa Field, Ent. News, XLIX, p. 28.

Although widely distributed in South America, pithyusa was
described from Potrero, near Cordova, Mexico and is found
throughout Central America. There is an interesting northern
record of it from Kenedy Co., Texas by Field.

The normal species is black-brown on the upperside with a
slight, bright blue suffusion extending from the wing-bases. A
row of submarginal blue spots extends across the forewings and
a few white points occur near the tail. Normal females are
duller than the males and brownish specimens occur which ap-
proach female form morena Hall with brownish-white spots on
the forewings, a brownish basal dusting and a large dull fulvous
discal area of the hindwing suggestive of verticordia. This form
was described from Cayenne but it is generally distributed. A
specimen from S. Pedro de Norte, Nicaragua, is typical.

The transition from blue-colored continental pithyusa to the
various brown Antillean species is shown by the brown female
form morena. The genital structures bear out the relationship
(Figs. 38-45).

Anaea echemus (Westwood and Hewitson) (Figs. 42, 43).

1850, Cymatogramma echemus Westwood and Hewitson,
Genera Diur. Lep., II, p. 316, PI. 49, Fig. 4.

1857, Megalura poeyi Lefebvre, Sagra, Hist. Cuba, VII, p.
562.

1900, Anaea echemus, Sharpe, P. Z. S., London, p. 199.

1916, Anaea echemus, Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p. 583,
PI. 118d.

1935, Anaea verticordia echemus Bates, Butt. Cuba, p. 185.

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid^e

329

The description consists of a figure of a female (British Mu-
seum, type No. 10364) reputedly from Honduras. Lefebvre de-
scribed the male as poeyi from the neighborhood of Havana,
Cuba. As the species is well distributed in Cuba, that island
may be accepted as its proper home. It has also been taken at
Nassau, Bahamas (Sharpe).

Anaea echemus is quite variable in size, upperside coloring
and underside marking. The type female has a length of fore-
wing of 31 mm. The basal half of the forewing is orange-brown
and the apical half black-brown but paler along the outer mar-
gin. The hindwing is orange-brown except for a small apical
patch of black-brown. On the underside a pattern like pithyusa
may be traced but it is obscured by an overall design of fine
brown and white striations. An anal patch extending beyond M3
in the hindwing is plain yellow-green with black spots between
M3 and Cui and Cu2. The red color of the type figure is too deep.
In the series of specimens available for study the actual type
specimen stands out as more strongly colored than most males
and females which do not have so large or so bright an orange-
brown area. Males are smaller than the females and average
darker. The underside pattern of both sexes is highly variable,
some show a strongly marked pattern like pithyusa, others have
this completely lost in an overall effect of striations. The male
genitalia show a close relation to pithyusa.

There is a difference in the forewing shape noticeable in our
series of specimens which suggests that this species also develops
seasonal forms.

Anaea verticordia Hiibner (Figs. 44, 45).

1823, Papilio hypermnestra Dalman, Anal. Entom., p. 42.

1827, Anaea verticordia Hiibner, Zut. Samml. exot.
Schmett., Ill, p. 35, Figs. 559, 560.

1871, Papilio hypermnestra Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diur. Lep., p.
637.

1884, Anaea verticordia Godman and Salvin, Biologia
Rhop,. I, p. 355.

1916, Anaea verticordia Rober, Macrolep. World, V, p. 583.

Dalman described hypermnestra without locality. Kirby leaves
this name unlocated. Dalman ’s description is clear and well

330

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

defines verticordia, but Papilio hypermnestra is a homonym and
cannot be used, so verticordia is valid.

Hubner described and figured verticordia giving the locality
as “Havannah. ” His information would seem to be incorrect
for there is no known record of this species from Cuba, whereas
it is well known from Hispaniola and his figures fit the usual
male occurring there. Therefore verticordia is used to denomi-
nate the Hispaniola population.

Anaea verticordia though of larger size and different color on
the upperside, closely resembles pithyusa. The forewing mar-
ginal row of five spots appears similarly placed, and also the
spots in the anal area of the hindwing. On the underside the
variable pattern, as in echemus, follows pithyusa. The dimorphic
female morena is the obvious connecting link.

The male genital structure of verticordia shows its close rela-
tionship to echemus and pithyusa and also its specific validity
(Figs. 44, 45).

Anaea verticordia dominicana Godman and Salvin.

1884, Anaea dominicana Godman and Salvin, P. Z. S., Lon-
don, p. 316.

1916, Anaea verticordia dominicana Rober, Macrolep.
World, Y, p. 583, PI. 118d.

This was described as a species from Dominica but was cor-
rectly placed as a subspecies by Rober. The figure given by
Rober is misleading because the dark brown apical and marginal
marking is much heavier than the type or in any specimen of our
long series. The male genitalia of dominicana and verticordia
are the same.

Anaea verticordia luciana Hall.

1929, Anaea verticordia luciana Hall, Entom., London,
LXII, p. 133.

The type localities are given as St. Lucia and Martinique and
both the type and our specimens from Martinique show a more
heavily marked butterfly than dominicana. The apical brown
area of the forewing is more extensive, extending further towards
the base. The five marginal spots are more evident than in

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalid^e

331

dominicana but not as large or as well defined as in verticordia.
The male genitalia are the same as verticordia.

Anaea pleione (Godart).

1819, Nymphalis pleione Godart, Enc. Method., IX, p. 336.

Godart says of this: — “We suspect that it inhabits the Antil-
les.” The description is sufficiently enlightening to make it cer-
tain that pleione belongs to the verticordia group but it does not
fit exactly any of the butterflies available to us. Therefore
pleione is placed tentatively as a species.

Hypna clytemnestra (Cramer).

1779, Papilio clytemnestra Cramer, Pap. Exot., II, pp. 61,
148, Pl. 137, A, B.

This species has been included in the genus Anaea through its
subspecies iphigenia Lucas, which occurs in Cuba, by Bates
(1935, Butt. Cuba, p. 183).

The forewing neuration suggests this but the structure of the
male genital armature raises a doubt. This armature differs
from that of any Anaea with which the authors are familiar and
a varied selection has been examined. Without more extended
study of the species of Anaea and species placed in other closely
associated genera, clytemnestra cannot be accurately placed. It
would seem best therefore for the present to leave it in the genus
Hypna.

Summary

This study includes all the species of Anaea so far known from
the Greater and Lesser Antilles. The relationships of the various
butterflies to each other and also their relationships to continental
butterflies are shown. The taxonomy of the island species is
cleared of some misconceptions and a step taken toward clearing
problems which exist with the numerous continental species of
this large genus.

With more definite placing of the related insular and continen-
tal species there is a better understanding of their geographical
distribution. This gives a broader application to the facts ob-
tained and adds a small quota to the accumulated knowledge of

332

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

the origins of the fauna of the Antilles. All evidence points to
an origin of the various island populations from the Central
American mainland and not from South America through the
Lesser Antilles. Only one species extends markedly into the
Lesser Antilles and the evidence is that this has spread from the
Greater Antilles and came originally from Central America. In
all cases, whether a continental species is considered to be the
actual ancestor or was itself derived from some primitive stock
there, the corresponding island species or subspecies is closely
related although occurring as a definitely modified population.
The evidence as a whole is of zoogeographical interest. The maps
for each group, prepared from the records of specimens deter-
mined or considered reliable by us, give the approximate distri-
butions of the species.

For those interested in pursuing the subject of distribution
further, the following references will be useful.

Anthony, H. E. 1925. Mammals of Porto Eieo, Living and Extinct, etc.

Sci. Survey of P. E. and Virgin Isl., IX, Parts 1-2, N. Y. Acad. Sci.
Daly, E. A. 1935. The Changing World of the Ice Age. New Haven:
Yale Univ. Press.

Darlington, Jr., P. J. 1938. The Origin of the Fauna of the Greater
Antilles, etc. The Quarterly Eeview of Biology, XIII, No. 3, pp.
274-300.

Glick, P. A. 1939. The Distribution of Insects, Spiders, and Mites in the
Air. U. S. Dept. Agri., Tech. Bull. No. 673.

Lutz, Frank E. 1915. List of Greater Antillean Spiders with Notes on
their Distribution. Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci., XXVI, pp. 71-148.
Matthew, W. D. 1939. Climate and Evolution, 2nd ed., rev. and enl.,
arranged by E. H. Colbert. N. Y. : N. Y. Acad. Sci.

Schuchert, Charles. 1935. Historical Geology of the Antillean-Caribbean
Eegion. N. Y. : John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

Taxonomic list of the species, subspecies, forms and synonyms

ANAEA
Group I

andria Scudder, Mississippi basin.
ops (Druce).

form dry, andriaesta Johnson and Comstock.

Dec., 1941]

Johnson & Comstock: Nymphalim:

333

aidea aidea (Guerin), North and Central America,
form wet, morrisonii (Edwards).

appiciata Rober.
morrisoni Holland,
aidea cubana (Druce), Cuba.

aidea floridalis Johnson and Comstock, Southern Florida.

form dry, floraesta Johnson and Comstock,
troglodyta troglodyta (Fabricius), Hispaniola.

troglodita (Fabricius).
troglodyta portia (Fabricius), Jamaica.
astina Hiibner.

troglodyta borinquenalis Johnson and Comstock, Puerto Rico,
troglodyta astina (Fabricius), St. Thomas, St. Croix, Virgin
Islands.

astinax (Cramer).
astianax (Cramer).
agathon (Dalman).
troglodyta minor Hall, St. Kitts.

Group II
Section 1

ryphea (Cramer), Mexico to Bolivia and Paraguay,
form dry phidile Hiibner.

erythema (Bates).

ab. albomaculata Neustetter.

Section 2

sosippus (Hoplfer), Ecuador and Peru.

form wet, rutilans (Butler),
ecuadoralis Johnson and Comstock, Ecuador,
eurypyle eurypyle (C. & R. Felder), Colombia to Bolivia,
eurypyle confusa Hall, Mexico to Panama,
cratias (Hewitson), Bolivia, Peru and Brazil.
ornata Rober.

Section 3

gly cerium (Westwood and Hewitson), Mexico to Colombia.
helie (Clerck).

venezuelana Johnson and Comstock, Venezuela,
johnsoni Avinoff and Shoumatoff, Jamaica.

334

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Group III

pithyusa (R. Felder), Central and South America,
form § morena Hall.

echemus (Westwood and Hewitson), Cuba.
poeyi (Lefebvre).

verticordia verticordia Hiibner, Hispaniola.

hypermnestra (Dalman).

verticordia dominicana Godman and Salvin, Dominica,
verticordia luciana Hall, St. Lucia, Martinique,
pleione (Godart), Antilles?

The proposal of new seasonal form names, the use of existing
form names and the relegation of certain names previously con-
sidered specific to the status of forms is done with full recognition
of the questionable validity of this action. Strictly these names
may be considered as synonyms as they merely denote a broodal
difference in the same species.

In the drawings the often heavy distal and ventral spining of
the harpes is omitted because the desire was to make as clear as
possible the underlying structure. In each case the most distinc-
tive portions of the genital structure are figured to show the dif-
ferentiation of the species or subspecies. For instance, in the
eight species figured from No. 20 to 37 the gnathos give the most
definite characters of difference though not the only ones. In the
three species figured from No. 38 to 45 the gnathos show very
slight differences but on the other hand the dorsal views of the
tegumen give excellent characters.

All drawings were made by Miss Alice Gray from dissections
in alcohol.

Plate YIII

Figures 1-5. Anaea andria andriaesta Johnson & Comstock $, Mobile,
Alabama, September 3, 1925.

1 — left lateral view of male genital armature.

2 — sedeagus.

3 — inside end of left harpe.

4 — dorsal view of tegumen.

5 — ventral view of gnathos.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

(Plate VIII)

4

336

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Plate IX

Figures 6, 7.

Figures 8, 9.

Figures 10, 11.

Figures 12, 13.

Anaea aidea (Guerin) $ , Mexico. (In general the male
genital armature is very similar to andria, Fig. 1.)

6 — inside end of left harpe.

7 — ventral view of gnathos.

Anaea aidea cubana (Druce) $ , San Carlos Est., Guanta-
namo, Cuba, March 20, 1908.

8 — inside end of left harpe.

9 — ventral view of gnathos.

Anaea aidea floridalis Johnson & Comstock $ , Biscayne Bay,
Florida.

10 — inside end of left harpe.

11 — ventral view of gnathos.

Anaea troglodyta (Fabricius) $, Barahona, Republic Do-
minica, July 22-26, 1932.

12 — left lateral view of male genital armature.

13 — sedeagus.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

(Plate IX)

13

338

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Figures 14, 15.

Figures 16, 17.

Figures 18, 19.

Figures 20-22.

Figures 23, 24.

Figures 25-27.

Figures 28, 29.

Figures 30, 31.
Figures 32, 33.

Plate X

Anaea troglodyta borinquenalis Johnson & Comstock $,
Guayanilla, Puerto Eico, July 22, 1914.

14 — left gnathos, lateral view.

15 — right gnathos, ventral view.

Anaea troglodyta astina (Fabricius) $ , St. Croix, Virgin
Islands, March 7, 1925.

16 — left gnathos, lateral view.

17 — right gnathos, lateral view.

Anaea troglodyta portia (Fabricius) $ , Milk Eiver, Claren-
don, Jamaica, January 8-12, 1920.

18 — left gnathos, latero -ventral view.

19 — right gnathos, lateral view.

Anaea eurypyle confusa Hall $ , Mexico.

20 — left lateral view of male genital armature.

21 — sedeagus.

22 — ventral view of gnathos.

Anaea rypliea (Cramer) $ , Colombia.

23 — outside, left harpe.

24 — ventral detail, gnathos.

Anaea glycerium (Westwood & Hewitson) $, Cordoba,
Mexico.

25 — outside, left harpe.

26 — ventral detail, gnathos.

27 — ^ventro -cephalic detail, gnathos.

Anaea sosippus (Hopffer) $ , Rio Huallaga, Peru, Decem-
ber 12, 1925.

28 — outside, left harpe.

29 — ventral detail, gnathos.

Anaea ecuadoralis Johnson & Comstock $ , Oriente, Ecuador.

30 — outside, left harpe.

31 — ventral detail, gnathos.

Anaea cratias (Hewitson) $ , Bolivia.

32 — outside, left harpe.

33 — ventral detail, gnathos.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

(Plate X)

340

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Plate XI

Figures 34, 35.

Figures 36, 37.

Figures 38-41.

Figures 42, 43.

Figures 44, 45.

Anaea veneznelana J ohnson & Comstock $ , Caracas,
Venezuela.

34 — outside, left harpe.

35 — ventral detail, gnathos.

Anaea johnsoni Avinoff & Shoumatoff $ , Jamaica.

36 — outside, left harpe.

37 — ventral detail, gnathos.

Anaea pithynsa (R. Felder) $ , Mexico.

38 — left lateral view of male genital armature.

39 — sedeagus.

40 — ventral view of gnathos.

41 — dorsal view of tegumen.

Anaea echemus (Westwood & Hewitson) $ , Cuba.

42 — left lateral view of male genital armature.

43 — dorsal view of tegumen.

Anaea verticordia Hiibner $ , Port-au-Prince, Haiti, Febru-
ary 19-28, 1922.

44 — left lateral view of male genital armature.

45 — dorsal view of tegumen.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

(Plate XI)

342

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Plate XII

Map 1. Group I.

One species, andria (vertical lines), is endemic in the Mississippi basin.
Another species, aidea (vertical dashes), slightly overlaps andria in the
north and extends southward into Guatemala and Honduras. This species
appears again in Cuba as aidea cubana and in southern Florida as aidea
floridalis. The third species, troglodyta (diagonal lines), is endemic in the
islands producing subspecies in Jamaica, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Virgin
Islands and St. Kitts.

Map 2. Group II.

Section 1 ; Anaea ryphea (vertical lines) is a dominant species of very
extended range from Mexico to 25° south in South America.

Section 2; Anaea eurypyle (vertical dashes) is a dominant species ex-
tending from Mexico to Bolivia and Paraguay. Within its range sosippus
(horizontal dashes) occurs in Colombia, Ecuador and Peru, ecuadoralis
(right diagonals) in Ecuador, and cratias (left diagonals), overlaps its
range in Peru and Bolivia and is detached in eastern Brazil.

Section 3 ; Anaea glycerium (vertical dots) is a dominant species extend-
ing its range from Mexico to the northern coast of South America. Within
its southern range venezuelana (horizontal dots), occurs in central Vene-
zuela gnd detached from its northern range johnsoni (horizontal dots), occurs
in Jamaica.

Map 3. Group III.

Anaea pithyusa (vertical lines) extends from Mexico into temperate
South America with form morena occurring at least in its northern range.
Anaea echemus (left diagonals), is found in Cuba and Nassau, Bahamas.
Anaea verticordia (right diagonals), seems confined to Hispaniola but with
subspecies dominicana in Dominica and luciana in St. Lucia and Martinique.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLIX

(Plate XII)

Dec., 1941]

Alexander: Crane-flies

345

RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEOTROPICAL
CRANE-FLIES (TIPULID^, DIPTERA), XIII

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts

The preceding part under this general title was published in
June, 1941 (Journal of the New York Entomological Society,
49 : 139-148). The species considered herewith were taken at and
near Potrerillos, ‘‘The Valley of the Clouds,” in Chiriqui, north-
ern Panama, by Messrs. D. V. Brown and J. W. MacSwain, to
whom I am indebted for this rich material. All types are pre-
served in my personal collection of these flies.

Genus Limonia Meigen
Limonia (Limonia) vorax new species.

Belongs to the apicata group; antennae (male) elongate, conspicuously
nodulose, the flagellar segments heart-shaped, with long apical necks; wings
strongly tinged with brown, the oval stigma darker brown; male hypopygium
with the lobes on mesal face of basistyle small ; dististyle complex, strongly
constricted before the beak which is split into three distinct lobes; apical
crest of dististyle with a comb of about fifteen teeth; gonapophysis with
mesal-apical lobe stout and broad.

Male. — Length about 4.8-5 mm.; wing 5-5.5 mm.; antenna about
2.8-3 mm.

Female. — Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Bostrum and palpi black. Antennae brownish black, in male elongate
and conspicuously nodulose; flagellar segments dilated, cordiform, with long
glabrous apical necks ; on the outer segments the bases are somewhat
narrower but still expanded; terminal segment elongate; flagellar segments
provided with a dense white pubescence. In female, antennae less conspicu-
ously nodulose. Head dark brown.

Mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow laterally, the median area dark
brown, expanded behind; scutal lobes dark brown; scutellum pale basally,
darkened behind; mediotergite darkened. In some specimens the mesonotum
is more uniformly brown throughout. Pleura testaceous yellow, extensively
variegated with dark brown, the ventral sclerites paler. Halteres with base
of stem yellow, the remainder dark brown. Legs with coxae and trochanters
obscure yellow; remainder of legs brown. Wings strongly tinged with brown,
the oval stigma darker brown; veins brown. Venation: Sc long, Scx ending
a short distance before the fork of Bs, Sc2 at its tip ; m-cu close to fork of M.

346

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites obscure yellow, the lateral
portions darker; hypopygium dark. Male hypopygium with the caudal
margin of the ninth tergite broadly emarginate medially, the surface with
abundant coarse setae. Basistyle on mesal face with two relatively small
lobes provided with long setae; near apex of basistyle a further setiferous
lobe. Dististyle complex, the main body a globular setiferous lobe, the outer
margin with a comb of about 15 teeth; the usual beak portion is set off by a
marked constriction, at apex the beak split into three distinct lobes.
Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe unusually stout and broad, obtuse.
.Edeagus narrow at apex.

Holotype, J1, Potrerillos, altitude 3,500 feet, May 2, 1934
(Brown). Allotopotype, J. Paratopotypes, 6 $, altitude 3,000

feet, May 14-25, 1935 (MacSwain) ; 1 J', with the type (Brown).

Limonia {Limonia) vorax is very distinct from the other de-
scribed members of the apicata group, especially in the elongate
nodulose antennae of the male and in the structure of the male
hypopygium. The latter somewhat suggests L. (L.) rapax (Alex-
ander) of Peru but the resemblance is not particularly close.

Limonia (Limonia) sica new species.

Belongs to the apicata group ; general coloration of prgescutum obscure
yellow with a broad black median stripe; flagellar segments with glabrous
apical necks; wings with cell 1st M2 short-quadrate; male hypopygium with
the dististyle single, extended into a slender dagger -like blackened beak.

Male. — Length about 5 mm.; wing 6 mm.; antenna about 1.7 mm.

Bostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout, relatively long, as
shown by the measurements; flagellar segments oval to subcylindrical, with
conspicuous glabrous apical necks; terminal segment about one-half longer
than the penultimate. Head blackish, sparsely pruinose.

Pronotum brownish black. Mesonotal praescutum with the ground color
obscure yellow; a broad median black stripe, widened behind; scutal lobes
infuscated, the median area yellow ; scutellum brownish yellow to pale brown ;
mediotergite testaceous yellow, more darkened behind. Pleura obscure yel-
low, the mesopleura extensively more darkened but not forming a distinct
stripe; pleurotergite pale. Halteres with stem yellow, knob brown. Legs
with coxae pale yellow; remainder of legs medium brown, the femora a trifle
darker. Wings with a pale brown tinge; stigma oval, a little darker brown;
veins dark brown. Venation: Sc long, Sex ending about opposite four-fifths
the length of Bs, Sc2 at its tip; cell 1st M2 short-quadrate, shorter than any
of the veins beyond it; m-cu close to fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown; sternites obscure yellow; hypopygium
more brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the tergite relatively exten-
sive, the caudal margin with a conspicuous V-shaped notch; lobes provided

Dec., 1941]

Alexander: Crane-flies

347

with long coarse setae. Basistyles slender, the ventro-mesal lobe long and
conspicuous, pale, the proximal portion glabrous, the outer end conspicuously
hairy; mesal face of style at near midlength further produced into a very
low protuberance. A single dististyle, relatively narrow, on outer face of
base with a small oval lobe, the outer portion of style extended into a slender
dagger-like blackened beak, the tip acute. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical
lobe relatively stout, simple, blackened.

Holotype, J', Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, May 15, 1935
(MacSwain).

Limonia ( Limonia ) sica is quite distinct from all other mem-
bers of the apicata group, the structure of the male hypopygium
being very different from the most nearly allied forms, as L. (L.)
acuminata (Alexander).

Limonia (Limonia) trialbocincta new species.

Belongs to the insularis group; antennae with scape light yellow, the re-
maining segments black; front wide, silvery white; mesonotum brownish
black, with a conspicuous white median longitudinal stripe; legs black, the
femoral and tibial tips, together with a ring on tarsi, snowy white; wings
with a strong blackish tinge, restrictedly patterned with darker brown; ab-
dominal tergites and hypopygium black, sternites dark, the caudal borders
of the individual segments pale; male hypopygium with the rostral pro-
longation of the ventral dististyle long and slender ; gonapophysis with
mesal-apical lobe broad, the tip obtuse.

Male. — Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 8-8.2 mm.

Female. — Length about 7 mm.; wing 8.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with scape light yellow, remainder of
antennae black; basal flagellar segments subglobular, passing through oval
to' elongate ; flagellar segments with short apical necks ; terminal segment
about one-third longer than the penultimate. Front and anterior vertex
wide, silvery white; posterior portions of head dark brown.

Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotal praescutum light brown in front and
sublaterally, the lateral margins and extensive posterior portions brownish
black; posterior sclerites of notum brownish black; a narrow but very con-
spicuous white longitudinal stripe begins near anterior end of praescutum
continued caudad onto the mediotergite ; pleurotergite brownish black, paler
on ventral portion. Pleura obscure yellowish brown to brown, sparsely varie-
gated. Halteres black, the extreme base of stem yellow. Legs with the
fore coxae dark brown, the remaining coxae a little paler; trochanters brown-
ish yellow; femora black, the tips narrowly but abruptly snowy white, the
amount subequal on all legs and involving about the distal tenth to twelfth
of the segment; tibiae black, the extreme bases whitened, the tips broadly
white, the amount about twice as extensive as the femoral tips; basitarsi

348

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

black, the extreme tips and remainder of tarsi with the exception of the
outer segments snowy white. Wings with a strong blackish tinge, the costal
border and outer radial field a little darker; narrow but still darker seams
at origin of Rs, stigma, cord and outer end of cell 1st M2; veins dark brown.
Venation: Sct ending about opposite three-fifths to two-thirds Rs; R2 long;
m-cu close to fork of M. In the paratype, an adventitious crossvein in cell
R3 of one wing only.

Abdominal tergites and hypopygium black; sternites dark brown, the
caudal borders of the segments pale. Male hypopygium with the caudal
margin of tergite gently emarginate. Eostral prolongation of ventral disti-
style long and slender, pale, gently arcuated, the oval sensory area close to
extreme tip. Spinulae of outer dististyle small and relatively sparse. Gona-
pophyses pale, the mesal-apical lobe broad with the tip obtuse.

Holotype, J1, Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, May 20, 1935 (Mac-
Swain). Allotopotype, May 25, 1935. Paratopotype, 1 J', with
the type.

Limonia ( Limonia ) trialbocincta is readily told from L. ( L .)
praeclara Alexander and other generally similar species by the
abruptly whitened femoral tips, additional to the white rings on
the tibiae and tarsi.

Limonia (Dicranomyia) aurantiothorax new species.

General coloration of thorax light orange yellow, unmarked; halteres and
legs yellow, the terminal tarsal segments infuscated; ovipositor with cerci
short.

Female. — Length about 5-5.5 mm.; wing 6-6.2 mm.

Rostrum relatively long, pendant, obscure yellow; palpi pale. Antennae
with scape yellow; pedicel and flagellum pale brown to brownish yellow;
flagellar segments subglobular to short-oval, the outer segments smaller.
Head yellow.

Thorax uniform light orange yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs yellow, the
terminal tarsal segments infuscated. Wings light yellow, without markings;
veins yellow. Venation: Scx ending opposite origin of Rs; cell 1st M2 closed;
m-cu shortly before fork of M ; cell 2nd A narrow.

Abdomen blackened, the color possibly caused by discoloration resulting
from included eggs, the caudal borders of the individual segments pale. In
a paratype, the caudal borders of the tergites are very extensively pale, re-
stricting the dark color to small basal areas. Ovipositor with the genital
segment light yellow; cerci short, subequal in length to the hypovalvae.

Holotype, §, Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, May 5, 1935 (Mac-
Swain). Paratopotypes, 2 May 5-June 2, 1935 (MacSwain).
Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) aurantiothorax is readily told by the

Dec., 1941]

Alexander: Crane-flies

349

orange yellow coloration of the thorax, in conjunction with the
yellow unmarked wings and the short cerci.

Limonia (Geranomyia) carunculata new species.

General coloration greenish testaceous, the praescutum with a broad cinna-
mon-brown median stripe; femora obscure yellow, the tips broadly clear
yellow, preceded by a much narrower brown subterminal ring; wings yellow
with a heavy brown pattern, including a darker and more extensive costal
series, the area at origin of Rs and fork of Sc single or only slightly sepa-
rated; Sc relatively short, Sc± ending about opposite one-third to one-fourth
the length of Rs; male hypopygium with the caudal margin of tergite con-
vexly rounded; rostral prolongation of ventral dististyle with two long curved
spines arising from the outer angle of a raised sclerotized plate; gonapo-
physes with mesal-apical lobe long and slender, nearly straight or but gently
curved.

Male. — Length, excluding rostrum, about 5. 2-5. 5 mm. ; wing 6. 2-6.5 mm. ;
rostrum about 3-3.2 mm.

Female. — Length, excluding rostrum, about 6.5-7 mm. ; wing 7-7.5 mm. ;
rostrum about 3. 2-3.5 mm.

Eostrum black throughout, elongate, as shown by the measurements ; palpi
black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar segments passing through sub-
globular, oval to elongate. Head behind gray, with conspicuous brown
setigerous punctures, the narrow anterior vertex more silvery.

Pronotum yellow above, darkened laterally. Mesonotal praescutum with a
broad cinnamon-brown median stripe, the lateral portions broadly more
greenish testaceous; posterior sclerites of notum greenish testaceous, the
scutal lobes chiefly brown. Pleura pale greenish testaceous. Halteres pale,
the knobs darkened. Legs with the coxae and trochanters greenish testa-
ceous; femora obscure yellow, the tips broadly clear yellow, preceded by a
much narrower brown subterminal ring; tibiae and basal segments of tarsi
brownish yellow, the terminal tarsal segments darkened. Wings yellow, the
prearcular and costal portions more saturated yellow, with a heavy brown
pattern, arranged as follows: Five larger costal areas, the third a common
one at origin of Rs and fork of Sc, in cases barely disconnected into separate
areas; cord and outer end of cell 1st M2 seamed with brown; a series of
marginal dark clouds on veins M3 to 2nd A inclusive, the last large and con-
spicuous; a small marginal darkening at midlength of cell 2nd A; veins
yellow, darker in the clouded areas. Venation: Sc relatively short, Scx end-
ing about opposite one-third to one-fourth the length of Rs ; m-cu close to
fork of M.

Abdominal tergites light brown, the caudal borders of the segments paler;
sternites more uniformly yellow; hypopygium yellow; in female, the abdo-
men more uniformly pale brown. Male hypopygium with the caudal margin
of ninth tergite convexly rounded. Dorsal dististyle a gently curved rod.
Ventral dististyle large and fleshy, the rostral prolongation slender; rostral

350

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

spines two, long and curved, arising close together but separately from the
outer angle of an elevated selerotized plate. Gonapophysis with mesal-
apical lobe long and slender, nearly straight to very gently curved, the tip
weakly expanded.

Holotype, J', Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, May 5, 1935 (Mac-
Swain). Allotopotype, §, altitude 3,500 feet, May 12, 1934
(Brown). Paratopotypes, 2 2 $?, with the allotype, May

12-14, 1934 (Brown).

Limonia ( Geranomyia ) carunculata is closest to L. (G.) eury-
gramma Alexander and L. (G.) deliciosa Alexander, differing
from all described species in the structure of the male hypo-
pygium. The unusually extensive yellow femoral tips, in con-
junction with the pattern of the wings and prsescutum, is likewise
somewhat distinctive.

Limonia (Geranomyia) fluxa new species.

General coloration grey, the praescutum with three narrow brownish black
stripes; halteres with dark brown knobs; femora brown, the tips narrowly
yellow; wings with a weak brown tinge, the prearcular and costal portions
more whitish; stigma oval, darker brown; outer radial field weakly in-
fumated; Sc short, Sc1 ending about opposite origin of Bs; male hypo-
pygium with the rostral spines arising from a low common tubercle; gona-
pophyses with the blackened mesal-apical lobe irregularly bilobed.

Male. — Length, excluding rostrum, about 5 mm.; wing 5.5 mm.; rostrum
about 3 mm.

Female. — Length, excluding rostrum, about 6 mm. ; wing 6.5 mm. ; ros-
trum about 3 mm.

Rostrum black, elongate, in male exceeding one-half the length of body;
palpi black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar segments subcylindrical.
Head brownish black, the anterior vertex and a median stripe on posterior
vertex light gray.

Pronotum brownish black. Mesonotal praescutum with the ground color
blackish gray, with three narrow but very clearly defined brownish black
stripes, the lateral borders of sclerite behind the pseudosutural foveae infus-
cated; posterior interspaces more reddish gray; scutal lobes brown, their
mesal portion traversed by a brownish black line, the direct caudal prolonga-
tion of the sublateral praescutal stripes ; median area of scutum lighter gray ;
scutellum dark, the posterior border paler; postnotum black, sparsely prui-
nose. Pleura black, sparsely pruinose, the propleura slightly paler. Hal-
teres with stem pale yellow, knob dark brown. Legs with the fore coxae
blackened, the midcoxae less evidently darkened; posterior coxae light yellow;
trochanters obscure yellow; femora brown, the tips narrowly and somewhat
vaguely paling to yellow; tibiae and tarsi pale brown, the terminal tarsal

Dec., 1941]

Alexander: Crane-flies

351

segments darker. Wings with a weak brown tinge, the prearcular and costal
portions more whitened; stigma oval, darker brown; wing tip in outer radial
field somewhat infumated; veins brownish black. Venation: Sc short, Sc%
ending opposite origin of Bs or approximately so, Sc2 at its tip; m-cu at
fork of M.

Abdominal tergites brownish black, sternites obscure brownish yellow, the
subterminal segments darker. Male hypopygium with the caudal margin
of ninth tergite shallowly emarginate medially. Ventral dististyle much
more extensive than the basistyle, the rostral prolongation moderately long,
its apex obtusely rounded; rostral spines two, of moderate length, gently
curved, from a low common tubercle near base of prolongation. Gonapoph-
yses with mesal-apical lobe darkened, short and irregularly bilobed, the
outer lobe or point longer and more conspicuous than the more obtuse lateral
tooth or flange.

Holotype, J', Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, May 14, 1935
(MacSwain). Allotopotype, $, May 5, 1935 (MacSwain).

Limonia ( Geranomyia ) fluxa is most similar to L. ( G .) nigri-
pleura (Alexander) and allies, differing in the coloration of the
wings and legs, and especially in the structure of the male hypo-
pygium.

Genus Elephant omyia Osten Sacken

Elephantomyia (Elephantomyia) luteiannulata chiriquiensis new sub-
species.

Female. — Length, excluding rostrum, about 7.5 mm. ; wing 7 mm. ; ros-
trum about 6 mm.

As in typical luteiannulata Alexander, of southern Mexico, differing in
colorational details. Yellow femoral rings much wider, being one-half
broader than the black tips; in the typical form, the black tips are equal
to or more extensive than the yellow rings. Dark abdominal rings wide and
conspicuous, occupying from one-fourth to nearly one-third the length of the
segment.

Holotype, J, Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, May 25, 1935
(MacSwain).

Genus Teucholabis Osten Sacken

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) aequinigra new species.

General coloration black and yellow; pronotum uniformly yellow; lateral
prsescutal stripes reaching the lateral margin of sclerite ; scutellum and post-
notum black; pleura chiefly black; knob of halteres yellow; legs yellow, the
tips of femora conspicuously black, the amount subequal on all legs; wings
yellow, with two narrow brown crossbands, the wing tip paler brown; ab-
dominal tergites brownish black, sternites dimidiate, brown, with the poste-

352

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

rior borders yellow; male hypopygium with the spine of basistyle long, pro-
vided with numerous long silken setss; outer dististyle long and slender,
bearing a small lateral spine at near midlength; asdeagus narrow, directly
produced caudad into a black spine.

Male. — Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 6.5 mm.

Female. — Length about 6 mm.; wing 5.5 mm.

Rostrum black, a little shorter than remainder of head; palpi black. An-
tennae black throughout; flagellar segments oval. Head in front polished
black, the posterior vertex and occiput paling to obscure yellow.

Pronotum yellow. Mesonotal praescutum with the ground color yellow,
with three extensive polished black stripes that are narrowly separated by
the interspaces; lateral stripes extensive, including the broad lateral margins
of the praescutum and crossing the suture onto the scutal lobes; median
region of scutum very narrowly pale ; scutellum black, the parascutella paler ;
postnotum black, the suture between pleurotergite and mediotergite paler.
Propleura yellow; mesopleura black, the dorsopleural region surrounding the
wing root and the meral region paler. Halteres with stem dusky, knob
light yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; femora light yellow,
the tips rather narrowly but conspicuously black, the amount subequal on
all legs and including the distal sixth to eighth of the segment; tibiae obscure
yellow, the tips more narrowly brownish black; basal tarsal segments obscure
yellow, the outer tarsal segments passing into black. Wings yellow, the
prearcular and costal regions a little clearer yellow; a somewhat sparse
brown pattern, including narrow bands at level of origin of Bs and at the
cord, the former extended more basad in cell Cu and vaguely broken at vein
M; a narrow cloud at outer end of cell 1st M2; wing tip very weakly dark-
ened, best indicated by a deeper color of the veins. Venation: So relatively
long, Sc1 extending approximately to opposite midlength of Bs, Sc2 shortly
beyond the origin of the latter; B2 slightly oblique; cell B2 at margin more
than one-half more extensive than cell B 4; m-cu shortly beyond fork of M.

Abdominal tergites brownish black; sternites dimidiate, dark brown, the
caudal half of the segments yellow; hypopygium black. Sternal setse of male
greatly reduced. Male hypopygium with spine of basistyle long, strongly
curved at base, the apex a long straight spine that is provided with numer-
ous long silken setae ; on outer margin at base of spine with a few microscopic
denticles; mesal margin of basistyle blackened and elevated into a weak
flange. Outer dististyle a slender pale rod, a little longer than the spine
of basistyle ; on mesal margin at near midlength with a strong lateral spine ;
apex of style narrowed into a point. Inner dististyle with outer lobe elon-
gate, the two spinous points thus widely separated by a broad TJ-shaped
incision, the outermost being a curved hooklike blade; a small cylindrical
lobe near base of outer lobe. H^deagus relatively narrow, the apex produced
directly caudad into a gently curved black spine.

Holotype, .J1, Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, May 20, 1935
(MacSwain). Allotopotype, 5, May 7, 1935.

Dec., 1941]

Alexander: Crane-flies

353

Teucholabis (T eucholabis) oequinigra is very distinct from
other Neotropical species. It is apparently closest to T. (T.)
sackeni Alexander, yet very distinct in the coloration of body,
legs and wings, and in the structure of the male hypopygium.

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) seposita new species.

General coloration black and yellow; head dull black; knobs of halteres
weakly yellow; legs black, the femoral bases narrowly yellow; wings whitish
subhyaline, unmarked except for the small brown stigma; cell 1st M2 open
by atrophy of basal section of M3', male hypopygium with mesal face of outer
dististyle bearing a slender basal spine, with a stronger spinous arm beyond
midlength.

Male. — Length about 9 mm.; wing 7.5 mm.

Female. — Length about 9-10 mm.; wing 7 mm.

Rostrum nearly as long as remainder of head, black; palpi black. An-
tennae black throughout; flagellar segments oval to subcylindrical, with long
verticils. Head dull black.

Pronotum obscure yellow, darker medially and in front. Mesonotal
praescutum obscure yellow, with three confluent polished black stripes that
leave broad areas of the ground in the humeral and lateral portions and
before the suture; lateral praescutal stripes continued caudad across the
suture and including the lateral half of each scutal lobe, the broad median
region of the scutum yellow; scutellum dull black, the extreme posterior bor-
der more reddish brown, parascutella more reddish brown ; mediotergite
polished black. Pleura black, the pleurotergite more reddish brown to
piceous; a broad, more silvery, longitudinal stripe extending from behind the
fore coxae to the base of abdomen. Halteres black, the apex of knob slightly
more yellow. Legs with the fore and middle coxae black; posterior coxae
more reddish; trochanters brown; femora black, the bases narrowly obscure
yellow; remainder of legs black. Wings whitish subhyaline, unmarked ex-
cept for the small, dark brown stigma; veins brown, Sc and the prearcular
veins pale yellow. Venation: Sc long, Sc± ending about opposite three-fifths
the length of Its , Sc2 some distance from its tip; B2 a little longer than
B2+3+i; veins and B5 extending generally parallel to one another for
virtually their entire lengths, cell B2 at margin thus being very wide; cell
1st Mo open by atrophy of basal section of M3 ; cell 2nd M2 about one-half
longer than its petiole; m-cu a short distance beyond fork of M.

Abdomen black, the incisures of the sternites broadly yellow, of the ter-
gites more narrowly so; in the female, the yellow pattern less contrasted;
hypopygium black. Male hypopygium with the apex of basistyle obtuse.
Outer dististyle complex, consisting of a curved rod provided with long coarse
setae, near base on mesal face with a sharp spine; more distally, also on
mesal face, with a stronger chitinized arm that is bifid at apex. Inner
dististyle short and compact, the outer lobe with conspicuous setae, the inner
lobe or beak irregularly bilobed at apex. iEdeagus near apex produced into
a powerful curved spine.

354

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Holotype, Potrerillos, altitude 3,500 feet, May 12, 1934
(Brown). Allotopotype, 5, altitude 3,000 feet, May 5, 1935 (Mac-
Swain). Paratopotype, 2 5$, May 5-14, 1935 (MacSwain).

Among the now relatively numerous Neotropical species of
Teucholabis with cell 1st M2 of the wings open, the present fly is
very distinct in the black legs and unpatterned wings, as well as
in the very different structure of the male hypopygium.

Genus Gonomyia Meigen

G-onomyia (Lipophleps) peracuta conifera new subspecies.

Male. — Length about 3.5-4 mm.; wing 3.6-4 mm.

Differs from the typical form in the details of structure of the male hypo-
pygium. Lateral spines of basistyle shorter, stouter at base and more
strongly incurved. Dististyle with conical spine shorter and more slender,
only a little longer than the two fasciculate setae at apex of style.

Holotype, J', Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, May 7, 1935 (Mac-
Swain). Paratopotypes, 1 J1, May 5, 1935; 1 <$, altitude 1,000
feet, February 8, 1934 (Brown) ; paratype, 1 J*, Finca de Parada,
altitude 4,450 feet, September 12, 1932 (W. K. A. Lawlor).

Genus Erioptera Meigen

Erioptera (Empeda) sutrina new species.

General coloration dark brown; rostrum yellow; antennae black; legs
brown; wings grayish, the stigma scarcely indicated; S Cj ending shortly
before midlength of Bs; B2 shorter than B2+3+i; male hypopygium with the
outer dististyle blackened, bifid, the inner arm irregularly lobed, bidentate
at apex; inner dististyle pale and narrow.

Male. — Length about 3 mm.; wing 3.3 mm.

Rostrum obscure yellow; palpi brownish black. Antennae of moderate
length, black. Head dark brownish gray, the front paling to brown.

Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotum almost uniform dark brown, the
caudal border of scutellum very narrowly pale ; lateral pretergites and bor-
ders of praescutum pale. Pleura brown, the dorsopleural region darker.
Halteres dusky, the base of stem yellow. Legs with the coxae pale brownish
yellow; trochanters testaceous; remainder of legs brown; legs with abundant
linear scales, in addition to the setae. Wings grayish, the prearcular and
costal portions a little more yellow; stigma scarcely indicated; veins brown.
Venation: Sc± ending shortly before midlength of the long, nearly straight
Bs, the latter subequal to vein B2 shorter than B2+ 3+4; veins B3 and
Bi generally parallel to one another on their basal portion, thence diverging
so cell B3 at margin is wider than cell B2 ; m-cu close to fork of M.

Dec., 1941]

Alexander : Crane-flies

355

Abdomen brownish black, the hypopygium slightly paler. Male hypo-
pygium with the outer dististyle blackened, bifid, the outer arm simple, longer,
a little expanded on outer third, the tip subacute; inner arm irregular, the
apex bidentate, with a low marginal flange back from the outer tooth; inner
margin of style at near midlength produced into a flattened, roughly trian-
gular point. Inner dististyle a narrow, parallel-sided blade, the apex ob-
tusely rounded. Gonapophyses with blades very broad and flattened.

Holotype, <$, Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, June 2, 1935
(MacSwain).

Erioptera ( Empeda ) sutrina is quite distinct from the numer-
ous Neotropical species of the subgenus so far made known. As
usual in the genus, the structures of the male hypopygium furnish
the chief distinguishing characters.

Genus Molophilus Curtis

Molophilus (Molophilus) illectus new species.

Belongs to the plagiatus group; size small (wing 4 mm. or less) ; general
coloration dark gray; antennae short, the scape black, the flagellum light
brown; halteres dusky; wings with a weak brown tinge; B2 in transverse
alignment with r-m; male hypopygium with the basal dististyle long and
slender, gently curved from the slightly dilated base, the mesal edge with a
fringe of long setae and inconspicuous low spines; phallosomic plate narrow.

Male. — Length about 3 mm.; wing 3.7 mm.; antenna about 1.2 mm.

Female. — Length about 3.8 mm.; wing 4 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae (male) with scape black, pedicel and
flagellum light brown; in female, antennae more uniformly darkened; an-
tennae relatively short, if bent backward about attaining the wing-root;
flagellar segments long-oval. Head gray.

Thorax almost uniformly dark gray, variegated by the restricted white
anterior lateral pretergites; vestiture of mesonotum long and conspicuous.
Halteres dusky, the base of stem restrictedly brightened. Legs dark brown.
Wings with a weak brown tinge, the base and costal region a little more
yellow; stigmal region more infumated but ill-delimited; veins pale brown.
Venation: B2 in transverse alignment with r-m; petiole of cell M& about
twice the oblique m-cu ; vein 2nd A sinuous.

Abdomen brownish black, the sternites a trifle brighter. Male hypopygium
with the apical beak of basistyle slender, decurved. Outer dististyle with the
inner arm slender, more dilated on basal half. Basal dististyle a long,
slender, gently curved rod, the extreme base more dilated; mesal edge of
style with a fringe of long curved setae, with interspersed very low teeth, the
setae extending from shortly beyond base of style virtually to apex; outer
face of style with a few scattered spines and spinous setae; apex of style
terminating in a small spine. Phallosomic plate unusually narrow, the apex

356

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

obtusely rounded, subtended on either side by a pale setiferous lobe.
iEdeagus stout.

Holotype, J', Potrerillos, altitude 3,000 feet, June 21, 1935
(MacSwain). Allotopotype, J, June 19, 1935 (MacSwain).

Molophilus ( Molophilus ) illectus is closest to M. (M.) pennatus
Alexander, of Mexico, differing especially in the small size and in
the coloration of the body and wings. The hypopygial structure
is somewhat similar in the two species but the details are distinct.
In pennatus, the stouter basal dististyle is enlarged and straight
on about the basal fourth, thence gently curved, the mesal face
with long black spines additional to the long setae, these spines
very different in appearance from those in the present fly.

Dec., 1941]

Austin & Richardson: Firebrat

357

ABILITY OF THE FIREBRAT TO DAMAGE FABRICS

AND PAPER1

By Jean Austin and C. H. Richardson
Iowa State College, Ames

The firebrat ( Thermobia domestica (P.) ) is often confused with
the silverfish ( Lepisma saccharina L.) and much of the damage
to fabrics and paper caused by these insects is blamed on the
silverfish alone. Because the firebrat is also responsible for a
great deal of this injury, an investigation was undertaken to test
its ability to damage certain fabrics and papers. The experi-
ments, which covered the period from Sept., 1938, to June, 1939,
had the following objectives : To determine which of the common
fibers used in textiles are preferred by the firebrat under starva-
tion conditons ; to study the relative efficiency for extending sur-
vival of these fibers ; and to consider the ability of the firebrat to
survive on a readily eaten paper.

There are numerous records of the damage caused by members
of the Lepismatidae, but few of them refer specifically to the fire-
brat. Jackson (1886) reported serious injury to heavily-sized
paper by T. domestica, but stated that unsized paper was not
damaged. McDaniel (1921) states that this species has been
observed damaging glue and leather. Spencer (1930) writes that
T. domestica was found in the laundry in the basement of a hos-
pital in Vancouver in Sept., 1928. Adams (1933) observes that
firebrats attack laundered clothes for the starch, and have the
ability to live upon dry vegetable and animal materials of con-
siderable variety. Twinn (1933) records that T. domestica has
become increasingly important as a household pest in Canada,
particularly in urban sections of Ontario and Quebec, and that
it will feed upon artificial silk (rayon) goods. Back (1937) does
not distinguish closely between damage caused by L. saccharina
and by T. domestica, but states that they feed upon the sizing in
paper, bookbindings, and wall paper, and upon starchy insula-
i Journal paper No. J-932 of the Entomology and Economic Zoology
Section, Iowa Agricultural Experiment Station, Ames, Iowa. Project No. 136.

358

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlix

tion materials, thin fabrics, particularly rayon, starched clothing,
and lace curtains for the starch. Sweetman (1938) also writes
that the firebrat feeds on starchy paper and starchy cloth. Hase
(1938) discusses the damage to various types of paper by lepis-
matids but does not consider the work of T. domestica specifically.
Weiss and Carruthers (1937) furnish much information on the
injury to books and documents by lepismatids and provide an
excellent bibliography.

At Ames, Iowa, the firebrat has been a nuisance in dormitories,
rooming houses, and college buildings because of its attack on
paper and cotton, woolen, and knitted silk and rayon materials.

Materials and Methods :

The experimental insects used were adults, unselected except
that they exceeded 7 mm. in length. They were reared in labo-
ratory cultures under controlled conditions of 38° C. and 70 per
cent relative humidity (Adams 1937).

The twenty-five fabrics used included seven kinds of fibers:
cotton, jute, linen, ramie, rayon, silk, and wool; and three sam-
ples of paper, two filter papers and one typewriter paper. The
names and characteristics of these materials follow :

Cotton

Mercerized; bleached, moderately sized, damask weave.
Organdy; bleached, permanent finish, plain weave.

Broadcloth ; unbleached, very lightly sized, twill weave.

Jute

Burlap ; unbleached, plain weave, heavy weight.

Linen

Toweling ; unbleached, plain weave, closely woven.

Gauze ; unbleached, loosely woven, theatrical gauze.

Ramie

Unbleached, plain weave. (Ramie is a fiber obtained from the
stem of the perennial Boehmeria nivea , and is used as a cot-
ton substitute.)

Dec., 1941]

Austin & Richardson: Firebrat

359

Rayon

Celanese ; plain weave.

Cellulose acetate ; plain weave.

Knitted regenerated cellulose.

Regenerated cellulose ; plain weave.

Rayons No. 1 to 8 ; satin weave, heavy weight.

No. 1 to 7 were given a sizing treatment.

No. 1 to 4 were also treated with fluosilicate compounds.

No. 5 was also treated with tetramethylthiuram monosulfide.
No. 6 was also treated with tetramethylthiuram disulfide.

No. 8 was untreated.

Silk

Cultivated ; bleached, crepe weave.

Knitted; cultivated.

Wild ; unbleached, plain weave-

Wool

Partly scoured ; unbleached, coarse.

Flannel; bleached, twill weave, fine.

Casein and wool fabric; (50 per cent wool, 50 per cent casein)
plaid, twill weave.

Paper

Filter paper No. 40, Whatman; diameter 12.5 cms., 0.000174
gm. ash.

Filter paper No. 41, Whatman; diameter 9.0 cms., 0.0001 gm.
ash.

Medium weight typewriter bond paper ; white, 16 pound.

Each experiment consisted of a series of ten insects, each insect
in an individual open shell vial 25 x 50 mm. Twenty-four hours
of starvation preceded the beginning of each experiment and con-
trol, to encourage prompt feeding.

The trays of experimental insects were kept in a constant tem-
perature cabinet maintained at a temperature of 38° C. and 70
per cent relative humidity which were approximately the con-
ditions for maintenance of the cultures.

Each vial of a given experiment contained a piece of the

360

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

material, cut with edges as smooth as possible, and weighing
approximately 96 mg; the piece was folded or creased trans-
versely and placed on edge in the bottom of the vial.

The conditions for the control series duplicated in every way
those for the experimental series, except that a bent strip of light-
weight sheet aluminum was inserted to serve as a climbing and
resting surface similar to that furnished by the fabric or paper.

There was no actual food in any of the experimental or control
vials.

Observations were made every twenty-four hours; only such
feeding as was visible to the naked eye was recorded, since micro-
scopic damage was considered to be of little practical significance.

All experiments were replicated, the usual number of replica-
tions being 4. The number of insects used in each series of tests
is given in Table II.

TABLE I

Proportion of Eirebrats which Fed and Extent of Feeding
on Fabrics and Papers

Material

Percentage of
insects which
fed

Extent of feeding

Jute

0

None

Wool, partly scoured

< t

C C

Casein and wool

1-10

Very light

Rayon No. 6

( (

i ( c (

Cultivated silk

( (

t i ( c

Mercerized cotton

11-20

Very light

Rayons No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, & 8

C i

a ((

Celanese

31-40

Very light

( i a

Cellulose acetate

< i

Ramie

1 1

Cl Cl

Filter paper No. 40

( (

Cl Cl

Wild silk

41-50

Moderate

Wool flannel

< (

Very light

Cotton broadcloth

51-60

Moderate

Cotton organdy

61-70

Moderate

Linen toweling

( i

( i

Filter paper No. 41

1 i

Very light

Knitted silk

71-80

Moderate

Linen gauze

91-100

Heavy

Knitted regenerated cellulose

1 1

Moderate

Regenerated cellulose, plain weave

( i

Heavy

Typewriter bond paper

( (

1 1

Dec., 1941]

Austin & Richardson: Firebrat

361

Results :

The number of insects feeding on a fabric or paper was calcu-
lated on the percentage basis; in addition, the following cate-
gories of extent of feeding were recognized : 1. none ; 2. very light ;
3. moderate ; and 4. heavy. These data are presented in Table I.

For each insect the period from time of exposure to the ma-
terial to the first appearance of feeding was recorded. These

TABLE II

Survival of Firebrats on Fabrics and Papers

Experimental materials

Survival
on experimental
material

Survival

on

control

No. of
insects

Mean

survival

bJD

3

Ph

No. of
insects

Mean

survival

Range

Days

Days

Days

Days

Mercerized cotton

50

14

3-24

50

13

1-25*

Cotton organdy

40

14

1-29

40

13

6-29

Cotton broadcloth

50

15

6-27

50

15

8-31

Jute burlap

40

14

6-32

40

12

4-23

Linen toweling

60

16

7-33

60

13

1-32

Linen gauze

40

26

7-76

40

14

3-32

Ramie

40

13

3-25

40

14

6-28

Celanese

40

14

7-29

40

15

2-29

Cellulose acetate

40

14

4-22

40

13

4-26

Knitted regenerated cellulose

40

29t

8-69

40

14

7-21

Regenerated cellulose, plain weave

50

24

5-51

50

15

1-31

Rayon No. 1

40

15

5-30

40

15

6-28

Rayon No. 2

40

17

4-48

40

16

1-37

Rayon No. 3

40

18

6-42

40

18

4-37

Rayon No. 4

40

17

3-39

40

16

4-31

Rayon No. 5

40

18

6-35

40

15

4-31

Rayon No. 6

40

16

5-32

40

14

1-30

Rayon No. 7

40

15

5-23

40

13

3-33

Rayon No. 8

68

16

4-34

50

14

1-33

Cultivated silk

50

16

5-31

50

13

1-26

Knitted silk

40

15

6-36

40

14

6-27

Wild silk

50

14

4-25

50

14

7-25

Wool, partly scoured

50

16

4-34

50

14

1-31

Wool flannel

40

14

7-23

40

14

5-24

Casein and wool

20

14

6-33

20

12

4-26

Filter paper No. 40

80

14

3-33

80

13

1-27

Filter paper No. 41

60

18*

5-42

60

14

3-33

Medium typewriter bond paper

605

34t

1-117

670

14

1-37

* Statistically distinct from the control when probability is 0.05.
t Statistically distinct from the control when probability is 0.01.

362 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

figures are of much consequence only for the materials on which
a large percentage of insects fed. The mean pre-feeding periods
for these four materials are as follows: Linen gauze, 6 days;
knitted regenerated cellulose, 4 days ; regenerated cellulose, plain
weave, 3 days ; and typewriter bond paper, 4 days.

Survival data are presented in Table II, with the mean sur-
vival period and range in days for each material placed opposite
the mean survival period and range for its respective control
group. By use of the t-test this mean survival period for a given
material was compared with that for the control group.

Discussion :

The two fabrics, jute and partly scoured wool (Table I), on
which there was no feeding, may have been unattractive to the
insects because of the stiff, wiry composition of the fiber. The
grease remaining in the partly scoured wool may be an additional
factor to help explain its position in the table, for it has not been
reported that firebrats have a liking for materials of a fatty
nature.

In the next group, in which feeding is very light and the num-
ber feeding is small, there are three fabrics, casein and wool,
rayon No. 6, and cultivated silk. Although dried milk is used
as a food for firebrat cultures, casein as a fiber does not appear to
be attractive to this insect. More thorough scouring of the wool
does not add materially to the amount of feeding on it. It might
be expected that the cultivated silk would be more seriously
damaged, since it is a thin fabric, upon which firebrats have been
observed to feed (Back 1937). However, this particular sample
was of a hard-twist* closely woven thread, and these character-
istics probably account for its inclusion in this group.

It was predicted that the mercerized cotton would be placed
among the materials seriously attacked for the sizing they con-
tain. However, this material appeared to have little attraction
for the firebrat.

While the categories that have been arbitrarily established
separate rayon No. 6 from the seven other rayons of the same
type, the extent of feeding on the eight samples was practically
identical, and the percentage of insects that fed was not great.

Dec., 1941]

Austin & Richardson: Firebrat

363

Since the eight samples, including the untreated fabric, occupy
approximately the same position in the table, it is considered that
the heavy, slick texture of the material comprising these rayon
samples is the deciding factor in their comparative freedom from
attack.

Celanese, cellulose acetate, and ramie, the fabrics on which 31
to 40 per cent of the insects fed and to a very light extent, evi-
dently are those to which slight, occasional damage can be
expected.

The tests on filter paper were interesting because of the absence
of sizing in this type of paper. Filter paper No. 40 has a thicker,
tougher texture than paper No. 41, which probably accounts for
the difference in the percentage of feeding. The extent of feed-
ing, classified in both cases as ‘ ‘ very light, ’ ’ was difficult to deter-
mine because of the possibility of considerable almost invisible
surface feeding. The occurrence of such feeding may help to
explain the significant difference in survival time between No. 41
and the control which will be discussed later.

Damage to wild silk, cotton broadcloth, cotton organdy, and
linen toweling is occasional to rather frequent, and of an extent
that would be of some concern where these fabrics are stored in
firebrat-infested places for long periods of time. Although this
broadcloth was only lightly sized, the starchy material used in
sizing probably attracted the insects a very little. The cotton
organdy was more attractive, it is suggested, not primarily be-
cause of a different sizing given to produce a “permanent finish,”
but because of the very fine threads which made feeding easier.
Linen is possibly the most attractive fiber thus far discussed ; and
although this sample of linen toweling was a rather heavy, stiff
material, the experimental data placed it in a group where more
significant damage occurred.

The attacks on knitted silk and knitted regenerated cellulose,
observed in 71 to 80 per cent and 91 to 100 per cent, respectively,
of the cases and to a moderate extent, represent a more important
economic problem than those on any other fabric in this list ; for
with a knitted material, the cutting of a single thread, as was
observed to occur in many instances, causes, after strain, damage
to the strength and appearance of the fabric all out of proportion
to the original injury.

364

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLix

Linen gauze, regenerated cellulose, plain weave, and medium
typewriter bond paper, the three materials upon which feeding
was heavy and undertaken by 91 to 100 per cent of the indi-
viduals, can be said to be definitely attractive to the firebrat. The
points of injury were often numerous and involved a large area.
Where linen gauze is used in curtains and draperies, regenerated
cellulose, plain weave, is used in wearing apparel, and typewriter
bond is the paper for stored records and manuscripts, the pres-
ence of firebrats will be a distinct nuisance and will cause severe
loss.

Regarding all of these materials, medium typewriter paper,
knitted and plain weave regenerated cellulose and linen gauze
have been shown to be especially attractive to firebrats, while
cotton and silk are attacked if the texture of the material is par-
ticularly suitable for feeding, as is the case with cotton organdy
and knitted silk. A sizing-free paper is not seriously damaged.

That the firebrat is able to obtain some nourishment from
knitted regenerated cellulose and typewriter bond paper is shown
by the tf-test which demonstrates a highly significant difference
between mean survival in days on experiment and control (Table
II). Survival on regenerated cellulose, plain weave, and on linen
gauze was more variable ; and the tf-test failed to reveal significant
differences in spite of rather large actual differences between the
means. However, there is a close approach to significance, espe-
cially for the difference between regenerated cellulose, plain
weave and its control. It seems probable that additional experi-
mental data would demonstrate the ability of the firebrat to
extend its life on these fabrics. Although mean survival on filter
paper No. 41 proved significantly different than the mean sur-
vival on the control, the fact that a mean survival of 18 days was
reached in one control of smaller sample size (control for rayon
No. 3) lends some doubt to the reality of this difference.

Summary :

The damage by Thermo'bia domestica to twenty-five fabrics of
seven fibers (cotton, jute, linen, ramie, rayon, silk, and wool) and
to three papers (two low ash filter papers and one medium type-
writer bond) was investigated.

Dec., 1941]

Austin & Richardson: Firebrat

365

Medium typewriter bond paper, regenerated cellulose, either
knitted or plain weave, and linen were the materials most heavily
damaged; cotton and silk were attacked if the texture of the
material was very suitable for feeding. The typewriter bond was
the only one of the 3 papers tested that was seriously damaged.

The significance of the ability of the firebrat to survive on
these materials was tested statistically by comparing data for the
survival period on the material with the survival data for the
corresponding starvation control. The differences in the mean
survival periods were significant for knitted regenerated cellulose
and medium typewriter bond paper.

Acknowledgments :

The writers are indebted to the E. I. Dupont de Nemours and
Company, Wilmington, Delaware, for a number of samples of
rayon fabrics. To Dr. Rachel H. Edgar, Iowa State College and
Dr. E. J. Seiferle, General Chemical Company, New York, N. Y.,
they acknowledge generous aid.

LITERATURE CITED

Adams, J. A. 1933. A biological investigation of the firebrat, Thermobia
domestica Packard, (Thysanura). Master of Science Thesis. Iowa
State College.

Adams, J. A. 1937. Temperature preference of the firebrat, Thermobia
domestica (Pack.). Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 11 (3): 259-265.
Back, E. A. 1937. The silverfish as a pest of the household. U. S. Dept.
Agr. Farmers Bull. 1665.

Hase, A. 1938. Zerstorungen von Papierwaren durch Silberfischen (Lepis-
matiden) und deren Bekampfung. Anz. Schadlingskunde 14 (4) :
37-42.

Jackson, R. T. 1886. A new museum pest. Science 7 (178) : 481-483.
McDaniel, E. 1921. The silverfish ( Lepisma spp.). Quart. Bull. Mich.
Agr. Expt. Sta. 4 (2) : 62-64.

Spencer, G. J. 1929. Another household pest arrives in Vancouver, the
firebrat, Thermobia domestica Packard. Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Co-
lumbia, 1929, No. 26: 58-60.

Sweetman, H. L. 1938. Physical ecology of the firebrat, Thermobia do-
mestica (Packard). Ecol. Monographs 8 (2): 285-311.

Twinn, C. R. 1934. Ontario Dept. Agr. 64th Ann. Rept. Ent. Soc.
Ontario 1933, p. 79.

Weiss, H. B., and Carruthers, R. H. 1937. Insect enemies of books.
New York Public Library, New York.

366

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlix

BOOK NOTICE

A Lot of Insects. Entomology in a Suburban Garden. By
Frank E. Lutz. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York, 1941.
8-| x 5J inches, xii + 304 p. illustrated. $3.00.

This book contains a lot of interesting things about insects,
things that are not commonly found in our ordinary insect books,
things that Dr. Lutz did to insects, and things that he found out
about them through observations and experiments. The title does
not give any clue to its contents and it would be difficult to think
up a short title that would do justice to its varied and entertain-
ing components. To be sure there is an orderly table of contents
but it does not reveal the field oYer which Dr. Lutz ranges, nor
the richness which awaits the reader, who is interested in insects,
whether he is a professional or amateur entomologist. The author
states that his book is largely a story of American Museum of
Natural History expeditions and experiments that took place for
the most part in his suburban yard, however, the digressions, bits
of personal history, and the author’s activities, thoughts and
entomological philosophy make us forget his “back yard” until
he mentions it.

Dr. Lutz is not a bit interested in the destruction of insects and
this may be one reason why his book is fascinating to read. How-
ever, his style is always lucid and his clear conception leads to
clear expression and so the reader’s interest is held throughout.

Because of Dr. Lutz’s boundless curiosity about insects, we are
permitted to enjoy his descriptions, to mention only a few, of
butterfly migrations, migratory locusts, ant-lions, the recording
of cricket chirps, the effect of supersonic waves upon crickets, the
honey bee, ultraviolet and flower visiting insects, ultraviolet flow-
ers, bumble bees, ants, wasps, termites, tiger beetles, the fire-fly’s
light, fruit flies, the Mendelian formulae, etc., all written from
thought provoking and stimulating viewpoints. There is not a
dull page in the whole volume. — H. B. W.

Dec., 1941]

Gaul: Vespidje

367

EXPERIMENTS ON THE TASTE SENSITIVITY OF
DOLICHOVESPULA ARENARIA FAB. (HYMEN-
OPTERA, VESPIDZE)

By Albro T. Gaul
Brooklyn, N. Y.

The following experiments were undertaken to determine the
range of acceptable foodstuffs to both adult and larval wasps. A
colony of Dolichovespula arenaria Fab., was captured at Harts-
dale, N. Y., on July 27, 1941. The nest was particularly large
for this species, harboring about 200 workers and 75 males.

Individual workers and males were placed in cotton stoppered
culture tubes without food or drink for 24 hours. After this
period of thirst and fast a pellet of cotton was thoroughly soaked
with a test solution and was placed in the tube. If the wasp
drank the test material, a positive (x) reaction was recorded; if
the solution were rejected, a negative (-) reaction was recorded.
It was found that males and workers exhibited the identical taste
reactions.

The same test solutions were administered to the larvae with
a pipette. To make uniform test conditions the larvae were de-
prived of food and drink for a 24-hour period. However, no
difference in reaction was discovered between the thirsty larvae
and those which had received ample attention.

After the administration of some test solutions the larvae pro-
duced their trophallactic secretion, apparently to dilute the irri-
tating solution. It is doubtful if this secretion was not induced
by chemoreceptors other than taste. The same solutions pro-
duced the same reactions when placed upon the thoracic sternites
and out of contact with the mouth. This particular reaction is
recorded as double negative ( — ) in the table.

Each test was tried on three larvae and three adults. In doubt-
ful and negative cases tests were repeated with eight individuals.

A remarkable contrast is revealed between the range of mate-
rials acceptable to the larvae and those acceptable to the adults.
Although most creatures are equipped to distinguish between

368

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

Table of Test Materials Showing the Reactions of the
Wasps to Each Test

Material tested

Larva Adult

Glycerine, C.P. cone x -

Saccharine (1 grain in 20 drops H20) x -

Sodium chloride (1 Normal) x -

Sodium bicarbonate (dilute) . x x

Benzoic acid (Sat. Sol.) x -

Water : i x x

Honey (all dilutions) x x

Quinine sulphate (powder) x —

Quinine sulphate (Sat. Sol.) x -

P. dichlorbenzene (crystal) ...J x —

Chromic acid (^ per cent Sol.) x —

Ammonium oxalate (dilute) x —

Sodium Hydroxide (.1 normal) x —

Citric acid (dilute) x —

Chloral hydrate (crystal) x -

Maltose (dilute) x —

Saccharose (dilute) x x

Potassium alum (dilute) x —

Strychnine sulphate (crystal) x -

Strychnine sulphate (10 per cent Sol.) x -

Sodium tetraborate (sat. sol.) x —

Ethyl alcohol (70 per cent, denatured) x -

Formalin (15 per cent Sol.) x -

Mineral oil, light x -

Calcium sulphate (powder) x -

Acetic acid (1 normal)

Picric acid (4 per cent sol.)

Chromic acid (2 per cent)

Sodium carbonate (dilute)

Potassium hydroxide (pH 13.5) ...
Commercial ammonium hydroxide

Sodium chloride, crystals :....

Nicotine sulphate (dilute)

toxic and non-toxic materials those wasp larvae which were of-
fered p-dichlorbenzene, chloral hydrate and chromic acid (J per
cent) all consumed lethal quantities.

The difference in taste selectivity between the adult and the
larva is further emphasized by comparing the pH of their ac-
ceptable foods. The larva will drink liquids from pH 1.1 to pH
9.2 ; it rejects anything more basic than 9.2 and the trophallactic
stimulation begins at pH 11.6. The same solutions offered to the
adults showed their pH range to be between pH 6.6 and 8.6,
anything beyond these limits being rejected.

The disregard of the larvae for obvious taste differences implies

Dec., 1941]

Gaul: Vesphle

369

an absence of taste distinction. By reviewing their life in the
nest, it may be seen that the larvae have no need for any individ-
ual sense of taste. All water and food consumed by the larvae
is brought to the nest by a foraging worker; it is usually dis-
tributed to nurse workers before it is finally fed to the brood;
therefore each bit of food is passed upon by the delicate taste of
one or more adults, and the larva could hardly receive harmful
materials.

The larvae need no sense of taste to determine when food is
being offered. When they are gently touched upon the head or
upon the thorax, they bob their heads about in search of the
food. If no food is forthcoming they usually produce a drop of
the trophallactic juice ; the head and thoracic senses of touch and
chemical irritation (if they are distinct senses) seem to stimulate
the same motor nerves that in turn stimulate the production of
the trophallactic secretion.

It therefore seems likely that the larvae of Dolichovespula
arenaria Fab., have no sense of taste and that their food dis-
crimination is delegated to the adults. This tentative conclusion
is based upon only one colony and upon a very few test solutions.
Much work remains to be done with other social species both in
the fields of reactions toward foods and of the determination of
actual taste receptors.

Dec., 1941]

Bell & Comstock: Papilio

371

THE SYNONYMY OF PAPILIO CORIDON PODA,
PAPILIO PHOCION FABRICIUS AND
OTHERS

By E. L. Bell and W. P. Comstock

Having been confronted with the problem of applying the cor-
rect name to the insect usually known as Perichares coridon
Fabricius (often misspelled “ corydon”) , the authors have as-
sembled all the pertinent references by the early authors involv-
ing the various names which have been applied to this insect and
the same names given by the same or other authors to entirely
different insects. These references are listed below in their
chronological order.

The main confusion has arisen from the action of Fabricius in
applying the same name to different insects. For instance, he
used the name “phocion” for three species of Hesperiidce and
one species of Satyridce.

The first name applied by Fabricius to the insect in question is
Papilio coridon (1775) from Jamaica which is a homonym of
Papilio coridon Poda (1761). He later changed the name of this
insect to Hesperia phocion (1793, p. 335) the first usage of this
combination and a valid name.

Prior to this he had described Papilio phocion (1781) an
African hesperid in the modern genus Cer atrichia, the first usage
of this combination and a valid name.

Unfortunately in the same publication in which he uses Hes-
peria phocion (1793, p. 335) to replace Papilio coridon (1775), on
a later page he lists the African species he had described as
Papilio phocion (1781) under the name Hesperia phocion (1793,
p. 354) which is the second usage of this combination and under
ordinary circumstances would be an invalid name.

We take the view that since both Papilio phocion (1781) from
Africa and Hesperia phocion (1793, p. 335) from Jamaica were
valid names when published and the insects to which they refer
are members of widely separated modern genera and in no way
conflict, the action of Fabricius in including them both under
Hesperia does not invalidate either of them.

Apparently Turton (1806) had one view and Westwood (1852)
another ; we think both incorrect.

372

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLIX

1761, Papilio (Plebeji Parvi) coridon Poda (Nicolaus)

Insecta Musei Graecensis, etc., p. 77, No. 48.

This is a valid species in the Palearctic fauna, Lyccena coridon
(Poda), 1909, Seitz, Macrolep. World, I, p. 315, PL 81 c, d.

1763, Papilio coridon Scopoli (I. A.)

Entomologia Carniolica, etc., p. 179.

This is a reference to P. coridon Poda from “Carniolia ca-
lidiore. ’ ’

1775, Papilio (Plebeji Urbicolaej coridon Fabricius
Systema Entomologiae, p. 533, No. 385. “ Jamaica.”

This is a hesperid and the type of the genus Perichares Scud-
der. The name is a homonym of P. coridon Poda (1761).

1781, Papilio coridon Cramer

Pap. Exot., IV, p. 97, PI. 340 C, D, E. From Cape of Good
Hope and coast of Coromandel.

Butler (1869, Cat. Diur. Lep. desc. by Fabricius, etc., p. 162)
places this name as a synonym of the Old World Lycaenid Cas-
talius rosimon Fabricius (1775). The name is a homonym of
P. coridon Poda (1761).

1781, Papilio (Plebeji Urbicohe) phocion Fabricius

Species Insectorum, II, p. 138, No. 642. From “ Africa aequi-
noctiali. ’ ’

Butler (1869, loc. cit., p. 274) erects the genus Ceratrichia with
nothus Fabricius as genotype and includes phocion Fabricius
(1781) in the genus. This is a valid name.

1787, Papilio (Plebeii Rurales) cor y don Fabricius

Mantissa Insectorum, II, p. 74, No. 693. From ‘‘Austria.’’
The following references are given :

“Papilio Corydon Wien, Verz. 184. 10.

“Papilio Corydon Esp. pap. tab. 33. fig. 4.

“Papilio Tiphys Esp. tab. 51. fig. 4. vix a Faemina hujus dis-
tincta. ”

Butler (1869, loc. cit., p. 170) cites “Denis” 1776, Schiffer-
mueller, Ignatz und Denis, Johann N. C. M., Systematisches Ver-
zeichniss der Schmetterlinge, etc., Wien, and “Esper, Eur.
Schmett. i, pt. 1. pi. 33, fig. 4 (1777).” These references all apply

Dec., 1941 J

Bell & Comstock: Papilio

373

to P. coridon Scopoli (1763) and thus to P. coridon Poda (1761),
the name being misspelled “ cor y don.”

1787, Papilio (Plebeii Urbicolae) coridon Fabricius
Mantissa Insectorum, II, p. 87, No. 790.

This is a relisting of P. coridon (1775).

1793, Papilio (Satyri) phocion Fabricius

Entomologia Systematica, III, Part I, p. 218, No. 683. No lo-
cality.

Butler (1869, loc. cit., p. 15) places this butterfly in the genus
Euptychia giving the locality, United States. Kirby (1871, Syn.
Cat. Diur. Lep., p. 55, No. 123) erroneously cites the reference:
“Spec. Ins., II, p. 138, n. 642. (1781).” This name is a homonym
of P. phocion Fabricius (1781). It is replaced by Neonympha
areolatus Abbot and Smith (1797, Papilio Areolatus, Hist. nat.
Lep. Georgia, I, p. 25, PI. 13).

1793, Hesperia (Rurales) corydon Fabricius

Entomologia Systematica, III, Part I, p. 298, No. 133.

This is a relisting of P. corydon (1787, Mant. Ins., II, p. 74, No.
693) under Hesperia instead of Papilio.

1793, Hesperia (Urbicolae) phocion Fabricius

Entomologia Systematica, III, Part I, p. 335, No. 274. From
“Jamaica.”

Fabricius refers to “Papilio Coridon. Mant. Ins. 2, 87, 790”
which as above noted is a relisting of P. coridon (1775). Thus a
new and valid name is given to the Jamaican hesperid. This
is the first usage of the combination “Hesperia phocion.”

1793, Hesperia (Urbicohe) phocion Fabricius

Entomologia Systematica, III, Part I, p. 354, No. 345. From
“Africa.”

This is a relisting of Papilio phocion (1781) under Hesperia.
This is the second usage of the combination “Hesperia phocion”
but it does not invalidate the original description of the insect
under the name Papilio phocion (1781).

1798, Hesperia (Urbicolae) phocion Fabricius

Supplementum Entomologiae Systematicae, p. 431, No. 232.
From ‘ ‘ America meridionali. ’ ’

374

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLIX

This name is a homonym of H. phocion (1793, loc. cit., p. 335,
No. 274) and it is placed by prior authors in the synonymy of
Polites themistocles (Latreille) (1823).

1806, Papilio (Hes. Urb.) julianus Turton (M. D., William)

A General System of Nature, translations of Linngeus Systema
Naturae, III, Part 2, p. 158.

This is a new name for Hesperia phocion Fabricius (1793, loc.
cit., p. 335, No. 274) and as it is unnecessary it is a synonym of
that name.

1852, Cyclopides pkocceus Westwood

Doubleday, Westwood and Hewitson, Gen. Diur. Lep., II, p.
521, No. 5.

Westwood proposes a new name :

‘ ‘ Cyclopides

“5. Cycl. Phocaeus Westw.

“ Hesperia Phocion Fabricius, Ent. Syst, III, part I,
p. 354, n. 345.

“Not H. Phocion Fab. Op. C. p. 335, nor Suppl. p. 431.”
As the Hesperia phocion referred to is valid and the original
combination of Papilio phocion (1781) is valid, the new name is
unnecessary and phocceus Westwood becomes a synonym of Cera-
trichia phocion.

On the basis of the names mentioned (but not including any
other synonymy) we list the valid names with their synonymy.

Neonympha areolatus Abbot and Smith

phocion Fabricius (1793, p. 218, No. 683)

Lycaena coridon Pocla
Castalius rosimon Fabricius
coridon Cramer (1781)

Ceratrichia phocion Fabricius (1781)
phocceus Westwood
Polites themistocles Latreille
phocion Fabricius (1798)

Perichares phocion Fabricius (1793)
coridon Fabricius (1775)
julianus Turton

INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS
IN VOLUME XLIX

Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species,
subspecies, varieties and new names ar printed in italics.

Anaea

aidea

aidea, 305
cubana, 307
floridalis, 307
florcesta, 309
morrisonii, 305
andria, 302

andricesta , 303
cratias, 322
echemus, 328
ecuadoralis, 320
eurypyle

eurypyle, 318
confusa, 319
glycerium, 323
johnsoni, 325
list of species, 332
pithy usa, 328
pleione, 331
ryphea, 317
sosippus, 319
troglodyta

astina, 313
borinquenalis, 314
minor, 313
portia, 312
troglodyta, 311
venezuelana, 324
verticordia, 329

dominicana, 330
luciana, 330

Aniulus

adelphus, 61
craterus, 61
dorophor, 61
prosoicus, 61

Ants, communal disaffection in, 199

Ant communities, civil disturbances
in, 225
Aporiaria

anamesa, 57
texicolens, 57

Beauveria

bassiana, 205

Behavior, of insects to light, 1, 149
Bothroponera
soror, 211
Brochymena, 113

Carpenter ant, internal anatomy of,
294

Carteroceplialus

canopunctatus, 222
dieckmanni, 221
Cephenemyia

jellisoni, 161
Cicadidae

biological and faunistic notes,
165

of Big Bend region, 165
Coccids, biology of primitive, 116
Coleoptera

additions to N. J. list of, 285
Elateridae of Penna., 233
Indices to keys, 21
Indices to local lists, 1
Colony foundation, method of a
Ponerine ant, 211

Courtship, sensory basis of in insects,
217

Cryptolabis

nebulicincta, 147

Culture media, in relation to oviposi-
tion, 77

375

376

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLXX

Culture method for Beauveria bas-
siana, 205

Diceroprocta

albomaculata, 94
averyi, 93
texana, 91
lata, 91
Dolichovespula
arenaria, 367
Drosophila

melanogaster, 77

Elateridae, of Pa., 233
Elephantomyia
luteiannulata

chiriquiensis, 351
Entomological prehistory, 298
Erioptera

sutrina, 354
Ethocyclus, 58
atophus, 58
Eurelus

Tcerrensis, 61
proximus, 62
Eurymerodesmus
melacis, 59

Firebrat, damage to fabrics and
paper, 357
Formica

fusca, 227
neocinera, 226
subsericea, 199, 226

Genitalia

musculature of, 43

Geographical distribution of species,
114

Gnophomyia

digitiformis, 144
steno phallus, 145
Gonomyia

anduzeana, 141
borburatana, 143
compacta, 140

peracuta

conifera, 354
vindex, 142

Gosiulus

conformatus, 61

Hakiulus

amophor, 61

Hypna

clytemnestra, 331

Insect behavior to light, 1, 149

Insects, courtship of, 217

Japanese beetle

mortality of larvae, 47
survival of, 65

Lasius

niger, 227

Leng, Charles W., 185

and the N. Y. Ent. Soc., 189

Limonia

aurantiothorax, 348
carunculata, 349
fluxa, 350
sica, 346

trialbocincta, 347
vorax, 345

Lysandra

cormion, 265

Mallophora
ada, 284
ajax, 275
aria, 276
hassleri, 273
campestris, 274
clavipes, 281
clavitarsis, 282
cora, 280
curio sa, 279
dana, 274
inca, 273
jemima, 279
lucida, 278

Dec., 1941]

Index

377

neta, 283

new species of, 269
vorax, 278
zita, 282
Molophilus

illectus, 355
Myllocerus

castaneus, 138

Nannaria
ursa, 57

Neognophomyia

monophora, 146

New Jersey, Coleoptera new to, 285

Okanagana
villosa, 95
Orthoporus

entomacis, 63
flavior, 63
Ozodicera

striatipennis, 139

Panorpa

nuptialis, 43
Papilio

coridon, synonymy of, 371
phocion, synonymy of, 371
Pennsylvania, Elateridae of, 233
Phlebodes

tiberius, 193

conspicuus, 196
obscurus, 197
reticulata, 194
Platypedia

australis, 95
Polyxenus

fasciculatus, 57
Popillia japonica, 47

Hhabdarona, 60
bacillipus, 60

Siphonophora

texascolens, 64
Species, distribution of, 114
Spiders, burrowing wolf, 112
Spirostrephon
texensis, 60
Stelis

anthidioides, 123
anthracina, 125
ashmeadiellce , 133
depressa, 127
linsleyi, 129
nigriventris, 132
palmarum, 134
robertsoni, 136
semirubra, 127
trichopyga, 130

Tarantulas, burrowing, 112
Taste sensitivity of Dolichovespula,
367

Teucholabis

cequinigra, 351
nocturna, 143
seposita, 353
Thermobia

domestica, 357
Tibicen

bifida, 86

simplex, 88
hidalgoensis, 88
sugdeni, 89

Utetheisa

galapagensis, 101

Ziniulus

medico! ens, 61

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Certificate of Incorporation expires June 7, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 77th Street and Columbus Avenue.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Honorary President, WILLIAM T. DAVIS

Officers for the Year 1941

President, MAX KISLIUK Federal Bldg., New York, N. Y.

Vice-President, HAEEY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J.

Secretary, ANNETTE L. BACON American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DE. HEEMAN T. SPIETH College of the City of New York, N. Y.

Librarian, L. JAMES SANFOED American Museum of Natural History

Curator, DE. WILLIS J. GEETSCH American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

W. T. Davis Dr. Albert Hartzell Dr. Wm. Procter

Dr. A. B. Klots Frank A. Soraci

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Harry B. Weiss

Edwin W. Teale
E. L. Bell

Herbert F. Schwarz

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

J. W. Angell

M. H. Sartor

Harold Hagan

Dr. Wm. Moore

AUDITING COMMITTEE
Dr. W. J. Gertsch

F. S. Blanton

Dr. A. B. Klots

FIELD COMMITTEE
A. S. Nicolay

Wm. P. Comstock

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Dr. Herman T. Spieth, American Museum
of Natural History, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Librarian, L. James Sanford, American
Museum of Natural History, 77th St. and Columbus Ave., New
York, N. Y. The society has a complete file of back issues in stock.
The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not noti-
fied immediately of change of address. We do not exchange
publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additionals 100’s .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.00 ; additional 100 *s, $1.50.

Half-tone prints l1^ cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.